Mission Statement

Home , All You Need to Know, Al Kooper, American Heartbeat, Andrea Corr, Anger Management Tour, Anthony Kilhoffer

1 MISSION STATEMENT

Musicians Institute is dedicated to inspiring artistic and academic excellence while preparing students for careers in the music and entertainment industry. Our cutting-edge educational offerings provide the information, skills and expertise necessary for musicians and creative professionals to achieve their goals. We strive to develop a diverse array of talented individuals who can enrich the global community with their artistic contributions.

1 NOTICE As a prospective student, you are encouraged to review Musicians Institute does not have a pending petition in this catalog prior to signing an enrollment agreement. It bankruptcy, is not operating as a debtor in possession, is the responsibility of the student to know and adhere has not filed a petition within the preceding five years, or to the policies and rules included in this catalog. You are has not had a petition in bankruptcy filed against it also encouraged to review the School Performance Fact within the preceding five years that resulted in Sheet, which must be provided to you prior to signing an reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States enrollment agreement. Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. Sec 1101 et seq.) FACULTY QUALIFICATIONS NO GUARANTEE OF EMPLOYMENT In keeping with Musicians Institute’s mission, MI While Musicians Institute provides no guarantee that recognizes the importance of real-world music industry employment will result from attending or completing any experience and academic credentials in our teaching program offered by the institution, we are dedicated to positions. In order to provide students with the most assisting students in finding professional opportunities. current and competitive skill set and career preparation, For more information on our Artist Support Center MI weighs both professional experience and academic (formerly known as Career Development Office), visit accomplishments when evaluating the assets of potential www.mi.edu. For more information about our graduation faculty members. rates, the median debt of students who completed the program, and other important information, please visit APPROVAL AND ACCREDITATION our website at: www.mi.edu/state-and-federal-student- Musicians Institute is a private institution that is approved consumer-disclosures to operate in the State of California by the Bureau for Private Postsecondary Education. Such approval to QUESTIONS AND COMPLAINTS operate requires compliance with state standards as Students are encouraged but not required to refer set forth in the Ed. Code. MI has been an accredited any questions or complaints regarding this catalog to institutional member of the National Association of Musicians Institute. At any time, students may contact the Schools of Music since 1981. The National Association Bureau for Private Postsecondary Education at: of Schools of Music is recognized by the United States Department of Education (USDE). The Bureau for Private Postsecondary Education 2535 Capitol Oaks Drive, Suite 400 ACCURACY OF INFORMATION Sacramento, CA 95833 Information in this catalog is accurate as of the date of Website: www.bppe.ca.gov printing/publication. Catalogs are updated and published Toll free: (888) 370-7589 / Phone: (916) 431-6959 on an annual basis. MI reserves the right to revise or Fax: (916) 263-1897 cancel the programs, courses, activities, or services described herein without prior notice. Applicants are A student or any member of the public may file a advised to confirm their availability prior to enrollment. At complaint about this institution with the Bureau for Private all times, the information contained in the digital/online Postsecondary Education by calling (888) 370-7589 (toll- version of the catalog takes precedence over this printed free) or by completing a complaint form, which can be version. Please refer to the index of addenda to this obtained on the bureau’s website: www.bppe.ca.gov. catalog at the end of the online version for information and updates. National Association of Schools of Music 11250 Roger Bacon Drive, Suite 21 This catalog is available to students, members of the Reston, Virginia 20190-5248 public, and interested parties via the MI website: mi.edu/ Telephone: 703.437.0700 musicians-institute-course-catalog/, by request to MI Email: [email protected] Admissions ([email protected]), or by calling MI at (800)255-7529. In addition to the above, students are CONTACT MUSICIANS INSTITUTE provided digital access to the course catalog during their 6752 Hollywood Blvd. Hollywood, CA 90028 initial enrollment/registration process, and on an annual Toll free: (800) 255-7529 basis during subsequent registration periods. Local: (323) 462-1384 Web: www.mi.edu

2 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 3 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS NON-CERTIFICATE 94 Bachelor of Music in Performance 173 Summer Shot 94 Bass 174 MI Select & MI Select Express 94 Drum 175 Pro Tools Certification 95 Guitar 174 Keyboard 175 CAMPUS 97 Vocal 176 Main Complex 102 Common Course 177 Audio Engineering Studios 102 Independent Artist Studios 103 ADMISSIONS 184 Production Labs 103 TUITION & FEES 191 Production Studios 104 FINANCIAL AID 194 Instrument Specific Studios 104 ARTIST SUPPORT CENTER 200 Counseling and Practice Facilities 104 POLICIES 204 MISSION STATEMENT 1 ASSOCIATE DEGREES 49 Music Library 104 NOTICE 2 Associate of Art in Performance Player’s Supply Store 105 ADMINISTRATION 207 ACADEMIC CALENDAR 6 Bass 51 Artist Lounge 105 FACULTY BIOS 233 CERTIFICATE & DEGREE OVERVIEW 8 Drum 55 NON-CERTIFICATE OVERVIEW 12 Guitar 59 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 114 Keyboard Technology 63 Entertainment Industry Studies CERTIFICATE Vocal 71 Audio Engineering 114 Entertainment Industry Studies Associate of Science in Music Business 75 DJ Performance & Production 118 Audio Engineering 15 Guitar Craft 120 DJ Performance & Production 20 BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREE 79 Independent Artist Development 122 Guitar Craft 23 Bachelor of Music in Composition 80 Music Business 126 Independent Artist Development 25 Bachelor of Music in Performance Performance Studies Music Business 28 Bass 82 Bass 134 Performance Studies Drum 84 Drum 140 Bass 31 Guitar 86 Guitar 145 Drum 34 Keyboard 88 Keyboard Technology 152 Guitar 37 Vocal 90 Vocal 157 Keyboard Technology 43 Bachelor of Music Vocal 45 Bachelor of Music in Composition 158

4 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 5 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS ACADEMIC CALENDAR ACADEMIC CALENDAR

FALL QUARTER 2016 2017 2018 SPRING QUARTER 2017 2018

Re-Registration August 15 - September 23 August 21 - September 29 August 20 - September 28 Re-Registration February 20 - March 31 February 19 - March 30

New Student Registration September 19 - 30 September 25 - October 5 September 24 - October 4 New Student Registration March 27 - April 6 March 26 - April 5

New Student Orientation September 29 October 5 October 4 New Student Orientation April 6 April 5

Financial Aid Application Deadline 1 Week prior to registration 1 Week prior to registration 1 week prior to registration Financial Aid Application Deadline 1 Week prior to registration 1 week prior to registration

Quarter Begins October 3 October 9 October 8 Quarter Begins April 10 April 9

*Thanksgiving Break November 24 - 25 November 23 - 24 November 22 - 23 *Memorial Day May 29 May 28

Final Exams December 12 - 16 December 18 - 22 December 17 - 21 Final Exams June 19 - 23 June 18 - June 22

Graduation December 17 December 23 December 22 Graduation June 24 June 23

Quarter Break December 17 - January 8 December 23 - January 7 December 22 - January 6 Quarter Break June 24 - July 9 June 23 - July 8

WINTER QUARTER 2017 2018 SUMMER QUARTER 2017 2018

Re-Registration November 13 - December 22 November 20 - December 28 Re-Registration May 22 - June 30 May 21 - June 29

New Student Registration December 19 - January 5 December 27 - January 4 New Student Registration June 26 - July 6 June 25 - July 5

New Student Orientation January 5 January 4 New Student Orientation July 6 July 5

Financial Aid Application Deadline 1 Week prior to registration 1 week prior to registration Financial Aid Application Deadline 1 Week prior to registration 1 week prior to registration

*New Year’s Day January 1 January 1 *Independence Day July 4 July 4

Quarter Begins January 9 January 8 Quarter Begins July 10 July 9

*Martin Luther King Day January 16 January 15 *Labor Day September 4 September 3

Final Exams March 20-24 March 19 - 23 Final Exams September 18 - 22 September 17 - 21

Graduation March 25 March 24 Graduation September 23 September 22

Quarter Break March 25 - April 9 March 24 - April 8 Quarter Break September 23 - October 8 September 22 - October 7

*School Closed

6 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 7 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS CERTIFICATE & DEGREE OVERVIEW

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 QUARTER

CERTIFICATE ENTERTAINMENT INDUSTRY STUDIES

PERFORMANCE STUDIES

[PART-TIME] AUDIO ENGINEERING, DJ

AUDIO ENGINEERING (POST PRODUCTION, LIVE SOUND), MUSIC BUSINESS

PERFORMANCE STUDIES

ASSOCIATE DEGREES

BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREES CERTIFICATE School of Industry Studies Audio Engineering, DJ Performance & Production, Guitar Craft, Independent Artist Development, or Music Business

School of Performance Studies Bass, Drum, Guitar, Keyboard Technology or Vocal

ASSOCIATE DEGREES Associate of Arts in Performance Bass, Drum, Guitar, Keyboard Technology or Vocal

Associate of Science in Music Business

BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREES Bachelor of Music in Composition (Scoring for Visual Media)

Note: For transfer details, please speak with your Admission Advisor or refer to the Transfer section. Bachelor of Music in Performance (Contemporary Styles) Published program lengths are based on optimal course load at 12 units per quarter for Bachelor Programs; 15 units per quarter for Certificate and Associate Programs. Bass, Drum, Guitar, Keyboard, or Vocal

8 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 9 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS CERTIFICATE & DEGREE CERTIFICATE & DEGREE BREAKDOWN BREAKDOWN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 QUARTER

CERTIFICATE School of Industry Studies Audio Engineering, DJ Performance & 30 CREDITS* Production, Guitar Craft, Independent Artist Development or Music Business 30 CREDITS**

School of Industry Studies 45 CREDITS* Audio Engineering // Post Production Audio Audio Engineering // Live Sound Production 45 CREDITS** Guitar Craft // Acoustic Guitar Design Music Business // Entrepreneur 60 CREDITS* Performance Studies Bass, Drum, Guitar, Keyboard Technology or Vocal 60 CREDITS** ASSOCIATE DEGREES

Associate of Arts in Performance Studies 90 CREDITS* Bass, Drum, Guitar, Keyboard Technology or Vocal // Combined Emphasis Bass, Drum, Guitar, Keyboard Technology or Vocal Emphasis: Audio Engineering, DJ Performance & Production, Guitar Craft, Independent Artist Development or Music Business Associate of Science in Music Business 90 CREDITS*

BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREES Bachelor of Music in Performance (Contemporary Styles) 180 CREDITS* Bass, Drum, Guitar, Keyboard or Vocal (Minor in Audio Production or Music Industry Studies**)

Bachelor of Music in Composition (Scoring for Visual Media) 180 CREDITS*

Note: For transfer details, please speak with your Admission Advisor or refer to the Transfer section. *Published program lengths are based on optimal course load at 12 units per quarter for Bachelor Programs; 15 units per quarter for Certificate and Associate Programs and Part-time programs**. **30 credits to complete a Minor in the B.M. These courses/credits can be taken and completed at any time. ***Double major in Bachelor of Music in Performance and Bachelor of Music in Composition.

10 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 11 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS NON-CERTIFICATE NON-CERTIFICATE OVERVIEW OVERVIEW

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 WEEKS

SUMMER SHOT

Performance & Industry Studies

MI SELECT EXPRESS MI SELECT

PRO TOOLS CERTIFICATION

Pro Tools 100 Level (User) Certificate WEEKENDS ONLY

Pro Tools 200 Level (Operator) Certificate WEEKENDS ONLY SUMMER SHOT Performance & Industry Studies Bass, Drum, Guitar, Keyboard Technology, Vocal, Independent Artist Development, Recording, Guitar Building and more

MI SELECT and MI SELECT EXPRESS Performance Studies Bass, Drum, Guitar, Keyboard Technology or Vocal

PRO TOOLS CERTIFICATION Pro Tools 100 & 200 Level Certifications Classes are held on the weekends only

12 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 13 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS CERTIFICATE AUDIO ENGINEERING

Through hands-on instruction, students learn to record, mix and master with industry standard equipment in preparation for the demands of working as an engineer in professional or project- based recording studios.

30 CREDITS / 2 QUARTERS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS CERTIFICATE PROGRAM*

COURSE CREDIT CERTIFICATE Practical Recording 2 Console Operation 1: Neve 2 Console Operation 1: API 1 Pro Tools 101 & 110 4 The Business of Audio 1 Critical Listening 2 Musicianship for Audio Engineers 1 MAJOR AREA = 28 CREDITS Mac Basics and Gear Set-Up 1 Recording Theory 1 Pro Tools 201 & 210M 4 Console Operation 2: SSL Duality 2 Mixing Essentials 3 Intro to Live Sound 1 Intro to Post Production 1 Signal Processing 2

ELECTIVES = 2 CREDITS Various 2

*Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter

14 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 15 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS CERTIFICATE CERTIFICATE AUDIO ENGINEERING AUDIO ENGINEERING The part-time Audio Engineering Program is designed for individuals wishing to pursue a Certificate in Audio Engineering who, due to employment, time constraints, family responsibilities, or health reasons, may not be able to undertake a traditional full-time program. Specific requirements and regulations apply to enrollment in the part-time Audio Engineering program. AUDIO ENGINEERING 60 CREDITS // 4 QUARTERS*// PART-TIME Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA AUDIO-103 Pro Tools 101 & 110 4 AUDIO-101 Recording Techniques 1 AUDIO-105 Critical Listening 2 AUDIO-102 Console Operation 1: Neve 2 AUDIO-107 Mac Basics and Gear Set-Up 1 AUDIO-108 Recording Theory 1 AUDIO-203 Pro Tools 201 & 210M 4

TOTAL 7 TOTAL 8

Q3 Q4 CERTIFICATE CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA AUDIO-109 Console Operation 1: API 2 AUDIO-202 Console Operation 2: SSL Duality 2 AUDIO-104 The Business of Audio 1 AUDIO-204 Mixing Essentials 3 AUDIO-106 Musicianship for Audio Engineers 1 AUDIO-206 Intro to Live Sound 1 AUDIO-206 Signal Processing 2 AUDIO-207 Intro to Post Production 1 CERTIFICATE CERTIFICATE ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 1

TOTAL 7 TOTAL 8

AUDIO ENGINEERING Q1 Q2 // POST-PRODUCTION AUDIO CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT 45 CREDITS / 3 QUARTERS* MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA AUDIO-101 Recording Techniques 1 AUDIO-203 Pro Tools 201 & 210M 4 AUDIO-102 Console Operation 1: Neve 2 AUDIO-202 Console Operation 2: SSL Duality 2 Q1+Q2 of this program are identical to the Certificate in AUDIO-109 Console Operation 1: API 2 AUDIO-204 Mixing Essentials 3 Audio Engineering (see p. 16). AUDIO-103 Pro Tools 101 & 110 4 AUDIO-206 Intro to Live Sound 1 AUDIO-104 The Business of Audio 1 AUDIO-207 Intro to Post Production 1 AUDIO-105 Critical Listening 2 AUDIO-208 Signal Processing 2 Q3 AUDIO-106 Musicianship for Audio Engineers 1 ELECTIVES AUDIO-107 Mac Basics and Gear Set-Up 1 Various Various 2 CODE COURSE CREDIT AUDIO-108 Recording Theory 1 EMPHASIS AUDIO-301 ADR, Voice Over, and Dialogue Forensics 2 AUDIO-302 Video Game Audio 1 TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15 AUDIO-303 Foley Editing 1 AUDIO-304 Field Recording 2 AUDIO-305 Mixing for Film and Television 2 AUDIO-306 Music Editing 2 AUDIO-307 Post Essentials 2 AUDIO-308 Dialogue Editing 1 AUDIO-309 Background & Sound FX Editing 1 AUDIO-310 Console Op 3: Euphonix & Icon 1 *Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter **Beginning Fall, 2017. Part-Time study may not be available for all programs TOTAL 15 Student financial Aid may be affected by enrollment in Part-Time programs. Financial Aid students should consult with the Financial Aid Office for guidance.

16 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 17 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS CERTIFICATE AUDIO ENGINEERING AUDIO ENGINEERING In addition to the Audio Engineering Certificate, students are trained in the processes of sound effects editing, mixing for film, field recording, video game audio and more. The post-production program prepares graduates for a wide range of audio engineering opportunitties in the film and televison industries.

AUDIO ENGINEERING // POST PRODUCTION // PART-TIME 45 CREDITS / 6 QUARTERS*

Q1-Q4 of this program are identical to the Part-time Audio Engineering (see p. 17).

Q5 Q6 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT EMPHASIS EMPHASIS AUDIO-304 Field Recording 2 AUDIO-301 ADR, Voice Over, and Dialogue Forensics 2 AUDIO-306 Music Editing 2 AUDIO-302 Video Game Audio 1 AUDIO-307 Post Essentials 2 AUDIO-303 Foley Editing 1 AUDIO-310 Console Op 3: Euphonix & Icon 1 AUDIO-305 Mixing for Film and Television 2 AUDIO-308 Dialogue Editing 1

AUDIO-309 Background & Sound FX Editing 1 CERTIFICATE TOTAL 7 TOTAL 8

In addition to the Audio Engineering Certificate, students are trained in live production skills like console operation, monitor setup, stage and Tour management and more. The Live Sound production program prepares graduates for a wide range of audio engineering opportunities in the field of live music. CERTIFICATE

AUDIO ENGINEERING AUDIO ENGINEERING // LIVE SOUND PRODUCTION // PART-TIME // LIVE SOUND PRODUCTION 45 CREDITS / 6 QUARTERS* 45 CREDITS / 3 QUARTERS* Q1-Q4 of this program are identical to the Certificate in Audio Engineering (see p. 17).

Q1+Q2 of this program are identical to the Certificate in Q5 Q6 Audio Engineering (see p. 16). CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT Q3 EMPHASIS EMPHASIS AUDIO-401 Monitor Setup and Operations 2 AUDIO-404 Live Recording & Mixing 3 CODE COURSE CREDIT AUDIO-402 Console Op 3: Venue and Yamaha 3 AUDIO-406 Stage & Tour Management 2 AUDIO-405 Sound Reinforcement Essentials 2 AUDIO-407 Live Sound Applications 2 EMPHASIS AUDIO-408 Event Production Contracts 1 AUDIO-401 Monitor Setup and Operations 2 TOTAL 7 AUDIO-402 Console Op 3: Venue and Yamaha 2 TOTAL 8 AUDIO-404 Live Recording & Mixing 4 AUDIO-405 Sound Reinforcement Essentials 2 AUDIO-406 Stage & Tour Management 2 AUDIO-407 Live Sound Applications 2 AUDIO-408 Event Production Contracts 1

TOTAL 15

*Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter **Beginning Fall, 2017. Part-Time study may not be available for all programs Student financial Aid may be affected by enrollment in Part-Time programs. Financial Aid students should consult with the Financial Aid Office for guidance.

18 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 19 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS CERTIFICATE DJ PERFORMANCE & PRODUCTION

DJ PERFORMANCE & PRODUCTION Musicians Institute’s Certificate in DJ Performance and Production is a 2-quarter, 30-unit program for aspiring DJs, producers, beat-makers, remix artists, and electronic music composers and performers. Students are provided with in-depth knowledge and training in the latest technologies, tools and techniques used in contemporary electronic performance and production.

30 CREDITS / 2 QUARTERS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS CERTIFICATE PROGRAM*

COURSE CREDIT CERTIFICATE Private Lesson 1-2 4 CERTIFICATE DAW 1-2: Ableton Live© for DJs 1-2 2 DJ Set Building 1-2 2 MAJOR AREA = 14 CREDITS Beat Matching 1-2 3 DJ Software 1: Serato© 1 DJ Software 2: Traktor© 1 CERTIFICATE Remixing 1

History and Analysis of Recorded 2 PROF. DEVELOPMENT = 5 CREDITS Popular Music 1-2 The Business of DJ’ing 1 Independent Artist Marketing 2 Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT Musicianship 1-2 3 MUSICIANSHIP = 7 CREDITS MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA Song Building 1-2 4 DJ-PL Private Lesson 1 2 DJ-PL Private Lesson 2 2 DJ-058 DAW 1: Ableton Live© for DJs 1 1 DJ-158 DAW 2: Ableton Live© for DJs 2 1 DJ-101 DJ Set Building 1 1 DJ-201 DJ Set Building 2 1 DJ-102 Beat Matching 1 1.5 DJ-202 Beat Matching 2 1.5 ELECTIVES = 4 CREDITS Various 4 DJ-103 DJ Software 1: Serato© 1 DJ-209 Remixing 1 DJ-104 DJ Software 2: Traktor© 1 PROF. DEV. PROF. DEV. DJ-205 History & Analysis of Recorded 1 DJ-105 History & Analysis of Recorded 1 Popular Music 2 Popular Music 1 MUBUS-0307 Independent Artist Marketing 2 DJ-108 The Business of DJ’ing 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP DJ-206 Musicianship 2 1.5 DJ-106 Musicianship 1 1.5 DJ-207 Song Building 2 2 DJ-107 Song Building 1 2 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 2 Various Various 2 This program is new. The number of students who graduate, the number of students who are placed, or the starting salary you can earn after finishing the educational program are unknown at this time. Information regarding general salary and placement statistics may be available from governmental sources or from the institution, but is not equivalent to TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15 actual performance data.

20 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 21 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS CERTIFICATE CERTIFICATE DJ PERFORMANCE & PRODUCTION GUITAR CRAFT

DJ PERFORMANCE & PRODUCTION Students learn to build an electric guitar or bass from scratch—including design, fabrication, wiring, electronics, repair and maintenance. This program provides comprehensive preparation for professions 60 CREDITS / 4 QUARTERS*/ PART-TIME in the fields of instrument manufacturing and repair.

The part-time DJ Performance and Production Program is designed for individuals wishing to pursue a certificate in DJ who, due to employment, time constraints, family responsibilities, or health reasons, may not be able to undertake a traditional full-time 30 CREDITS / 2 QUARTERS program. Specific requirements and regulations apply REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS CERTIFICATE PROGRAM* to enrollment in the part-time DJ program.

COURSE CREDIT

Q1 Q2 CERTIFICATE Instrument Design 1 & 2 3 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT Instrument Fabrication 1 & 2 12 MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA DJ-PL Private Lesson 1 2 DJ-PL Private Lesson 2 2 Fretwork & Setup 1 & 2 4 DJ-058 DAW 1: Ableton Live© for DJs 1 1 DJ-158 DAW 2: Ableton Live© for DJs 2 1 MAJOR AREA = 26 CREDITS Electronics 1 & 2 2 DJ-102 Beat Matching 1 1.5 DJ-202 Beat Matching 2 1.5 DJ-103 DJ Software 1: Serato© 1 DJ-104 DJ Software 2: Traktor© 1 Instrument Repair 2

CERTIFICATE ELECTIVES MUSICIANSHIP Finish Work 3 Various Various 2 DJ-207 Song Building 1 2

TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5

Q3 Q4 PERFORMANCE = 4 CREDITS Instrument Performance 1 & 2** 4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA DJ-101 DJ Set Building 1 1 DJ-201 DJ Set Building 2 1 PROF. DEV. DJ-209 Remixing 1 DJ-105 History & Analysis of Recorded 1 PROF. DEV. Popular Music 1 DJ-205 History & Analysis of Recorded 1 DJ-108 The Business of DJ’ing 1 Popular Music 2 MUSICIANSHIP MUBUS-0307 Independent Artist Marketing 2 DJ-106 Musicianship 1 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP DJ-107 Song Building 1 2 DJ-206 Musicianship 2 1.5 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 1

TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5

**The Guitar Craft instrument performance credit or AA Combined Emphasis is only available in combination with instrument studies in Guitar or Bass. *Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter **Beginning Fall, 2017. Part-Time study may not be available for all programs Student financial Aid may be affected by enrollment in Part-Time programs. Financial Aid students should consult with the Financial Aid Office for guidance.

22 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 23 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS CERTIFICATE CERTIFICATE GUITAR CRAFT INDEPENDENT ARTIST DEVELOPMENT

Instrumentalists, singers, songwriters, rappers, DJs and producers learn the entire process of creating their own project—from writing and recording to marketing, publicity, website design and final release. This program is designed to equip musicians with the various skills needed to independently write, record and market their original material.

30 CREDITS / 2 QUARTERS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS CERTIFICATE PROGRAM*

COURSE CREDIT CERTIFICATE

Recording Project 1 & 2 4 Project Advising 1 & 2 2 MAJOR AREA = 11 OR 13 CREDITS DAW 1 & 2 (choose from one platform below) 2-4 Q1 Q2 - Pro Tools 101 & 110 (4 credits)

CERTIFICATE DEPENDING ON TRACK CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT - Apple Logic 1 & 2 (2 credits) MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA - Propellerhead Reason 1 & 2 (2 credits) GCRFT-103 Instrument Design 1 2 GCRFT-203 Instrument Design 2 1 - Ableton Live 1 & 2 (2 credits) GCRFT-104 Instrument Fabrication 1 6 GCRFT-204 Instrument Fabrication 2 6 GCRFT-102 Fretwork & Setup 1 2 GCRFT-202 Fretwork & Setup 2 2 Artist Identity 1 GCRFT-101 Electronics 1 1 GCRFT-201 Electronics 2 1 Final Project 2 GCRFT-105 Instrument Repair 2 GCRFT-206 Finish Work 3 PERFORMANCE PERFORMANCE GCRFT-107 Instrument Performance 1 2 GCRFT-207 Instrument Performance 2 2 Applied Entertainment Business 1 & 2 3 PROF. DEVELOPMENT = 9 CREDITS Independent Artist Marketing 2 TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15 Visual Media 1 & 2 4

GUITAR CRAFT (Q1 + Q2 ARE THE SAME AS ABOVE) Musicianship 1 & 2 3 Q3 MUSICIANSHIP = 6 CREDITS Songwriting 1 & 2 3 // ACOUSTIC GUITAR DESIGN CODE COURSE CREDIT EMPHASIS 45 CREDITS / 3 QUARTERS* GCRFT-303 Acoustic Guitar Design 2 GCRFT-304 Acoustic Guitar Fabrication 5 In addition to learning the material taught in the GCRFT-305 Acoustic Guitar Fixtures 4 Certificate program for Guitar Craft, which covers electric GCRFT-306 Acoustic Guitar Finishing 2 instruments, students can also learn in the specific GCRFT-307 Instrument Performance 3 2 ELECTIVES = 2 OR 4 CREDITS Various 2-4 design, fabrication and finishing requirements of acoustic DEPENDING ON TRACK guitars. TOTAL 15

24 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 25 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS CERTIFICATE INDEPENDENT ARTIST DEVELOPMENT INDEPENDENT ARTIST DEVELOPMENT WITH LOGIC & REASON 60 CREDITS / 4 QUARTERS*/ PART-TIME

The part-time Independent Artist Program is designed for individuals wishing to pursue a certificate in Independent Artist who, due to employment, time constraints, family responsibilities, or health reasons, may not be able to undertake a traditional full-time program. Specific requirements and regulations apply to enrollment in the part-time Independent Artist program. Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA AUDIO-057 DAW - Logic/Ableton Live/Reason 1-2 1 ARTST-103 Artist Identity 1 ARTST-101 Recording Project 1 2 AUDIO-157 DAW - Logic/Ableton Live/Reason 1-2 1 ARTST-102 Project Advising 1 1 ARTST-201 Recording Project 2 2 MUSICIANSHIP ARTST-202 Project Advising 2 1 ARTST-106 Musicianship 1 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP ELECTIVES ARTST-206 Musicianship 2 1.5 Various Various 2 CC-406 Songwriting 2 1.5

TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 8 Q3 Q4

CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT CERTIFICATE PROF. DEV. MAJOR AREA MUBUS-0360 Applied Entertainment Business 1 1.5 ARTST-203 Final Project 2 MUBUS-0307 Independent Artist Marketing 2 PROF. DEV. CC-307 Visual Media 1 2 MUBUS-0460 Applied Entertainment Business 2 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP CC-407 Visual Media 2 2 CC-306 Songwriting 1 1.5 ELECTIVES Various Various 2 TOTAL 7 CERTIFICATE TOTAL 7.5

Q1 Q2 INDEPENDENT ARTIST DEVELOPMENT WITH PRO TOOLS CERTIFICATION CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT 60 CREDITS / 4 QUARTERS*/ PART-TIME MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA AUDIO-057 DAW 1 (credits depend on track) 1-2 ARTST-103 Artist Identity 1 Q1 Q2 ARTST-101 Recording Project 1 2 AUDIO-157 DAW 2 (credits depend on track) 1-2 ARTST-102 Project Advising 1 1 ARTST-201 Recording Project 2 2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT PROF. DEV. ARTST-202 Project Advising 2 1 MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA MUBUS-0360 Applied Entertainment Business 1 1.5 ARTST-203 Final Project 2 AUDIO-057 DAW - Pro Tools 2 AUDIO-157 DAW - Pro Tools 2 MUBUS-0307 Independent Artist Marketing 2 PROF. DEV. ARTST-101 Recording Project 1 2 ARTST-201 Recording Project 2 2 CC-307 Visual Media 1 2 MUBUS-0460 Applied Entertainment Business 2 1.5 ARTST-102 Project Advising 1 1 ARTST-202 Project Advising 2 1 MUSICIANSHIP CC-407 Visual Media 2 2 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP ARTST-106 Musicianship 1 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP ARTST-106 Musicianship 1 1.5 ARTST-206 Musicianship 2 1.5 CC-306 Songwriting 1 1.5 ARTST-206 Musicianship 2 1.5 ELECTIVES CC-306 Songwriting 1 1.5 ELECTIVES CC-406 Songwriting 2 1.5 Various Various 1 Various Various (credits depend on track) 1-2 ELECTIVES Various Various (credits depend on track) 1-2 TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 8 TOTAL 14.5-15.5 TOTAL 14.5-15.5 Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA ARTST-103 Artist Identity 1 ARTST-203 Final Project 2 PROF. DEV. PROF. DEV. MUBUS-0360 Applied Entertainment Business 1 1.5 MUBUS-0460 Applied Entertainment Business 2 1.5 CC-307 Visual Media 1 2 CC-407 Visual Media 2 2 MUSICIANSHIP MUBUS-0307 Independent Artist Marketing 2 *Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter CC-406 Songwriting 2 1.5 ELECTIVES **Beginning Fall, 2017. Part-Time study may not be available for all programs TOTAL 7.5 Student financial Aid may be affected by enrollment in Part-Time programs. Financial Aid students should consult with the Financial Aid Office for guidance. Various Various 1 TOTAL 7 26 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 27 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS CERTIFICATE MUSIC BUSINESS MUSIC BUSINESS

Q1 Q2 For those seeking non-performance careers in the music industry, this program provides the knowledge CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT and practical skills needed for entry-level positions at record labels, marketing and personal artist MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA management firms, or music industry companies specializing in music publishing and licensing, A&R, MUBUS-101 Music Law 1 2 MUBUS-201 Music Law 2 2 MUBUS-102 Computers in Business 1 MUBUS-202 Media Relations 2 entertainment law, live concert touring and more. MUBUS-103 Record Labels 2 MUBUS-203 Music Distribution 1 MUBUS-104 Your Music Business Career 2 MUBUS-204 Concert & Tour Production 2 MUBUS-105 Agents & Bookings 1 MUBUS-205 Music Industry Internship 4 MUBUS-106 Digital Marketing 2 MUBUS-206 Networking Strategies 1 MUBUS-107 Music Publishing 2 MUBUS-207 Music Licensing & Supervision 2 MUBUS-108 Personal Management 2 ELECTIVES 30 CREDITS / 2 QUARTERS ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 1

REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS CERTIFICATE PROGRAM* TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

COURSE CREDIT MUSIC BUSINESS CERTIFICATE Music Law 1 & 2 4 45 CREDITS / 4 QUARTERS*/ PART-TIME CERTIFICATE Computers in Business 1 Record Labels 2 The part-time Music Business Program is designed for individuals wishing to pursue a certificate in Music Your Music Business Career 2 Business who, due to employment, time constraints, family responsibilities, or health reasons, may not be able to undertake a traditional full-time program. Specific requirements and regulations apply to enrollment in the Agents & Bookings 1 part-time Music Business program. Digital Marketing 2 CERTIFICATE Music Publishing 2 MAJOR AREA = 28 CREDITS Personal Management 2 Media Relations 2 Q1 Q2 Music Distribution 1 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT Concert & Tour Production 2 MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA MUBUS-101 Music Law 1 2 MUBUS-201 Music Law 2 2 Music Industry Internship 4 MUBUS-104 Computers in Business 1 MUBUS-203 Music Distribution 1 Networking Strategies 1 MUBUS-105 Agents & Bookings 1 MUBUS-204 Concert & Tour Production 2 MUBUS-107 Music Publishing 2 MUBUS-206 Networking Strategies 1 Music Licensing & Supervision 2 MUBUS-108 Personal Management 2 MUBUS-207 Music Licensing & Supervision 2

TOTAL 8 TOTAL 8

ELECTIVES = 2 CREDITS Various 2 Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA MUBUS-103 Record Labels 2 MUBUS-202 Media Relations 2 MUBUS-104 Your Music Business Career 2 MUBUS-205 Music Industry Internship 4 MUBUS-106 Digital Marketing 2 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 1

TOTAL 7 TOTAL 7

28 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 29 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS CERTIFICATE CERTIFICATE MUSIC BUSINESS BASS

Students can earn a Certificate in MI’s Performance Studies program for Bass. With an innovative 360-degree approach to music education, MI Certificates are centered on Harmony, Theory and Ear Training, with core subjects in Reading, Technique and Performance. This Certificate program provides students with a broad foundation of knowledge and practical experience, encouraging the rapid development of skills in preparation for a range of professional music performance situations.

60 CREDITS / 4 QUARTERS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS CERTIFICATE PROGRAM*

COURSE CREDIT CERTIFICATE MUSIC BUSINESS Q3 (Q1 + Q2 MUSIC BUSINESS see p. 29) CODE COURSE CREDIT Private Lesson 1-4 8 // ENTREPRENEUR MAJOR AREA Bass LPW 013-203 4 MUBUS-301 Music Law 3 2 45 CREDITS / 3 QUARTERS* MUBUS-303 Start Your Own Record Label 2 Bass Performance 013-230 8 CERTIFICATE MUBUS-304 Social Networking & Fan Management 1 Bass Technique 011-210 4 MUBUS-305 Showcase Promotion 2 In addition to learning the material taught in the MUBUS-306 Broadcast Strategies 2 MAJOR AREA = 40 CREDITS Bass Fretboard 016-260 4 Certificate program for Music Business, students MUBUS-307 Independent Artist Marketing 2 Bass Reading 012-220 1 can also develop the financial, legal and managerial MUBUS-308 Operating a Music Business 2 ELECTIVES Bass Gear Maintenance & Mastery 1 tools to establish and operate independent music- Various Various 2 related businesses, or to manage their own careers as Bass & Drum Concepts 1 independent artists. DAW 1-2 TOTAL 15

MUSIC BUSINESS - ENTREPRENEUR Rhythm Reading Workout 1-2 2 45 CREDITS / 6 QUARTERS*/ PART-TIME Harmony & Theory 011-201 6 MUSICIANSHIP = 16 CREDITS Ear Training 012-202 6 Q1-Q4 of this program are identical to the Certificate in Music Business (see p. 29). Keyboard Proficiency 1-2 2 Q5 Q6 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT ELECTIVES = 4 CREDITS Various 4 MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA MUBUS-301 Music Law 3 2 MUBUS-304 Social Networking & Fan Management 1 MUBUS-303 Start Your Own Record Label 2 MUBUS-305 Showcase Promotion 2 MUBUS-306 Broadcast Strategies 2 MUBUS-307 Independent Artist Marketing 2 MUBUS-308 Operating a Music Business 2 ELECTIVES Various Various 2 TOTAL 8 TOTAL 7

30 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 31 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS CERTIFICATE BASS BASS 60 CREDITS / 8 QUARTERS*/ PART-TIME

The part-time Bass Program is designed for individuals wishing to pursue a certificate in Bass who, due to employment, time constraints, family responsibilities, or health reasons, may not be able to undertake a traditional full-time program. Specific requirements and regulations apply to enrollment in the part-time Bass program.

Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA BASS-PL Private Lesson 1 2 CC-013B Bass LPW 013 1 BASS- 011 Bass Technique 011 1 BASS-012 Bass Reading 012 2 BASS-016 Bass Fretboard 016 1 BASS-013 Bass Performance 2 BASS-014 Bass Gear Maintenance & Mastery 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-025 Rhythm Reading Workout 2 1 CC-015 Rhythm Reading Workout 1 1 CC-012 Ear Training 012 1.5 CC- 011 Harmony & Theory 011 1.5

TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5 Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT CERTIFICATE Q1 Q2 MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA BASS-PL Private Lesson 2 2 CC-023B Bass LPW 023 1 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT BASS-021 Bass Technique 021 1 BASS-022 Bass Reading 022 2 MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA BASS-026 Bass Fretboard 026 1 BASS-023 Bass Performance 023 2 BASS-PL Private Lesson 1 2 BASS-PL Private Lesson 2 2 BASS-024 Bass & Drum Concepts 1 AUDIO-056 DAW 1: Reason 1 CC-013B Bass LPW 013 1 CC-023B Bass LPW 023 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CERTIFICATE BASS-013 Bass Performance 013 2 BASS-023 Bass Performance 023 2 CC-021 Harmony & Theory 021 Key 1.5 CC-022 Ear Training 022 1.5 BASS- 011 Bass Technique 011 1 BASS-021 Bass Technique 021 1 CC-108 Keyboard Proficiency 1 1 BASS-016 Bass Fretboard 016 1 BASS-026 Bass Fretboard 026 1 TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5 BASS-012 Bass Reading 012 2 BASS-022 Bass Reading 022 2 BASS-014 Bass Gear Maintenance & Mastery 1 BASS-025 Bass & Drum Concepts 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-015 Rhythm Reading Workout 1 1 CC-025 Rhythm Reading Workout 2 1 Q5 Q6 CC- 011 Harmony & Theory 011 1.5 CC-021 Harmony & Theory 021 1.5 CC-012 Ear Training 012 1.5 CC-022 Ear Training 022 1.5 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 1 MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA BASS-PL Private Lesson 3 2 CC-103B Bass LPW 103 1 TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15 BASS-110 Bass Technique 110 1 BASS-120 Bass Reading 120 2 BASS-160 Bass Fretboard 160 1 BASS-130 Bass Performance 130 2 AUDIO-156 DAW Reason: 2 1 MUSICIANSHIP Q3 Q4 MUSICIANSHIP CC-102 Ear Training 102 1.5 CC-101 Harmony & Theory 101 1.5 ELECTIVES CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT CC-208 Keyboard Proficiency 1 1 Various Various 1 MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5 BASS-PL Private Lesson 3 2 BASS-PL Private Lesson 4 2 CC-103B Bass LPW 103 1 CC-203B Bass LPW 203 1 BASS-130 Bass Performance 130 2 BASS-230 Bass Performance 230 2 BASS-110 Bass Technique 110 1 BASS-210 Bass Technique 210 1 Q7 Q8 BASS-160 Bass Fretboard 160 1 BASS-260 Bass Fretboard 260 1 BASS-120 Bass Reading 120 2 BASS-220 Bass Reading 220 2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT AUDIO-056 DAW 1 1 AUDIO-156 DAW 2 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA BASS-PL Private Lesson 4 2 CC-203B Bass LPW 203 1 CC-101 Harmony & Theory 101 1.5 CC-201 Harmony & Theory 201 1.5 BASS-210 Bass Technique 210 1 BASS-220 Bass Reading 220 2 CC-102 Ear Training 102 1.5 CC-202 Ear Training 202 1.5 BASS-260 Bass Fretboard 260 1 BASS-230 Bass Performance 230 2 CC-108 Keyboard Proficiency 1 1 CC-208 Keyboard Proficiency 2 1 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-201 Harmony & Theory 201 1.5 CC-202 Ear Training 202 1.5 Various Various 1 Various Various 1 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 2 Various Various 1 TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

*Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5 **Beginning Fall, 2017. Part-Time study may not be available for all programs Student financial Aid may be affected by enrollment in Part-Time programs. Financial Aid students should consult with the Financial Aid Office for guidance.

32 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. ** Student’s choice of various DAWs 33 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS CERTIFICATE DRUM DRUM

Students can earn a Certificate in MI’s Performance Studies program for Drums. With an innovative 360-degree approach to music education, MI’s Drum Certificate is centered on Reading, Technique and Performance. This Certificate program provides students with a broad foundation of knowledge and practical experience, encouraging the rapid development of skills in preparation for a range of professional music performance situations.

60 CREDITS / 4 QUARTERS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS CERTIFICATE PROGRAM* CERTIFICATE COURSE CREDIT CERTIFICATE

Private Lesson 1-4 8 Drum LPW 013-203 4 Q1 Q2 Drum Performance 013-230 8 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT

CERTIFICATE Drum Technique 011-210 8 MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA Drum Reading 012-220 8 DRUM-PL Private Lesson 1 2 DRUM-PL Private Lesson 2 2 MAJOR AREA = 42 CREDITS CC-013D Drum LPW 013 1 CC-023D Drum LPW 023 1 Developing Your Groove 1 DRUM-013 Drum Performance 013 2 DRUM-023 Drum Performance 023 2 DRUM- 011 Drum Technique 011 2 DRUM-021 Drum Technique 021 2 Drum Gear Maintenance & Mastery 1 DRUM-012 Drum Reading 012 2 DRUM-022 Drum Reading 022 2 E-Drumming Essentials 1 DRUM-015 Developing Your Groove 1 AUDIO-056 DAW 1 1-2 DRUM-014 Drum Gear Maintenance & Mastery 1 DRUM-025 Timekeeping 1 Timekeeping 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP DAW 1-2 2 CC- 011 Harmony & Theory 011 1.5 CC-021 Harmony & Theory 021 1.5 CC-012 Ear Training 012 1.5 CC-022 Ear Training 022 1.5 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 0-1

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15 Harmony & Theory 011-201 6 Ear Training 012-202 6 MUSICIANSHIP = 14 CREDITS Keyboard Proficiency 1-2 2 Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA DRUM-PL Private Lesson 3 2 DRUM-PL Private Lesson 4 2 CC-103D Drum LPW 103 1 CC-203D Drum LPW 203 1 DRUM-130 Drum Performance 130 2 DRUM-230 Drum Performance 230 2 Various 4 DRUM-110 Drum Technique 110 2 DRUM-210 Drum Technique 210 2 ELECTIVES = 4 CREDITS DRUM-120 Drum Reading 120 2 DRUM-220 Drum Reading 220 2 AUDIO-156 DAW 2 1-2 DRUM-240 E-Drumming Essentials 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-101 Harmony & Theory 101 1.5 CC-201 Harmony & Theory 201 1.5 CC-102 Ear Training 102 1.5 CC-202 Ear Training 202 1.5 CC-108 Keyboard Proficiency 1 1 CC-208 Keyboard Proficiency 2 1 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 0-1 Various Various 1 *Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter **Beginning Fall, 2017. Part-Time study may not be available for all programs TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15 Student financial Aid may be affected by enrollment in Part-Time programs. Financial Aid students should consult with the Financial Aid Office for guidance.

34 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 35 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS DRUM 60 CREDITS / 8 QUARTERS*/ PART-TIME CERTIFICATE The part-time Drum Program is designed for individuals wishing to pursue a certificate in Drum who, due GUITAR to employment, time constraints, family responsibilities, or health reasons, may not be able to undertake a traditional full-time program. Specific requirements and regulations apply to enrollment in the part-time Drum program.

Q1 Q2 Students can earn a Certificate in MI’s Performance Studies program for Guitar. With an innovative CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT 360-degree approach to music education, MI Certificates are centered on Harmony, Theory and Ear Training, with core subjects in Reading, Technique and Performance. This Certificate program provides MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA DRUM-PL Private Lesson 1 2 CC-013D Drum LPW 013 1 students with a broad foundation of knowledge and practical experience, encouraging the rapid DRUM- 011 Drum Technique 011 2 DRUM-013 Drum Performance 013 2 development of skills in preparation for a range of professional music performance situations. DRUM-015 Developing Your Groove 1 DRUM-012 Drum Reading 012 2 MUSICIANSHIP DRUM-025 Timekeeping 1 CC-108 Keyboard Proficiency 1 1 MUSICIANSHIP ELECTIVES CC-208 Keyboard Proficiency 1 1 Various Various 1 TOTAL 7 TOTAL 7 60 CREDITS / 4 QUARTERS Q3 Q4 REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS CERTIFICATE PROGRAM* CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT

MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA CERTIFICATE DRUM-PL Private Lesson 2 2 CC-023D Drum LPW 023 1 COURSE CREDIT DRUM-021 Drum Technique 021 1 DRUM-023 Drum Performance 023 2 DRUM-014 Drum Gear Maintenance & Mastery 2 DRUM-022 Drum Reading 022 2 AUDIO-056 DAW 1 1 DRUM-240 E-Drumming Essentials 1 ELECTIVES AUDIO-156 DAW 2 1 Private Lesson 1-4 8 Various Various 1 4 TOTAL 7 Guitar LPW 013-203 TOTAL 7 Guitar Performance 013-230 8 CERTIFICATE Guitar Technique 011-210 8 Q5 Q6 MAJOR AREA = 40 CREDITS Guitar Reading 012-220 8 Guitar Gear Maintenance 1 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT Guitar Gear Mastery 1 MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA DRUM-PL Private Lesson 3 2 DRUM-130 Drum Performance 130 2 DAW 1-2 2 CC-103D Drum LPW 103 1 DRUM-120 Drum Reading 120 2 DRUM-110 Drum Technique 110 2 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-201 Harmony & Theory 101 1.5 CC-101 Harmony & Theory 101 1.5 CC-202 Ear Training 102 1.5 CC-102 Ear Training 102 1.5 ELECTIVES Various Various 1 TOTAL 8 Rhythm Reading Workout 1-2 2 TOTAL 8 Harmony & Theory 011-201 6 MUSICIANSHIP = 16 CREDITS Ear Training 012-202 6 Q7 Q8 Keyboard Proficiency 1-2 2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA DRUM-PL Private Lesson 4 2 DRUM-230 Drum Performance 230 2 CC-203D Drum LPW 203 1 DRUM-220 Drum Reading 220 2 DRUM-210 Drum Technique 210 2 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-201 Harmony & Theory 201 1.5 CC-201 Harmony & Theory 201 1.5 CC-202 Ear Training 202 1.5 ELECTIVES = 4 CREDITS Various 4 CC-202 Ear Training 202 1.5 ELECTIVES Various Various 1 TOTAL 8 TOTAL 8

** Student’s choice of various DAWs *Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter **Beginning Fall, 2017. Part-Time study may not be available for all programs Student financial Aid may be affected by enrollment in Part-Time programs. Financial Aid students should consult with the Financial Aid Office for guidance.

36 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 37 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS CERTIFICATE GUITAR GUITAR 60 CREDITS / 8 QUARTERS*/ PART-TIME The part-time Guitar Program is designed for individuals wishing to pursue a certificate in Guitar who, due to employment, time constraints, family responsibilities, or health reasons, may not be able to undertake a traditional full-time program. Specific requirements and regulations apply to enrollment in the part-time Guitar program.

Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA GUIT-PL Private Lesson 1 2 GUIT-013 Guitar Performance 013 2 CC-013G Guitar LPW 013 1 GUIT-012 Guitar Reading 012 2 GUIT- 011 Guitar Technique 011 2 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-025 Rhythm Reading Workout 1 1 CC-015 Rhythm Reading Workout 1 1 CC-012 Ear Training 012 1.5 CC- 011 Harmony & Theory 011 1.5 ELECTIVES Various Various 1 TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5

Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT

MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA CERTIFICATE GUIT-PL Private Lesson 2 2 GUIT-023 Guitar Performance 023 2 CC-023G Guitar LPW 023 1 GUIT-022 Guitar Reading 022 2 Q1 Q2 GUIT-021 Guitar Technique 021 2 AUDIO-056 DAW 1 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT CC-021 Harmony & Theory 021 1.5 CC-022 Ear Training 022 1.5 MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA ELECTIVES ELECTIVES GUIT-PL Private Lesson 1 2 GUIT-PL Private Lesson 2 2 Various Various 1 Various Various 1

CERTIFICATE CC-013G Guitar LPW 013 1 CC-023G Guitar LPW 023 1 GUIT-013 Guitar Performance 013 2 GUIT-023 Guitar Performance 023 2 TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5 GUIT- 011 Guitar Technique 011 2 GUIT-021 Guitar Technique 021 2 GUIT-012 Guitar Reading 012 2 GUIT-022 Guitar Reading 022 2 GUIT-014 Guitar Gear Maintenance 1 GUIT-024 Guitar Gear Mastery 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-015 Rhythm Reading Workout 1 1 CC-025 Rhythm Reading Workout 2 1 Q5 Q6 CC- 011 Harmony & Theory 011 1.5 CC-021 Harmony & Theory 021 1.5 CC-012 Ear Training 012 1.5 CC-022 Ear Training 022 1.5 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT ELECTIVES ELECTIVES MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA Various Various 1 Various Various 1 GUIT-PL Private Lesson 3 2 GUIT-130 Guitar Performance 130 2 CC-103G Guitar LPW 103 1 GUIT-120 Guitar Reading 120 2 TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15 GUIT-110 Guitar Technique 110 2 MUSICIANSHIP AUDIO-156 DAW 2 1 CC-102 Ear Training 102 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP CC-108 Keyboard Proficiency 1 1 CC-101 Harmony & Theory 101 1.5 ELECTIVES Q3 Q4 Various Various 1 TOTAL 7.5 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT TOTAL 7.5 MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA GUIT-PL Private Lesson 3 2 GUIT-PL Private Lesson 4 2 CC-103G Guitar LPW 103 1 CC-203G Guitar LPW 203 1 GUIT-130 Guitar Performance 130 2 GUIT-230 Guitar Performance 230 2 Q7 Q8 GUIT-110 Guitar Technique 110 2 GUIT-210 Guitar Technique 210 2 GUIT-120 Guitar Reading 120 2 GUIT-220 Guitar Reading 220 2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT AUDIO-056 DAW 1 1 AUDIO-156 DAW 2 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA CC-101 Harmony & Theory 101 1.5 CC-201 Harmony & Theory 201 1.5 GUIT-PL Private Lesson 4 2 GUIT-230 Guitar Performance 230 2 CC-102 Ear Training 102 1.5 CC-202 Ear Training 202 1.5 CC-203G Guitar LPW 203 1 GUIT-220 Guitar Reading 220 2 CC-108 Keyboard Proficiency 1 1 CC-208 Keyboard Proficiency 2 1 GUIT-210 Guitar Technique 210 2 GUIT-014 Guitar Gear Maintenance 1 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES GUIT-024 Guitar Gear Mastery 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP Various Various 1 Various Various 1 CC-202 Ear Training 202 1.5 CC-201 Harmony & Theory 201 1.5 CC-208 Keyboard Proficiency 2 1 TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15 TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5 *Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter **Beginning Fall, 2017. Part-Time study may not be available for all programs Student financial Aid may be affected by enrollment in Part-Time programs. Financial Aid students should consult with the Financial Aid Office for guidance.

38 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. ** Student’s choice of various DAWs 39 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS CERTIFICATE KEYBOARD TECHNOLOGY // PERFORMANCE TRACK KEYBOARD TECHNOLOGY // PERFORMANCE TRACK

Students can earn a Certificate in MI’s Performance Studies program for Keyboard Technology. With an innovative 360-degree approach to music education, MI Certificates are centered on Harmony, Theory and Ear Training, with core subjects in Reading, Technique and Performance. This Certificate program provides students with a broad foundation of knowledge and practical experience, encouraging the rapid development of skills in preparation for a range of professional music performance situations. Choosing the Performance Track allows students to receive a heavier emphasis on live performance skills, as well as basic training in using Reason software.

60 CREDITS / 4 QUARTERS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS CERTIFICATE PROGRAM*

COURSE CREDIT CERTIFICATE

Private Lesson 1-4 8 Q1 Q2 Keyboard LPW 013-203 4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT Keyboard Performance 013-230 8 CERTIFICATE MAJOR AREA = 39 CREDITS MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA Keyboard Technique 011-210 8 KEYBD-PL Private Lesson 1 2 KEYBD-PL Private Lesson 2 2 Keyboard Reading 012-220 8 CC-013K Keyboard LPW 013 1 CC-023K Keyboard LPW 023 1 KEYBD-013 Keyboard Performance 013 2 KEYBD-023 Keyboard Performance 023 2 Keyboard Gear Mastery 1 KE YBD - 011 Keyboard Technique 011 2 KEYBD-021 Keyboard Technique 021 2 KEYBD-012 Keyboard Reading 012 2 KEYBD-022 Keyboard Reading 022 2 DAW 1-2 2 MUSICIANSHIP KEYBD-024 Keyboard Gear Mastery 1 CC-015 Rhythm Reading Workout 1 1 MUSICIANSHIP CC- 011 Harmony & Theory 011 1.5 CC-025 Rhythm Reading Workout 2 1 CC-012 Ear Training 012 1.5 CC-021 Harmony & Theory 021 1.5 ELECTIVES CC-022 Ear Training 022 1.5 Various Various 2 ELECTIVES Various Various 1

Rhythm Reading Workout 1-2 2 TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15 MUSICIANSHIP = 14 CREDITS Harmony & Theory 011-201 6 Ear Training 012-202 6 Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA KEYBD-PL Private Lesson 3 2 KEYBD-PL Private Lesson 4 2 ELECTIVES = 7 CREDITS Various 7 CC-103K Keyboard LPW 103 1 CC-203K Keyboard LPW 203 1 KEYBD-130 Keyboard Performance 130 2 KEYBD-230 Keyboard Performance 230 2 KE YBD -110 Keyboard Technique 110 2 KEYBD-210 Keyboard Technique 210 2 KEYBD-120 Keyboard Reading 120 2 KEYBD-220 Keyboard Reading 220 2 AUDIO-056 DAW 1 1 AUDIO-156 DAW 2 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-101 Harmony & Theory 101 1.5 CC-201 Harmony & Theory 201 1.5 CC-102 Ear Training 102 1.5 CC-202 Ear Training 202 1.5 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 2 Various Various 2

*Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter **Beginning Fall, 2017. Part-Time study may not be available for all programs TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15 Student financial Aid may be affected by enrollment in Part-Time programs. Financial Aid students should consult with the Financial Aid Office for guidance.

40 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. ** Student’s choice of various DAWs 41 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS KEYBOARD TECHNOLOGY // PERFORMANCE TRACK 60 CREDITS / 8 QUARTERS*/ PART-TIME CERTIFICATE KEYBOARD TECHNOLOGY // PRODUCTION TRACK The part-time Keyboard Technologies Program is designed for individuals wishing to pursue a certificate in Keyboard who, due to employment, time constraints, family responsibilities, or health reasons, may not be able to undertake a traditional full-time program. Specific requirements and regulations apply to enrollment in the part-time Keyboard program. Students can earn a Certificate in MI’s Performance Studies program for Keyboard Technology. With an innovative 360-degree approach to music education, MI Certificates are centered on Harmony, Theory and Ear Training, with core subjects in Reading, Technique and Performance. This Certificate program provides Q1 Q2 students with a broad foundation of knowledge and practical experience, encouraging the rapid development CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT of skills in preparation for a range of professional music performance situations. MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA Choosing the Producer Track allows students to receive a heavier emphasis in studio-based KEYBD-PL Private Lesson 1 2 KEYBD-013 Keyboard Performance 013 2 recording and production skills, including the use of Logic and Pro Tools software; as well as core CC-013K Keyboard LPW 013 1 KEYBD-012 Keyboard Reading 012 2 courses in Digital Music and Synthesis & Sampling. KE YBD - 011 Keyboard Technique 011 2 KEYBD-024 Keyboard Gear Mastery 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-015 Rhythm Reading Workout 1 1 CC-015 Rhythm Reading Workout 1 1 CC- 011 Harmony & Theory 011 1.5 CC-012 Ear Training 012 1.5 TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5 60 CREDITS / 4 QUARTERS Q3 Q4 REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS CERTIFICATE PROGRAM* CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA KEYBD-PL Private Lesson 2 2 KEYBD-023 Keyboard Performance 023 2 CERTIFICATE CC-023K Keyboard LPW 023 1 KEYBD-022 Keyboard Reading 022 2 COURSE CREDIT KEYBD-021 Keyboard Technique 021 2 AUDIO-056 DAW 1 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-021 Harmony & Theory 021 1.5 CC-022 Ear Training 022 1.5 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Private Lesson 1-4 8 Various Various 1 Various Various 1 Keyboard LPW 013-203 4 TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5 Keyboard Performance 013-023 4 CERTIFICATE MAJOR AREA = 36 CREDITS Keyboard Technique 011-021 4 Q5 Q6 Keyboard Reading 012-022 4 Keyboard Gear Mastery 1 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT DAW 1: Logic 1-2 2 MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA DAW 2: Pro Tools 1-2 4 KEYBD-PL Private Lesson 3 2 KEYBD-130 Keyboard Performance 130 2 CC-103K Keyboard LPW 103 1 KEYBD-120 Keyboard Reading 120 2 Digital Music 1-2 4 KE YBD -110 Keyboard Technique 110 2 MUSICIANSHIP 1 AUDIO-156 DAW 2 1 CC-102 Ear Training 102 1.5 Synthesis & Sampling MUSICIANSHIP ELECTIVES CC-101 Harmony & Theory 101 1.5 Various Various 2

TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5 Rhythm Reading Workout 1-2 2 Q7 Q8 MUSICIANSHIP = 14 CREDITS Harmony & Theory 011-201 6 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT Ear Training 012-202 6 MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA KEYBD-PL Private Lesson 4 2 CC-203K Keyboard Performance 230 2 CC-203K Keyboard LPW 203 1 KEYBD-210 Keyboard Reading 220 2 KEYBD-210 Keyboard Technique 210 2 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-202 Ear Training 202 1.5 CC-201 Harmony & Theory 201 1.5 ELECTIVES Various 10 ELECTIVES Various Various 2 ELECTIVES = 10 CREDITS Various Various 1

TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5

42 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 43 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS CERTIFICATE CERTIFICATE KEYBOARD TECHNOLOGY // PRODUCER TRACK VOCAL

Students can earn a Certificate in MI’s Performance Studies program for Vocal. With an innovative 360-degree approach to music education, MI Certificates are centered on Harmony, Theory and Ear Training, with core subjects in Reading, Technique and Performance. This Certificate program provides students with a broad foundation of knowledge and practical experience, encouraging the rapid development of skills in preparation for a range of professional music performance situations.

60 CREDITS / 4 QUARTERS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS CERTIFICATE PROGRAM* CERTIFICATE Q1 Q2 COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT Private Lesson 1-4 8 MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA KEYBD-PL Private Lesson 1 2 KEYBD-PL Private Lesson 2 Vocal LPW 013-203 4 CC-013K Keyboard LPW 013 1 CC-023K Keyboard LPW 023 Vocal Performance 013-230 8 CERTIFICATE KEYBD-013 Keyboard Performance 013 2 KEYBD-023 Keyboard Performance 023 MAJOR AREA = 40 CREDITS KE YBD - 011 Keyboard Technique 011 2 KEYBD-021 Keyboard Technique 021 2 Vocal Technique 011-210 8 KEYBD-012 Keyboard Reading 012 2 KEYBD-022 Keyboard Reading 022 1 Sightsinging 012-220 8 AUDIO-052 DAW 1: Logic 1 1 AUDIO-152 DAW 1: Logic 2 2 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP 2 Styles Survey 1-2 2 CC-015 Rhythm Reading Workout 1 1 CC-025 Rhythm Reading Workout 2 2 DAW 1-2 2 CC- 011 Harmony & Theory 011 1.5 CC-021 Harmony & Theory 021 1 CC-012 Ear Training 012 1.5 CC-022 Ear Training 022 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES 1 Various Various 1 Various Various 1.5 1.5

1 TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15 Rhythm Reading Workout 1-2 2 Q3 Q4 MUSICIANSHIP = 16 CREDITS Harmony & Theory 011-201 6 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT Ear Training 012-202 6 Keyboard Proficiency 1-2 2 MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA KEYBD-PL Private Lesson 3 2 KEYBD-PL Private Lesson 4 2 CC-103K Keyboard LPW 103 1 CC-203K Keyboard LPW 203 1 AUDIO-057 DAW 2: Pro Tools 1 2 AUDIO-157 DAW 2: Pro Tools 2 2 KEYBD-024 Gear Mastery 1 1 KEYBD-240 Digital Music 2 2 KEYBD-140 Digital Music 1 2 MUSICIANSHIP KEYBD-150 Synthesis & Sampling 1 CC-201 Harmony & Theory 201 1.5 ELECTIVES = 4 CREDITS Various 4 MUSICIANSHIP CC-202 Ear Training 202 1.5 CC-101 Harmony & Theory 101 1.5 ELECTIVES CC-102 Ear Training 102 1.5 Various Various 5 ELECTIVES Various Various 3

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

44 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 45 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS CERTIFICATE VOCAL VOCAL 60 CREDITS / 8 QUARTERS*/ PART-TIME The part-time Vocal Program is designed for individuals wishing to pursue a certificate in Vocals who, due to employment, time constraints, family responsibilities, or health reasons, may not be able to undertake a traditional full-time program. Specific requirements and regulations apply to enrollment in the part-time Vocal program.

Q1 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA VOCAL-PL Private Lesson 1 2 VOCAL-013 Vocal Performance 013 2 CC-013V Vocal LPW 013 1 VOCAL-012 Sightsinging 012 2 VOCAL- 011 Vocal Technique 011 2 VOCAL-014 Styles Survey 1 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-015 Rhythm Reading Workout 1 1 CC-015 Rhythm Reading Workout 1 1 CC- 011 Harmony & Theory 011 1.5 CC-012 Ear Training 012 1.5

TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5

Q3 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT CERTIFICATE MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA VOCAL-PL Private Lesson 2 2 VOCAL-023 Vocal Performance 023 2 Q1 CC-023V Vocal LPW 023 1 VOCAL-022 Sightsinging 022 2 Q2 VOCAL-021 Vocal Technique 021 2 VOCAL-024 Styles Survey 2 1 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-021 Harmony & Theory 021 1.5 CC-022 Ear Training 022 1.5 MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA ELECTIVES CC-208 Keyboard Proficiency 1 1 VOCAL-PL Private Lesson 1 2 VOCAL-PL Private Lesson 2 2 Various Various 1 CERTIFICATE CC-013V Vocal LPW 013 1 CC-023V Vocal LPW 023 1 TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5 VOCAL-013 Vocal Performance 013 2 VOCAL-023 Vocal Performance 023 2 VOCAL- 011 Vocal Technique 011 2 VOCAL-021 Vocal Technique 021 2 VOCAL-012 Sightsinging 012 2 VOCAL-022 Sightsinging 022 2 VOCAL-014 Styles Survey 1 1 VOCAL-024 Styles Survey 2 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-015 Rhythm Reading Workout 1 1 CC-025 Rhythm Reading Workout 2 1 Q5 Q6 CC- 011 Harmony & Theory 011 1.5 CC-021 Harmony & Theory 021 1.5 CC-012 Ear Training 012 1.5 CC-022 Ear Training 022 1.5 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 1 MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA VOCAL-PL Private Lesson 3 2 VOCAL-130 Vocal Performance 130 2 CC-103V Vocal LPW 103 1 VOCAL-120 Sightsinging 120 2 TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15 VOCAL-110 Vocal Technique 110 2 AUDIO-056 DAW 1: Reason 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-101 Harmony & Theory 101 1.5 CC-102 Ear Training 102 1.5 Q3 Q4 CC-208 Keyboard Proficiency 2 1 ELECTIVES CODE COURSE CREDIT Various Various 1 CODE COURSE CREDIT TOTAL 7.5 TOTAL 7.5 MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA VOCAL-PL Private Lesson 3 2 VOCAL-PL Private Lesson 4 2 CC-103V Vocal LPW 103 1 CC-203V Vocal LPW 203 1 VOCAL-130 Vocal Performance 130 2 VOCAL-230 Vocal Performance 230 2 Q7 VOCAL-110 Vocal Technique 110 2 VOCAL-210 Vocal Technique 210 2 Q8 VOCAL-120 Sightsinging 120 2 VOCAL-220 Sightsinging 220 2 CODE COURSE CREDIT AUDIO-056 DAW 1: Reason 1 AUDIO-156 DAW 2: Reason 1 CODE COURSE CREDIT MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP MAJOR AREA CC-101 Harmony & Theory 101 1.5 CC-201 Harmony & Theory 201 1.5 VOCAL-PL Private Lesson 4 2 MAJOR AREA CC-102 Ear Training 102 1.5 CC-202 Ear Training 202 1.5 CC-203V Vocal LPW 203 1 VOCAL-230 Vocal Performance 230 2 CC-108 Keyboard Proficiency 1 1 CC-208 Keyboard Proficiency 2 1 VOCAL-210 Vocal Technique 210 2 VOCAL-220 Sightsinging 220 2 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES AUDIO-156 DAW 2: Reason 1 MUSICIANSHIP Various Various 1 Various Various 1 MUSICIANSHIP CC-202 Ear Training 202 1.5 CC-201 Harmony & Theory 201 1.5 ELECTIVES TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15 Various Various 2 TOTAL 7.5 *Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter TOTAL 7.5 **Beginning Fall, 2017. Part-Time study may not be available for all programs Student financial Aid may be affected by enrollment in Part-Time programs. Financial Aid students should consult with the Financial Aid Office for guidance.

46 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. ** Student’s choice of various DAWs 47 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS ASSOCIATE OF ARTS OVERVIEW 6 QTRS IN PERFORMANCE STUDIES*

MI’s Associate of Arts Degree in Performance offers students extensive vocational training in Bass, Drum, Guitar, Keyboard Technology or Vocal. Topics in Harmony, Theory and Ear Training are explored in extensive depth through Reading, Technique and Performance on the chosen instrument.

The intensive A.A. curriculum prepares musicians to perform in any professional situation, along with learning professional development skills such as basic computer use, EPK creation, resume and bio writing, and social media as a tool for business and networking. The Associate of Arts Degree is intended to equip students with the knowledge and training needed to become professional performers in today’s music industry.

ASSOCIATE OF ARTS // COMBINED EMPHASIS 4 QTRS IN PERFORMANCE STUDIES & 2 QTRS IN ENTERTAINMENT INDUSTRY STUDIES* ASSOCIATE

With additional training, students can choose to earn an Associate of Arts Degree with a Combined Emphasis in Performance and Entertainment Industry Studies. Enhancing the instrumental performance education of a regular Associate of Arts Degree, graduates attain specialization in their choice of Audio Engineering, DJ Performance & Production, Independent Artist, Guitar Craft or Music Business (see Certificate section for details). See the Admissions/Bachelor Program/Transfer of Credit section of this catalog for information on transfer of Associate of Arts credits into MI’s Bachelor of Music Program.

ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE OVERVIEW 6 QTRS IN MUSIC BUSINESS*

The 90-credit ASMB degree provides students with in-depth training in a diverse range of subjects encountered in today’s music industry. In addition to courses in entertainment law, music publishing and licensing, record labels, distribution, and personal management, our Associate of Science degree also includes music industry history, international music publishing, accounting and finance, marketing, and visual media. During the course of six quarters, students partake in two internships as well as music courses covering song structure, recording & production, and critical listening skills. MI Music Business instructors share real-world experience earned from working with major artists & record label executives; music supervisors for film & TV; publishing consultants; and media outlets. Our Associate of Science in Music Business degree prepares students to work as music industry professionals in various areas, including (but not limited to) record labels, music publishing, artist management, touring, and entrepreneurship.

*Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter

THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2015/2016: OCTOBER 1, 2015 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2016. 48 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS. 49 ASSOCIATE OF ARTS BASS

90 CREDITS / 6 QUARTERS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DEGREE*

COURSE CREDIT

Private Lesson 1-6 12 Bass LPW 013-403 6 Bass Performance 013-230 8 Bass Technique 011-210 4 Bass Fretboard 016-260 4 MAJOR AREA = 53 CREDITS Bass Reading 012-220 1 Bass Gear Maintenance & Mastery 1 Bass & Drum Concepts 2

DAW 1-2 1 ASSOCIATE Synth Bass 2 Upright Bass Workshop 1-2 4 ASSOCIATE

Applied Entertainment Business 1-2 3 Media Relations 2 PROF. DEVELOPMENT = 11 CREDITS Visual Media 1-2 4 Independent Artist Marketing 2

Rhythm Reading Workout 1-2 2 MUSICIANSHIP = 19 CREDITS Harmony & Theory 011-201 6 Ear Training 012-202 6 Keyboard Proficiency 1-2 2 Songwriting 1-2 3

ELECTIVES = 7 CREDITS Various 7

*Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter *Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter

THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 50 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2015/2016: OCTOBER 1, 2015 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2016. 51 ADDITIONS ANDADDITIONS CHANGES AND CHANGES TO THE TOCATALOG THE CATALOG OCCUR OCCUR FREQUENTLY. FREQUENTLY. PLEASE PLEASE VISITVISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS. AND ANNOUNCEMENTS ASSOCIATE OF ARTS BASS

Q1 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA BASS-PL Private Lesson 1 2 BASS-PL Private Lesson 4 2 CC-013B Bass LPW 013 1 CC-0203B Bass LPW 203 1 BASS-013 Bass Performance 013 2 BASS-230 Bass Performance 230 2 BASS- 011 Bass Technique 011 1 BASS-210 Bass Technique 210 1 BASS-016 Bass Fretboard 016 1 BASS-260 Bass Fretboard 260 1 BASS-012 Bass Reading 012 2 BASS-220 Bass Reading 220 2 BASS-014 Bass Gear Maintenance & Mastery 1 AUDIO-156 DAW 2 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-015 Rhythm Reading Workout 1 1 CC-201 Harmony & Theory 201 1.5 CC- 011 Harmony & Theory 011 1.5 CC-202 Ear Training 202 1.5 CC-012 Ear Training 012 1.5 CC-208 Keyboard Proficiency 2 1 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 1

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

Q2 Q5 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA ASSOCIATE BASS-PL Private Lesson 2 2 BASS-PL Private Lesson 5 2 CC-023B Bass LPW 023 1 CC-303B Bass LPW 303 1 BASS-023 Bass Performance 023 2 BASS-370 Synth Bass 1 BASS-021 Bass Technique 021 1 BASS-350 Upright Bass Workshop 1 1 BASS-026 Bass Fretboard 026 1 BASS-360 Project Recording: Bass 1 2 BASS-022 Bass Reading 022 2 PROF. DEV.

ASSOCIATE BASS-025 Bass & Drum Concepts 1 MUBUS-0360 Applied Entertainment Business 1 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP MUBUS-0202 Media Relations 2 CC-025 Rhythm Reading Workout 2 1 CC-307 Visual Media 1 2 CC-021 Harmony & Theory 021 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP CC-022 Ear Training 022 1.5 CC-306 Songwriting 1 1.5 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 1

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

Q3 Q6 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA BASS-PL Private Lesson 3 2 BASS-PL Private Lesson 6 2 CC-103B Bass LPW 103 1 CC-403B Bass LPW 403 1 BASS-130 Bass Performance 130 2 BASS-450 Upright Bass Workshop 2 1 BASS-110 Bass Technique 110 1 BASS-460 Project Recording: Bass 2 2 BASS-160 Bass Fretboard 160 1 PROF. DEV. BASS-120 Bass Reading 120 2 MUBUS-0460 Applied Entertainment Business 2 1.5 AUDIO-056 DAW 1 1 CC-407 Visual Media 2 2 MUSICIANSHIP MUBUS-0307 Independent Artist Marketing 2 CC-101 Harmony & Theory 101 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP CC-102 Ear Training 102 1.5 CC-406 Songwriting 2 1.5 CC-108 Keyboard Proficiency 1 1 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 2 Various Various 1 TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

*Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter *Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter

THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. ** Student’s choice of various DAWs 52 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2015/2016: OCTOBER 1, 2015 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2016. 53 ADDITIONS ANDADDITIONS CHANGES AND CHANGES TO THE TOCATALOG THE CATALOG OCCUR OCCUR FREQUENTLY. FREQUENTLY. PLEASE PLEASE VISITVISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS. AND ANNOUNCEMENTS ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DRUM

90 CREDITS / 6 QUARTERS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DEGREE*

COURSE CREDIT

Private Lesson 1-6 12 Drum LPW 013-403 6 Drum Performance 013-230 8 Drum Technique 011-210 8 Drum Reading 012-220 8 Developing Your Groove 1 MAJOR AREA = 56 CREDITS Drum Gear Maintenance & Mastery 1 E-Drumming Essentials 1

Timekeeping 1 ASSOCIATE DAW 1-2 2 Advanced Drumming Styles: Jazz 2 Advanced Drumming Styles: Latin, Jazz 2 2 or R&B Gospel (pick one option)

ASSOCIATE Project Recording: Drum 1-2 4

Applied Entertainment Business 1-2 3 Media Relations 2 PROF. DEVELOPMENT = 11 CREDITS Visual Media 1-2 4 Independent Artist Marketing 2

Harmony & Theory 011-201 6 MUSICIANSHIP = 17 CREDITS Ear Training 012-202 6 Keyboard Proficiency 1-2 2 Songwriting 1-2 3

ELECTIVES = 6 CREDITS Various 6

*Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter *Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter

THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 54 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2015/2016: OCTOBER 1, 2015 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2016. 55 ADDITIONS ANDADDITIONS CHANGES AND CHANGES TO THE TOCATALOG THE CATALOG OCCUR OCCUR FREQUENTLY. FREQUENTLY. PLEASE PLEASE VISITVISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS. AND ANNOUNCEMENTS ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DRUM

Q1 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA DRUM-PL Private Lesson 1 2 DRUM-PL Private Lesson 4 2 CC-013D Drum LPW 013 1 CC-203D Drum LPW 203 1 DRUM-013 Drum Performance 013 2 DRUM-230 Drum Performance 230 2 DRUM- 011 Drum Technique 011 2 DRUM-210 Drum Technique 210 2 DRUM-012 Drum Reading 012 2 DRUM-220 Drum Reading 220 2 DRUM-015 Developing Your Groove 1 DRUM-240 E-Drumming Essentials 1 DRUM-014 Drum Gear Maintenance & Mastery 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-201 Harmony & Theory 201 1.5 CC- 011 Harmony & Theory 011 1.5 CC-202 Ear Training 202 1.5 CC-012 Ear Training 012 1.5 CC-208 Keyboard Proficiency 2 1 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 1

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

Q2 Q5 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT

MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA ASSOCIATEASSOCIATE DRUM-PL Private Lesson 2 2 DRUM-PL Private Lesson 5 2 CC-023D Drum LPW 023 1 CC-303D Drum LPW 303 1 DRUM-023 Drum Performance 023 2 DRUM-350 Advanced Drumming Styles: Jazz 1 2 DRUM-021 Drum Technique 021 2 DRUM-360 Project Recording: Drum 1 2 DRUM-022 Drum Reading 022 2 PROF. DEV. AUDIO-056 DAW 1 1-2 MUBUS-0360 Applied Entertainment Business 1 1.5 DRUM-025 Timekeeping 1 ASSOCIATE MUBUS-0202 Media Relations 2 MUSICIANSHIP CC-307 Visual Media 1 2 CC-021 Harmony & Theory 021 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP CC-022 Ear Training 022 1.5 CC-306 Songwriting 1 1.5 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 0-1 Various Various 1

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

Q3 Q6 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA DRUM-PL Private Lesson 3 2 DRUM-PL Private Lesson 6 2 CC-103D Drum LPW 103 1 CC-403D Drum LPW 403 1 DRUM-130 Drum Performance 130 2 DRUM-451 Advanced Drumming Styles 2A: Jazz 2 2 DRUM-110 Drum Technique 110 2 DRUM-450 Advanced Drumming Styles 2B: Latin 2 DRUM-120 Drum Reading 120 2 DRUM-452 Advanced Drumming Styles 2C: R&B/ AUDIO-156 DAW 2 1-2 Gospel 2 MUSICIANSHIP DRUM-460 Project Recording: Drum 2 2 CC-101 Harmony & Theory 101 1.5 PROF. DEV. CC-102 Ear Training 102 1.5 MUBUS-0460 Applied Entertainment Business 2 1.5 CC-108 Keyboard Proficiency 1 1 CC-407 Visual Media 2 2 ELECTIVES MUBUS-0307 Independent Artist Marketing 2 Various Various 0-1 MUSICIANSHIP CC-406 Songwriting 2 1.5 TOTAL 15 ELECTIVES Various Various 1

TOTAL 15

*Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter *Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter

THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. ** Student’s choice of various DAWs 56 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2015/2016: OCTOBER 1, 2015 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2016. 57 ADDITIONS ANDADDITIONS CHANGES AND CHANGES TO THE TOCATALOG THE CATALOG OCCUR OCCUR FREQUENTLY. FREQUENTLY. PLEASE PLEASE VISITVISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS. AND ANNOUNCEMENTS ASSOCIATE OF ARTS GUITAR

90 CREDITS / 6 QUARTERS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DEGREE*

COURSE CREDIT

Private Lesson 1-6 12 Guitar LPW 013-403 6 Guitar Performance 013-230 8 Guitar Technique 011-210 8 Guitar Reading 012-220 8 MAJOR AREA = 54 CREDITS Guitar Gear Maintenance 1 Guitar Gear Mastery 1 DAW 1-2 2

Advanced Musicianship Concepts 1-2 4 ASSOCIATE Project Recording: Guitar 1-2 4 ASSOCIATE Applied Entertainment Business 1-2 3 Media Relations 2 PROF. DEVELOPMENT = 11 CREDITS Visual Media 1-2 4 Independent Artist Marketing 2

Rhythm Reading Workout 1-2 2 Harmony & Theory 011-201 6 MUSICIANSHIP = 19 CREDITS Ear Training 012-202 6 Keyboard Proficiency 1-2 2 Songwriting 1-2 3

ELECTIVES = 6 CREDITS Various 6

*Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter *Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter

THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 58 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2015/2016: OCTOBER 1, 2015 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2016. 59 ADDITIONS ANDADDITIONS CHANGES AND CHANGES TO THE TOCATALOG THE CATALOG OCCUR OCCUR FREQUENTLY. FREQUENTLY. PLEASE PLEASE VISITVISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS. AND ANNOUNCEMENTS ASSOCIATE OF ARTS GUITAR

Q1 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA GUIT-PL Private Lesson 1 2 GUIT-PL Private Lesson 4 2 CC-013G Guitar LPW 013 1 CC-203G Guitar LPW 203 1 GUIT-013 Guitar Performance 013 2 GUIT-230 Guitar Performance 230 2 GUIT- 011 Guitar Technique 011 2 GUIT-210 Guitar Technique 210 2 GUIT-012 Guitar Reading 012 2 GUIT-220 Guitar Reading 220 2 GUIT-014 Guitar Gear Maintenance 1 AUDIO-156 DAW 2 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-015 Rhythm Reading Workout 1 1 CC-201 Harmony & Theory 201 1.5 CC- 011 Harmony & Theory 011 1.5 CC-202 Ear Training 202 1.5 CC-012 Ear Training 012 1.5 CC-208 Keyboard Proficiency 2 1 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 1

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

Q2 Q5 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT ASSOCIATE MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA GUIT-PL Private Lesson 2 2 GUIT-PL Private Lesson 5 2 CC-023G Guitar LPW 023 1 CC-303G Guitar LPW 303 1 GUIT-023 Guitar Performance 023 2 GUIT-350 Advanced Musicianship Concepts 1 2 GUIT-021 Guitar Technique 021 2 GUIT-360 Project Recording: Guitar 1 2 GUIT-022 Guitar Reading 022 2 PROF. DEV. GUIT-024 Guitar Gear Mastery 1 MUBUS-0360 Applied Entertainment Business 1 1.5

ASSOCIATE MUSICIANSHIP MUBUS-0202 Media Relations 2 CC-025 Rhythm Reading Workout 2 1 CC-307 Visual Media 1 2 CC-021 Harmony & Theory 021 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP CC-022 Ear Training 022 1.5 CC-306 Songwriting 1 1.5 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 1

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

Q3 Q6 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA GUIT-PL Private Lesson 3 2 GUIT-PL Private Lesson 6 2 CC-103G Guitar LPW 103 1 CC-403G Guitar LPW 403 1 GUIT-130 Guitar Performance 130 2 GUIT-450 Advanced Musicianship Concepts 2 2 GUIT-110 Guitar Technique 110 2 GUIT-460 Project Recording: Guitar 2 2 GUIT-120 Guitar Reading 120 2 PROF. DEV. AUDIO-056 DAW 1 1 MUBUS-0460 Applied Entertainment Business 2 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP CC-407 Visual Media 2 2 CC-101 Harmony & Theory 101 1.5 MUBUS-0307 Independent Artist Marketing 2 CC-102 Ear Training 102 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP CC-108 Keyboard Proficiency 1 1 CC-406 Songwriting 2 1.5 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 1

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

*Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter *Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter

THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. ** Student’s choice of various DAWs 60 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2015/2016: OCTOBER 1, 2015 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2016. 61 ADDITIONS ANDADDITIONS CHANGES AND CHANGES TO THE TOCATALOG THE CATALOG OCCUR OCCUR FREQUENTLY. FREQUENTLY. PLEASE PLEASE VISITVISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS. AND ANNOUNCEMENTS ASSOCIATE OF ARTS KEYBOARD TECHNOLOGY // PERFORMANCE TRACK

90 CREDITS / 6 QUARTERS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DEGREE*

COURSE CREDIT

Private Lesson 1-6 12 Keyboard LPW 013-403 6 Keyboard Performance 013-230 8 Keyboard Technique 011-210 8 Keyboard Reading 012-420 8 MAJOR AREA = 53 CREDITS Keyboard Gear Mastery 1 DAW: Reason 1-2 2 Commercial Composition 1-2 4

Project Recording: Keyboard 1-2 4 ASSOCIATE

ASSOCIATE Applied Entertainment Business 1-2 3 Media Relations 2 PROF. DEVELOPMENT = 11 CREDITS Visual Media 1-2 4 Independent Artist Marketing 2

Rhythm Reading Workout 1-2 2 Harmony & Theory 011-201 6 MUSICIANSHIP = 17 CREDITS Ear Training 012-202 6 Songwriting 1-2 3

ELECTIVES = 9 CREDITS Various 9

*Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter *Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter ** Student’s choice of various DAWs THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 62 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2015/2016: OCTOBER 1, 2015 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2016. 63 ADDITIONS ANDADDITIONS CHANGES AND CHANGES TO THE TOCATALOG THE CATALOG OCCUR OCCUR FREQUENTLY. FREQUENTLY. PLEASE PLEASE VISITVISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS. AND ANNOUNCEMENTS OF ARTS KEYBOARD TECHNOLOGY // PERFORMANCE TRACK

Q1 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA KEYBD-PL Private Lesson 1 2 KEYBD-PL Private Lesson 4 2 CC-013K Keyboard LPW 013 1 CC-203K Keyboard LPW 203 1 KEYBD-013 Keyboard Performance 013 2 KEYBD-230 Keyboard Performance 230 2 KE YBD - 011 Keyboard Technique 011 2 KEYBD-210 Keyboard Technique 210 2 KEYBD-012 Keyboard Reading 012 2 KEYBD-220 Keyboard Reading 220 2 MUSICIANSHIP AUDIO-156 DAW 2 1 CC-015 Rhythm Reading Workout 1 1 MUSICIANSHIP CC- 011 Harmony & Theory 011 1.5 CC-201 Harmony & Theory 201 1.5 CC-012 Ear Training 012 1.5 CC-202 Ear Training 202 1.5 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 2 Various Various 2

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

Q2 Q5 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT ASSOCIATE MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA KEYBD-PL Private Lesson 2 2 KEYBD-PL Private Lesson 5 2 CC-023K Keyboard LPW 023 1 CC-303K Keyboard LPW 303 1 KEYBD-023 Keyboard Performance 023 2 KEYBD-350 Commercial Composition 1 2 KEYBD-021 Keyboard Technique 021 2 KEYBD-360 Project Recording: Keyboard 1 2 KEYBD-022 Keyboard Reading 022 2 PROF. DEV. KEYBD-024 Keyboard Gear Mastery 1 MUBUS-0360 Applied Entertainment Business 1 1.5 ASSOCIATE MUSICIANSHIP MUBUS-0202 Media Relations 2 CC-025 Rhythm Reading Workout 2 1 CC-307 Visual Media 1 2 CC-021 Harmony & Theory 021 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP CC-022 Ear Training 022 1.5 CC-306 Songwriting 1 1.5 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 1

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

Q3 Q6 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA KEYBD-PL Private Lesson 3 2 KEYBD-PL Private Lesson 6 2 CC-103K Keyboard LPW 103 1 CC-403K Keyboard LPW 403 1 KEYBD-130 Keyboard Performance 130 2 KEYBD-450 Commercial Composition 2 2 KE YBD -110 Keyboard Technique 110 2 KEYBD-460 Project Recording: Keyboard 2 2 KEYBD-120 Keyboard Reading 120 2 PROF. DEV. AUDIO-056 DAW 1 1 MUBUS-0460 Applied Entertainment Business 2 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP CC-407 Visual Media 2 2 CC-101 Harmony & Theory 101 1.5 MUBUS-0307 Independent Artist Marketing 2 CC-102 Ear Training 102 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP ELECTIVES CC-406 Songwriting 2 1.5 Various Various 2 ELECTIVES Various Various 1

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

*Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter *Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter

THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. ** Student’s choice of various DAWs 64 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2015/2016: OCTOBER 1, 2015 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2016. 65 ADDITIONS ANDADDITIONS CHANGES AND CHANGES TO THE TOCATALOG THE CATALOG OCCUR OCCUR FREQUENTLY. FREQUENTLY. PLEASE PLEASE VISITVISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS. AND ANNOUNCEMENTS ASSOCIATE OF ARTS KEYBOARD TECHNOLOGY // PRODUCER TRACK

90 CREDITS / 6 QUARTERS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DEGREE*

COURSE CREDIT

Private Lesson 1-6 12 Keyboard LPW 013-403 6 Keyboard Performance 013-023 4 Keyboard Technique 011-021 4 Keyboard Reading 012-022 4 Keyboard Gear Mastery 1 MAJOR AREA = 52 CREDITS DAW 1: Logic 1-2 2 DAW 2: Pro Tools 1-2 4

Synthesis & Sampling 1 ASSOCIATE Digital Music 1-3 6 Commercial Composition 1-2 4 Producer Project 1-2 4 ASSOCIATE

Applied Entertainment Business 1-2 3 Media Relations 2 PROF. DEVELOPMENT = 11 CREDITS Visual Media 1-2 4 Independent Artist Marketing 2

Rhythm Reading Workout 1-2 2 Harmony & Theory 011-201 6 MUSICIANSHIP = 17 CREDITS Ear Training 012-202 6 Songwriting 1-2 3

ELECTIVES = 10 CREDITS Various 10

*Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter *Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter

THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 66 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2015/2016: OCTOBER 1, 2015 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2016. 67 ADDITIONS ANDADDITIONS CHANGES AND CHANGES TO THE TOCATALOG THE CATALOG OCCUR OCCUR FREQUENTLY. FREQUENTLY. PLEASE PLEASE VISITVISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS. AND ANNOUNCEMENTS ASSOCIATE OF ARTS KEYBOARD TECHNOLOGY // PRODUCER TRACK

Q1 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA KEYBD-PL Private Lesson 1 2 KEYBD-PL Private Lesson 4 2 CC-013K Keyboard LPW 013 1 CC-203K Keyboard LPW 203 1 KEYBD-013 Keyboard Performance 013 2 AUDIO-157 DAW 2: Pro Tools 2 2 KE YBD - 011 Keyboard Technique 011 2 KEYBD-240 Digital Music 2 2 KEYBD-012 Keyboard Reading 012 2 MUSICIANSHIP AUDIO-052 DAW 1: Logic 1 1 CC-201 Harmony & Theory 201 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP CC-202 Ear Training 202 1.5 CC-015 Rhythm Reading Workout 1 1 PROF. DEV CC- 011 Harmony & Theory 011 1.5 MUBUS-0202 Media Relations 2 CC-012 Ear Training 012 1.5 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 3 Various Various 1

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

Q2 Q5 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT ASSOCIATE MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA KEYBD-PL Private Lesson 2 2 KEYBD-PL Private Lesson 5 2 CC-023K Keyboard LPW 023 1 CC-303K Keyboard LPW 303 1 KEYBD-023 Keyboard Performance 023 2 KEYBD-350 Commercial Composition 1 2 KEYBD-021 Keyboard Technique 021 2 KEYBD-340 Digital Music 3 2 KEYBD-022 Keyboard Reading 022 2 KEYBD-330 Producer Project 1 2 AUDIO-152 DAW 1: Logic 2 1 PROF. DEV. ASSOCIATE MUSICIANSHIP MUBUS-0360 Applied Entertainment Business 1 1.5 CC-025 Rhythm Reading Workout 2 1 CC-307 Visual Media 1 2 CC-021 Harmony & Theory 021 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP CC-022 Ear Training 022 1.5 CC-306 Songwriting 1 1.5 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 1

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

Q3 Q6 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA KEYBD-PL Private Lesson 3 2 KEYBD-PL Private Lesson 6 2 CC-103K Keyboard LPW 103 1 CC-403K Keyboard LPW 403 1 KEYBD-024 Keyboard Gear Mastery 1 KEYBD-450 Commercial Composition 2 2 AUDIO-057 DAW 2: Pro Tools 1 2 KEYBD-430 Producer Project 2 2 KEYBD-140 Digital Music 1 2 PROF. DEV. KEYBD-150 Synthesis & Sampling 1 MUBUS-0460 Applied Entertainment Business 2 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP CC-407 Visual Media 2 2 CC-101 Harmony & Theory 101 1.5 MUBUS-0307 Independent Artist Marketing 2 CC-102 Ear Training 102 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP ELECTIVES CC-406 Songwriting 2 1.5 Various Various 3 ELECTIVES Various Various 1

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

*Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter *Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter

THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 68 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2015/2016: OCTOBER 1, 2015 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2016. 69 ADDITIONS ANDADDITIONS CHANGES AND CHANGES TO THE TOCATALOG THE CATALOG OCCUR OCCUR FREQUENTLY. FREQUENTLY. PLEASE PLEASE VISITVISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS. AND ANNOUNCEMENTS ASSOCIATE OF ARTS VOCAL

90 CREDITS / 6 QUARTERS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DEGREE*

COURSE CREDIT

Private Lesson 1-6 12 Vocal LPW 013-403 6 Vocal Performance 013-230 8 Vocal Technique 011-210 8 Sightsinging 012-220 8 MAJOR AREA = 54 CREDITS Styles Survey 1-2 2 DAW 1-2 2 Ensemble 1-2 4

Project Recording: Vocal 1-2 4 ASSOCIATE

ASSOCIATE Applied Entertainment Business 1-2 3 Media Relations 2 PROF. DEVELOPMENT = 11 CREDITS Visual Media 1-2 4 Independent Artist Marketing 2

Rhythm Reading Workout 1-2 2 Harmony & Theory 011-201 6 MUSICIANSHIP = 19 CREDITS Ear Training 012-202 6 Keyboard Proficiency 1-2 2 Songwriting 1-2 3

ELECTIVES = 6 CREDITS Various 6

*Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter *Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter

THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 70 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2015/2016: OCTOBER 1, 2015 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2016. 71 ADDITIONS ANDADDITIONS CHANGES AND CHANGES TO THE TOCATALOG THE CATALOG OCCUR OCCUR FREQUENTLY. FREQUENTLY. PLEASE PLEASE VISITVISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS. AND ANNOUNCEMENTS ASSOCIATE OF ARTS VOCAL

Q1 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA VOCAL-PL Private Lesson 1 2 VOCAL-PL Private Lesson 4 2 CC-013V Vocal LPW 013 1 CC-203V Vocal LPW 203 1 VOCAL-013 Vocal Performance 013 2 VOCAL-230 Vocal Performance 230 2 VOCAL- 011 Vocal Technique 011 2 VOCAL-210 Vocal Technique 210 2 VOCAL-012 Sightsinging 012 2 VOCAL-220 Sightsinging 220 2 VOCAL-014 Styles Survey 1 1 AUDIO-156 DAW 2 1 MUSICIANSHIP MUSICIANSHIP CC-015 Rhythm Reading Workout 1 1 CC-201 Harmony & Theory 201 1.5 CC- 011 Harmony & Theory 011 1.5 CC-202 Ear Training 202 1.5 CC-012 Ear Training 012 1.5 CC-208 Keyboard Proficiency 2 1 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 1

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

Q2 Q5 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT ASSOCIATE MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA VOCAL-PL Private Lesson 2 2 VOCAL-PL Private Lesson 5 2 CC-023V Vocal LPW 023 1 CC-303V Vocal LPW 303 1 VOCAL-023 Vocal Performance 023 2 VOCAL-350 Contemporary Vocal Ensemble 2 VOCAL-021 Vocal Technique 021 2 VOCAL-360 Project Recording: Vocal 1 2 VOCAL-022 Sightsinging 022 2 PRO. DEV. VOCAL-024 Styles Survey 2 1

ASSOCIATE MUBUS-0360 Applied Entertainment Business 1 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP MUBUS-0202 Media Relations 2 CC-025 Rhythm Reading Workout 2 1 CC-307 Visual Media 1 2 CC-021 Harmony & Theory 021 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP CC-022 Ear Training 022 1.5 CC-306 Songwriting 1 1.5 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 1

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

Q3 Q6 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA VOCAL-PL Private Lesson 3 2 VOCAL-PL Private Lesson 6 2 CC-103V Vocal LPW 103 1 CC-403V Vocal LPW 403 1 VOCAL-130 Vocal Performance 130 2 VOCAL-450 Advance Contemporary Vocal Ensemble 2 VOCAL-110 Vocal Technique 110 2 VOCAL-460 Project Recording: Vocal 2 2 VOCAL-120 Sightsinging 120 2 PROF. DEV. AUDIO-056 DAW 1 1 MUBUS-0460 Applied Entertainment Business 2 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP CC-407 Visual Media 2 2 CC-101 Harmony & Theory 101 1.5 MUBUS-0307 Independent Artist Marketing 2 CC-102 Ear Training 102 1.5 MUSICIANSHIP CC-108 Keyboard Proficiency 1 1 CC-406 Songwriting 2 1.5 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 1

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

*Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter *Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter

72 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. ** Student’s choice of various DAWs 73 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE MUSIC BUSINESS

90 CREDITS / 6 QUARTERS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE*

COURSE CREDIT Music Industry History 1-2 4 Music Business Law & Contracts 1-3 5 Music Publishing & Licensing 1-4 8 Music Industry 1-4: MAJOR AREA = 64.5 CREDITS Music Industry 1 (Record Label Structure & Talent Acquisition) 2 Music Industry 2 (Distribution & Label Services Companies) 2 Music Industry 3A (Broadcast Media) 2 Music Industry 3B (Agents & Bookings) 1 Music Industry 3C (Tour Management) 1 Music Industry 4A (Entrep. Strat. for Music Based Companies) 2 Music Industry 4B (Concert Promoters) 1 ASSOCIATE Computer Tech Music Business Applications 1-2 3 Music Business Accounting & Finance 1-2 3 Personal Management & the Artist’s Team 1 Artist Development: Skills for the Creative Env. 1.5 ASSOCIATE Music Business Marketing & Social Media 1-5 10 Music Industry Internship 1-2 6 Personal Entrepreneurship 1-2 4 Publishing/A&R Practicum 4 Booking & Management Company Practicum 4

Management & Business Skills 1-4 6.5 PROF. DEVELOPMENT = 10.5 CREDITS (includes Business Writing, Networking, Public Speaking and Leadership) Visual Media 1-2 4

Musicianship for Business Professionals 1 Song Structure & Content 2 SUPPORTIVE MUSIC = 9 CREDITS Songs, Recording & Production: A&R Analysis 2 Production Music for Visual Media: Critical Listening 1-2 4

ELECTIVES = 6 CREDITS Various 6

*Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter

This program is new. The number of students who graduate, the number of students who are placed, or the starting salary you can earn after finishing the educational program are unknown at this time. *Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter Information regarding general salary and placement statistics may be available from governmental sources or from the institution, but is not equivalent to actual performance data.

THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 74 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2015/2016: OCTOBER 1, 2015 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2016. 75 ADDITIONS ANDADDITIONS CHANGES AND CHANGES TO THE TOCATALOG THE CATALOG OCCUR OCCUR FREQUENTLY. FREQUENTLY. PLEASE PLEASE VISITVISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS. AND ANNOUNCEMENTS ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE MUSIC BUSINESS

Q1 Q4 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA MUBUS-110 Music Industry History 1 2 MUBUS-430 Music Publishing & Licensing 4 2 MUBUS-120 Music Business Law & Contracts 1 2 MUBUS-440 Music Industry 4A 2 MUBUS-130 Music Publishing & Licensing 1 2 MUBUS-441 Music Industry 4B 1 MUBUS-140 Music Industry 1 2 MUBUS-450 Computer Tech Music Business 1.5 MUBUS-150 Computer Tech Music Business 1.5 MUBUS-470 Applications 2 Applications 1 Artist Development: Skills for the 1.5 MUBUS-170 Personal Management & The Artist’s 1 MUBUS-480 Creative Environment Team Music Business Marketing & Social 2 MUBUS-180 Music Business Marketing & Social 2 PRO. DEV. Media 4 Media 1 MUBUS-490 PRO. DEV. SUP. MUSIC Management & Business Skills 4 2 MUBUS-190 Management & Business Skills 1 1.5 MUBUS-460 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Songs, Recording & Production 2 Various Various 1 Various Various 1 TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15 Q2 CODE COURSE CREDIT Q5 ASSOCIATE MAJOR AREA CODE COURSE CREDIT MUBUS-210 Music Industry History 2 2 MUBUS-220 Music Business Law & Contracts 2 2 MAJOR AREA MUBUS-230 Music Publishing & Licensing 2 2 MUBUS-580 Music Business Marketing & Social 2 MUBUS-240 Music Industry 2 2 Media 5 MUBUS-250 Music Business Accounting & 1.5 MUBUS-540 Music Industry Internship 1 2 Finance 1 MUBUS-550 Personal Entrepreneurship 1 2 ASSOCIATE MUBUS-280 Music Business Marketing & Social 2 MUBUS-570 Publishing/A&R Practicum 4 Media 2 PRO. DEV. PRO. DEV. CC-307 Visual Media 1 2 MUBUS-290 Management & Business Skills 2 1.5 SUP. MUSIC SUP. MUSIC MUBUS-560 Production Music for Visual Media 1 2 MUBUS-260 Musicianship for Business Prof. 1 ELECTIVES ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Various Various 1 TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15 Q3 Q6 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MAJOR AREA MAJOR AREA MUBUS-320 Music Business Law & Contracts 3 1 MUBUS-640 Music Industry Internship 2 4 MUBUS-330 Music Publishing & Licensing 3 2 MUBUS-650 Personal Entrepreneurship 2 2 MUBUS-340 Music Industry 3A 2 MUBUS-670 Booking & Mgmt. Company Practicum 4 MUBUS-341 Music Industry 3B 1 PRO. DEV. MUBUS-342 Music Industry 3C 1 CC-407 Visual Media 2 2 MUBUS-350 Music Business Accounting & 1.5 SUP. MUSIC Finance 2 2 MUBUS-660 Production Music for Visual Media 2 2 MUBUS-380 Music Business Marketing & Social ELECTIVES Media 3 Various Various 1 PRO. DEV. 1.5 MUBUS-390 Management & Business Skills 3 TOTAL 15 SUP. MUSIC 2 MUBUS-360 Song Structure & Content ELECTIVES 1 Various Various

TOTAL 15

*Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter *Based on optimal course load of 15 credits per quarter

THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 76 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2015/2016: OCTOBER 1, 2015 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2016. 77 ADDITIONS ANDADDITIONS CHANGES AND CHANGES TO THE TOCATALOG THE CATALOG OCCUR OCCUR FREQUENTLY. FREQUENTLY. PLEASE PLEASE VISITVISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS. AND ANNOUNCEMENTS BACHELOR OF MUSIC OVERVIEW 12 QTRS IN COMPOSITION OR PERFORMANCE*

MI’s Bachelor of Music Degree offers several options for students who want to gain an in-depth mastery of Harmony, Theory and Ear Training as well as comprehensive courses in music history, music production software, producing, and business relations. Bachelor Degrees are available in either Performance or Composition, with the goal of preparing graduates to become professional artists in the contemporary music and entertainment industry.

Bachelor of Music in Composition (Scoring for Visual Media) The goal of this degree program is to provide a complete educational foundation that prepares students for careers as soundtrack composers, arrangers, orchestrators, editors and copyists for film, TV, animation and video games. Specific objectives include a comprehensive education in Music Composition; professional training in digital music creation tools; contemporary arranging and orchestration; a foundation in theory, ear

training, music history and music styles; a general education to develop critical thinking BACHELOR skills and perspectives on the place of music in contemporary culture; and preparation for further studies at the graduate level.

Bachelor of Music in Performance (Contemporary Styles) This unique degree program combines contemporary music performance training with the rigorous study of traditional disciplines including sight-reading, music history, arranging, conducting, recording and more. Students attain expertise in one of five major instruments: Bass, Drums, Guitar, Keyboard or Vocal. The comprehensive program instructs students to demonstrate stylistic depth, creative maturity and professional competence in preparation for careers in today’s music industry.

Minor in Audio Production Additional recording courses cover technology and techniques including Acoustics, Console Operation, Pro Tools, Mixing and Mastering, and more.

Minor in Entertainment Industry Studies Concentrated courses in Music Publishing, Music Law, Record Companies, Management, Marketing and more.

Double Major in Performance and Composition A combined music degree (such as a double major in Performance and Composition) is available. Students must satisfy the essential competencies, experiences, and opportunities stated in this catalog for majors in each of the areas combined. Credit requirements may vary based on instrument of study.

180 CREDITS / 12 QUARTERS QUARTER/CREDIT BREAKD0WN REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREE*

COURSE CREDIT Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10 Q11 Q12

Private Lesson 1-12 24 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Scoring 1-10 20 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 MAJOR AREA = 64 CREDITS Contemporary Arranging 1-6 12 2 2 2 2 2 2 Orchestration 1-2 4 2 2 Sophomore Project 2 2 2 Senior Project 2 2 2

Music History 1-4 8 2 2 2 2 BACHELOR History of Scoring 1 1 Contemporary Vanguards 1 1 Counterpoint 1 1

BACHELOR Directing and Conducting 1-2 4 2 2 Sibelius Notation 1 1 SUPPORTIVE MUSIC = 33 CREDITS DAW 1 & 2 2 1 1 Logic 1 & 2 2 1 1 Pro Tools 101 & 110 4 2 2 Mechanics of Score Production 1-2 4 2 2 Composers Ensemble 1-2 2 1 1 Composers Collaborative 1 1 Business of Composing 1-2 2 1 1

Harmony & Theory 101-801 15 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2 2 2 Ear Training 102-602 11 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2 MUSICIANSHIP = 33 CREDITS Keyboard Proficiency 1-5 5 1 1 1 1 1 Pro Reading Ensemble 1-2 2 1 1

GENERAL ED* = 45 CREDITS Various 45 2 2 2 5 4 5 9 9 7

ELECTIVES = 5 CREDITS Various 5 2 3

180 CREDITS / 12 QUARTERS QUARTER/CREDIT BREAKD0WN REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREE*

COURSE CREDIT Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10 Q11 Q12

Private Lesson 3-14 24 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Bass Performance 130-230 4 2 2 Bachelor Performance 1-4 4 1 1 1 1 MAJOR AREA = 48 CREDITS Bass Technique 110-410 8 2 2 2 2 Bass Reading 120-420 8 2 2 2 2

DAW 1 & 2 2 1 1 Sibelius Notation 1 1 Style Survey 1 1 BACHELOR BACH Ensemble 1-12 12 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Music History 1-4 8 2 2 2 2 SUPPORTIVE MUSIC = 47 CREDITS Contemporary Arranging 1-5 10 2 2 2 2 2

BACHELOR Directing and Conducting 2 2 Contemporary Music Instruction 1 1 Logic 1 & 2 2 1 1 Pro Tools 101 & 110 4 2 2 Sophomore Jury Prep / Sophomore Jury 2 1 1 Senior Jury Prep / Senior Jury 2 1 1

Applied Entertainment Business 1-2 3 PROF. DEVELOPMENT = 3 CREDITS 1.5 1.5

Harmony & Theory 101-801 15 MUSICIANSHIP = 29 CREDITS Ear Training 102-602 11 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2 2 2 Keyboard Proficiency 1-3 3 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2 1 1 1

GENERAL ED* = 45 CREDITS Various 45 2 4 4 6 9 10 10 ELECTIVES = 8 CREDITS Various 8 1 1 1 2.5 1.5 1

180 CREDITS / 12 QUARTERS QUARTER/CREDIT BREAKD0WN REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREE*

COURSE CREDIT Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10 Q11 Q12

Private Lesson 3-14 24 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Drum Performance 130-230 4 2 2 Bachelor Performance 1-4 4 1 1 1 1 MAJOR AREA = 48 CREDITS Drum Technique 110-410 8 2 2 2 2 Drum Reading 120-420 8 2 2 2 2

DAW 1 & 2 2 1 1 Sibelius Notation 1 1 Style Survey 1 1 BACHELOR BACH Ensemble 1-12 12 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SUPPORTIVE MUSIC = 47 CREDITS Music History 1-4 8 2 2 2 2 Contemporary Arranging 1-5 10 2 2 2 2 2 Directing and Conducting 2

BACHELOR 2 Contemporary Music Instruction 1 1 Logic 1 & 2 2 1 1 Pro Tools 101 & 110 4 2 2 Sophomore Jury Prep / Sophomore Jury 2 1 1 Senior Jury Prep / Senior Jury 2 1 1

1.5 1.5 PROF. DEVELOPMENT = 3 CREDITS Applied Entertainment Business 1-2 3

Harmony & Theory 101-801 15 MUSICIANSHIP = 29 CREDITS Ear Training 102-602 11 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2 2 2 Keyboard Proficiency 1-3 3 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 GENERAL ED* = 45 CREDITS Various 45 2 4 4 6 9 10 10 ELECTIVES = 8 CREDITS Various 8 1 1 1 2.5 1.5 1

84 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 85 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS BACHELOR OF MUSIC IN PERFORMANCE BACHELOR OF MUSIC IN PERFORMANCE (CONTEMPORARY STYLES) GUITAR (CONTEMPORARY STYLES) GUITAR

180 CREDITS / 12 QUARTERS QUARTER/CREDIT BREAKD0WN REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREE*

COURSE CREDIT Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10 Q11 Q12

Private Lesson 3-14 24 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Guitar Performance 130-230 4 2 2 Bachelor Performance 1-4 4 1 1 1 1 MAJOR AREA = 48 CREDITS Guitar Technique 110-410 8 2 2 2 2 Guitar Reading 120-420 8 2 2 2 2

DAW 1 & 2 2 1 1 Sibelius Notation 1 1 BACHELOR Style Survey 1 1 BACH Ensemble 1-12 12 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SUPPORTIVE MUSIC = 47 CREDITS Music History 1-4 8 2 2 2 2 Contemporary Arranging 1-5 10 2 2 2 2 2 BACHELOR Directing and Conducting 2 2 Contemporary Music Instruction 1 1 Logic 1 & 2 2 1 1 Pro Tools 101 & 110 4 2 2 Sophomore Jury Prep / Sophomore Jury 2 1 1 Senior Jury Prep / Senior Jury 2 1 1

PROF. DEVELOPMENT = 3 CREDITS Applied Entertainment Business 1-2 3 1.5 1.5

180 CREDITS / 12 QUARTERS QUARTER/CREDIT BREAKD0WN REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREE*

COURSE CREDIT Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10 Q11 Q12

Private Lesson 3-14 24 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Keyboard Performance 130-230 4 2 2 Bachelor Performance 1-4 4 1 1 1 1 MAJOR AREA = 48 CREDITS Keyboard Technique 110-210 8 2 2 2 2 Keyboard Reading 120-420 8 2 2 2 2

DAW 1 & 2 2 1 1 Sibelius Notation 1 1 BACHELOR Style Survey 1 1 BACH Ensemble 1-12 12 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Music History 1-4 8 2 2 2 2 SUPPORTIVE MUSIC = 47 CREDITS Contemporary Arranging 1-5 2 2 2 2 2

BACHELOR 10 Directing and Conducting 2 2 Contemporary Music Instruction 1 1 Logic 1 & 2 2 1 1 Pro Tools 101 & 110 4 2 2 Sophomore Jury Prep / Sophomore Jury 2 1 1 Senior Jury Prep / Senior Jury 2 1 1

PROF. DEVELOPMENT = 3 CREDITS Applied Entertainment Business 1-2 3 1.5 1.5

Harmony & Theory 101-801 15 MUSICIANSHIP = 26 CREDITS Ear Training 102-602 11 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2 2 2 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2

GENERAL ED* = 45 CREDITS Various 45 1 1 2 4 4 5.5 7.5 10 10

ELECTIVES = 11 CREDITS Various 11 1 2 1 3 3 1

180 CREDITS / 12 QUARTERS QUARTER/CREDIT BREAKD0WN REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREE* COURSE CREDIT Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10 Q11 Q12

Private Lesson 3-14 24 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Vocal Performance 130-230 8 2 2 2 2 MAJOR AREA = 50 CREDITS Vocal Technique 011-210 8 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1

Sightsinging 120-220 4 Vocal Creativity 320-420 4 2 2 DAW 1 & 2 2 2 2 Sibelius Notation 1 1 1 Style Survey 1 1 BACHELOR BACH Ensemble 12 1 Music History 1-4 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Contemporary Arranging 1-5 10 2 2 2 2 SUPPORTIVE MUSIC = 51 CREDITS Directing and Conducting 2 2 2 2 2 2

BACHELOR Contemporary Music Instruction 1 2 Logic 1 & 2 2 1 Pro Tools 101 & 110 4 1 1 Sophomore Jury Prep / Sophomore Jury 2 Senior Jury Prep / Senior Jury 2 1 2 2 1 1

Applied Entertainment Business 1-2 3 PROF. DEVELOPMENT = 3 CREDITS 1.5 1.5

Harmony & Theory 101-801 15 Ear Training 102-602 11 MUSICIANSHIP = 29 CREDITS Keyboard Proficiency 1-3 3 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2 2 2 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 GENERAL ED* = 45 CREDITS Various 45 2 1 3 3 7.5 9.5 10 10 ELECTIVES = 4 CREDITS Various 4 2 1 1 1 1

90 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 91 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS BACHELOR OF MUSIC IN PERFORMANCE BACHELOR OF MUSIC IN PERFORMANCE MINOR MINOR

Not ready to stop? Get a Minor! AUDIO PRODUCTION [+30 CREDITS*] MUSIC INDUSTRY STUDIES [+30 CREDITS*] BACHELOR BACHELOR OR

Q15 Q16 Q15 Q16 CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT CODE COURSE CREDIT MINOR AREA MINOR AREA MINOR AREA MINOR AREA AUDIO-101 Recording Techniques 1 AUDIO-202 Console Operation 2: SSL Duality 2 MUBUS-101 Music Law 1 2 MUBUS-201 Music Law 2 2 AUDIO-102 Console Operation 1: Neve 2 AUDIO-204 Mixing Essentials 3 MUBUS-102 Computers in Business 1 MUBUS-202 Media Relations 2 AUDIO-109 Console Operation 1: API 2 AUDIO-206 Intro to Live Sound 1 MUBUS-103 Record Labels 2 MUBUS-203 Music Distribution 1 AUDIO-104 The Business of Audio 1 AUDIO-207 Intro to Post Production 1 MUBUS-104 Your Music Business Career 2 MUBUS-204 Concert & Tour Production 2 AUDIO-105 Critical Listening 2 AUDIO-208 Signal Processing 2 MUBUS-105 Agents & Bookings 1 MUBUS-205 Music Industry Internship 4 AUDIO-108 Recording Theory 1 ELECTIVES MUBUS-106 Digital Marketing 2 MUBUS-206 Networking Strategies 1 AUDIO-107 Mac Basics and Gear Set-Up 1 Various Various 6 MUBUS-107 Music Publishing 2 MUBUS-207 Music Licensing & Supervision 2 AUDIO-108 Recording Theory 1 MUBUS-108 Personal Management 2 ELECTIVES AUDIO-203 Pro Tools 201 & 210M 4 ELECTIVES Various Various 1 Varioius Various 1

TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15

*See General Education Transfer Credits for required credit distribution on page 173. Distribution of General Education credits is based on recommended average credit balance per quarter. General Education requirements can be found on page 192. Note: Published program lengths are based on optimal course load at 12 units per quarter for Bachelor Programs. 92 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 93 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS 94 NON CERTIFICATE NON-CERTIFICATE ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS Enrollment is available at the beginning of any any of beginning at the available is Enrollment opportunities. networking and other industry activities, curricular extra- clinics, guest special library, music to the access enjoying while workshops, and classes create their own customized schedule from available programs. Studentsdegree or can certification full-time in to enrolling alternative an as MI” of taste programs designed to provide students with “a non-certificate are Express”) “Encore and “Encore” as known (formerly Express Select &MI Select MI MI SELECT & MISELECT EXPRESS summershot.mi.edu. and Orientation. For updated information, visit Registration, Scheduling, for classes of start to the prior to arrive expected are students Shot Summer SCHEDULING/REGISTRATION/ORIENTATION mail or telephone. by notified be will accepted not are who Applicants or telephone. mail by notified be will applicants Accepted basis. ongoing an on acceptance Fully completed applications are reviewed for accepted. order the in to applications given is sizesClass are limited and placement priority NOTIFICATION AND REVIEW APPLICATION fee. (USD) application $50.00 2. 1. Completed application form. ([email protected]):email or by mail together items following the send Please SHOT SUMMER APPLY TO TO HOW requirements for Summer Shot. entrance academic no are specific There SUMMER SHOT ELIGIBILITY details are available at summershot.mi.edu. to participate Updated in two sessions. different givingSummer students quarters, the opportunity and Spring the between annually offered are Shot Development. Two separate weeks of Summer Artist and Performance for sessions week-long music industry. Summer Shot includes separate professionally with some of the top in names the perform who artists guest special from learn students faculty, expert MI’s with Along music. of styles and levels experience ages, all for intended is camp music long week The at MI. offered programs of variety into the peek asneak is Shot Summer THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS

instructor to are subject instructor availability. aspecific with lessons private for Note: Requests provides guidance general throughout the program. instructor the and interests particular student’s the on based plan alesson develop jointly student and on the student’s instrument. The Instructor primary include weekly,Sessions one-hour private lessons 12 of aminimum in Time). (Full units enrolled students Select MI for available are Lessons Private enrollment.Select MI for available not are programs and courses some and by quarter vary offerings Note: Course skill. and knowledge of level list of available appropriate courses to the student’s program chair, where the student is provided with a student’s Select MI the with consultation and evaluation initial an on based is schedule class The MI SELECT 5-week schedule. aflexible has Express Select MI while schedule, Select features MI aquarters. full-time/10-week additional for repeated may be and quarter, official course schedule only. schedule course official materials to applicable included in courses their other and curriculum to receive entitled are Materials aid. financial Federal or State for eligible not Aid: Financial INFORMATION ADDITIONAL IMPORTANT students. Select Express to MI available not are lessons Private schedule. student creates full-time a 5-week, (15 units) class the list, that From skill. and knowledge of level list of available appropriate courses to the student’s student’s program chair Express providesSelect a MI the evaluation, initial an study. of After weeks 10 full to the commit cannot who students for flexibility greater offers but Select, MI as philosophy follows the customizable Express same Select MI MI SELECT EXPRESS duringoffered the student’s period of enrollment. seminars and to clinics admission and library, the to access rehearsal, extra-curricular activities and and 24-hour to for facilities practice MI’s access have 9units of aminimum in enrolled Students ACCESS : MI Select & MI Select Express students students Express Select &MI Select : MI MI Select & MI Select Express are are Express Select &MI Select MI quantization, mastering and more. including plug-ins, automation, synchronization, functions, processing Tools® and Pro Avid editing powerful explores (Operator) Level 200 Certificate The more. and drives, wire fire with working data, backing-up MIDI, recording editing, audio, importing ProTools® Avid an set-up recording, for session digital audio workstation. Students will be able to a using in involved theory and concepts basic the on focuses 100The (User) Level Certificate through weekend at classes Musicians Institute. Certification and/or Operator User Avid their acquire to wish who those for designed courses accredited non- are courses Tools® Pro Avid certification The PRO TOOLS CERTIFICATIONS or degree program. certificate in a placement advanced not subsequent guarantee does course any of completion or Attendance credit. course earn not do session Express Select & MI Credit Course information. specific for Fees Tuition see fees; and applicable all for responsible Fees : MI Select & MI Select Express students are are students Express Select &MI Select : MI *As a non-certificate program, MI Select and MI Select Express is not eligible for U.S. or State government financial aid. financial government State or U.S. for eligible not is Express Select MI and Select MI program, *As anon-certificate : Courses taken during MI Select Select MI during taken : Courses please visit:please protools.mi.edu rates, and times dates, including information, more For use. student for day each after available be will (non-proctored) time lab open of hours 4 additional An exam. appropriate the for to prepare time class weekend of hours 48 requires course Each Please visit:Please protools.mi.edu APPLY TO HOW class): dayof first to the to bring need will (Student Headphones Stereo HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS required) not is diploma/GED School 16 is (High age old years Minimum system. operating based Windows or Apple an and mouse akeyboard, to use ability the including Students must have computer Basic knowledge ELIGIBILITY 2. 1. • • • • $100.00 (USD) application feeisrequired. $100.00 (USD) Up” Tab. Complete theapplicationform underthe“Sign plug 1/4 brand Any NON-CERTIFICATE

95 NON CERTIFICATE NON CAMPUS 97

HOLLYWOOD BLVD AMPUS CENTER C ARTIST LOUNGE ARTIST SUPPORT BILLING STUDENT Passage Performance Rooms (3 levels) The Passage REGISTRAR FINANCIAL AID

The Passage: First Floor VE A E UTB UTB STORE SUPPLY PLAYERS UDIO A F Security OOM P ST IA DIO RMANC DIO AE AE Main Lobby Audio HIGHLAND /AE/ 1ST FLOOR STU STU Control Room MCCADDEN PLACE CLASSR E

PERFO

OM h Boot cal UND DIO

Vo Isolation Booth UTB Studios 160 155 COMPOSITION AE S RO AE SO X STU C LIVE CLAS 190 TH B DIO AE STU W LA D MICRO MARKET UTB DA Restrooms Utility Closet 102 DIO AE STUDIO OFFICE STU Men CE FFI O T HALL TECH E ER S UTB Patio NC 150 OOM CO Mail Room RMANC Security men CLASSR PERFO Wo Stage Room Green Musicians Institute’s central Hollywood campus includes facilities devoted to a a to devoted facilities Hollywood includes campus central Institute’s Musicians Main is Complex purposes. and The 60,000-square-foot programs of variety several It includes holidays. a week,except days seven day, a hours 24 open classrooms, private and studios, practice performance recording venues, more. and lesson rooms, a library, 145

HAWTHORNE AVE Students Students : Students perform: Students Reggae Latin Pop Latin Power Trio Sax Centric One World Soundtrack The Coffee Due House LPWs: to their popularity, Coffee the House meet threeLPWs nights a week under guidancethe different of instructors experienced in songwriting, production, and performance. live form Students solos, and duo, perform trios to original arrangements.songs and/or The Jazz Improvisation Students LPW: improvisational and range stylistic gain skills under guidance the a musical of Set ensembles aredirector. set beginning the at each of quarter. Contemporary Jazz Ensemble LPW: Perform jazz/Students styles fusion while reading charts and the following direction a musical of director. Traditional Jazz Ensemble: Traditional form ensembles beginning the at of each quarter perform to jazz styles while reading charts and the following direction a musical of director. Real LPW World contemporary styles whilesight reading charts and direction the following a of musical director. LPW offerings vary quarter; by check • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Note: current course schedule for availability. Due to the course requirements and time commitments required of students enrolled it is not in LPW, advisable to enroll in more than two separate LPW courses in single any quarter. LIVE PERFORMANCE WORKSHOPS (LPW) Besides Style the and Repertoire LPW classes, other many students have opportunities in which earn to LPW credits. THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 2016 - SEPTEMBER 1, 30, 2017. Classic Rock Country Modern Rock Hard Rock Rock Repertoire Metal Punk American Songbook Contemporary R&B Hip-Hop Old School Hip Hop Fusion Funk Billboard Hot 100 K-Pop Band Jam Brazilian Old School Hip Hop Soul Neo Blues • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • LIVE PERFORMANCE WORKSHOPS - (LPW) STYLE & REPERTOIRE Staffed experienced by instructors, performers and guest artists, these LPW use a “tune week” the of format. Students prepare partsin advance, perform on stage with students, other and receive coaching and critique on their musical and performing skills. In MI addition featured guests to faculty, Kramer D.H. included (MC5), Wayne have BrentPeligro (The Harding Dead Kennedys), Wow Annabella (Bow Distortion), (Social Lwin and others. An LPW is a great way Wow), learn about meet each studentsfor to other, different repertoire. styles, their develop and Style & Repertoire LPW include: WORKSHOPS & ENSEMBLES& WORKSHOPS students Ensembles provide and Workshops with a wide range opportunities of gain to valuable performing experience as well as meet their academic requirements. Concentrating in one area or sampling a variety styles of is recommended according to each needs. student’s Live performance courses are offered in three general categories:

ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS AND UPDATES FOR WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG VISIT PLEASE FREQUENTLY. OCCUR CATALOG THE TO CHANGES AND ADDITIONS

NON CERTIFICATE NON

96 WORKSHOPS 98 CAMPUS CAMPUS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS 225 219 221 223 227 201 203 205 229 Custodian GUITAR & BASS PRIVATE LESSON & LABS Elevator 217 21 215 207 1 P 231 RIV VO AT 222 E LESSO IAP CAL P THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS 212 214 216 218 220 RIV 293 PRAC CO /S 226 A PRAC TE LESSON MP RO N TI ONGWRI DJ DJ CE OM 291 TI GUITAR & BASS LABS OSITION BASS 233 U R CE TECH. LABS 234 PRIGH 232 K

PRIVATE LESSON & LABS OOM R EYBOARD OOM 236 TING LA TU S VI S RN T B NYL/ 235 LA T STU ABLISM B CD 289 DE M J/ 24 BOSS+ 237 NTS CANCH 240 PRIV S GUI HEET M 284 STUDIO 85 AT TA IAP E LESSO USIC MACWO R &BASS 45 USIC, E ECK OUT 239 MAU N &L 283 LI 210 STUDIO RK BOOKS, +MOR ABS K IAP DIO JAMST EYBOARD ST IN BRA 2ND FLOOR 2ND STRUMEN AT IONS RY 281 AT CLASSR TS, VI E IONS 245 DEOS DA OOM K R 247 EYBOARD W LA OOM , S B PRO VL10 VL1 Room VL9 Copy 1 JE 249 VL12 CT VL8 STUDIOS VL7 VO 278 VL13 VL6 CAL 277 PRIV VL5 AT L GUI VO E LESSO 252 254 PRIV 250 PRIV ABS VL4 VL14 CAL AT TA VL3 AT E LESSO VO IAP 270 E LESSO N RO R &BASS CAL LA OM VL2 N &L VL15 N RO VL1 B 258 ABS OM 264 VOCAL PL KEYBOARD TECH. LABS

PRIV 267 263 269 AT 265 Lounge VO 271 STUDIO STUDIO STUDIO STUDIO E LESSO GUI Wo Staf BASS Men IAP IAP CAL TA men f N RO R OM 31 313 315 317 ELECTRONIC CO 331 DRUM STUDIO 1 DR Elevator

DRUM PRIVATE LESSON ROOMS NTR TR KI SER UM L T AKT O 321 325 ABS & LLERISM AT OR O 393 391 330 390 LESSO DR ABLE LA 320 UM B TO N R PRIV N OOM AT E S 335 CL 385 ASSROOMS CLASSRO 360 3RD FLOOR 3RD OM 350 S 337 339 LESSO DR 340 UM AC Duct N R PRIV 380 OOM AT E S CL ASSROOMS DL25 DL26 DL51 DL50 DL48 DL47 DL46 347 346 345 DL24 DL33 DL27 DL29 DL31 DL35 DL37 DL39 DL41 DL43 SERVICE 375 DRUM Wo DL23 DRU men DL28 DL30 DL32 DL34 DL36 DL38 DL40 DL42 DL44 M LAB DL22 DL21 DL18 DL16 DL32 DL12 DL10 DL8 DL6 DL4 DL2 370 S C DL20 AMPUS Men DL17 DL15 DL13 DL1 DL9 DL7 DL5 DL3 DL19 1

99 CAMPUS 100 CAMPUS CAMPUS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS [email protected] 1st Passage, West of The Floor side Registrar Office anLocating Instructor [email protected] 1st Passage, West of The Floor side Center Support in Artist Office Student Affairs Class Student’s for Show Up Not Did Instructor [email protected] for CoordinatorAsk Housing 1st Passage, West of The Floor side Center Support in Artist Office Student Affairs Housing 1st Passage, of The Floor side East Office Aid Financial Scholarships & Aid Financial [email protected] 1st Passage, West of The Floor side Registrar Office Classes Dropping [email protected] 1st Passage, West of The Floor side Registrar Office Times orClass Changing Instructors [email protected] 1st Passage, West of The Floor side Registrar Office Changing Programs MI Please use the following guide to find the proper locations for your specific needs. for specific your locations to the followingproper guide the use find Please

THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS CAMPUS GUIDE CAMPUS Form Permission toSecurity a out need fill Student will Place 1655 McCadden N. EntranceMcCadden Desk Security Friends/FamilyVisiting ofStudents [email protected] 1st Passage, West of The Floor side Center Support Artist Reservations Room Practice [email protected] 1st Passage, West of The Floor side Center Support in Artist Office Student Affairs Flyers Posting [email protected] 1st Passage, West of The Floor side Student Office Billing Fees Paying [email protected] 1st Passage, West of The Floor side Center Support in Artist Office Student Affairs Child Lost Locate to Find Student / Parent Needs Place 1655 McCadden N. EntranceMcCadden Desk Security Card ID MI Lost [email protected] 1st Passage, West of The Floor side Center Support Artist Locker Sign-Ups

101 CAMPUS CAMPUS 103 AMPUS C and Shure microphones, Dynaudio monitors channeland Avalon strips. This studio features Mac workstations, each equipped with Avid Logic Pro X, Reason 12, Digital 9, Pro Tools® Performer 8, Ableton Live 9.5 Standard, Gold Renaissance Bundles,Waves Waves Max, Max DSP Everything bundle, Sonnox and Softube Plugin Bundles, Eosis Air EQ Premium, Instruments Native 10, Komplete Adobe Creative Cloud, Arturia C-Collection 4, MIDI and controllers. ScarlettFocusrite 2i4’s Studio 03 Production/mixing studio equipped with Neumann and Shure microphones, Adam Motif monitors, channel Avalon strip, Yamaha and Native Keyboard, Vinyl Turntable Stanton Instruments Maschine. This studio features Mac workstations, each equipped with Avid Logic Pro X, Reason 12, Digital9, Pro Tools® Performer 8, Ableton Live 9.5 Standard, Gold Renaissance Bundles,Waves Waves Max, McDSP Everything bundle, Sonnox and Softube Plugin Bundles, Eosis Air EQ Premium, Instruments Native 10, Komplete Adobe Creative Cloud, Arturia C-Collection 4, MIDI and controllers. ScarlettFocusrite 2i4’s Studio 04 Production studio equipped with Moog Little PhattyInstruments Native Synthesizer, Maschine Mikro, standalone computer loaded with a variety commercial of virtual instruments, Dynaudio monitors, and a Roland MIDIA-88 weighted This studio controller. features Mac workstations, each equipped Logic Pro X, 12, Prowith Avid Tools® Reason Digital 9, Performer 8, Ableton Live Gold 9.5 Bundles, Standard, Waves Waves Renaissance Max, McDSP Everything bundle, andSonnox Softube Plugin Bundles, Eosis Air Premium,EQ Instruments Native 10, Komplete Adobe Creative Cloud, plugins (RX5, iZotope 7 Advanced,Ozone Melodyne Nectar 4 2), 8, Arturia Autotune C-CollectionEditor, 4, MIDI and controllers. ScarlettFocusrite 2i4’s Studio B outfitted surround suite mixing/editing A 5.1 Artistwith AVID Control and Artist Mix components, a Dangerous Music Monitoring HD system. and Pro an AVID System Tools Studio C analog 32-channel Features a API 1608 HD system console and Pro an Avid Tools® with three 96 interfaces. Studio D A Rupert Designs Neve 5088 analog console16-channel with Pro an AVID HD X System. Tools Studio E A world-class THX-certified dubbing stage equipped with a 48-channel ICON Avid D-Control console and Pro an Avid Tools® HD recording system. F Studio The newest MI studio sports Euphonix an Avid HD console,S5 Pro Fusion an Avid 24 Tools® X recording and system, a variety high-end of gear. outboard INDEPENDENT ARTIST STUDIOS Studio 01 Multi-purpose studio with isolated tracking and mix rooms. Equipped drum with DW Fenderkit; guitar Budda amp, guitar amp; microphones; and AKG Neumann, Royer, as as well outboard gear API, from Avalon, Universal Chandler Audio, and Apogee. Ltd., This studio features Mac workstations, each Logic Pro 12, equipped Pro with Avid Tools® X, Reason Digital 9, Performer 8, Ableton Live Gold 9.5 Bundles, Standard, Waves Waves Renaissance Max, McDSP Everything bundle, andSonnox Softube Plugin Bundles, Eosis Premium,Air EQ Instruments Native Komplete Arturia C-Collection10, 4, Focusrite Scarlett MIDI and controllers. 2i4’s 02Studio U3 uprightMulti-purpose studio with Yamaha piano, Mesa guitar Neumann, amp, Mojave, bass amplifiers,keyboards, and drum sets. 155, 150, These rooms are located 145, at and PASS301 PASS201, PASS101, 190, PASS302. Note: All performanceAll Note: stages are handicapped- accessible. RECORDING AND PRODUCTION FACILITIES MI’s extensive recording facilities, ranging professional to studios top-of-the-line from project studios and recording classrooms, include industry-standard recording and mixing systems, complemented an by extensive array professional of microphones gear. outboard and STUDIOS ENGINEERING AUDIO Studio A Features a large tracking room band live for recording, an SSL Duality SE 24-Channel Hybrid analog/digital console, Pro an Avid interface, digital I/O 24 HD X 192 Tools® audio recording and system, Otari MTR 90 2” recorder. reel-to-reel analog THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 2016 - SEPTEMBER 1, 30, 2017. MAIN COMPLEX LIVE PERFORMANCE FACILITIES Concert Hall The 500-capacity Concert Hall is the centerpiece Musicians of Institute’s performance facilities, boasting a stage area 900of square feet, fixed theater seating, and a comfortable backstage green room. The Concert Hall is MI’s primary venue concerts,for seminars and clinics from world-renowned visiting special as guests; performances, as student well workshops and auditions. The state-of-the-art hall is equipped professional with top video and includingaudio production amplifiers gear, large-screen enclosures, dual speaker and video projectors, and a variety multi-colored of concert backline options. lighting The area’s features drum a variety kits, top-of-the-line of keyboards, microphones, guitar and bass amplifiers,a front-of-house and monitors sound system. Performance Rooms Eight performance rooms, between 800 to square feet each, people 50 1,000 to seat 25 and are fully equipped Live for Performance Workshops. Each room contains a complete and an system assortmentPA guitar of and

CAMPUS

102 CAMPUS 104 CAMPUS CAMPUS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS controllers, Abletoncontrollers, Live 9.5 Suite, and Ableton MIDI with equipped workstations Mac features facility lab Production and DJ Performance This (MI-330) Live Lab Ableton Interfaces. Native Thunderbolt Avid and HD Interface, Avid Omni 8, Reason WavesX, Bundles, Gold Tools® Avid with Pro workstations 11, Logic Mac Apple on techniques recording digital learn students Engineering Audio MBH-104) (MBH-103, ToolsPro Lab HD Monitors. Studio Audio Pro Pioneer RM-07 Controllers, S8 Traktor and and DDJ-SR S4Mk2 DDJ-SX2, DJ Pioneer with equipped workstations standing features facility lab DJ Performance This (MI-331) Lab &TraktorSerato Controllerism controllers. MIDI 2i2’s and Scarlett Focusrite 4, C-Collection Arturia Cloud, Creative Adobe Premium, EQ Air Eosis Bundles, Plugin Softube and Sonnox bundle, Everything McDSP Standard, 9.5 Live 9, Ableton Reason X, Pro Logic Tools® Avid an Pro with equipped each 12, workstations, feature Mac facilities lab teaching and recording Engineering Audio These MBH-201) (MI-102, MI-277, HIGH-125, MBH-102, Labs DAW PRODUCTION LABS Studio Monitors. RM-07 Audio Pro Traktor Pioneer Z2 DJ Mixers, F1 Controllers, Traktor and DJ DJM-S9 Pioneer Players, Media DJ NXS CDJ-2000 XDJ-1000 and Pioneer SL-1200 Mk6) Mk5, Turntables, Vinyl (Mk5G, Technics with equipped workstations standing features facility lab DJ Performance This (MI-236) Vinyl/CDJ/Turntablism Lab ROOMS PRACTICE AND LABS PROGRAM PRODUCTION AND DJ PERFORMANCE

THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS white cyclorama set. white cyclorama 16x20 functional A fully a with soundstage Stage Production PRODUCTION STUDIOS keyboard stations, video-assisted instructor 32 with student classrooms main two include facilities teaching/practice Keyboard ( Keyboards programs. specific of customizedtoneeds the are fit classrooms some Annex, the Highland in two and floor floor, third second on the one on Complex the Main classrooms general-use to addition 11 In systems. playback audio PA, and kits, drum amps, keyboard and bass weekends. are equipped Most with guitar, evenings during and rooms rehearsal the day student during and classrooms as that function facilities dual-use in taught are Vocal and Programs Instrument MI’s Facilities Rehearsal And Class gear. and related and outboard hardware, software, Tools® Avid Pro Mac, and/or Audio Logic Apple an with equipped is Each instrument. to relates it specific their as performance of studio technique and the art in students to train designed is studios of these Each Vocals Guitar, Keyboard Technology, Drums, Bass, STUDIOS INSTRUMENT-SPECIFIC amp modelers. guitar and bass 6Pod Pro Line Maschines, 2i2’s, Ni Scarlett Focusrite 8, Reason Tools® 11, Waves X, Bundles, Logic Gold Avid with Pro equipped workstations Mac Apple contains lab Engineering Audio This (MI-281) Techniques Lab Recording HR824 Studio monitors. Mackie aPA kit, drum system and electronic NFUZD an features also Lab The 2controllers. PUSH MI-240, MI-245) MI-240, provide their own pedals, cymbals, and clutch. and cymbals, own pedals, their provide to Students need for storage. lockers well as as set adrum contain each labs practice 50 personal additional An counseling. open and for private lessons kits drum complete two contain each Labs Counseling Drum Nine Drums materials. reference course-specific and Sibelius, Logic, Apple tracks, backing of instrumental to thousands access and playback, audio correct), is technique that vocal their check (to mirror keyboard, piano to allow students computer,inch iMac Apple weighted 88-key a27- with equipped is lab Each Vocal Labs. 15 features VocalThe Program individual Vocal available for student practice. otherwise are and hours, scheduled during instruction for Private Lesson used are labs other specialized equipment. All counseling guitar and amplifiers, bass keyboards, and of combinations various with equipped are labs counseling/practice general-purpose 35 Keyboard Bass, Guitar, FACILITIES PRACTICE AND COUNSELING drum instruction. for group designed tables customized padded rooms include class/rehearsal Drum-specific ( Drums 7Studio Monitors. BULIT Audio Pro Pioneer NXS2 and DJ Mixer DJ DJM-900 Pioneer DJ XDJ-1000Pioneer a Players, Media Technicswith SL-1200 Turntables, Vinyl Mk5 equipped workstation feature astanding each facilities practice DJ Performance These MI-234) and MI-222 (MI-220, Rooms DJ Practice Serato boxes. with equipped stations, CDJ and Vinyl as such DJfeatures equipment, also room This systems. audio and stations, MI-370, 375, 380) 375, MI-370, oven, televisions and tables with seating. with oven, tables and televisions available 24/7; to addition in amicrowave that options are drink and food of premium avariety offers Market the Micro building, main of the floor the ground on Located Market Micro community. of the MI for the use couches & system, TV sound aDJ console, has Lounge the Artist Blvd., Hollywood facing a room In jam. or study to relax, place comfortable a offers Lounge Artist redesigned MI’s Lounge Artist apparel, and more. MI-logo videos, CDs, books, instructional tuners, bags, gig paper, staff drumsticks, picks, strings, include accessories at discounted prices. These of music range awide lobby,main offers to the adjacent store, own music MI’s Player’s Store Supply AMENITIES gear.instrument with equipped are stations lab 23 practice and Adobe Creative Suite. additional An Sibelius, GarageBand, Rig, Guitar including practice stationsbased provide software, Mac- Apple individual 45 the library, Within Lab Media Sat-Sun: 12:00 -8:00 PM Noon 8:30 –12:00 AM Mon-Fri: Midnight floor.are: hours The second Building, the Main in located is Library Music The for student use. available are machine copy aself-operated and printing, wireless printing, Mobile instruments. and music, sheet books, players, CD CDs, out Students may check media. instructional and seminars, concerts, artist of visiting to videos access well as as Internet offer workstations Mac Apple 80 Over programs. educational MI’s toequipment support related and materials, print resources, and databases research online of media, a wealth provides Library Music Institute Musicians The LIBRARY MUSIC

C AMPUS

105 CAMPUS 106 CAMPUS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS Hollywood Passage: Hollywood Second And Third And Second Floors: Main Building Floor: -First STUDENTS HANDICAPPED FOR SERVICES AND FACILITIES SPECIAL Line subway.Line routes of convenient bus Avariety Red stop the Metro on Hollywood/Highland the near located is campus main MI’s Transportation Public also available. are options parking street and Metered rates. monthly and at daily available is nearby Parking Parking Place. of McCadden off branches the alley in that located is entrance main The Avenue. Highland and Boulevard of Hollywood intersection the major near Place, McCadden at 1655 located is complex main MI’s N. DIRECTIONS • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • floors. to three all elevator service provides Elevator: One handicapped-equipped floor. on restroom female each handicapped one and male one is There Restrooms: floor. each on fountain drinking handicapped-accessible one at is least Fountain: There Drinking mechanical/electrical lift. by provided is stage Hall to the Concert Access the auditorium. in provided are Hall:Concert Handicapped seat stations fountains. drinking handicapped two are Fountain: There Drinking sinks. Both are provided with handicapped provided with one handicapped urinal. restroom. The men’s restroom is also handicapped stall in the women’s the men’s in one stall and restroom handicapped one is There Restrooms: elevator). is by floors to upper floor ground (access and entrance the main between access handicapped provides Ahydraulic lift Lift: floors. to three all elevator service provides Elevator: One handicapped-equipped THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS Avenue across from the main MI building. MI the main Avenue from across Hawthorn on Annex the Hawthorn in housed are Accounting and Department Operations The Resources, Human Technology Services. Information and Instructional and Marketing, Aid, Financial Registrar, Admissions, Affairs, of Academic Center, Office Support Artist including building, Passage the Hollywood in housed are offices administrative of MI’s Most Administration buildings/facilities. anyor MI campus entering the MI upon Security with in check must Visitors campus. on while times all to at have required visible are ID personnel All at and/or at MI. ofattendance the facilities use of documentation as used be can and logged is scans these from Information buildings. or facilities MI exiting entering or upon immediately it scan and ID MI their present Students must buildings. or facilities Institute any in or Musicians allowed campus on are Institute Musicians with business official with those and employees, students, current Only Access Security nearby apartments. to service evening afree shuttle with students at www.metro.net. addition, provides In MI available are details other trip-planning and

107 CAMPUS CAMPUS 108 CAMPUS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS of Sunset Boulevard. Sunset of 1518 Avenue, north half-block Highland one N. (Classrooms, Computer Lab): Annex Business Music Avenue of Highland east 6752 half-block one Boulevard, Hollywood Rooms):Performance Center, Support Artist (Administration, Passage Hollywood Avenue.Hawthorn of the corner on Boulevard of Hollywood 1622 Avenue; Highland south N. block one Lab):Recording Rooms, (Classrooms, Lesson/Practice AnnexHighland entrance) AvenueHighland (opposite Building the Main of east block one and Boulevard Hollywood 1621 of south block Place; one McCadden N. (Administration): Annex Hawthorn Avenue.Brea of La 7070 at the corner Blvd. Monica Santa Workshops):(Classrooms, Building Craft Guitar Avenue. of Highland west blocks one-and-a-half Boulevard, 6920 Monica Santa Workshops):(Classrooms, Annex Craft Guitar the following areas: includes also campus MI’s FACILITY LOCATIONS ADDITIONAL THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS guitars and basses. guitars electrical wiring and repair of fabrication, design, the for tools &technology used including industry-standard equipment, workshop state-of-the-art contain facilities Craft The Guitar GUITAR FACILITIES CRAFT C AMPUS

109 CAMPUS CCAMPUSAMPUS CAMPUS CONCERT HALL CONCERT HALL

MI’s backline features a variety of top-of-the- line drum kits, keyboards, microphones, guitar and bass amplifiers, monitors and a front-of-house sound system. CAMPUS CAMPUS

The 500-capacity Concert Hall has a stage area of 900 square feet, fixed theater seating, and a comfortable backstage green room.

110 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 111 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS CCAMPUSAMPUS CAMPUS STUDIOS & LABS

Left: Studio A Below (left to right): Studio F, Studio E (THX) CAMPUS CAMPUS

MI’s extensive recording facilities range from top-of-the-line professional studios to project studios and recording classrooms.

112 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 113 ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS 114 COURSES DESCRIPTIONS COURSE ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISITWWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS one quarter. commercial recordings. Two lecture hours per week for producing in involved processes and equipment the with along class, this of part integral an be will instruments frequencies Identifying andproduction key styles. and content musical to various exposed are Students (2) LISTENING CRITICAL AUDIO-105 quarter. one for week per hour lecture One roles. and definitions industry as well as model business Studentsbusiness. also discuss the challenges of the new own their up setting to legally methods accounting include:and music invoicing, budgets, basic finances, Topics producer. or engineer audio an as a business operating of overview acomprehensive gain Students (1) AUDIO OF BUSINESS THE AUDIO-104 quarter. one for week per hours lab four and hours Exam. lecture Two User Tools Certified Pro Avid Completion of this course prepares students to take the more. and drives, FireWire with working data, backing-up MIDI, recording editing, audio, importing recording, for Tools® session Pro Avid an to set-up able be will Students workstation. audio adigital using in involved theory and concepts basic the on focuses course This 101 &110 TOOLS PRO AUDIO-103 (4) per week for one quarter. hours lab two and hour lecture One instruments. single and overdubbingoverdubbing, and while tracking mixing tracking, for signals to route how to demonstrate expected 1608 analog console. Upon completion, students will be API an on working while consoles professional high-end to directly applies it as flow signal shown be will Students 1: (2) API OPERATION CONSOLE AUDIO-109 for one quarter. week per hours lab two and hour lecture One mixing. and overdubbing, tracking, for signals to route how understand will students completion, Upon 5088. Designs Neve aRupert on working while consoles professional high-end to directly applies it as flow signal shown be will Students (2) 1: NEVE OPERATION CONSOLE AUDIO-102 quarter. one for week per hour lecture One instruments. single mic’ing of process the demonstrate arrangement. Upon completion, students will be able to more, as to they building pertain a complete, multi-track and piano vocals, guitars, of types different bass, drums, recording of techniques the on focuses course This AUDIO-101 RECORDING TECHNIQUES (1) // ENGINEERING AUDIO AREA MAJOR AUDIO ENGINEERING THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS week for one quarter. per hours lab two and hours Two lecture Project. Recording Final mandatory their on critiques and advice receive and weekly Project Advisor meeting, students discuss progress a During processors. time-based and imaging, settings, limiter and compressor techniques, gating and editing EQ blueprints, corrective EQ and with instruments lifting techniques. Topics include fader balance and automation, mastering and mixing professional on focuses Course Pre-Requisites: AUDIO-109 Console Operation I: API. (3) ESSENTIALS MIXING AUDIO-204 quarter. one for week per hours lab two and hour lecture One mixing. and overdubbing, tracking, for signals to route how console.Duality Upon completion, students will understand SSL an on working while consoles professional high-end to directly applies it as flow signal shown be will Students Prerequisites: AUDIO-102 Console Operation 1: Neve. (2) DUALITY SSL 2: OPERATION CONSOLE AUDIO-202 quarter. one for week per hours lab four and hours Two lecture listing. official to Avid’s them adds passed, once which exam, Operator Tools Certified Pro Avid the for students prepares quantization, mastering and more. Completion of the course functions, including plug-ins, automation, synchronization, processing and Tools® editing Pro Avid powerful explores Tools AUDIO-103 101 Pro &110. Prerequisites: course This &201M 201 (4) TOOLS PRO AUDIO-203 quarter. one for week per hour lecture One covered. will routing be processors auxiliary andmicrophones, effects processors, dynamic filters, EQ and components. studio of overview an including practice, and theory recording analog of fundamentals to the introduced are Students (1) THEORY RECORDING AUDIO-108 quarter. one for week per hour controllers and One lecture microphones. MIDI headphones, monitors, as such components audio necessary the all and wire and configure audiobasicanalog interfaces, mixers to install, able be will students completion, Upon covered. be will applications built-in its and System Operating Mac the of study athorough and creators content for techniques basic project studio workstation. Vital file management a operate and up to set how demonstrates course This (1) SET-UP &GEAR BASICS MAC AUDIO-107 quarter. one for week per Two hours lab creation. chart of basics the and form, song harmony, numeral Roman qualities, chord minor vs. major between to differentiate able be will students engineers, and musicians in the studio. Upon completion, harmony that and theory are producers, between discussed of basics the including staff, the on notation rhythmic to basic introduced be will Students electives. all for a Prerequisites is exam equivalency or course this of completion Successful (1) ENGINEERS AUDIO FOR MUSICIANSHIP AUDIO-106E

prerequisite named in your elective of interest. each for description course to the refer details, full For Note: // ENGINEERING AUDIO ELECTIVES ADVANCED per week for one quarter. hours lab Two artists. of out performance best the finessing musicians, working with engineers and management, and concepts such as budgeting, choosing studios and covering situations, real-world in based and intensive, on, hands- are Classes production. album of sides creative and business the both of outs” and “ins to the students exposes course This exam. placement passing or Engineers, Prerequisites: AUDIO-106E Musicianship for Audio AUDIO-051E MUSIC PRODUCTION (1) week for one quarter. per Two hours lab Maschine. and Making ARTST-016E Beat to equivalent is course This suite. hardware and software more complex productions and remixes using the Maschine as well as sequences beat to create able be will students course, this completing Upon Maschine. Instruments’ Native to modern production and programming techniques using of Maschine Sampler Students software. will be exposed ProTools 101 utility and use &110. to the introduction An Prerequisite: completion Successful of AUDIO-103 (1) MASCHINE AND MAKING BEAT AUDIO-016E electives. all for aPrerequisites is exam equivalency or Note: completion of Successful AUDIO -106E Musicianship // ENGINEERING AUDIO ELECTIVES ENTRY-LEVEL electives only. elective requirements from the following program-specific Note: Audio Engineering students must complete their // ENGINEERING AUDIO ELECTIVES plug-ins. Two lecture hours per week for one quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture plug-ins. party third Tools® and Pro Avid both and shift), pitch chorus, (compressor, gate, EQ), (reverb, processors effects delay, gear,processing including traditional in-line processors signal professional to operate how on focuses course This AUDIO-208 SIGNAL PROCESSING (2) quarter. one for week per hour lecture One project. final in a culminate projects hands-on Weekly television. and film for mixing 5.1 and Foley, surround editing, dialogue editing, andproduction concepts including techniques, sound effects post- audio of fundamentals to the exposed are Students (1) PRODUCTION TO POST- INTRO AUDIO-207 quarter. one for week per Two hours lab music. the venue. World-class musicians in a variety of provide styles medium-sized or environment hall concert 500-seat working, a in covered be will procedures set-up/tear-down and mixing, monitor mixing, house”) of (“front FOH engineering. sound live of fundamentals to the introduced be will Students (1) SOUND TO LIVE INTRO AUDIO-206 or project studio environment. Students will learn how to how learn will Students environment. studio project or home the in space viable acoustically an creating on focuses Prerequisites: AUDIO-105 Listening. Critical This course (1) DESIGN STUDIO PROJECT AUDIO-153E one quarter. for week 2). per 2of Two hours X(Part lab Pro Logic in exam One Level Pro Certified Apple the to take needed requirements the covers course This troubleshooting. and automation mixing, processing, effects digital & Pitch, Time Flex with editing as well as sequences, MIDI of arranging instruments, software of array Pro’s comprehensive Logic Upon completion, students will understand how to use producers andsongwriters, sound composers, engineers. for interface Xuser Pro Logic the of a continuation Prerequisites: Logic 1. AUDIO-052E This course is 2(1) LOGIC AUDIO-152E quarter. one for week per Two hours lab techniques. wiring and soldering traditional using cables mic and instrument in studios. Upon completion, students will create their own used components technical various and AC circuits, and DC techniques, soldering of understanding afirm builds course This Theory. AUDIO-108 Recording Prerequisites: (1) ELECTRONICS AUDIO-151E for one quarter. week per hours five of minimum obtained; position specific to the according vary schedules and Hours assistants. engineering as venues sound live or labs, mastering houses, experience in working recording studios, production minimum GPA. Students gain practical professional Prerequisites: Audio-104 The of Business Audio, 3.5 (1) INTERNSHIP AUDIO AUDIO-150E week for one quarter. (DAWs). per Workstations Two hours Audio lab Digital and set-ups computer of understanding abasic as well as upon touched be also will loops audio of Integration tracks. basic create and MIDI, and signal audio route sequencer), and rack, mixer, (main windows various the including software, the through to navigate able be will students course, this of completion Upon MIDI. for sequencing and making beat traditional for used been long has software Reason or placementEngineers, exam. passing Propellerhead’s Prerequisites: AUDIO-106E Musicianship for Audio 1(1) REASON AUDIO-056E quarter. one for week 2). per 1of Two hours (Part lab X Pro Logic in exam One Level Pro Certified Apple the take to needed requirements the covers course This on. touched be will drummer avirtual with beats drum producing and tracks of arranging audio, recording/editing Loops, Apple the of process creating an actual song. Preproduction using of Logic Upon Pro completion, X. students will understand interface user basic and features primary to the engineers introduces producers and songwriters, sound composers, course This exam. placement passing or Engineers, Prerequisites: AUDIO-106E Musicianship for Audio 1(1) LOGIC AUDIO-052E COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE

115 COURSES 116 COURSES DESCRIPTIONS COURSE ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISITWWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS AUDIO-058 Ableton 1, AUDIO-103 ProTools Ableton 101 &110,AUDIO-058 or 1, ProTools Logic 101,AUDIO-057 AUDIO-052 or courses: following the of one of completion Successful Corequisite: AUDIO-204 Mixing Essentials. Prerequisite: (1) MASTERING MUSIC AUDIO-216E quarter. one for week per hour lecture One to ARTST-215E Production. Vocal equivalent is course This vocals. mix and edit, record, produce, and own their on session avocal to run able be will students course, this of student vocalist per quarter. completion Upon successful a with session production vocal one observe will Students vocal aligning, printing stems, and remixing techniques. comping, bussing,management, vocal compression, FX, EQ, ProTools and Logic, the will course explore templates, project 1. Project Recording programs standard Using industry 101 1,ProTools ARTST or Logic 101, AUDIO-052 or AUDIO-103 ProTools 101courses: &110, AUDIO-057 or Prerequisite: completion Successful of one of the following (1) PRODUCTION VOCAL AUDIO-215E one quarter. for week per Two to hours end. lab beginning from a project to produce able be will students course, this of completion mastering, and sound for picture. Upon successful Live, including timing, effects, pitch correction, automation, application of digital recording techniques using Ableton practical in-depth amore provides 1, course Live this Ableton on 1. Live Building Ableton AUDIO-058E Prerequisite: 2 (1) LIVE ABLETON AUDIO-158E for one quarter. week per Two hours Live. lab Ableton using music produce and record, to compose, able be will students course, the of completion successful Upon mixing. and editing, arranging, tracking, setup, session and file including process, recording the of fundamentals the on artists and songwriters for overview an provides course this Live, Ableton using A practical application of digital recording techniques 1(1) LIVE ABLETON AUDIO-058E quarter. one for week per hours Digital Audio Workstations (DAW’s) using ReWire. Two lab other of implementation the as well as (analog/MIDI) signal of routing advanced in involved be also will They capabilities. mixer’s main the of advantage taking as well as techniques, editing audio advanced Thor), Rex, Dr. Octo (ReDrum, be able to “morph” their by style using the various modules the software’s capabilities. Upon completion, students will of advantage taking on focuses and Reason on continuation a is 1. course This AUDIO-156E Reason Prerequisites: 2(1) REASON AUDIO-156E quarter. one for week per hours lab Two required. not are skills math specialized or knowledge Fabrication, actual studio construction, advanced electronics space. that in done mixing and recording the of quality the on impact their to lessen methods practical and cost-effective learn and room spare any in problems acoustical the assess THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS processors. Two lab hours per week for one quarter. one for week per Two hours lab processors. practical applications of analog typical and digital mastering technical requirements for mastered products and the mastering various genres of music, understanding specific and practice will include analyzing stylistic approaches for and practical applications of mastering music. Discussion art, theory, the study will 1. Students Reason AUDIO-056 Prerequisites: AUDIO-203 Pro Tools 2, and AUDIO-207 AUDIO-207 Tools and 2, Pro AUDIO-203 Prerequisites: (2) TELEVISION AND FILM FOR MIXING AUDIO-305 for one quarter. week per Tools®. Pro hours Two Avid inside lecture media recorder field of editing and organization the on focuses also course This environments. set TV/movie and outdoor in audio and microphones, field recorders, mixers in order tocapture of use practical and theory the of overview comprehensive a gain Students to Post. Intro AUDIO-207 Prerequisites: (2) RECORDING FIELD AUDIO-304 quarter. one for week per hours Two team. lab aFoley within roles different the understanding as well as covered be will editing and preparation cues, Foley Programming movie. in a sounds movement-specific other all and props footsteps, for techniques editing and recording the demonstrates course This to Post. Intro AUDIO-207 Tools and 2, Pro AUDIO-203 Prerequisites: (1) EDITING AND RECORDING FOLEY AUDIO-303 Exam. Certification Two lab hoursper week for one quarter. Tools 130 Pro Avid the to take students prepares course this of over. Completion voice and composition, music design, effects sound including audio game of aspects all will be demonstrated along with hands on experience in management, asset and workflow project overall with along techniques, design world Real design. audio game in use effective its as well as software implementation sound standard to industry introduced be will Students games. video for environment audio immersive and engaging an of creation the in essential are that key concepts the teach to designed is course This to Post. Intro AUDIO-207 Tools AUDIO-103 101 Pro &110Prerequisites: and (1) AUDIO GAME VIDEO AUDIO-302 quarter. one for week per hours lecture Two techniques. mixing final and clean-up track editing, with experience hands-on as well as covered be will protocols and practices stage Over Voice and ADR programming, television, animation, video commercials games, etc.). ADR (film, media various for Over Voice and Replacement) Dialogue (Automated ADR of mixing and editing recording, focuses on industry- standard techniques used in the course This to Post. Intro 201 &210M AUDIO-207 and Tools Pro AUDIO-203 (2) Prerequisites: FORENSICS DIALOGUE AND OVER, VOICE ADR, AUDIO-301 AUDIO // POST-PRODUCTION AUDIO ENGINEERING hardware such as the ML530 mic pre, the MC524 monitor monitor MC524 the pre, mic ML530 the as such hardware specific Euphonix study will Students D-Control. Icon Avid the as well as console 5Fusion System Euphonix Avid the covers course This 2. Operation Console AUDIO-202 (1) &ICON EUPHONIX 3: OP CONSOLE AUDIO-310 for one quarter. week per Two hours lab stage. dubbing the for requirements delivery the emphasizes also class This libraries. sound standard industry using while to visual, effects sound synchronize and layer to edit, how understand will students background soundscape and mood for visuals. In addition, acompelling to build skills practical and aesthetics to the exposed are Students to Post. Intro AUDIO-207 Tools 201 Pro &210M and AUDIO-203 Prerequisites: (1) AUDIO-309 BACKGROUND & SOUND EFFECTS EDITING one quarter. for week per Two hours lab stage. dub the for preparation in sessions edit ADR and dialog both for layout track proper and references, time-base rates, frame formats, code time Tools®. Pro Topics Avid include: using ADR of expansion and compression time and ADR, for ambiance with back-filling systems. Students will be able to prepare dialog for dubbing, editing picture Pro Cut Final and Avid both from output the picture editor-supplied edit CMX decision list (EDL) using to video dailies sound production assemble auto- and ADR, dialog, hand-sync on focuses course This to Post. Intro AUDIO-207 Tools and 2, Pro AUDIO-203 Prerequisites: DIALOGUE EDITINGAUDIO-308 (1) one quarter. for week per hours lecture Two Tools® 210P certification. Pro Avid the for to test eligible be will students completion, Upon project. and facility apost-production of scheduling and workflow formats, equipment, concepts, essential the all disciplines of filmand televisionpost-production, including major the on focuses course This to Post. Intro AUDIO-207 Tools 201 Pro &210M and AUDIO-203 Prerequisites: (2) ESSENTIALS POST AUDIO-307 per week for one quarter. hours Two lecture music. performed on-camera and tracks experience working with songs and composed scores, temp hands-on as well as scoring film of elements and techniques Topics include: music aesthetics, music editing resources, show. or television afilm, on working when demands musical the of some to solve used techniques editing music fundamental the on focuses course This to Post. Intro AUDIO-207 Tools and 2, Pro AUDIO-203 Prerequisites: (2) EDITING MUSIC AUDIO-306 one quarter. for week per hours Two lecture process. editing picture the in changes to reflect conforming and organization, introduces critical elements of dubbing preparation, session course This stage. THX-certified MI’s in Icon Avid the using of mixing soundprocess and music in surround sound creative and complex the studies course This to Post. Intro for one quarter. week per Two hours lab software. E-Mix the inside tracking and mixing for configurations the mastering of pursuit in console, the of brains the SC264, the and controller, sound reinforcement engineers, including assembling sound including sound assembling reinforcement engineers, of duties daily to the exposed are students class, hands-on this In Sound. to Live Intro AUDIO-205 Prerequisites: LIVE SOUNDAUDIO-407 APPLICATIONS (2) quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture accounting. and media logistics, scheduling, backline, riders, contract of overview an including management, event and concert live on focuses course This Sound. to Live Intro AUDIO-205 Prerequisites: (2) MANAGEMENT TOUR STAGE AND AUDIO-406 week for one quarter. per hours Two lecture profession. sound live the of practices loudspeakers, cabling, and standard nomenclature and microphones and microphone placement, power amplifiers, live music productions. Topics include: installation, acoustics, of scheduling and workflow formats, equipment, concepts, essential the all of overview acomprehensive offers course This Sound. to Live Intro AUDIO-205 Prerequisites: (2) ESSENTIALS REINFORCEMENT SOUND AUDIO-405 quarter. one for week per hours lecture Four mixing. and recording event to live apply they as etc.) mastering, basic gating, and editing limiting, and compression EQ, focus on advanced concepts (fader balance, automation, a with music live mix and record, up, to set able be will the industry standard ProTools® editing system, students Using Sound. to Live Intro AUDIO-205 Pre-Requisites: (4) MIXING AND RECORDING LIVE AUDIO-404 for one quarter. week per hours exam. lecture Two 110 certification VENUE covered. This course prepares students for theAvid official be will recording, live for Tools® integration Pro Avid and tips and tricks, including automation/snapshot capabilities mixing to configuration and Setup system. production sound Venue live state-of-the-art Avid’s as well as console Yamaha the M7CL operating experience hands-on gain Tools AUDIO-103 101 Pro and Sound &110. will Students to Live Intro AUDIO-205 Pre-Requisites: Prerequisites: (2) YAMAHA AND VENUE 3: OP CONSOLE AUDIO-402 per week for one quarter. hours Two lecture systems. monitoring in-ear contemporary practical applications of stage monitoring, including and fundamentals the covers course this performance, music live to asuccessful essential is monitoring proper As Sound. to Live Intro AUDIO-205 Prerequisites: (2) OPERATIONS AND SETUP MONITOR AUDIO-401 PRODUCTION // LIVESOUND AUDIO ENGINEERING COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE

117 COURSES 118 COURSES DESCRIPTIONS COURSE ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISITWWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS week for one quarter. per hour lecture One intensity. building and management, time transitions, selection, song theme, or a mood exploration of core set elements such as: determining the via goal this with students to aid designed is course This (a “set”). duration same the -of “arc” musical anarrative with -one experience acohesive to create skills those to apply able are DJs that imperative is it DJ’ing, of art the for required skills core to the addition In 1(1) BUILDING DJ-101 SET DJ quarter. one for week per Two hours lab setups. performance live custom to create used techniques the learn also will Students warping. audio and mapping, effects, gaining a deeper understanding of Ableton’s instruments, on focus students DJs, for Live Ableton of material the on 1. DJs 1for Building Live Ableton DJ-058 Prerequisite: 2(1) DJS FOR LIVE© DJ-158 ABLETON per week for one quarter. Two hours lab (“FX”). effects and samples, cues, trigger to order in controllers external to incorporate how as well as remixes, and “mashups” to create able to be order in students explore this platform and learn core functionality course, this In Artists. remix and beatmakers, DJs, producers, by favored solution music alive is Live Ableton 1(1) DJS FOR LIVE© ABLETON DJ-058 quarter. one for week per hour lesson private One making. of filters, EQand effects;and on-the-flyartisticdecision- use musical and creative songs, as: such choices, artistic to paid is attention Artistic “FX”). effects and controllers (hardware, equipment of use effective and transitions convincing to achieving paid is attention Technical set. live their of aspects artistic and technical certain to hone faculty by guided are students setting, aone-on-one In (2) PRIVATE LESSON DJ-PL PRODUCTION & // PERFORMANCE DJ AREA MAJOR &PRODUCTION DJ PERFORMANCE quarter. one for week per hour lecture One examined. also are relationships, and communication and organizational skills vendor forging as such tools survival and success Industry advance). (the verbal verbally and (the contract) form written both in communicated be can needs client and requirements production venue how and “Event,” an make-up that elements individual the examines course This Sound. to Live Intro AUDIO-205 Prerequisites: AUDIO-408 EVENT PRODUCTION CONTRACTS (1) quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture troubleshooting. and checks, sound tear-down, and setup stage systems, THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS for one quarter. week per hour lecture One royalties. and fees remix collect how to and “bootleg” a versus remix “official” an between difference the examine also will course The samples. and synths, beats, own their layer and stems audio of pitch and tempo the change to editing flextime to use how understand pre-existing track into remix. a Students successful will explores the essential techniques needed to transform a 1. course DJs for This Live Ableton DJ-058 Prerequisite: (1) REMIXING DJ-209 week for one quarter. per Two hours lab recording. and macros, (“FX”), effects remix decks, equalization (“EQ”), filters, harmonic mixing, or phrase; cue points and and samples loops, “hot” cues, and/ bar beat, by tracks synching tracks; mixing and loading including: software, the of functionality the on focuses most popular platforms in the world: Traktor Pro. The course the of one explores course this software, emulation vinyl To ensure a well-rounded familiarity with industry-standard (1) 1: TRAKTOR© SOFTWARE DJ DJ-104 quarter. one for week per hours lab Two recording. and “crates”, playlists using plugins, (“FX”), effects loops, points, cue of use the modes; internal and including: playback control, beat matching; absolute, relative DJplatform, Serato the of functionality the on focuses emulation computer applications: Serato DJ. The course vinyl industry-standard the of to one introduction An 1: (1) SERATO© DJ-103 SOFTWARE DJ quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One mixing. harmonic and acappellas, “cuts”, blending hard blending, half-time styles, different blending as: such skills advanced of mastery the through abilities matching beat expanding on 1, is focus Matching Beat of techniques and concepts to the 1. DJ-102 Further Matching Beat Prerequisite: 2(1.5) MATCHING BEAT DJ-202 quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour Traktor.) or lecture One Serato CDJ-NOT and turntables/vinyl with done is (This DJequipment. traditional of type any on function core this to execute students allow will course this in presented techniques and concepts The setting. alive in to “auto-sync”) ability the without equipment as (defined DJequipment traditional on (“tracks”) and transition between different pre-recorded songs match to seamlessly ability the is skill essential most A DJ’s 1(1.5)DJ-102 MATCHING BEAT quarter. one for week per hour etc). lecture One lights, theater master and of dance ceremonies performers, “MCs”, as: (such setting alive in parameters external with working and sets, shows), extended radio and events, commercial inaugurations, shows, fashion as: events (such specific for tailor-made are that DJsets of creation to the progresses 1, focus Building DJSet of techniques and concepts the on DJ-101 1. Building Building Prerequisite: DJSet 2(1) BUILDING SET DJ DJ-201 hours. Two lecture hours per week for one quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture hours. work in-class three during feedback useful receive and resource, course the in included templates handy utilizing plan marketing acomplete create Students licensing. and video promotion,press, advertising and sales sponsorships, Internet, the shows, live utilizing effectively as well as radio, to access gaining audience, target the identifying format, and position, brand, image, an defining including objective, their to achieve strategies marketing of mix integrated an create vision, students conduct set research, short-term goals, and independent marketing advice. After identifying a business practical, for need agreater been never has there careers, own their to leverage artists for ever than possible more it make technologies new when atime at Furthermore, attack. creation of a fully customized, low-budget marketing plan of the on focuses and venture business professional to any applicable concepts marketing basic reveals course This (2) MARKETING ARTIST INDEPENDENT MUBUS-0307 quarter. one for week per hour lecture One craft. the of execution the in him/herself find aDJmay which in situations common with along publishing; of basics the and law copyright of overview an contracts; personnel and recording, performance, riders; performance team, business aDJ’s in personnel key the taxes, filing entity, abusiness creating Topics include: sector. the of aspects business general the of understanding an students to afford designed is course This (1) DJ’ING OF BUSINESS THE DJ-108 quarter. one for week per hour lecture One examples. listening critical of presentation the with voce viva defended and group to the presented are results toresearch the identify core elements thereof. Research keeping and independent with conduct identity their stylistic in asub-genre select students faculty, of guidance the Under focus switches to the exploration of sub-genres. musical 1course, Music Popular Recorded of Analysis and History the in presented material to the 1. Further Music Popular Prerequisite: DJ-105 and History Analysis of Recorded 2(1) MUSIC POPULAR RECORDED & ANALYSIS OF HISTORY DJ-205 quarter. one for week per hour lecture One (“EDM”). Music Dance Electronic and Soul-Funk, Latin, Reggae, Rock, Disco, Top Hip-Hop, 40, includes: today. This performed commonly music of styles different the examining by repertoire musical DJ’s aspiring the enrich and broaden played with their repertoire. This course is designed to to be music the about knowledgeable be also must DJs DJ’ing, of art the of physicality and technicality the Beyond 1(1)MUSIC POPULAR RECORDED &ANALYSIS OF DJ-105 HISTORY &PRODUCTION PERFORMANCE // DJ DEVELOPMENT PROFESSIONAL lecture hours per week for one quarter. one for week per hours lecture Two covered. be also will mixing and arranging, tracking, compositions. Advanced production techniques such as several encompassing work of body ashort developing by “sound”) unique (their skills production and identity stylistic their refining on focus 1, students Building Song of teaching the on 1. DJ-107 Building Building Song Prerequisite: DJ-207 SONG BUILDING 2 (2) quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture peers. their of differentiation in skills, those of utilization in identity, astylistic to develop them enabling also level-whilst professional to the music recorded their of quality the elevate providing students with production skills that are designed to on focuses course This DJ’ing. modern for music recorded in involved aspects production the of examination An 1(2) BUILDING DJ-107 SONG quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One studio. the in sessions recording or writing during appropriate music terminology, which will prove invaluable using by professionals music other with communicate to effectively able be will students course, this of completion successful Upon Leading. Voice and Inversions, Cadences, Triad Scales, Minor Signatures, Time as such concepts addressing Theory, and Harmony of application practical in-depth amore provides 1, course this Musicianship on DJ-106 1. Building ARTST-106 or Prerequisite: Musicianship 2(1.5) MUSICIANSHIP DJ-206 for one quarter. week per hour lab one and hour lecture (AUDIO-106). One the Audio Engineering Department’s Musicianship course to equivalent NOT is (ARTST-106). course course This Musicianship IAP to the equivalent is course This studio. the in sessions recording or writing during invaluable prove will professionals by using appropriate music terminology, which musical other with communicate to effectively able be will songs as examples. Upon completing this course students popular using by training ear study will and notation rhythmic to basic introduced be also will Students creation. chart of basics the and form song analysis, harmonic numeral Roman melody, harmony and major rhythm, vs. minor chord qualities, of role the including covered, be will theory and harmony of melodies, and various common rhythmic patterns. Basics structures, harmonic popular of analysis the through accomplished is This theory. music basic the in foundation the study of popular music composition devices and their is course this professionals, music aspiring for Designed 1(1.5) MUSICIANSHIP DJ-106 PRODUCTION & // PERFORMANCE DJ MUSICIANSHIP COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE

119 COURSES 120 COURSES DESCRIPTIONS COURSE ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISITWWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS Prerequisite: DJ-058 Ableton Live for DJs 1. Building on the the on 1. DJs for Building Live Ableton DJ-058 Prerequisite: (1) LIVE FOR DJ-125E MAX per week for one quarter. hour lecture One market. the on currently controllers Traktor leading the using comfortable become will Students covered. and cue samples, pointsloops, with controllers will be using multi-effects, triggering sets, recording using pads, as Topics such Pro. Traktor with conjunction in controllers DJ by offered possibilities new the explores course This (1) PRO TRAKTOR FOR CONTROLLERISM DJ-014E per week for one quarter. hour lecture One market. the on currently controllers Serato leading the using comfortable become will Students covered. and cueusing samples, points loops, with controllers will be multi-effects, triggering sets, recording pads, using as such Topics DJ(pro-controllers). Serato and controllers) travel and (entry-level DJIntro Serato with conjunction in controllers DJ by offered possibilities new the explores course This (1) DJ SERATO FOR CONTROLLERISM DJ-013E quarter. one for week per hour lecture One samplers. as well as synthesis wavetable and FM subtractive, using made be will sounds All effects. sound and drums, pads, basses, leads, synth to create able be will Students effects. and techniques synthesis advanced using design sound modern on focuses course this Programming, Synth in used concepts the on Building DJs. 1for Live Ableton DJ-058 Prerequisite: DJ-111E (1) DESIGN SOUND quarter. one for week per hour lecture One musicians. live of agroup by generated energy musical of kind special the complement to adequately essential are DJequipment the of mastery complete and reaction, quick players, to fellow Listening bands. live alongside DJ to play aspiring the teach will course this performance, on Focusing (1) SYNC LIVE DJ-012E quarter. one for week per Two hours lab Maschine. and Making to ARTST-016E Beat equivalent is course This suite. hardware and software Maschine the using remixes and productions complex more as well as sequences beat to create able be will students course, this completing Upon Maschine. Instruments’ Native using techniques programming and production to modern exposed be will Students software. Sampler Maschine of utility and use to the introduction An DJs. 1for Live Ableton DJ-058 Prerequisite: (1) MASCHINE AND MAKING BEAT DJ-016E week for one quarter. per hour lecture One addressed. be will limitations platforms’ these as well as compatibility, features, way. Advanced effective and areliable in DJsoftware favorite their to control how understand will students phones, smart and tablets as Using the latest technology available to mobile devices such (1) DJ IOS DJ-010E ELECTIVES PROGRAM-SPECIFIC &PRODUCTION // PERFORMANCE DJ ELECTIVES THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS

quarter. one for week per hour lecture One credit. for repeatable is course This band. alive alongside skills these to use able be also will Students Orbit. Flare One-Click the as such scratches, difficult most the cover also will and beat-juggling as such skills turntablism advanced explore will course this course, Turntablism the of techniques and information Prerequisite: DJ-128E Turntablism. Building on the (1) TURNTABLISM ADVANCED DJ-228E quarter. one for week per hour technique, such as: cueing, cutting, etc. drops, One lecture this in proficient to become necessary skills basic the understand will Students instruments. melodic and rhythmic as used be (CDJ) can turntables CD and/or turntables vinyl that concept the introduces course This approval. Chair Program 1and DJ-102 Matching Beat Prerequisite: (1) TURNTABLISM DJ-128E quarter. one for week per hour lecture One performances. live for used be can controller powerful this how at look in-depth an take We’ll also sounds. edit and chords, and melodies play clips, launch sequencer, the use beats, to make how learn will Students Push. provides an in-depth look at Ableton’s flagshipcontroller, 1. course DJs for This Live Ableton DJ-058 Prerequisite: (1) PUSH© WITH DJ-126E SEQUENCING quarter. one for week per hour lecture One devices. Live for Max custom own their to produce able Upon completion successfully of this students course, will be devices that change how Ableton Live functions in real-time. and delays, audio arpeggiators, note building like examples elements of the programming language up to real-world basic the with Starting devices. Live for Max original creating on focus 1, DJs for students Live Ableton in learned concepts Students will learn principles of temperament and harmonics harmonics and temperament of principles learn will Students methodseffective for troubleshooting related problems. dressing and fret replacement are covered along with fret intonation, adjustment, rod truss and height String maintenance techniques used by professional technicians. guitar essential learn will students course, this In 1(2) SETUP AND FRETWORK GCRFT-102 hours plus projects for one quarter. lab 10 and supervised hours Ten lecture electronics. market Students are required to a research wide range of after- forproperties different instruments and stylistic applications. tonal optimal at to arrive tone and output balancing pickups, magnetic own their to make how learn also will Students repair. and trouble-shooting as well as technique soldering proper shielding techniques, switching options, and proper include: magnetic, piezo, understanding and active pickups, Topics electronics. bass and to guitar introduction An 1(1) GCRFT-101 ELECTRONICS // CRAFT GUITAR AREA MAJOR CRAFT GUITAR GCRFT-104 Instrument Fabrication 1. The ultimate proof proof 1. ultimate The Fabrication GCRFT-104 Instrument Prerequisites: GCRFT-103 Instrument Design 1, 2(6) FABRICATION INSTRUMENT GCRFT-204 assignmentsresearch and design projects for one quarter. independent plus hours lab supervised six and hours lecture Four Paul. Les Gibson and Stratocaster Fender the including the design and fabrication of instrument classic designs, research and body and neck atilt-back design Students 2 (1) DESIGN INSTRUMENT GCRFT-203 quarter. one for projects plus hours lab supervised 30 and hours preparation for demands of professional setup. Four lecture final on emphasis 1with &Setup Fretwork of Continuation 1. Fabrication 1, GCRFT-104 Design Instrument Instrument 1, &Setup GCRFT-103 GCRFT-102 Fretwork Prerequisites: 2(2) &SETUP FRETWORK GCRFT-202 plus projects for one quarter. hours lab 12 and supervised hours Ten lecture applications. switching,phase and other more advanced electronics coiltaps, troubleshooting and wiring modifications, 1. A continuation of Electronics 1; students learn electronic Fabrication 1, GCRFT-104 Design Instrument Instrument Prerequisites: GCRFT-101 Electronics 1, GCRFT-103 2(1) ELECTRONICS GCRFT-201 projects for one quarter. plus hours Twelve lecture language. technical and musical in between musician-client and technician, and communicating modification. Topics include: building the relationship materials and procedures for basic guitar repair and of organization and methodology the covers course This (2) REPAIR INSTRUMENT GCRFT-105 for one quarter. lab hourssupervised plus independent fabrication projects industrial and hand-held tools. Six lecture hours and 33 large of use the with along shaping and milling, jointing, use of woodworking tools and techniques, including routing, to the introduction an is course This results. musical most the to produce it shaping and wood of properties tonal the with understanding starts instruments Building outstanding 1(6) FABRICATION INSTRUMENT GCRFT-104 one quarter. independent assignments research and design projects for plus hours lab 14 and supervised hours lecture Eight design. template and history, fabrication instrument of overview instrument hardware, musical qualities of hardware materials, pickguard and control cover fabrication and design, selecting as well as woods tone of types various of properties musical and weight the including design, body and headstock, neck, of principles covers course This playability. and musicality its affects design instrument’s an of detail Every 1(2) DESIGN INSTRUMENT GCRFT-103 projects for one quarter. plus hours lab 24 and supervised hours lecture Eight “feel.” musical proper for instrument the to adjust how as well as 24 supervised lab hours plus projects for one quarter. one for projects plus hours lab 24 supervised and hours lecture Twelve buffing. and painting, preparation, for including finishing instruments, and repairing musical techniques and procedures covers course This properties. musical its on effect aprofound have can but cosmetic, only not is finish 1. instrument’s An Fabrication Instrument 1, GCRFT-104 Design GCRFT-103 Instrument Prerequisites: (3) WORK FINISH GCRFT-206 one quarter. lab hourssupervised plus independent fabrication project for 35 and hours lecture Four buffing. and painting as well as materials, including instrument bodies, necks and pickups raw from bass or guitar electric apersonal fabricates and designs student each program, the of centerpiece the As itself. instrument the in is skill and knowledge aluthier’s of private lesson hour per week for one quarter. one for week per hour lesson private between musical style, sound, and instrument design. One relationship the understanding on afocus with bass or guitar Continuation of private instrument instruction on electric Prerequisites: GCRFT-107 Instrument 1. Performance 2(2) PERFORMANCE INSTRUMENT GCRFT-207 quarter. one for week per hour lesson style, technique, sound, and instrument design. One private a focus on understanding the relationship between musical with bass or guitar electric on instruction instrument Private 1(2) PERFORMANCE GCRFT-107 INSTRUMENT quarter. one for week per hour lesson private between musical style, sound, and instrument design. One relationship the understanding on afocus with bass or guitar Continuation of private instrument instruction on electric Prerequisites: GCRFT-107 Instrument 1. Performance 2(2) PERFORMANCE INSTRUMENT GCRFT-207 quarter. one for week per hour lesson style, technique, sound, and instrument design. One private a focus on understanding the relationship between musical with bass or guitar electric on instruction instrument Private 1(2) PERFORMANCE GCRFT-107 INSTRUMENT and design projects. lab fourteenhours, assignments research hours, supervised selection of hardware and template design. Eight lecture acoustic guitar headstock neck, and body design, including of principals covers course This playability. and sound of an instrument’s design function, ergonomics, affects detail Every 2. Design Instrument GCRFT-203 Prerequisites: (2) DESIGN GUITAR ACOUSTIC GCRFT-303 DESIGN ACOUSTIC // CRAFT GUITAR EMPHASIS DESIGN GUITAR // ACOUSTIC CRAFT GUITAR // CRAFT GUITAR PERFORMANCE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE

121 COURSES 122 COURSES DESCRIPTIONS COURSE ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISITWWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS using a digital audio workstation. Students will be able to able be will Students workstation. audio adigital using in involved theory and concepts basic the on continuation Tools a 101. Pro is course AUDIO-057 This Prerequisites: 110 TOOLS PRO (2) 2: RECORDING AUDIO-157 STUDIO week for one quarter. per hours lab two and hour lecture One Engineering. Audio in Certificate the into to proceed decide who students for Tools to 101 AUDIO-103 (Pro &110) equivalent an as serve AUDIO-157 will Tools 110), (Pro combined courses these with taken When more. and drives, FireWire with working data, backing-up MIDI, audio, recording editing, importing recording, for Tools® session Pro Avid an to set-up able be will Students workstation. audio adigital using in involved theory and concepts basic the on focuses course This 101 (2) 1: TOOLS PRO RECORDING STUDIO AUDIO-057 quarter. one for week per hour lecture One content. original communicating inbranding, and launching the industry to online comes it when Artists Independent as themselves to establish necessary tools the all of overview an receive fingerprint,identity andartistic personal branding. Students musical own their developing on afocus with aesthetics, of concepts various explore students which in acourse is This (1) IDENTITY ARTST-103 ARTIST DEVELOPMENT ARTIST // INDEPENDENT AREA MAJOR DEVELOPMENT ARTIST INDEPENDENT quarter one for week per hour lesson private One design. guitar acoustic and sound technique, on understanding the relationship between musical style, focus with guitar acoustic on instruction instrument Private Prerequisites: GCRFT-207 Instrument 2. Performance 3(2) PERFORMANCE INSTRUMENT GCRFT-307 hours. lab supervised fourteen and hours lecture Eight buffing. top sealing, coating, sanding color and sanding, masking, finishing acoustic guitars, including wood preparation,filling, Prerequisites: GCRFT-106 Finish Work. Techniques for (2) FINISHING GUITAR ACOUSTIC GCRFT-306 hours. lab 28 supervised and hours lecture Six templates. layout and fixtures clamping molds, Includes guitar. acoustic an of construction the for fixtures necessary all of manufacture and Design 2. Design Instrument GCRFT-203 Prerequisites: (4) FIXTURES GUITAR ACOUSTIC GCRFT-305 hours plus projects. lab supervised 39 and hours 20lecture setup. and work inlay marquetry, scaling, construction, body and neck bracing, surfacing, and stock sizing selection, wood Topics include: materials. raw from guitar acoustic acomplete builds student Prerequisites: GCRFT-204 Instrument Fabrication 2. Each GCRFT-304 ACOUSTIC GUITAR FABRICATION (5) THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS

editing, and mixing. Upon successful completion of the the of completion successful Upon mixing. and editing, arranging, tracking, setup, session and file including process, recording the of fundamentals the on artists and songwriters for overview an provides course this Live, Ableton using A practical application of digital recording techniques 1(1) LIVE ABLETON 1: RECORDING STUDIO AUDIO-058E week for one quarter. per hour lecture One work. their master and mix edit, create, completion,Upon successful students should be able to automation, and mastering using Reason’s Channel Strip. mastering tool. Topics include effects, compression, EQ, and amixing as Reason using on focuses course this of level 1. DAW: second The Reason AUDIO-056 Prerequisite: 2(1) REASON 2: RECORDING STUDIO AUDIO-156 quarter. one for week per hours (DAWs). Workstations Two Audio lab Digital and set-ups computer of understanding abasic as well as upon touched be also will loops audio of Integration tracks. basic create and MIDI, and signal audio route sequencer), and rack mixer, includingthrough the various the windows software, (main to navigate able be will students course, this of completion Upon MIDI. for sequencing and beat-making traditional has longPropellerhead’s been used for software Reason 1(1) 1: REASON RECORDING STUDIO AUDIO-056 for one quarter. week per Two hours X. lab Pro Logic in exam One Level Pro Certified Apple the 2) 2of to take (Part needed requirements the covers course This trouble-shooting. automation, mixing, processing, effects digital &Pitch, Time Flex with editing as well as sequences, MIDI of arranging instruments, software of array Pro’s comprehensive Logic to use how Upon completion, students will be expected to demonstrate producers andsongwriters, sound composers, engineers. for interface Xuser Pro Logic the of a continuation is 1. course This Logic AUDIO-052 Pre-Requisites: 2(1) LOGIC 2: RECORDING STUDIO AUDIO-152 quarter. one for week per hours X. Pro lab Two Logic in exam One Level Pro Certified Apple the 2) 1of to take (Part needed requirements the covers automation techniques will be touched on. This course and mixing basic as well as drummer, avirtual with beats drum producing and tracks arranging &MIDI, audio editing tostart finish!Preproduction usingApple recording/ Loops, from song, actual an creating of process to the exposed be will students completion, Upon X. Pro Logic of interface user basic and features primary to the engineers sound and This course introduces producers songwriters, composers, 1(1) 1: LOGIC RECORDING STUDIO AUDIO-052 quarter. one for week per hours lab two and hour lecture One Exam. User Tools Certified Pro Avid the to take Engineering. Completion of the course prepares students Audio in Certificate the into to proceed decide who students Tools to 101 AUDIO-103 (Pro &110)equivalent for an as serve will Tools 101),(Pro combined courses these AUDIO-057 with taken When more. and drives FireWire with working data, backing-up MIDI, audio, recording editing, importing recording, for Tools® session Pro Avid an set-up

weeks 2, 4, 7 and 10 to develop his/her unique project, set set project, unique 10 his/her 7and 4, to 2, develop weeks during amentor with consultation in work will student the Thus, courses. Identity Artist and Artist Independent Project, Recording Media, Visual our from) (and experience within study project enables the student to utilize his/her research directed This world. professional to the bridge and practicum a both as serves that experience aculminating to complete Prerequisite: Project Advising 1. students IAP are required (2) PROJECT FINAL ARTST-203 minimum. week per meeting Advising Project one-hour One Internet presence,a and kit press a marketing/career plan. an artwork, songs, original more or three including project, continue planning and creatingArtist theirIndependent final students aweek, once least at with to meet required are consultation with various project whom advisors, they close in 1. Working Advising Project Prerequisite: 2(1) ADVISING PROJECT ARTST-202 for one quarter. minimum week per meeting Advising Project one-hour One plan. amarketing/career and kit apress presence, internet an artwork, songs, original more or three including project, Artist students begin planning and creating theirIndependent final aweek, once least at with to meet required are they whom advisors, project various with consultation close in Working 1(1) ADVISING ARTST-102 PROJECT quarter. one for week per hours Two setup. lecture home-studio and Topics buying mastering, mixing, equipment include effects, basic tracks into dynamic and professional finished products. to turn how learn Students process. mastering and mixing the on focuses course this I, Project Recording of foundation the Prerequisite: ARTST-101 Recording Project 1. Building on 2(2) PROJECT RECORDING ARTST-201 quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture techniques. and placement, and compression EQ, vocal production topics include: project-studio terminology, mic choice Specific setups. home own their as well as studios school’s the using songs original their to record how learn Students overdubbing. and tracking of process the and fundamentals recording on focuses course this of portion This environment. toLearn produce professional recordings in a project studio 1(2) PROJECT ARTST-101 RECORDING one quarter. for week per Two to hours end. lab beginning from a project to produce able be will students course, this of completion mastering, and sound for picture. Upon successful Live, including timing, effects, pitch correction, automation, application of digital recording techniques using Ableton practical in-depth amore provides 1, course Live this Ableton on 1. Live Building Ableton AUDIO-058E Prerequisite: 2(1) LIVE ABLETON 2: RECORDING STUDIO AUDIO-158 for one quarter. week per Two hours Live. lab Ableton using music produce and record, to compose, able be will students course,

(wks 2, 4, 7 and 10). 7and 4, (wks 2, culminating experience. Four Mentoring per sessions quarter the from results that project final the evaluates A committee outcome. aprofessional is which of goal the art, album and of compositions/arrangements, marketing DIY plan, website creation of a content-rich website, artist online marketing online. Topics include: building a strong online presence, music to promote needed skills technical the on focuses class This fans. to music directly themselves promote opened up for an enormous musicians opportunity to Prerequisites: CC-307 Visual Media 1. The Internet has (2) MEDIA VISUAL CC-407 quarter. one for week per hours manipulation, merchandise design, and more. Two lecture typography, flyer design, design,album imageartwork include: class this in Topics covered campaigns. marketing exciting and expressive designs that directly music support vital to Emphasis modern is Independent on Artists. creating promotional flyers, artwork, tools,and othervisual materials CD original to design Photoshop Adobe to use Learn 1(2) MEDIA VISUAL CC-307 week for one quarter. per hour lecture One approach. aDIY with contrasted and examined are area each in points Deal merchandising. and funding projects, distribution, touring, live deals performance deals, record include: covers course this Areas sustaining. and viable be can entertainment and music in acareer how 2shows Business Entertainment Applied made, is income ways various the contrasting and Illustrating By streams. income involve that areas of avariety examines it as focus, its is generation today. Income business music the explore to 1, continues and Business Entertainment Applied follows Prerequisite: Applied Entertainment 1. Business This course 2(1.5) BUSINESS ENTERTAINMENT APPLIED MUBUS-0460 quarter. one for week per hour technologies shaping the today. music industry One lecture and laws, practices, latest the understand will students Overall, sponsorships. and relationships business covers it followed by an examination of working relationships. Finally, minute information on copyrights and publishing concepts to-the up receive will you advisors, of team professional your about learning After artist. the protect and relationships these maximize help will away that in percentages and commissions, fees, their to structure how reviews and attorneys, and producers, personal managers, agents) andselecting hiring a winning team (including of advisors of essentials the covers course This business.” music the about to know need you “all provides that series two-part of a course first the 1is Business Entertainment Applied 1(1.5) BUSINESS ENTERTAINMENT APPLIED MUBUS-0360 DEVELOPMENT ARTIST // INDEPENDENT DEVELOPMENT PROFESSIONAL COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE

123 COURSES 124 COURSES DESCRIPTIONS COURSE ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISITWWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS song, to be submitted as the Final Project. One lecture hour hour lecture One Project. Final the as submitted to be song, co-written original an of creation the in culminates course The songs. hit contemporary of study analytical an and chords; and groove melody, structure, lyrics, on instruction tips songwriting andgeneral techniques;, foundational to songwriting;, method aquick-start include: covered Topics style. and structure song contemporary of elements the of study the through to songwriting introduction An 1(1.5) SONGWRITING CC-306 quarter. one for week per hours Two studio. lecture the in sessions recording or writing during appropriate music terminology, which will prove invaluable using by professionals music other with communicate to effectively able be will students course, this of completion successful Upon Leading. Voice and Inversions Cadences, Triad Scales, Minor Signatures, Time as such concepts addressing Theory, and Harmony of application practical in-depth amore provides 1, course this Musicianship Prerequisite: ARTST-106 Musicianship 1. Building on 2(1.5) MUSICIANSHIP ARTST-206 quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture examples. as songs popular using by training ear study will and notation rhythmic to basic introduced be also will Students creation. chart of basics the and form song analysis, harmonic numeral Roman melody, harmony and major rhythm, vs. minor chord qualities, of role the including covered, be will theory and harmony melodies and various common rhythmic patterns. Basic structures, harmonic popular of analysis the through accomplished is This theory. music basic in foundation the study of popular music composition devices and their is course this professionals, music aspiring for Designed 1(1.5) ARTST-106 MUSICIANSHIP DEVELOPMENT ARTIST // INDEPENDENT MUSICIANSHIP quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture hours. work in-class three during feedback useful receive and resource, course the in included templates handy utilizing plan marketing acomplete create Students licensing. and video promotion,press, advertising and sales sponsorships, Internet, the shows, live utilizing effectively as well as radio, to access gaining audience, target the identifying format, and position, brand, image, an defining including objective, their to achieve strategies marketing of mix integrated an create vision, students conduct set research, short-term goals, and independent marketing advice. After identifying a business practical, for need agreater been never has there careers, own their to leverage artists for ever than possible more it make technologies new when atime at Furthermore, attack. creation of a fully customized, low-budget marketing plan of the on focuses and venture business professional to any applicable concepts marketing basic reveals course This (2) MARKETING ARTIST INDEPENDENT MUBUS-0307 quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture tools and strategies, video editing and basics, social media. THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS quarter. one for week per hour workshop one and hour lecture One songs. contemporary of study analytical continued as well as chords, and groove melody, development, lyrical of study on more advanced songwriting tips and techniques, further focuses 1, course this Songwriting in provided foundation the upon 1. Building Songwriting CC-306 Prerequisites: 2(1.5) SONGWRITING CC-406 quarter. one for week per hour workshop one and lecture hour per week for one quarter. one for week per hour lecture employed musically and sonically. One discussion-based Discussions center on what production techniques are being genres. and styles different of music discuss to and listen instructor and students which in course Group-based ANALYSIS (1) PRODUCTION MUSIC ARTST-014E quarter. one for week per hour lecture advances, administration, marketing funds), and more. One (song-plugging, career your for do can companies publishing what forms), (PA SR and compositions your protecting credit, percentages in a composition, when the producer gets Topics include copyright how basics, co-writers divide perspective. artist’s the from publishing music of overview An (1) PUBLISHING TO MUSIC INTRO ARTST-013E quarter. one for week per hours Twoutility. lecture Loops Apple and sampler EXS-24 the as well as synthesizers ES-1, the Sculpture and using ES-2, theory of application application using Apple Includes Logic practical software. their and techniques sampling synthesis, subtractive of fundamentals synthesizers, of history the covers course This 1(1) SAMPLING AND SYNTHESIS ARTST-011E credit. for repeated be May quarter. one for week per hour workshop One more. and development Topics synth remixing, include sampling, drum programming, knowledge into dynamic and professional quality material. production basic their to enhance how learn Students skills. musicianship, and in style of support music production technique, developing in student the guides who instructor Computer-based weekly one-on-one workshop with an (1) WORKSHOP PRODUCTION MUSIC ARTST-010E quarter. one for week per hours Two lab compositions. musical their master and mix, arrange, produce, as well as data, Audio and MIDI edit and record 8, Performer Digital up set and to install able be will students composition. completion Upon successful of this course, amusical mastering and mixing, editing, recording, for Digital 8 Performer as a Digital Audio Workstation (DAW) using of techniques basic the through guided be will Using step-by-step project-based instruction, students 1(1) PERFORMER DIGITAL AUDIO-059E ELECTIVES PROGRAM-SPECIFIC DEVELOPMENT ARTIST // INDEPENDENT ELECTIVES minimum of ten credits are performance required per quarter. A settings. musical and styles of avariety sampling by or area one in concentrating by experience performing valuable provide students with a wide range of opportunities to gain Ensembles (LPWs) and Workshops Performance Live ARTST-032E LIVE WORKSHOPS PERFORMANCE (1) quarter. one for week per hour lecture One resources. financial their to manage how and score, rating credit ahigher build money, understand how to better manage consumer credit, about practically more to think able be will students course, home/renter, equipment, and life). Upon completion of this (auto, insurance necessary with one’s possessions and and protecting concepts, oneself tax basic understanding (stocks, bonds, mutual funds), building retirement plans, investing theft, identity against oneself protecting credit, off paying and building banking, to saving, introduction an offer will course the concepts, proven and practical Using INDEPENDENT ARTIST (1) ARTST-021E quarter. one for week per hour lecture One content. relevant post and to create skills practical as well as strategies branding effective to use able be will students course, this of completion successful Upon base. fan their expand and image their to shape steps practical various Throughout students this will course, be guided through YouTube, as Instagram. and such Facebook platforms Media Social through effectively music and story their share to how study will Students amusician. as media social of world the navigating on course introductory an is This INDEPENDENT ARTIST (1) ARTST-019E quarter. problematic sounds. One lecture-lab hour per week for one specific on concentrate and identify and elements phonetic their into words to break learn Students vocals. language English- effective for accent English American an to develop students speaking English non-native enables course This A quarter. one for week per Two hours suite. lab hardware and software Maschine the using remixes and productions complex more as well as sequences beat to create able be will students course, this completing Upon Maschine. Instruments’ Native using techniques programming and Studentssoftware. will be exposed to modern production Sampler Maschine of utility and use to the introduction An 1. Reason 1, Live AUDIO-056 or Ableton 1, AUDIO-058 or ProTools Logic 101, AUDIO-057 AUDIO-052 or courses: Prerequisite: completion Successful of one of the following (1) MASCHINE AND MAKING BEAT ARTST-016E for one quarter. industry songwriting techniques. One lecture hour per week of forms current practice plus songwriter aworking become to takes it what learn students help and songwriting hit industry current of realm the into deeper dive will course This A RTST-018E ACCENT REDUCTION (1) REDUCTION ACCENT RTST-018E (1) SONGWRITER WORKING THE RTST-015E PERSONAL FINANCE FOR THE THE FOR FINANCE PERSONAL SOCIAL MEDIA BRANDING FOR THE THE FOR BRANDING MEDIA SOCIAL topics such reverb, compression, as EQ, delay, pitch covers 1. course 1, ARTST-101 This or Project Recording ProTools Logic 101, AUDIO-057 AUDIO-052 or courses: Prerequisite: completion Successful of one of the following (1) PROCESSING ARTST-214E PLUGIN quarter. while onstage.Two lecture/ensemble hours per week for one versatility vocal in result that presets operate and effects vocal to engage how discover will class The device. looping and processor effects Touch avocal 2, VoiceLive Helicon’s TC utilizing presentation avocalist’s expand that effects diverse with harmonies and improvisations vocal create will class The situations. performance live in vocals design and loop to record, skills with students provides course This audition. an to schedule email via Chair Program your contact Prerequisite: Audition required for Students. IAP Please 1 (1) Vocalists for Helicon TC ARTST-205E quarter. one for week per Two hours lab Design. Studio Project to AUDIO-153E: equivalent is course This required. not are skills math specialized or knowledge Fabrication, actual studio construction, advanced electronics space. that in done mixing and recording the of quality the on impact their to lessen methods practical and cost-effective learn and room spare any in problems acoustical the assess to how learn will Students environment. studio project or home the in space viable acoustically an creating on focuses Prerequisite: ARTST-101 Recording Project 1. This course (1) DESIGN STUDIO ARTST-153E PROJECT for one quarter. week per hour lecture One MPC. Akai and Phatty Little the as such samplers, and synths hardware with to work learn also Students synthesis. granular and to FM introduction an as well as synthesis subtractive of elements advanced Prerequisites: ARTST-011E Synthesis and Sampling 1. More 2(1)ARTST-111E SAMPLING AND SYNTHESIS Oneprogressions. lecture hour per week for one quarter. chord common as well as construction triad and interval development, major construction, scale finger dexterity, focused study of performance posture, practice routine through skills keyboard of knowledge abasic gain will compositional tool. Upon completion of this students course, and arranging an as keyboard the using for required skills motor necessary the to develop students enable andscales common chord this progressions, course will major posture, physical of study the Through technique. keyboard contemporary on course introductory an is This INDEPENDENT ARTIST THE FOR ESSENTIALS KEYBOARD ARTST-080E per week for one quarter. hours lab Two artists. of out performance best the finessing musicians, working with engineers and management, and concepts such as budgeting, choosing studios and covering real-world, and intensive, hands-on, are Classes production. album of sides creative and business the both of outs” and “ins to the students exposes course This (1) PRODUCTION MUSIC ARTST-051E COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE (1)

125 COURSES 126 COURSES DESCRIPTIONS COURSE ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISITWWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS artist deals between major and indie labels. As a final project, project, afinal As labels. indie and major between deals artist and structure company in differences and similarities the analyze Students career. artist’s an to build other each with interact they how and alabel within departments various the of analysis an including companies, record at look inside An MUBUS-103 (2) RECORD LABELS week for one quarter. per hour lecture One spreadsheets. and letters, business Hands-on projects include preparing visual presentations, PowerPoint. and Excel Word, Microsoft including workplace, business music the in used software essential of Overview (1) BUSINESS IN COMPUTERS MUBUS-102 quarter. one for week per hours exceptions, free speech, commercial speech). Two lecture (Fair Law; Use Principles andContract Constitutional Indemnification);LawCommon & StatutoryEnactments; Relief; &Declaratory (Injunctions &Remedies Principles Equitable &Likeness; Name Rights; &Publicity Personality Law;transactions, including Intellectual Property Property; industry music in role asignificant play that concepts legal basic and law music of areas various the of overview An (2) 1: FUNDAMENTALS LAW THE MUSIC MUBUS-101 // MUSIC AREA MAJOR BUSINESS (CERTIFICATE) BUSINESS MUSIC credit. for repeated be May quarter. one for week per hour lesson student-goals and requirements for the program. One private of support in style and musicianship, technique, developing in student the guides who instructor an with lesson Weekly ARTST-VPL (VOCAL) ARTST-KPL (KEYBOARD) ARTST-GPL (GUITAR) ARTST-DPL (DRUM) ARTST-BPL (BASS) (1) PRIVATE LESSON IAP quarter. one for week per hour lecture One vocals. mix and edit, record, produce, and own their on session avocal run to able be will students course, this of completion successful production with session a student vocalist per quarter. Upon vocal one observe will Students techniques. remixing and stems, printing aligning, vocal bussing, comping, FX, vocal explore templates, project management, compression, EQ, will course the ProTools Logic, and programs standard 1. industry 1, ARTST-101 Using or Project Recording ProTools Logic 101, AUDIO-057 AUDIO-052 or courses: Prerequisite: completion Successful of one of the following (1) PRODUCTION VOCAL ARTST-215E appropriately. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. will how understand to use and implement these tools completionUpon successful of this students course, music. to recorded them apply and to operate how as well as processors, effects of types to different exposed be correction, sound replacing, and signal flow. Studentswill THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture transactions. common other and releases, licenses, contracts, music of negotiations agreements. exercises Practical mock include supervised and negotiating drafting, music common industry provides students with hands-on experience in analyzing, 1. course Law This MUBUS-101 Music Prerequisites: (2) CONTRACTS 2: LAW MUSIC MUBUS-201 quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture contracts. to negotiating and and concluding recording publishing obligations, and management responsibilities with regard those to fulfill takes amanager steps the manager, and artist the between agreements contractual plan, a career preparing and artist the developing Topics include: artists. their with maintain they relationships the of nature the and managers personal of responsibilities the of overview An (2) MANAGEMENT PERSONAL MUBUS-108 one quarter. for week per hours Two SESAC. lecture and — ASCAP, BMI, and responsibilities of the Performing Rights Organizations functions the and publishers, and to writers paid are royalties how CO, form online the using works recorded and songs to copyright how include: Topics covered industry. music the of segments lucrative most the of one remains Publishing MUBUS-107 MUSIC PUBLISHING (2) quarter. one for week per hours lecture to-fan Students platforms. engage in real-time Two research. direct- other and networking, social marketing, content video outreach,press online retail, viral marketing techniques, promotion, marketing and retail Topics practices. include: distribution, of areas the in particularly industry, music the to impact continues Internet the how of aspects all covers Together with foundational marketing concepts, this course industry. music the changed forever has Internet The (2) MARKETING DIGITAL MUBUS-106 for one quarter. week per hour lecture One available. as agents by lectures Guest agents. among choose can artists how and paid, are they how artists, with interact they how responsibilities, their discusses course This team. management artist’s an of members essential and important are Agents Booking (1) BOOKINGS AND AGENTS MUBUS-105 quarter. one for week per hours real-world information to particular their fields. Two lecture and insight to provide speakers guest be will careers those oftypes managers and more. In addition, professionals in distributionmusic and supervisors, teams, sales the various executives, publishing and A&R settings, live and studio for engineers producers, music as positions for covered are professions business and creative Technical, business. music the in available opportunities career varied the of overview An (2) CAREER BUSINESS YOUR MUSIC MUBUS-104 quarter. one for week per hours Twoproducer. lecture record suggested ideas, marketing airplay, radio music, of writes a full including A&R report, genre demographics, each student seeks out an independent album artist and lecture hours per week for one quarter. one for week per hours lecture andsupervisors how deals are typically structured. Two music and to labels music your to submit how explains course This content. Internet for and games, video film, TV, by licensing their recordings to international record labels, streams revenue additional significant up open can Artists (2) SUPERVISION AND LICENSING MUSIC MUBUS-207 one quarter. for week per hour lecture One network. support professional a building and business music the of strata all in contacts and presentation to skills important making personal ofpractice different types communication, social techniques, practical, application-oriented course, students analyze and this In you. knows who important, most and, know you what know, you who contacts: personal of longevity and strength the by determined is industry music achanging in Success STRATEGIESMUBUS-206 NETWORKING (1) credits. course to earn Log Hours completed and sheet Credit Course of Verification signed present must Students quarter. one for week per hours internship twelve of positions, and duties according vary to availability. Average interview and skills, professionalism.firms, Specific employment, such as writing professional personal résumés, business music of areas specific on coached are Students companies. related music for interns as working by industry Students gain firsthand experiencewithin the music MUBUS-205 MUSIC INDUSTRY INTERNSHIP (4) quarter. one for week per hours lecture Guests include booking agents promoters. and Two concert more. much and risks, minimizing &laws, security aspects, technical contracts, buyers, and agents talent shows, age promotion,ticket concert selling sales, merchandise, all- venues, of sizing and booking tour. or Topics include: festival, event, musical concert, alive to produce how learn Students (2) PRODUCTION TOUR AND CONCERT MUBUS-204 quarter. one for week per hour lecture One media. various in music artists’ of impact the to measure metrics of a range using companies innovative as well as BDS and Mediabase SoundScan, through tallied are plays radio and sales how include: Topics also models. emerging and new with along platforms mobile and digital for strategies as well as TV and retail radio, including outlets and methods distribution traditional on focuses course This career. asuccessful in elements important most the of one is distribution Effective (1) DISTRIBUTION MUSIC MUBUS-203 quarter. one for week per hours lecture Two industry. the in to work aspiring those as well as artists to independent apply Skills headlines. eye-catching and releases, news releases, press bios, artist to write how and campaigns, media implement and to create how relations, public and publicity between difference the learn Students (2) RELATIONS MEDIA MUBUS-202 general agreement partnership (band agreement); a “sync” a mechanical license; a personal management agreement; a including: contracts complete five least at draft and negotiate students will actually the During course, contracts. formulating in to avoid what and to include to what a guide as disputes real-world of study with coupled instruments, written other and releases, licenses, contracts, legal effective of drafting and negotiation the in coaching expert clauses and provisions, as well as practical exercises with including analysis of commonly-encountered contract law contract of principles advanced 1. More Contracts and Law Business MUBUS-120 Music Prerequisite: (2) 2 CONTRACTS AND LAW BUSINESS MUSIC MUBUS-220 quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture terminology). specialized to agreements, negotiation common industry techniques, and introduction (with law contract of basics the and assembly), of freedom speech, of freedom (e.g., industry music the of context the in guaranties and rights Constitutional & likeness” rights), (publicity law (generally), property transactions, including copyrights, trademarks, “name music-related in role asignificant play which those on which govern all business activities, with particular emphasis concepts legal of overview an providing by industry music the permeate which rights legal and law of fundamentals the of understanding an to develop designed is course This (2) 1 CONTRACTS AND LAW BUSINESS MUSIC MUBUS-120 quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture era. modern the in careers industry of overview an with concludes The course throughoutstructures arena. the entertainment economic and practices business of remodeling the and formats, and consumption music with as well as process recording the in technologies new of growth exponential and advent the include topics Additional events. political and movements cultural and social of context the in trends subsequent on influences and sources of examination as well as analysis musical and listening Includes age. digital the into change rapid beginning inincreasingly the ‘60s and coming of era an through industry the of evolution the of overview 1. An History MUBUS-110 Industry Prerequisite: Music 2(2) HISTORY INDUSTRY MUSIC MUBUS-210 quarter. one for week per hours 1950’s. Two the of end to the lecture invention from evolution its and process, recording the in steps and concepts basic the of overview an given are students addition, In events. political and movements cultural and social of context the on includingsubsequent and trends in influences sources era, each of music the analyze to and listen Students era. ’n’ roll rock the of 1909 onset to the from industry music recorded the of overview historical acomprehensive and business music the of key components to the introduction An 1(2) HISTORY INDUSTRY MUBUS-110 MUSIC (ASSOCIATE) // BUSINESS MUSIC AREA MAJOR COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE

127 COURSES 128 COURSES DESCRIPTIONS COURSE ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISITWWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS lecture hours per week for one quarter. quarter. one for week per hours lecture Two technology. recognition music in advancements and royalty Also explored disbursements. is the use of metadata and clearance rights music of process the with along field the in used licenses and forms, contracts, structures, deal typical of analysis and overview an Topics include more. and cards, compilations/speciallyrics, projects, karaoke, toys, greeting and music print platforms, mobile and digital games, video commercials, trailers, film, TV, in use for recordings licensing by generated streams revenue significant the of examination An 2. Finance and Accounting MUBUS-350 Co-requisite: 2. Prerequisite: MUBUS-230 Music Publishing and Licensing 3(2) LICENSING AND PUBLISHING MUSIC MUBUS-330 quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture markets. alternative in music promoting and examined, including songwriter relationships, song plugging are perspective aglobal with publishing music of aspects creative the addition, In Societies). (Songwriter PRO’s international and payments royalty extensions, and terms sub-publishing in territories, non-U.S. international copyright include Concepts focus. aglobal with publishing of A study Prerequisite: MUBUS-130 Music Publishing and Licensing 1. 2(2) LICENSING AND PUBLISHING MUSIC MUBUS-230 one quarter. for week per hours Two lecture discussed. be will publishing music of world the in developments ongoing platforms, digital in entrenched firmly is industry the as addition, In licenses. mechanical and sync, performance, and forms, online using copyright and PRO form execution, completing cue sheets music rights organizations. Hands-on exercises include of the Performing Rights Organizations (PRO) and emerging functions and scope the and streams, income royalty various of overview an publishers, and to writers paid are royalties how works, recorded and songs to copyright how publisher, a of responsibilities creative and business the Topics include 1(2) LICENSING AND PUBLISHING MUSIC MUBUS-130 one quarter. for week per hour lecture One case. same the in countries balancing the interactions between the laws of different disputes, licensing disputes, and conflict-of-lawcases were minors, co-authors’ disputes, publishing fraud cases, actionsperformers’ contracts to entered disaffirm when they alike” and “look alike” personality rights infringements, misappropriations of and personality publicity rights, “sound- disputes, trademark infringements and dilutions, trade dress, copyright infringements, contract disputes, artist/manager action: of causes and issues legal of range abroad exploring cases, those in judgment rendering courts by applied as industry, including the various and legal doctrines equitable music the in disputes real-world of Analysis 2. Contracts and Law Business Music MUBUS-220 Prerequisite: (1) 3 CONTRACTS AND LAW BUSINESS MUSIC MUBUS-320 quarter. one for week per hours Twomemo. lecture motion picture; and a comprehensive recording contract deal in a composition musical of a inclusion first-use for license THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS MUBUS-140 MUSIC INDUSTRY 1 INDUSTRY MUSIC MUBUS-140 quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture careers. own their to further professionals industry with connecting for methods as well as productions TV and film on information to gather resources online to employ study also Students the numerous publishing deals available in today’s business. of areview with along disbursement, royalty affects this how include music libraries, configuration of music for them and Topics also projects. of types various for music to submit how as well as explored is supervisor music the of role The 3. Prerequisite: Music Publishing MUBUS-330 and Licensing 4(2) LICENSING AND PUBLISHING MUSIC MUBUS-430 on how they operate, determine formats and programming, programming, and formats determine operate, they how on afocus with examined are outlets broadcast Various industry. music the on impact their and media, broadcast other as well as radio, of evolution the Topics include 3C. Industry Music MUBUS-342 and 3B, Industry Music MUBUS-341 Prerequisite: MUBUS-240 2. Co-requisites: Music Industry Media) (Broadcast (2) 3A INDUSTRY MUSIC MUBUS-340 quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture distributors. providedlabel services by a variety of companies, including utilize instead and deals, record traditional forego who artists to independent given be will focus Aspecial watermarks. digital and metadata ISRC’s, codes, bar UPC of importance the examined, be will compiled and tracked monitored, are sales how Additionally, added-value. for music bundling and promotions and marketing with distribution, and packaging consignments, retail servicing outlets, coordinating pitching distributors in alternative each area, distribution, including terrestrial radio, digital, online and mobile platforms, global marketplace. Topics cover all distribution platforms, strategies for releasing and positioning music in an evolving innovative and structures deal varied distributors, major and including online traditional, independent and digital channels, industry music the in distribution of area the of study 1. Acomplete Industry MUBUS-140 Music Prerequisite: (Distribution Companies) & Services Label 2(2) INDUSTRY MUSIC MUBUS-240 quarter. one for week per hours Two more. lecture and ideas, marketing streaming, airplay, strategy, target internet demographics, exposure, radio production genre, musical covering choosing their of album student creates a full for A&R report an independent artist’s each which in project afinal in culminates course The song selection and the artist-label-management dynamic. development, artist process, signing the discovery, artist new material, new of screening the including role, & Repertoire) (Artist A&R the of responsibilities and evolution the study will students addition, In labels. indie and major between deals artist as well as structure company in differences and similarities the analyze Students career. artist’s an to build interact they how and departments specific of functions the of analysis an including evolved, they how and structures label record typical of overview Team. An Artist’s The Co-requisite: MUBUS-170 Personal Management and (Record Structure Label & Talent Acquisition) (2) advertising. As a final project, music business students students business music project, afinal As advertising. and likewise develop the image, branding, promotion and costs, outline consumer, target the identify services, and related product define orthecompany, service products amusic- developing students Similarly, publicity. and and develop the image, branding, promotion, advertising backup musicians, audio engineers and recording studios; artists; set recording budgets; arrangers, select producers, sign and find audience; target the identify genre; music the define label amock developing Students service). or product independent record label or company music-based (related an starting for requirements business and creative of overview An 4B. Industry Music MUBUS-441 Co-requisite: 3C. Industry Music MUBUS-342 and 3B, Industry Music Prerequisites: Music MUBUS-341 Industry MUBUS-340 3A, (Entrep. Strat. for Music Based Companies) (2) 4A INDUSTRY MUSIC MUBUS-440 quarter. one for week per hour lecture One discussed. also are tours inThefestival specifics working mobile production office. diems, personnel management, interviews, and running a dealing with stage merchandising, managers, budgets, per advancing shows, to coordinating itineraries follow routing, including deliverables, sound checks, performance explored, are aspects logistical tour. the All during artist the for ground the on responsibilities all handles Manager Tour the agent, the with tandem in Working 3B. Industry Music MUBUS-341 and 3A, Industry Music MUBUS-340 Prerequisite: MUBUS-240 2. Co-requisites: Music Industry (Tour Management) (1) 3C INDUSTRY MUSIC MUBUS-342 quarter. one for week per hour lecture One discussed. be will conferences booking and tours college of specifics the Additionally, introduced. be will shows advancing in steps the with along riders and requirements and promoters. Logistical and aspects execution of contract buyers talent with negotiating and structures, fee contracts, performance pitching, and offers venues, and contacts sourcing to major), (local tours booking in involved methods agencies, of evolution and history the Topics include explored. are industry concert live the in responsibilities corresponding its and role critical This artist. the for member team avital as emerged has Agent Booking The 3C. Industry Music MUBUS-342 and 3A, Industry Music MUBUS-340 Prerequisite: MUBUS-240 2. Co-requisites: Music Industry (Agents & Bookings) MUBUS-341 MUSIC INDUSTRY 3B (1) 3B INDUSTRY MUSIC MUBUS-341 quarter. one for week per hours lecture Two broadcasts. to support used concerts live and tours and non-commercial media are explored, along with promo- commercial both in airplay obtaining for Techniques systems. tracking and services monitoring charts, industry of overview an with programming, for prepared and chosen is music to how given is Focus services. streaming and broadcasts digital radio, internet and satellite shows, specialty and mix include commercial and non-commercial radio, public radio, study for broadcasts of Forms music. to promote help and MUBUS-441 MUSIC INDUSTRY 4B (1) 4B INDUSTRY MUSIC MUBUS-441 quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture service. or product promotional media for actual independent or artists for the and elements plan marketing and business develop FINANCE 1(1.5) FINANCE ACCOUNTING AND BUSINESS MUSIC MUBUS-250 quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture (including generating cue sheets), and music One licensing. and tracking, production music digital library distribution accounting royalty and rights catalogs, songwriter and designed to manage and administer music publishing tasks Building on core computer students skills, explore programs Accounting 2. and Finance and 3, MUBUS-350 Licensing and Publishing Music 1, MUBUS-330 Applications Prerequisites: MUBUS-150 Computer Tech Music Business 2 (1.5) APPLICATIONS COMPUTER TECHMUBUS-450 MUSIC BUSINESS week for one quarter. per hour lab one and hour lecture One applications. Google mobile applications productivity such as the Evernote and and cloud-based of overview an includes Also Preview). productivity suite applications (Keynote, Pages, Numbers, Mac of asurvey as well as PowerPoint) and Excel (Word, Office MS using projects develop and basics office Usingsoftware. on-site computer rooms, students explore A introduction practical to commonly used music business 1 (1.5) APPLICATIONS MUBUS-150 COMPUTER TECH MUSIC BUSINESS quarter. one for week per hour lecture One Access. Celebrity and Pollstar as such reviewed are industry live the for resources with booking agents, technical aspects and more. Industry negotiating contracts, sales, ticket venues, of sizing including covered, are tour or festival event, musical concert, a live produce how to of specifics the addition, In AEG. and Nation Live as such corporations large of rise and evolution the and ownership, venue buyers, talent and promoters of history the role Promoter of is the explored. Topics Concert include distinct the business, entertainment and music the of areas dominant most the of one become has industry concert live the As 4A. Industry Music MUBUS-440 Co-requisite: 3C. Industry Music MUBUS-342 and 3B, Industry Music Prerequisites: Music MUBUS-341 Industry MUBUS-340 3A, (balance sheets, income statements, flow cash statements); and “below-the-line” elements); common financialreports project budgeting industry entertainment (“above-the-line” budgetingbusiness planning; and financial offundamentals and personal “FIFO”); vs. (“LIFO” controls inventory ratios; fiscal used commonly other and test” “acid the bookkeeping; of accounts; anddebits credits; double-entry charts methods; accounting andincluding: accounting accrual cash management, fiscal and accounting business of techniques Applications 1. An introduction to core concepts and Prerequisite: MUBUS-150 Computer Tech Music Business (Concert Promoters) COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE

129 COURSES 130 COURSES DESCRIPTIONS COURSE ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISITWWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS An overview of the principles of marketing for music as well well as music for marketing of principles the of overview An 1(2) MEDIA SOCIAL AND MARKETING BUSINESS MUSIC MUBUS-180 quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One during one-on-one with sessions actual independent artists. communicationscenarios, and artist-development skills artistic/creative Students personalities. apply relationship out constructive critique and musical decision-making with carrying for strategies and environments studio or stage, terminology required for effective communication in rehearsal, musical study Students session. or atour on employed background vocalists and technical personnel support producer, engineer, road technicians, side musicians, arranger, the of roles the explores class This Analysis. A&R Production: and Recordings Songs, MUBUS-460 Co-requisite: Content. and Structure Song MUBUS-360 and 3C, Industry Music MUBUS-342 3B, Industry Music Artist’s Team, Music MUBUS-341 Industry MUBUS-340 3A, Prerequisites: MUBUS-170 Personal Management and The CREATIVE ENVIRONMENT (1.5) THE FOR SKILLS DEVELOPMENT: ARTIST MUBUS-470 quarter. one for week per hour lecture One discussed. and positioning an artist’s career along with strategies are manager, tour manager and publicist. of Overview planning including theand discussed, attorney, agent, business defined are team artist’s an of roles specific the addition, In contracts. various of concluding and negotiation to the regard those obligations, and management responsibilities with of fulfillment manager, and artist the between agreements contractual Topics include: artists. their with maintain they relationships the of nature the and team, artist’s the of the responsibilities of personal managers as leaders of 1. overview An Industry MUBUS-140 Music Co-requisite: (1) TEAM ARTIST’S &THE MANAGEMENT MUBUS-170 PERSONAL quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One liabilities. tax minimizing for strategies general and streams), merchandise revenue, other entertainment-related revenue and endorsement revenue, performance (live contracts considerations arising under multiple-rights (“360”) recording revenues, licensing of distribution and management considerations, preparing and analyzing royalty statements, currency international accounting, royalty collections, royalty per-play), contract analysis to financial quantify elements, models (subscription, peer-to-peer (P2P), streaming, pay- revenue and marketing internet management, rights digital including: industry, music to the applied as techniques and principles accounting of study advanced More 3. Co-requisite: Music Publishing MUBUS-330 and Licensing 2. Contracts and Law Business Music MUBUS-220 and 1, Finance and Accounting MUBUS-250 Prerequisites: 2(1.5) FINANCE ACCOUNTING AND BUSINESS MUSIC MUBUS-350 quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour W-7,W-4, lecture One etc.). 1099, W-9, SS-4, considerationstax and common government forms (W-2, THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS

SOCIAL MEDIA 2(2) MEDIA SOCIAL AND MARKETING BUSINESS MUSIC MUBUS-280 exposure. Two lecture hours per week for one quarter. elements along with defining their methodsand channels of visual and media slogans, message, the creating including artist, an for campaign marketing online an developing culminates with course The students results. maximizing for strategies as well as campaigns, marketing effective to structure how study Students media. social and video theas distinct including channels used, airplay, publicity, students implement a lifestyle marketing program with video, project, afinal As engagement. media social in building presentations, delivering results to the brand partner, and sponsors, creating sponsorship decks and alternative credibility/visibility benefits, methods of appealing to potential including identifying brand and partners the potential sponsorship of specifics the of study extensive more with about endorsements vs. sponsorships and the deals, typical study also Students events. related and festivals including them, to reach how and targeted be can fans and consumers where platforms of overview an Topics include sponsorship. and lifestyles consumer of areas the on focusing strategies marketing of study Continued 3. Media Social and Prerequisite: Music Business Marketing MUBUS-380 4(2) MEDIA SOCIAL AND MARKETING BUSINESS MUSIC MUBUS-480 quarter. one for week per hours Two mix. lecture media a diverse utilizing impact maximum for budgets to allocate how study and search engine optimization (SEO) techniques. Students relevant demographic communities, along with web analytics relationships with and marketing to products and services creating for explored are Twitter and Facebook as such platforms Major reviewed. also are advertising online and integration media social effective merchandise, and music position and artists their music. Strategies in retailing for to how and outlets), alternative and mobile streaming, radio, satellite and internet (terrestrial, platforms airplay of overview expanded social media techniques. Topics include an as well as retailing and airplay of areas the on focusing strategies marketing of study Continued 2. Media Social Prerequisite: MUBUS-280 Music Business Marketing and 3(2) MEDIA SOCIAL AND MARKETING BUSINESS MUSIC MUBUS-380 quarter. one for week per hours then share on multiple Two social media platforms. lecture and artist, an starring series to avideo links live incorporating release press a write will students project, afinal As tie-in. and to support media social of integration and content; use YouTube to as how of such overview an and platforms video materials, promotional writing and image development; online relationships, implementing a plan, press creating PR media of logistics the Topics include age. digital current this in content video of use effective as well as (PR) focusing on the principles and methods of public relations strategies marketing of study 1. Continued Media Social Prerequisite: MUBUS-180 Music Business Marketing and

Prerequisite: MUBUS-250 Accounting and Finance 1. The Finance and Accounting MUBUS-250 Prerequisite: 1 ENTREPRENEURSHIP PERSONAL MUBUS-550 credits. course to earn Log Hours completed and sheet Students must present signed Verification CourseCreditof quarter. one for week per hours internship twelve of Average positionsfirms, and duties accordingvary to availability. Specific firm. adifferent with internship anew undertake or capacity expanded an in firm same the with internship their continue may 1. Students Skills Business and Management 1, MUBUS-190 and Media Social and Marketing Business Team, Music MUBUS-180 Artist’s The and Management 1, MUBUS-170 Personal Applications Business Tech Music 1, MUBUS-150 Computer 1, Industry MUBUS-140 Music Prerequisite: MUBUS-130 Music Publishing and Licensing 1, Contracts and Law Business MUBUS-120 Music 1, History MUBUS-110 Industry Prerequisite: Music 2(4) INTERNSHIP INDUSTRY MUSIC MUBUS-640 credits. course to earn Log Hours completed and sheet Credit quarter. Students must present signed Verification Courseof one for week per hours internship six of Average availability. to according vary duties and positions firms, Specific personal interviewrésumés, techniques and professionalism. employmentbusiness skills including writing professional music-related Students companies. are coached on music for interns as working by industry music the within experience firsthand gain 1. Students Skills Business and Management 1, MUBUS-190 and Media Social and Marketing Business Team, Music MUBUS-180 Artist’s The and Management 1, MUBUS-170 Personal Applications Business Tech Music 1, MUBUS-150 Computer 1, Industry MUBUS-140 Music Prerequisite: MUBUS-130 Music Publishing and Licensing 1, Contracts and Law Business MUBUS-120 Music 1, History MUBUS-110 Industry Prerequisite: Music I(2) INTERNSHIP INDUSTRY MUSIC MUBUS-540 quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture process. marketing entire the through release music artist’s a new taking plan detailed and acomplete creating by covered skills apply students project, afinal As more. and images, visual lists, set names, band logos, to packaging, response concepts to actual models research by gauging consumer making recommendations on based findings. Studentsapply interpreting, and drawing conclusions from data; and and experiments;focus interviews, groups, analyzing, orthe problem; product, idea, collecting data; observation, consumer-based market including research, identification of Students examine various techniques for conducting of and campaigns, core successful branding concepts. behavior, influenceand principlespersuasion, and ethics consumer analyzing Topics include 4. Media Social and Prerequisite: Music Business Marketing MUBUS-480 5(2) MEDIA SOCIAL AND MARKETING BUSINESS MUSIC MUBUS-580 one quarter. for week per hours Two sponsor. to the lecture deliverables with reports creating with along media social and images (2) advisement hours per week for one quarter plus independent project group Four signing. deal of basics the in culminates for The placement. process film/TV/media supervisors music as well as reps A&R label record and management to artist songs the pitch and artists) to other songs the (pitching for a self-contained singer/songwriter vs. promoting “casting” determine students publishers, of role the in Acting polishing material and assembling basic promo packages. the appropriate Performing Rights Organization as well as publishing and agreements, joining agreements, co-writer songs, their copyrighting on assistance and advice provide and niche musical their determine students business information from the Working NMPA. with songwriters, andappropriate obtain companies, membership industry obtain mechanical and digital license information from with Performing Rights Organizations’ membership reps, meet forms, copyright Congress of Library obtain Students office. publishing music afunctioning of manner the in business studentsAdvisors, student MI assist artists Project of guidance the Under Listening). 1(Critical Media requisite: Production Music For Visual MUBUS-560 Co- 4. Skills Business and Management MUBUS-490 and 4, Media Social and Marketing Business Music MUBUS-480 Environment, Creative The For Skills Development: Artist MUBUS-470 Analysis, A&R Production: and Recordings Songs, MUBUS-460 2, Finance and Accounting MUBUS-350 2, Contracts and Law Business Music Team, MUBUS-220 Artist’s The and Management MUBUS-170 4A, Personal Industry Music MUBUS-440 4, Prerequisites: Music Publishing MUBUS-430 and Licensing MUBUS-570 PUBLISHING/A&R PRACTICUM (4) quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture clients. andobtaining finding financing, and retainingcustomers/ business, the naming location, aphysical identifying include Topics strategy. promotion and amarketing develops then student each plan, business the on Based development). booking, label, music library, publishing, licensing, app (management, choice their of field in a firm business music anew for materials, resource and strategies, projections, including plan, business aformal write students skills, Media 5. Utilizing and research development product/service Social and Marketing Business Music MUBUS-580 and 4, Licensing and Publishing Music MUBUS-430 4B, Industry Music MUBUS-441 4A, Industry Music MUBUS-440 2, Contracts and Law Business Music 1, MUBUS-220 Prerequisites: Personal Entrepreneurship MUBUS-550 2(2) ENTREPRENEURSHIP PERSONAL MUBUS-650 quarter. one for week per hours Two more. lecture and inventory, managing employees, hiring study daily business operations management skills such as and viable financially is business aproposed if determine to analysis out carry also Students ventures. business govern that regulations and laws local and state, federal, and with loans, maintainingobtaining compliance business structure, tax the up setting permits, DBAs, clearances, and securing licenses, financial/tax planning, trademark searches LLC, (proprietorship, type partnership, business corporation), the defining including abusiness, starting of aspects legal COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE

131 COURSES 132 COURSES DESCRIPTIONS COURSE ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISITWWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS practical, application-oriented course, students analyze and this In you. knows who important, most and know, you what know, you who contacts: personal of longevity and strength the by determined is industry music achanging in 1. Success Skills Business and MUBUS-190 Management Prerequisite: (Networking Strategies and Professionalism) (1.5) 2 SKILLS BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT MUBUS-290 effectively. time use and to focus how and delegating, organizing, vision, prioritizing, punctuality, reducing information overload, a creating goals, setting records, written maintaining include and productivity will be analyzed and implemented. Topics time new management, methods to efficiency increase In content. web and etiquette), email (with email letters, business in communication written effective clear, as well as image, aprofessional to establish tool business aproductive as words using cover Topics also words. new with vocabularies their expand and language specific industry use and identify will students communication, tight deadlines. In addition to creating business appropriate with tasks completing is as business music the in essential is communication written effective applying and Learning Management) Time and Writing (Business (1.5) 1 SKILLS BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT MUBUS-190 // MUSIC DEVELOPMENT BUSINESS PROFESSIONAL week for one quarter plus independent project completion. per hours advisement project group Four milestones. and tasks quantitative and qualitative featuring worksheets project of completion the through assessed and tracked is progress artist and Student analysis. post-event and observation developing the manager/artist relationship through concert technical requirements and logistical considerations), and appropriate agreements, venues, amending performance suggestions), booking and management (sourcing (set lists, band members, stage attire and performance development image and creative including performance, live their of aspects all on artists advising on is focus The pool. student MI the from drawn artists for assistance development businessstudents management provide offices, career personal functioning of manner the in and Advisors Project of guidance the Under 4. Skills Business and Management MUBUS-490 and 4, Media Social and Marketing Business Music MUBUS-480 Environment, Creative The For Skills Development: Artist MUBUS-470 Analysis, A&R Songs, Recordings2, and MUBUS-460 Production: Accounting and Finance 2,and MUBUS-350 Contracts Law Business Music Team, MUBUS-220 Artist’s The Industry 4B, MUBUS-170 Personal Management and Music MUBUS-441 4A, Industry Music MUBUS-440 3, Prerequisites: Music Publishing MUBUS-330 and Licensing (4) PRACTICUM &MANAGEMENT BOOKING MUBUS-670 project completion.

THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS (1.5) 3 SKILLS BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT MUBUS-390 quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One possible. level highest the at industry the to enter order in field achosen in people) and (companies players primary the identify and people right the meet and area, career chosen in areputation establish networking, through ventures business or opportunities job out to seek strategies career results. Building on the aforementioned, students develop and activity the on report and professionals, with up follow network, they where events business music and performance situations. Students select and attend appropriate music corporate in and events at professionally themselves comport to how study plus business, music the of strata all in contacts and presentation to skills important making personal ofpractice different types communication, social techniques, lecture hours per week for one quarter. one for week per hours lecture image manipulation, merchandise design, and more. Two include: typography, flyer design, design,album artwork class this in Topics covered campaigns. marketing music creating exciting and expressive designs that directly support materials vital to modern independent Emphasis is on artists. promotional flyers, CD artwork, tools,and othervisual original to design Photoshop Adobe to use learn Students 1(2) MEDIA VISUAL CC-307 one quarter. entrepreneurial enterprise. Two lecture hours per week for specific working situations suchas studio, corporation or in role aleadership assume will students project, class afinal As organizations. executive in membership holding and trends, setting curve, the of ahead staying by specialty of field your in leadership maintaining on be will focus delegating, becoming a better listener, and more. Additional traits, leadership workers, your rewarding employees, recruit to hire/ how leader, effective an to be how Topics include example for employees, and motivate them in the workplace. an set tactfully, and ethically associates business with qualities that enable music business professionals to deal leadership the developing for methods of Astudy 3. Skills and Business Management Prerequisite: MUBUS-390 (Leadership, Relations Business and Applied Methods) (2) 4 SKILLS BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT MUBUS-490 one quarter. for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One audiences. record label personnel, studio personnel, accountants, and situations and communicate agents, managers, with artists, how learn Plus, to diplomatically business handle difficult motivational and debating.inspirational speaking speaking, presentations, business making Topics include to acrowd. or people of to ahandful whether public, in to speak prepare course helps students overcome stage fright and helps them This clients. or artists employees, your motivate and inspire to order in concisely and clearly to speak able be must you lounge, employee the or boardroom the in Whether 2. Skills Prerequisite: MUBUS-290 Management and Business Relations) Professional Managing and Speaking (Public

lecture hours per week for one quarter. one for week per hours lecture and strategies, video editing and basics, social Two media. creation of a content-rich website, online marketing tools online. Topics include: building a strong online presence, music to promote needed skills technical the on focuses course This fans. to music directly themselves promote opened up for an enormous musicians opportunity to Prerequisite: CC-307 Visual Media 1. The Internet has 2 MEDIA VISUAL CC-407 Prerequisites: Music Publishing and MUBUS-430 LISTENING)(2) 1(CRITICAL MEDIA VISUAL FOR MUSIC PRODUCTION MUBUS-560 quarter. one for week per hours lab two and hour lecture One network. support musical effective an developing and musicians, choosing co-writers, with working as well as songadvice on selection, performance, melody, and lyrics effective provide and needs artist’s the to assess how coach independent on artists song development, studying they as skills apply Students song.” a“hit becoming song” to a“good led that choices identifying versions, released demos by prominent popular with artists the commercially- explored. Analysis and comparison of song preliminary be will arecording in them identifying and composition terminology. Production elements for enhancing a musical and skills analysis musical of development Continued Prerequisite: Song Structure MUBUS-360 and Content. (2) RECORDING & SONGS, PRODUCTIONMUBUS-460 per week for one quarter. hours Two lecture producers. and engineers, arrangers, performers, with level amusical on communicating for Through role-playing, students develop techniques children’s, religious, world/ethnic, and folk/Americana. Latin, blues, jazz, R&B/soul, rap/hip-hop, country, rock, pop, including genres various in styles songwriting of structures, and Includes analysis accompaniment styles. lyric and melodic development, hook recognition, chord including to songwriting, elements those of application the and songs successful of structure the of analysis harmony,construction, and rhythm, form; intervals, scales, and patterns lyric melody, including structure, song Professionals. A study of the basic elements of popular Prerequisite: MUBUS-260 Musicianship For Business CONTENT AND STRUCTURE SONG MUBUS-360 quarter. one for week per Two hours lab creation. chart of basics the and form, song harmony, numeral Roman qualities, chord minor vs. major between to differentiate able be musicians in the studio. Upon completion, students will that are discussed between producers, engineers, and theory and harmony of basics the including staff, the on notation rhythmic to basic introduced be will Students (1)PROFESSIONALS FOR BUSINESS MUSICIANSHIP MUBUS-260 MUSIC //SUPPORTIVE MUSIC BUSINESS (2) (2) ELECTIVES // MUSIC BUSINESS ELECTIVES lecture hour per week for one quarter. one for week per hour lecture tour. One aten-day plan students culmination, the As press. and concessions, sales, of most the to make how plus dates, itinerary, creating a budget and checklist, establishing anchor the planning including tours, to plan how learn Students (1) MUSICIAN TOURING THE MUBUS-212E per week for one quarter. and websitereleases, content. One lecture/workshop hour communication, including business email, letters, press students to communicate clearly and efficiently inwritten tool to establish a professional image. This course prepares business aproductive as words to use how learn Students MUBUS-115E WRITING (1) BUSINESS week for one quarter. per hour lecture One artists. touring and agents, booking speakers (as available) include club owners, promoters, Guest tours. own your together putting and paid, getting contracts, appearance personal venue, the out play, checking to where include: Subjects tours. and shows live to book bands and artists for ways efficient most the learn Students (1) GIGS MUBUS-114E GETTING only: courses following the among choosing by requirements students Business Music must complete their elective for one quarter. week per hours Two lecture selections. of attributes musical the explaining and analyzing and material of availability the researching including song, theme TV as a and trailer film a acommercial, in use for material song existing (“place”) institutions. Students are required to source and select formats, ads/commercials, corporate events, and religious show TV various films, feature films, short for composing custom of process the include discussion Topics of and soundtrack elements. compositions sound effects, accompanying the interpreting and cues ad and TV film, and requirements of production music libraries by screening inProfessionals the field explainand demonstrate the role supervisor. music the and composer the both of perspectives relationship between music and visual media from the the of study Continued Listening). 1(Critical Media Prerequisite: Production Music For Visual MUBUS-560 (2) LISTENING) 2 (CRITICAL MEDIA VISUAL FOR MUSIC PRODUCTION MUBUS-660 one quarter. for week per hours Two lecture composer. to the aspects desired the communicating and film, the in markers significant to factors other and dynamics tone, melodic content, lyric of perspective of a music supervisor, assigning specificaspects the from film ashort to review assigned are Students custom composition or song placement for film or television. a within motifs and dynamics instrumentation, timbre, and interpretingincluding of identifying tone, aspects of the composer/songwriter and the music supervisor, perspectives the from analysis to musical Introduction Content. and Structure Song MUBUS-360 and 4, Licensing COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE

133 COURSES 134 COURSES DESCRIPTIONS COURSE ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISITWWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS it more possible than ever for artists to leverage their own own their to leverage artists for ever than possible more it make technologies new when atime at Furthermore, attack. creation of a fully customized, low-budget marketing plan of the on focuses and venture business professional to any applicable concepts marketing basic reveals course This (2) MARKETING ARTIST INDEPENDENT MUBUS-307 quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture radio. Internet and radio, satellite shows, specialty shows, mix program directors, and formats, different broadcast including from college and commercial radio, approaching music and airplay radio securing for techniques Topics include: music. independent to promote radio to use how learn Students (2) STRATEGIES BROADCAST MUBUS-306 one quarter. under instructor Two supervision. lecture hours per week for publicity and marketing, promotion, of aspects all out carry Students venue. alocal at showcase industry alive promote and produce organize, plan, then and artists independent In this hands-on students course, select Los Angeles-area PROMOTIONS SHOWCASE MUBUS-305 (2) quarter. one for week per hour lecture One outreach. and promotion, marketing, for fans of energy the harness and listeners, of network areliable build attention, attract base, afan to build tools networking social to use learn Students (1) MANAGEMENT AND FAN SOCIAL NETWORKING MUBUS-304 quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture distributor. budgets, selecting producers and studios, and choosing a recording setting artists, signing and finding genre, label’s the defining include: Topics discussed perspective. creative the from alabel to start needed is what details course This (2) LABEL RECORD YOUR OWN START MUBUS-303 quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture breach-of-contract and between artist record case company. a of trial amock conduct Students provisions. contract appropriate or negotiation through minimized or avoided been have could they how determining at aimed discussions and lectures by followed industry the in disputes historical of doctrines and fundamentals. Includes and research analysis provides practical application of music industry-related legal course This 2. Law Music MUBUS-201 Prerequisites: 3(2) LAW MUSIC MUBUS-301 ENTREPRENEUR BUSINESS // MUSIC AREA MAJOR MUSIC BUSINESS // ENTREPRENEUR the Chair completing after their first quarter. by approved electives Course Common of selection limited a from choose also may students Associate Business Music quarter. one for week per hour lecture One careers. own students’ and industry the impacts news the how on and newspapers, and general Discussions center media. websites trade Billboard, in reported as news business music latest the of all discuss and review instructor and Students (1) TRENDS INDUSTRY AND NEWS MUBUS-214E THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS hours per week for one quarter. one for week per hours Two more. lecture and accounting, business basic inventory, taking employees, hiring as such operations business daily managing include: Topics also grants. and loans business obtaining and structure, tax the up setting licenses, DBAs, and clearances, including searches trademark abusiness, starting of aspects legal the learn Students (2)BUSINESS AMUSIC OPERATING AND OWNING MUBUS-308 quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture hours. work in-class three during feedback useful receive and resource, course the in included templates handy utilizing plan marketing acomplete create Students licensing. and video promotion,press, advertising and sales sponsorships, Internet, the shows, live utilizing effectively as well as radio, to access gaining audience, target the identifying format, and position, brand, image, an defining including objective, their to achieve strategies marketing of mix integrated an create vision, students conduct set research, short-term goals, and independent marketing advice. After identifying a business practical, for need agreater been never has there careers, hours per week for one quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture business. music-related own her or his for plan complete a presents student each project, afinal As more. structure, financial projections,estimating start-upcosts, and market and industry analysis, management and organizational and growingplan for Topics your starting business. include: aprofessional write and to develop how learn Students (2) PLAN BUSINESS MUBUS-317E PREPARING YOUR PROFESSIONAL for one quarter. week per hour lecture One people. motivate and behavior, employee identify employees, reward workers, best the hire to How follow? others and lead some do Why aleader? of discussionsworkplace. Class include: What are the qualities the in them motivate and employees for example an set qualities that enable music business professionals to leadership the developing for methods learn Students (1) LEADERSHIP MUBUS-316E for one quarter. presenting One proposals. lecture successful hour per week students learn strategies for approaching companies and course, this In career. artist’s an advance can that resources Sponsorships and endorsements provide a variety of ENDORSEMENTS (1) MUBUS-314E AND SPONSORSHIPS only: courses following the among choosing by requirements elective Entrepreneur Business Music students must complete their // MUSIC BUSINESS ENTREPRENEUR ELECTIVES

techniques are mastered through extensive exercises. (use picking independence, of plectrum) and muting. All playing, including posture, correct hand positioning, finger bass finger-style for techniques covers course This 011 (1) TECHNIQUE BASS BASS-011 quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture/ensemble 220 topics. Reading 210 Technique Bass and Bass with coordinates time feel, including odd-meter concepts. This class developing and skills reading chart- strengthening form, song typical in variations handling on placed also is Emphasis concepts, such as odd meters and metric modulation. performance emphasizing applied techniques and advanced Prerequisites: BASS-230 230. Performance Bass Ensemble (2) 230 PERFORMANCE BASS BASS-230 quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture/ensemble topics. 110 120 Technique Reading Bass with Bass and coordinates class This group. the within role aleadership taking and skills, chart-reading improving form, song typical in variations and applied techniques. is Emphasis placed on handling performance emphasizing stylistic rhythm section textures Prerequisites: 023. Performance BASS-023 Bass Ensemble 130 (2) PERFORMANCE BASS BASS-130 per week for one quarter. hours Two lecture/ensemble 022 topics. Reading Bass and 021 Technique Bass with coordinates class This feel. and tone appropriate in dialing cues, following and giving include: will This techniques. performing practical of development further as well as reading chart intermediate-level Continuation of ensemble experience, performing including Prerequisites: BASS-013 013. Performance Bass (2) 023 PERFORMANCE BASS BASS-023 week for one quarter. per hours 012 Two Reading lecture/ensemble topics. Bass 011 Technique Bass with and coordinates class This tone. and setup, & instrument reading, chart basic form, song Concentration is placed on listening, awareness dynamics, of performance. live weekly through styles popular of variety Students develop fundamental technical approaches to a 013 (2) PERFORMANCE BASS BASS-013 quarter. One ensemble hour per week per quarter. per performances ten of requirement Minimum offerings). workshop of overview for Workshops Playing Live on section (see settings and styles of avariety in perform Students (1) 013-403 CC-013B-CC403B LIVE PERFORMANCE WORKSHOPS style. and musicianship technique, developing in student the guides instructor An goals. curriculum core supports that lesson instrument individual A weekly PRIVATE (2)BASS-PL LESSON // BASS AREA MAJOR BASS register but with concentrated focus on the middle register register middle the on focus concentrated with but register lower the revisiting student the has playing Position detail. in presented also are styles different in rhythms and melodies notation transcriptions and Interpreting chord charts. preps the student to read longer forms through clef bass course this reading, key specified and position continued to addition In 022. Reading Bass BASS-022 Prerequisites: 120 (2) READING BASS BASS-120 quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One 023 topics. Performance 021 Bass Technique and Bass with coordinates class This neck. the of register middle and lower the on focusing student the has playing position Continued reading. chart basic trio) and or (duets ensembles in reading symbols, chord markings, dynamic ties, notes, (2/4 &3/4), studies dotted signature time subdivisions, triplet including reading, music of elements advanced more to bassist the introduces 012. course Reading This Bass of Prerequisites: BASS-012 Reading Bass 012. A continuation (2) 022 READING BASS BASS-022 quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture 013 One topics. Performance Bass and 011 Technique Bass with coordinates class This settings. ensemble and solo in perform Students forms. scale and strings four all on playing (2/4 &3/4)studies position and subdivisions, pitch identification, introduced to time signature rhythmic including clef, bass in reading music of elements basic to the reader novice the introduces course This 012 (2) READING BASS BASS-012 quarter. one for week per hours lab two and variations,scale modes and improvisation. One lecture hour minor examining continue will harmony Fretboard to soloing. approaches and techniques hand striking additional grooves, continuation of Technique Bass 110 with concentration on BASS-110 110. Technique Prerequisites: Bass A 210 (1) TECHNIQUE BASS BASS-210 per week for one quarter. hours lab two and hour lecture One chords. extended and variations, scale minor harmony, blues pentatonics, including scales, and chords cover will harmony Fretboard swung. and straight grooves, sixteenth-note and eighth-note including feels, and grooves rhythms, to standard approaches versatile on aconcentration with techniques, of study Prerequisites: BASS-021 Technique Bass 021. Continued 110 (1) TECHNIQUE BASS-110 BASS quarter. one for week per hours lab two and hour lecture One scale. minor the of introduction the and sequencing continues with melodic development exercises, scale variations and embellishment. Fretboard harmony study thumb/pluck technique, muting, rhythmic articulation, including playing, bass style slap- for techniques covers 011. Technique BASS-011 Bass course Prerequisites: This (1) 021 TECHNIQUE BASS BASS-021 for one quarter. week per hours lab two and hour lecture One intervals. and triads scales, major through introduced is harmony Fretboard COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE

135 COURSES 136 COURSES DESCRIPTIONS COURSE ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISITWWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS week for one quarter. basslines will also be discussed. One lecture/lab hour per in great detail. Popular songs featuring prominent keyboard synthesizer and basic keyboard techniques will be discussed a of controls and layout The perspective. player’s abass from – playing bass to keyboard introduction an is course This (1) BASS SYNTH BASS-370 week for one quarter. per hour lecture One work. their master and mix edit, create, completion,Upon successful students should be able to automation, and mastering using Reason’s Channel Strip. mastering tool. Topics include: effects, compression, EQ, and amixing as Reason using on focuses course this of level AUDIO-156 second DAW The 1:Prerequisites: Reason. (1) REASON DAW 2: AUDIO-156 quarter. one for week per hour lecture One loops. with working and time stretching, drum programming, effects, instruments, virtual MIDI, and audio with working include: covered Topics recordings. instrument-based of creation the for tool essential an as technology audio to digital introduction An (1) DAW 1: REASON AUDIO-056 quarter. one for week per hour ensemble One groove. the solidifying and parts drum and bass of intertwining to the given is attention Particular groove. the on has it that effect the and instruments two the between dependency musical the at look in-depth an takes that bassists for workshop Performance 013. Performance 012, Technique Bass BASS-013 and Bass 011, Technique BASS-011 Bass Prerequisite: BASS-012 BASS-025 quarter. one for week per hour lecture One genres. and environments working different multiple in bassist aprofessional of required techniques and tones the facilitate to best interact components these how and elements that make up a contemporary bassists signal chain many introduces course this addition, In cables. and amps bass of performance and longevity the to assure concepts basic as well as repairs, wiring minor action, intonation, setting adjustment, rod truss as such maintenance, and setup bass of techniques critical covers course This &MASTERY MAINTENANCE GEAR BASS BASS-014 quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One topics. 230 Performance 210 Technique Bass and Bass with coordinates class This transcribing. and sheets lead reading, clef notation, compound meter, metric chart modulation, jazz introduce odd- meter concepts and exercise reading of treble with sight-reading concepts and exercises. This course will Continuing neck. the of register upper the in key(s) reading specific and position with continues 220 curriculum Reading 120. Bass BASS-120 The Reading Bass Prerequisites: (2) 220 READING BASS BASS-220 per week for one quarter. hour lab one and hour lecture One 130 topics. Performance 110 Technique Bass with Bass and coordinates class This introduced. be will concepts Sight-reading neck. the of (1) CONCEPTS &DRUM BASS THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS (1) for one quarter. One privateperformance. recording hour session per week final her or his of video HD an receives student Each covered. also are placement microphone and settings amp tones, bass Detailed soloing. and performance odd-meter as techniques and experiences, including advanced styles such 1: learning by Bass Recording Project of continuation A 1: Bass. Recording Project BASS-360 Prerequisites: (2) BASS 2: RECORDING PROJECT BASS-460 for one quarter. One privateperformances. recording hour session per week final her or his of video HD an receives student Each detail. in presented also are development sound and etiquette Studio tracks. backing and loops with performing as well as overdubbing, punching in, tracks, with backing performing charts, sight-reading parts, bass developing Topics include: studio. a24-track in bass tracking of scenario world” “real the to mimic designed is course This 230. Performance Bass 210, Technique Bass 220, Reading Bass Prerequisites: (2) 1: BASS RECORDING PROJECT BASS-360 one quarter. for week per hour lecture/lab One objectives. and content course determine will instructor the credit, for repeated When discussed. be will bow the and fingers of Use bass. upright to the transition the making player bass electric the for resource acomprehensive to be designed is curriculum Continuation on of the performance upright The bass. Prerequisites: Upright BASS-350 Workshop Bass 1: 2(1) WORKSHOP BASS UPRIGHT BASS-450 quarter. one for week per hour lecture/lab One objectives. and content course determine will instructor the credit, for repeated When discussed. be will bow the and fingers of Use bass. upright to the transition the making player bass electric the for resource acomprehensive to be designed is curriculum The bass. upright the of performance and Study 1(1) WORKSHOP BASS UPRIGHT BASS-350 important areas and aspects of the entertainment industry. industry. entertainment the of aspects and areas important most the covering 1, further Business Entertainment Applied of acontinuation is 1. course This Business Prerequisites: Applied Entertainment MUSBUS-0360 (1.5) 2 BUSINESS ENTERTAINMENT APPLIED MUBUS-0460 quarter. one for week per hour lecture One more. and unions employmentand solo agreements, work-for-hire, artists, partnerships band publishing, music and etc.), copyrights agent, attorney, (manager, team artist’s the structure, industry of overview an include 1, topics Business Entertainment Applied In era. digital the in acareer sustaining for knowledge essential today, and exists it as industry, entertainment the of understanding an with students provide to designed sequence, course two-quarter in a first The 1(1.5) BUSINESS ENTERTAINMENT APPLIED MUBUS-0360 DEVELOPMENT PROFESSIONAL

// BASS Two lecture hours per week for one quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture hours. work in-class three during feedback useful receive and resource, course the in included templates handy utilizing plan marketing acomplete create Students licensing. and video promotion,press, advertising and sales sponsorships, Internet, the shows, live utilizing effectively as well as radio, to access gaining audience, target the identifying format, and position, brand, image, an defining including objective, their to achieve strategies marketing of mix integrated an create vision, students conduct set research, short-term goals, and independent marketing advice. After identifying a business practical, for need agreater been never has there careers, own their to leverage artists for ever than possible more it make technologies new when atime at Furthermore, attack. creation of a fully customized, low-budget marketing plan of the on focuses and venture business professional to any applicable concepts marketing basic reveals course This (2) MARKETING ARTIST INDEPENDENT MUBUS-0307 quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture tools and strategies, video editing and basics, social media. creation of a content-rich website, artist online marketing online. Topics include: building a strong online presence, music to promote needed skills technical the on focuses course This fans. to music directly themselves promote opened up for an enormous musicians opportunity to Prerequisites: CC-307 Visual Media 1. The Internet has 2(2) MEDIA VISUAL CC-407 quarter. one for week per hours lecture image manipulation, merchandise design, and more. Two include:class typography, flyer design, design,album artwork this in Topics covered campaigns. marketing music support on creating exciting and expressive designs that directly materials vital to Emphasis modern is Independent Artists. promotional flyers, original CD artwork, tools,and othervisual to design Photoshop Adobe to use how learn Students 1(2) MEDIA VISUAL CC-307 quarter. one for week per hours lecture Two industry. the in to work aspiring those as well as artists to independent apply Skills headlines. eye-catching and releases, news releases, press bios, artist to write how and campaigns, media implement and to create how relations, public and publicity between difference the learn Students (2) RELATIONS MEDIA MUBUS-0202 quarter. one for week per hour lecture One success. to career apath creating in students to support covered also is setting goal S.M.A.R.T. more. and thedeals, market, DIY distribution, touring, merchandising, of types indie), and (major labels record Topics include: subdividing Topics basics. covered include: notation basics and notation rhythmic understanding on solely focus will students a solid foundation in reading Students rhythms. Program Performance to give designed is course This 1(1) WORKOUT READING RHYTHM CC-015 MUSICIANSHIP // BASS a continuation of Ear Training 012, through the further 012, further Training the Ear of through a continuation is CC-12 012. Training course Ear This Prerequisites: (1.5) 022 TRAINING EAR CC-022 quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One studied. also are rhythm harmony, and harmonic intervals, chromaticism, triads, diatonic pitches, and major melodies, melodic scale Melodic intervals. throughaccomplished the technique of matching specific is This music. popular within used be can which techniques, training to ear introduction an is course This 012 (1.5) TRAINING EAR CC-012 quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One scales. symmetrical and altered modulation, chromatic modulations, Roman numeral analysis, interchange, dominants, diatonic secondary substitution and modal melody, and key harmony minor include: Highlights presents non-diatonic melodic and harmonic concepts. 101. CC-101 course &Theory This Harmony Prerequisites: CC-201 HARMONY & THEORY 201 (1.5) for one quarter. Oneprogressions. lecture hour and one lab hour per week chord symbols and and modes, voice leading and chord inverted,scales, extended and non-standard chord types, blues and pentatonic include: 021. Highlights & Theory presents variations on diatonic structures from Harmony 021. course This &Theory Harmony CC-021 Prerequisites: 101 (1.5) &THEORY CC-101 HARMONY quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One chords, triad analysis, chord and progressions, key centers. seventh diatonic inversions, chord scales, minor harmonized key signatures, minor (and variations), scales minor natural signatures, time values, rhythmic structures, diatonic notation, musical of study further the through accomplished 011. &Theory is Harmony of This acontinuation is course 011. &Theory CC-011 Harmony This Prerequisites: (1.5) 021 &THEORY HARMONY CC-021 quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One harmonies. scale major and triads, intervals, signatures, key scales, (for major pitch), notation music of application the through accomplished is This music. popular within used theory and harmony to the introduction an is course This 011 &THEORY (1.5) HARMONY CC-011 quarter. one for week per hour lecture/lab One meters. mixed and 3/4, 6/8) (cut time, signatures time advanced notes, sixteenth and eighth swung notes, tied notes, dotted include: covered Topics concepts. rhythm intermediate of understanding an isclass designed to give Program students Performance 1. Workout This Reading Rhythm CC-015 Prerequisites: 2(1) WORKOUT READING RHYTHM CC-025 week for one quarter. per hour lecture/lab One syncopation. and triplets counting, relationships, value note values), note to sixteenth note whole from (ranging rests and notes signatures) time lines, (bar COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE

137 COURSES 138 COURSES DESCRIPTIONS COURSE ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISITWWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS for one quarter. week per hours to ARTST-212E. Twoequivalent lecture/lab is course This discussion. and critique Includes instructor. the by provided genres and topics on based material original application of fundamental concepts to the creation of including skills, songwriting contemporary of development Prerequisites: Songwriting 1. CC-306 Continued 2(1.5) SONGWRITING CC-406 one quarter. to ARTST-112. for week equivalent per hours Two lecture/lab is course This qualities. emotional subjective and elements, song structure, tempo, melody, lyrics, harmony, rhythmic Fundamentals of contemporary music creation, including 1(1.5) SONGWRITING CC-306 one quarter. for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One scales. and this in course, addition to study further of chord progressions of focus main the as serves performance repertoire Classical keyboard and musical comprehension. performance Pop and successful for required skills technical the develops further Prerequisites: CC-108 Keyboard Proficiency 1.This course 2(1) PROFICIENCY KEYBOARD CC-208 quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One tool. compositional and instrument aperforming as both keyboard the using for required skills motor necessary the thisprogressions, course will enable students to develop physical posture, finger technique, diatonicscales & chord of study the Through technique. keyboard contemporary to introduction an as serves 1 Proficiency Keyboard 1(1) PROFICIENCY KEYBOARD CC-108 quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One harmony. diatonic minor and major chord seventh and harmony, and rhythmic standard phrases, variations in minor-key melody focuses on the recognition and transcription of sixteenth-note 102 Training that Ear of continuation based application- an is course 102. Training This Ear CC-202 Prerequisites: (1.5) 202 TRAINING EAR CC-202 for one quarter. week per hour lab one and hour lecture One chords. seventh chord chord progressions, progressions in Roman numerals, chord progressions utilizing inversions, diatonic minor key variations, its and scale minor natural scales, blues rhythms, simple major andscales, minor pentatonic triplet melodies, focuses on the recognition and transcription of pentatonic 022 that Training Ear of continuation based application- an is course This 022. Training Ear CC-022 Prerequisites: 102 (1.5) TRAINING CC-102 EAR for one quarter. Oneprogressions. lecture hour and one lab hour per week harmonic intervals, triad qualities, and diatonic major chord and melodic rhythm, and melody transcribing singing, sight- phrases, eighth-note rhythm, and meter of study THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS context of Beatles repertoire through transcription, analysis, the in McCartney Paul of basslines the explores course This (1) BASSLINES BEATLES BASS-070E quarter. one for week per hour lecture One quarter. the of end the at concepts these on tested be will and music meter odd of mastery provide will that concepts to introduced be will Students solos. and lines bass create and rhythms meter odd to understand players bass for This curriculum is designed to be a comprehensive resource (1) BASSLINES METER ODD BASS-069E week for one quarter. per hour lecture One discussion. and critique by followed are Performances grooves. funk and swing, shuffle, soloing, licks, funk and ad-lib phrasing, rhythm, syncopation, slap strength, thumb to develop used are styles musical of variety a in grooves and exercises Songs, groove. and technique This hands-on workshop is designed to enhance slap 101 (1) BASS SLAP BASS-068E quarter. one for week per hour lecture One performances. class during tunes Latin to standard rhythms apply Students Bahia. and alto, partido samba, nova, bossa including music, Brazilian of styles different explores course This (1) BASS BRAZLIAN BASS-062E one quarter. for week per hour lecture One performances. class during merengue. Students apply rhythms to standard Latin tunes including bolero, cha- mambo, cha, songo, naningo, and music, Afro-Cuban of styles different explores course This (1) BASS AFRO-CUBAN BASS-060E quarter. one for week per hour lecture One drummers. with class in grooves and lines bass the perform will 1960-1973. Sections Students Rhythm Brown James Great The Funkmasters: The book the from transcriptions detailed workshop for andPerformance utilizing drummers bassists (1) SECTION RHYTHM BROWN JAMES BASS-052E per week for one quarter. hours Two groove. workshop the solidifying and parts drum and bass of intertwining to the given is attention Particular groove. the on has it that effect the and instruments two the between dependency musical the at look in-depth an takes workshop for andPerformance that drummers bassists (1) WORKSHOPS DRUM AND BASS BASS-051E per week for one quarter. hour lecture-ensemble One settings. music popular in vocals lead and background play and to sing ability the in trained be will Students situations. working in instruments their play and to sing able to be skills needed the with players bass provide will 012. course Reading This Bass BASS-012 Prerequisites: (1) &VOCALS BASS BASS-048E MAJORS ONLYAVAILABLE BASS TO BASS-SPECIFIC ELECTIVES such contemporary metal bands as Cynic, Lamb of God, and and God, of Lamb Cynic, as bands metal contemporary such from examples written and transcriptions extensive Includes picking. tapping andincluding three-finger two-handed techniques, bass metal specific on concentrates course This (1) BASSLINES METAL CONTEMPORARY BASS-072E quarter. one for week per hour lecture One examples. written and transcriptions extensive through basslines. Specific techniques and styles are studied metal heavy of evolution and history the of examination An (1) BASSLINES METAL CLASSIC BASS-071E quarter. one for week per hour lecture One styles. and players, songs, influential other Tower and Power of &Fire, Wind Earth, Motown, Stax, including transcriptions, detailed of use extensive the through styles funk and R&B to classic bassists to expose designed is course This (1) BASS R&B/FUNK BASS-067E quarter. one for week per hour lecture One fills. and basslines, improvised patterns, bass blues standard as well as scales, pentatonic minor and major of straight and swing eighth-note interpretation, and application blues, minor form, 8-bar and include: 12-bar topics Specific rhythmic interpretation and pentatonic construction. scale This course focuses on standard blues progressions, (1) BASS BLUES BASS-061E quarter. one for week per hour lecture One Mehldau. Brad and Evans Bill through Armstrong Louis of time the from basslines, of evolution the particular in section, rhythm jazz the of evolution the traces course listening/lecture This I(1) BASS JAZZ CENTURY 20TH BASS-050E options. for offerings course see programs; other by offered electives entry-level or electives, choosing fromCourseCommon electives, program-specific by requirements credit elective their fulfill may students Bass ELECTIVES // BASS for one quarter. May be repeated for credit. for repeated be May quarter. one for week per hour performance One students. individual the of needs and experience of level the reflect will pacing course and the bow will be discussed and practiced. Curriculum and fingers of Use players. upright advanced more for instruction continued as well as bass upright to the transition the comprehensive resource for the electric player bass making a to be designed is course This workshop. enrollment Alimited bass. upright the of performance and Study (1) WORKSHOP BASS BASS-171E UPRIGHT quarter. one for week per hour lecture One well. as genre sub- and player each for notes performance of set thorough a contains also it but transcriptions; detailed of aset include course this does only Not techniques. performance bass electric their and Claypool, Les and Flea including players of study acomprehensive to be designed is course This 1(1) PLAYERS BASS: ROCK MODERN BASS-078E quarter. one for week per hour lecture One performance. and and forms. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. one for week per hour lecture One forms. and lines through walking bass connect various chord changes and construct bassist the to help designed is course This (1) BASSLINES WALKING BASS-077E quarter. one for week per hour lecture One Hamm. Stuart and Sheehan Billy as such artists passing notes used to create basslines and solos over over solos and basslines to create used notes passing explores an in-depth analysis of diatonic and chromatic 021. Technique course This Bass BASS-021 Prerequisites: BASS-152E IMPROVISATION CONTEMPORARY (1) one quarter. for week per hour lecture One order). any in taken be may BASS-165E and 065E (BASS style bass Motown in studies Prerequisites: BASS-022 Reading Bass 022. Additional 2(1) BASS MOTOWN BASS-165E quarter. one for week per hour lecture One tracks. along play- with class in examples perform Students Motown. of Shadows the in Standing book the from taken transcriptions using Jamerson James bassist legendary of work the Prerequisites: BASS-022 Reading 022. Students study 1(1) BASS MOTOWN BASS-065E quarter. one for week per hour lecture One others. and Metheny, Pat Mitchell, Joni Report, Weather with work his as well as compositions original his in-depth analysis of Jaco’s work will include examples from The music. contemporary of history the in guitarists bass influential most the of one from basslines and recordings theoretical, technical and harmonic aspects of classic structural, the on focuses 021. Technique course This Bass BASS-021 022, Reading Bass BASS-022 Prerequisites: (1) BASSLINES PASTORIUS JACO BASS-073E quarter. one for week per hour lecture One order). any in BASS-154E taken and be may (BASS-O54E performance Technique 2. Additional studies in advanced rhythm section Bass BASS-021 2, Reading BASS-022 Prerequisites: 2(1) RSW BASS ADVANCED BASS-154E week for one quarter. per hour lecture One groove. the on aconcentration with setting, agroup in instrument the of possibilities technical workshop uses original compositions to explore the intricate this bassist, 021. Technique advanced 021 the For Bass BASS- 022, Reading Bass BASS-022 Prerequisites: (1) RSW1 BASS ADVANCED BASS-054E quarter. one for week per hour lecture One Prestia. “Rocco” Francis Tower bassist Power of of lines bass great the of grooves and technique, style, the learn and analyze, study, 021. will Technique Students Bass BASS-021 022, Reading Bass BASS-022 Prerequisites: (1) BASSLINES POWER OF TOWER BASS-045E prerequisite named in your elective of interest. each for description course to the refer details, full For Note: ADVANCED ELECTIVES COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE

139 COURSES 140 COURSES DESCRIPTIONS COURSE ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISITWWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS course covers ensemble performance emphasizing stylistic Prerequisites: 023. Drum Performance This DRUM-023 130 (2) PERFORMANCE DRUM DRUM-130 week for one quarter. per hours Two 022. lecture/ensemble Reading Drum and 021 Technique Drum within topics with coordinates course This feel. and sound set drum cues, following and giving as such techniques, performing practical of development further as well as reading chart intermediate-level including Continuation of ensemble experience, performing Prerequisites: DRUM-013 013. Drum Performance (2) 023 PERFORMANCE DRUM DRUM-023 lecture/ensemble hours per week for one quarter. 011 012. Technique Reading Drum Two Drum within and topics with coordinates class This presented. are sound set drum and setup, instrument reading, chart basic form, song dynamics, listening, as: such drummer aprofessional for needed skills essential on Lessons styles. popular of variety to a approaches technical fundamental covers course This 013 (2) PERFORMANCE DRUM DRUM-013 units required (one per quarter). credit Six quarter. per week per hour ensemble One quarter. per performances ten of requirement Minimum offerings). workshop of overview for Workshops Playing Live on section (see settings and styles of avariety in perform Students (1) 013-403 LIVE WORKSHOPS PERFORMANCE CC-013D-CC403D quarter). (two per required units Twelve credit style. and musicianship technique, developing in student the guides instructor An goals. curriculum core supports that lesson instrument individual A weekly (2) 1-6 PRIVATE LESSON DRUM-PL // DRUM AREA MAJOR DRUM per week for one quarter. transcriptions, performance, and analysis. One lecture hour the Led Zeppelin repertoire, including extensive and detailed of context the in Jones Paul John of lines bass the explores course This 022. Reading Bass BASS-022 Prerequisites: (1) BASSLINES BASS-174E ZEPPELIN LED Oneprogressions. lecture hour per week for one quarter. chord of types various through smoothly play and types chord standard eight for choices scale to analyze how learn Prerequisites: BASS-021 Technique Bass 021. Students BASS-153E MODAL IMPROVISATION (1) quarter. one for week per hour lecture One bass. electric 6-string and to 5-, 4-, applications over diatonic and non-diatonic chord progressions with concepts these utilizing solos and basslines linear create standard chord Students progressions. will learn to THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS skills. This course coordinates with Drum Technique 011 Technique Drum with and coordinates course This skills. sight-reading and subdividing, values, rest and note basic basics, notation learn Students reading. set drum and line single- of fundamentals introductory presents course This 012 (2) READING DRUM DRUM-012 lecture/ensemble hours per week for one quarter. Two 220 topics. Reading Drum and 230 Performance Drum with coordinates course This development. creative and application set drum rudimental including set, drum to the presents advanced hand technique concepts as applied DRUM-110 110. Technique Drum Prerequisites: course This 210 (2) TECHNIQUE DRUM DRUM-210 week for one quarter. per hours ensemble Two 120 lecture/ Reading topics. Drum 130 and Performance Drum with coordinates course This included. subtleties the and control stick of understanding and ability their develop to further need drummers andadvancement, limb Intermediate independence. rudimental including set, drum to the applied as concepts presents intermediate to advanced hand technique course This 2. Technique Drum DRUM-021 Prerequisites: DRUM-110 DRUM TECHNIQUE 110 (2) for one quarter. week per hours ensemble Two lecture/ 022 topics. Reading Drum 023 and Performance Drum with coordinates course This building. technique through developed is functionality and Creativity vocabulary. adeep to develop order in drummers all for essential is set drum to the pad practice the from rudiments essential of transition The set. drum the to applied as technique hand intermediate presents course Prerequisites: DRUM-011 Drum Technique 011. This (2) 021 TECHNIQUE DRUM DRUM-021 quarter. one for week per hours 012 Two013 Reading lecture/ensemble topics. Drum and Performance Drum with coordinates course This drummers. all for areas developmental essential are rudiments and posture strokes, grips, (and relevant) player. Essential set drum the for technique hand introductory covers course This 011 (2) TECHNIQUE DRUM DRUM-011 quarter. one for week per hours ensemble Two lecture/ 220 topics. 210 Reading Technique Drum Drum and with coordinates course This feel. time developing and modulations metric skills, reading chart meter odd improving form, song typical in modulation. Emphasis is also placed on handling variations metric and meters odd as such concepts, advanced and emphasizing applied techniquesEnsemble performance Prerequisites: DRUM-130 130. Drum Performance (2) 230 PERFORMANCE DRUM DRUM-230 per week for one quarter. hours Two 120 lecture/ensemble Reading topics. Drum and 110 Technique Drum with coordinates course This group. the within role aleadership taking and skills, chart-reading placed on handling variations in song typical form, advanced is Emphasis techniques. applied and textures section rhythm performance and practiceperformance In settings. addition, the student with usingcomfortable electronic percussion for both be will student the course, the of completion successful Upon assignments. weekly with explored and class during covered be will triggering and looping sampling, as such withperforming electronic percussion instruments. Concepts and programming of understanding abasic developing on focuses course 2). AUDIO-156/156Eor This (Reason 152/152E 2), AUDIO-157/157E or (Logic (ProTools 110), Prerequisite: completion Successful of either AUDIO- DRUM-240 one quarter. for week per hour lecture/lab One situations. all for choices tuning and drumhead drum, proper the to make how include topics Specific sounds. modern on emphasis an with music appropriate drum sounds from multiple of eras recorded create and to tune learn students where workshops design and options. Additionally, this in-depth course offers sound mounting, repair, restoration, storage and gear selection inspection,specifications, maintenance, repair,cleaning, on seminal drum including equipment care, equipment lessons hands-on presenting course introductory an is This DRUM-014 per week for one quarter. hour ensemble lecture/ One styles. jazz and rock within class in drillssound. Coordination are introduced and performed and independence, feel, time, improve which set, drum to the rhythms fundamental to apply drummers helps course This 1(1) YOUR GROOVE DEVELOPING DRUM-015 quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One topics. 230 210 Performance Technique Drum Drum and with coordinates course This presented. be also will time cut and modulations metric as such concepts Advanced fills. set orchestration, sight-reading, and ensemble figureset-up professional- level drummers: lead sheet interpretation, drum presents the advanced reading concepts needed by 120. course This Reading DRUM-120 Drum Prerequisites: (2) 220 READING DRUM DRUM-220 quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One topics. 230 210 Performance Drum and Technique Drum with coordinates course This suggestions. fill and orchestration by accompanied styles varying in presented are figures ensemble two-bar and One fills. up set orchestration, sight-reading, and ensemble figureset- professional- level drummers: lead sheet interpretation, drum presents the essential reading fundamentals needed by course This 022. Reading Drum DRUM-022 Prerequisites: 120 (2) READING DRUM DRUM-120 quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture 023 topics. Performance 021 Drum Technique and Drum with coordinates course This detail. in presented also are reading chart basic and studies independence 3-way set, drum the at rhythms notation, counting, and subdivision exercises. Interpreting include: time signature studies, note-value relationships, false Topics rhythms. fundamental of application set drum presents 012. course Reading This Drum DRUM-012 Prerequisites: 022(2) READING DRUM DRUM-022 013 topics. Performance Drum (1) &MASTERY MAINTENANCE GEAR DRUM E-DRUMMING ESSENTIALS (1) ESSENTIALS E-DRUMMING form, drum set sound, solo concept, and comping approach. approach. comping and concept, solo sound, set drum form, but each composition also focuses on a particular musical charts; detailed of aset include curricula and class this does only Not forms. and styles popular Jazz’s —within section a rhythm perform—alongside to authentically how of study in-depth and inclusive an is It idiom. Jazz the learn efficiently) (and quickly drummer student today’s to help designed is 1. course This Jazz Styles: Drumming Advanced 350 210 Technique DRUM- DRUM-210 Drum and Prerequisites: 2(2) JAZZ 2A: DRUMMING ADVANCED DRUM-451 per week for one quarter. hour lab one plus hour lecture One samba. and nova bossa practice, with emphasis on popular including styles, Brazilian techniques through listening, demonstration, and classroom foot and hand stylistic authentic develops course This Jazz. (2) LATIN 2B: STYLES DRUMMING ADVANCED DRUM-450 quarter. one for week per hour lab one plus hour lecture One concepts. soloing and interaction, and coordination, ensemble independence basic comping, drumming techniques include: ride patterns and left-hand jazz of elements basic the addition, In to 1950s Bebop. Dixieland from Jazz of evolution technical and stylistic Drum Performance 230. This course presents the historical, 210, Technique DRUM-210 Drum DRUM-230 Prerequisites: (1) JAZZ STYLES: DRUMMING ADVANCED DRUM-350 one quarter. for week per hour lecture One work. their master and mix edit, completion,successful students should be able to create, automation, mastering using Reason’s Channel Strip. Upon mastering tool. Topics include: effects, compression, EQ, and amixing as Reason using on focuses course this of level second DAW The 1: Reason. AUDIO-056 Prerequisites: (1) REASON DAW 2: AUDIO-156 quarter. one for week per hour lecture One loops. with working and time stretching drum programming, effects, instruments, virtual MIDI, and audio with working include covered Topics recordings. instrument-based of creation the for tool essential an as technology audio to digital introduction An (1) DAW 1: REASON AUDIO-056 quarter. one for week per hour lecture/ensemble One counting. verbal and usage metronome to coordination groove-based developed applies course This Your Groove. Developing DRUM-015 Prerequisites: (1) TIMEKEEPING DRUM-025 quarter. one for week per hour lecture/lab One sounds. modern on emphasis an with music recorded of eras all from sounds drum appropriate mimic and depth sound design workshop where students learn to tune in- An Maintenance. Gear Drum DRUM-014 Prerequisites: (1) MASTERY GEAR DRUM DRUM-024 quarter. one for week per hour computer programs such as Ableton Live. One lecture/ lab with and modules respective their in instruments percussion electronic programming of understanding abasic have will Prerequisites: Advanced DRUM-350 Drumming Styles: COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE

141 COURSES 142 COURSES DESCRIPTIONS COURSE ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISITWWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS employment agreements, work-for-hire, unions and more. One and music publishing, band and partnerships solo artists, etc.), copyrights agent, attorney, (manager, team artist’s the structure, industry of overview an include 1, topics Business Entertainment Applied In era. digital the in acareer sustaining for knowledge essential today, and exists it as industry, entertainment the of understanding an with students provide to designed sequence, course two-quarter in a first The 1(1.5) BUSINESS ENTERTAINMENT APPLIED MUBUS-0360 DEVELOPMENT PROFESSIONAL quarter. one for week per hours lecture Two performance. final her or his of video HD an receives student Each covered. also are and soloing. Detailed drum tuning and microphone placement including such advanced as odd-meter styles, performance continuation of studio drumming techniques and experiences, A 1: Drums. Recording Project DRUM-360 Prerequisites: (2) DRUMS 2: RECORDING PROJECT DRUM-460 quarter. one for week per hours lecture Two performances. final her or his of video HD an receives development are also presented in detail. Eachstudent sound and etiquette Studio tracks. backing and loops with in to lock learning and in, punching and overdubbing tracks, with backing performing sight-reading charts, drum parts, developing Topics include: studio. a24-track in tracking drum of scenario world” “real the to mimic designed is course This 230. Performance Drum 210, Technique Drum DRUM-230 DRUM-210 220, Reading DRUM DRUM-220 Prerequisites: (2) 1: DRUMS RECORDING PROJECT DRUM-360 quarter. one for week per hour ensemble one and hour lecture One manner. comprehensive and amusical in concepts drumming technical advanced to apply able be will student the course, concept and improvisational approach. Upon completing this groove sound, set drum form; R&B/Gospel aparticular on focuses that assignment aweekly with student each presents class This presented. also are sound set drum appropriate and song’s form, rhythmic figures, feel,comping, solo approaches Gospel rhythm section. Instructions on understanding each R&B/ amodern within techniques these Drum-210 applies and rhythms, soloing ostinatos and metric modulation) presented in (linear drumming, hand/foot fillcombinations, over -the-bar blocks building technical the takes course This forms. and styles R&B/Gospel popular to perform how of study in-depth an is It techniques. drumming R&B/Gospel learn efficiently) (and quickly drummer student today’s to help designed is 1. course This Jazz Styles: Drumming Advanced 350 210 Technique DRUM- DRUM-210 Drum and Prerequisites: (2) Gospel R&B/ 2C: Drumming Advanced DRUM-452 one quarter. for week per hour ensemble one and hour lecture One there). belong they like (and sound ensemble ajazz within function to able be will student the study), this completing (and upon Altogether presented. be also will patterns brush simple Genre-relevant, drumset-based rudimental voicings and THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS

// DRUM one-hour lab. Two lecture hours per week for one quarter. one for week per hours Two lab. lecture one-hour three during feedback useful receive and resource, course the complete marketing plan utilizing handy templates included in a create Students objective. their to achieve strategies marketing of mix integrated an create and goals, short-term set After identifying a business vision, students conduct research, a greater need for practical, independent marketing advice. been never has there careers, own their to leverage artists for ever than possible more it make technologies new when a time At attack. of plan marketing low-budget customized, afully of creation the on focuses and venture business professional any to applicable concepts marketing basic reveals course This (2) MARKETING ARTIST INDEPENDENT MUBUS-307 quarter. one for week per hours strategies, video editing and basics, social Two media. lecture and tools marketing online website, artist acontent-rich of Topics include: building a strong online presence, creation online. music to promote needed skills technical the on focuses course This fans. to music directly themselves opened up for an enormous musicians opportunity to promote Prerequisites: CC-307 Visual Media 1. The Internet has 2(2) MEDIA VISUAL CC-407 quarter. one for week per hours manipulation, merchandise design, and more. Two lecture typography, flyer design, design,album image artwork include: class this in Topics covered campaigns. marketing exciting and expressive designs that directly music support vital to modern independent Emphasis is on artists. creating promotional flyers, artwork, tools,and othervisual materials CD original to design Photoshop Adobe to use learn Students 1(2) MEDIA VISUAL CC-0307 quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture industry. the in to work aspiring those as well as artists to independent apply Skills headlines. eye-catching and releases, news releases, press bios, artist to write how and campaigns, media implement and to create how relations, public and publicity between difference the learn Students (2) RELATIONS MEDIA MUBUS-0202 for one quarter. week per hour lecture One success. to career apath creating in students to support covered also is setting goal S.M.A.R.T. market,DIY distribution, touring, merchandising, and more. the deals, of types indie), and (major labels record include: Topics industry. entertainment the of aspects and areas important most the covering 1, further Business Entertainment Applied of acontinuation is 1. course This Business Prerequisites: Applied Entertainment MUSBUS-0360 2(1.5) BUSINESS ENTERTAINMENT APPLIED MUBUS-0460 quarter. one for week per hour lecture This course is an introduction to the harmony and theory theory and harmony to the introduction an is course This 011 &THEORY (1.5) HARMONY CC-011 // DRUM MUSICIANSHIP for one quarter. week per hour lab one and hour lecture One chords. seventh chord chord progressions, progressions in Roman numerals, chord progressions utilizing inversions, diatonic minor key variations, its and scale minor natural scales, blues rhythms, simple major andscales, minor pentatonic triplet melodies, focuses on the recognition and transcription of pentatonic 022 that Training Ear of continuation based application- an is course This 022. Training Ear CC-022 Prerequisites: 102 (1.5) TRAINING CC-102 EAR one quarter. for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One progressions. harmonic intervals, triad qualities, and diatonic major chord and melodic rhythm, and melody transcribing singing, sight- phrases, eighth-note rhythm, and meter of study 012, further Training the Ear of through a continuation is CC-12 012. Training course Ear This Prerequisites: (1.5) 022 TRAINING EAR CC-022 one quarter. for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One studied. also intervals, chromaticism, triads, diatonic harmony, rhythm are and melodies, melodic andscale Melodic intervals. harmonic major pitches, specific matching of technique the through accomplished is This music. popular within used be can which techniques, training to ear introduction an is course This 012 (1.5) TRAINING EAR CC-012 quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One scales. symmetrical and altered modulation, chromatic modulations, Roman numeral analysis, interchange, dominants, diatonic secondary substitution and modal melody, and key harmony minor include: Highlights presents non-diatonic melodic and harmonic concepts. 101. CC-101 course &Theory This Harmony Prerequisites: CC-201 HARMONY & THEORY 201 (1.5) one quarter. for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One progressions. chord symbols and and modes, voice leading and chord inverted,scales, extended and non-standard chord types, blues and pentatonic include: 021. Highlights & Theory presents variations on diatonic structures from Harmony 021. course This &Theory Harmony CC-021 Prerequisites: 101 (1.5) &THEORY CC-101 HARMONY quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour analysis, chord and progressions, key centers. One lecture triad chords, seventh diatonic inversions, chord scales, minor harmonized key signatures, minor (and variations), scales minor natural signatures, time values, rhythmic structures, diatonic notation, musical of study further the through 011. &Theory accomplished is Harmony of This a continuation 011. is &Theory CC-011 course Harmony This Prerequisites: (1.5) 021 &THEORY HARMONY CC-021 quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One harmonies. scale major and triads, intervals, signatures, key scales, (for major pitch), notation music of application the through accomplished is This music. popular within used sound, how to manage headphone mixes, and playing to a to a playing and mixes, headphone to manage how sound, your controlling and altering for techniques include: topics Other studio. the in successful to be needed techniques common studio terms, and vernacular and performance studio, the of components and attributes physical various the studio to drum students. Specific topics presented include: recording traditional the presents which course introductory Prerequisites: DRUM-013 013. Drum Performance An (1) RECORDING TO DRUM INTRODUCTION DRUM-150E MAJORS ONLY DRUM TO AVAILABLE ELECTIVES DRUM-SPECIFIC options. for offerings course see programs; other by offered electives entry-level or electives, choosing fromCourseCommon electives, program-specific by requirements credit elective their fulfill may students Drum // DRUM ELECTIVES one quarter. for week per hours to ARTST-212E. Twoequivalent lecture/lab is course This discussion. and critique Includes instructor. the by provided genres and topics on based material original application of fundamental concepts to the creation of including skills, songwriting contemporary of development Prerequisites: Songwriting 1. CC-306 Continued 2(1.5) SONGWRITING CC-406 ARTST-112. Two lecture/lab hours per week for one quarter. to equivalent is course This qualities. emotional subjective and structure, tempo, melody, lyrics, harmony, rhythmic elements, Fundamentals of contemporary music creation, including song 1(1.5) SONGWRITING CC-306 one quarter. for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One scales. and this in course, addition to study further of chord progressions of focus main the as serves performance repertoire Classical keyboard and musical comprehension. performance Pop and successful for required skills technical the develops further Prerequisites: CC-108 Keyboard Proficiency 1.This course 2(1) PROFICIENCY KEYBOARD CC-208 quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One tool. compositional and instrument a performing as both keyboard the using for required skills motor necessary thisprogressions, course will enable students to develop the physical posture, finger technique, diatonicscales & chord of study the Through technique. keyboard contemporary to introduction an as serves 1 Proficiency Keyboard 1(1) PROFICIENCY KEYBOARD CC-108 quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One harmony. diatonic minor and major chord seventh and harmony, and rhythmic standard phrases, variations in minor-key melody focuses on the recognition and transcription of sixteenth-note 102 Training that Ear of continuation based application- an is course 102. Training This Ear CC-202 Prerequisites: (1.5) 202 TRAINING EAR CC-202 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE

143 COURSES 144 COURSES DESCRIPTIONS COURSE ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISITWWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS Orleans that have shaped American music for the last 100 last the for music American shaped have that Orleans New of culture and rhythms, individuals, The parade. Gras aMardi in streets” to the it to “take people forces that funk irresistible the and “backbeat” the of invention the through up bands brass early of grooves second-line the learn will Students Orleans. New from drummers of development This course explores the historical, stylistic, and technical (1) DRUMMING DRUM-151E ORLEANS NEW quarter. one for week per hour lecture preparation (prioritizing, overcoming and anxiety more). One performance includes Also courses. core in covered to material them apply and routines practice individual develop Students set. drum the on practicing productive efficient, of discipline and structure the covers course This (1) TO PRACTICE HOW DRUM-075E quarter. one for week per hour lecture One class. demonstrate their own fillsand concepts throughout the and out write Students drummers. rock contemporary top of situations. This course includes written and audio examples musical of variety to a applied be can that concept fill new to a introduced are students week, Each set. drum the on fills of avocabulary to develop how shows course This (1) FEST FILL DRUM-074E quarter. one for week per hour lecture One control. and demonstrations, and exercises emphasize speed, technique, of skills furthering and broadening independence. Lectures, ameans as drum bass double of use the covers course This (1) WORKOUT DRUM BASS DOUBLE DRUM-072E situation. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. performing music-based Latin any handle to effectively ability the gaining on is Emphasis drumset. the on styles Brazilian and Afro-Cuban basic to perform how learn Students (1) DRUMSET CARIBBEAN BASIC DRUM-051E one quarter. for week per hour lecture One included. also are playalongs percussion and drum set elements. Audio examples and hand held percussion, mounted percussion, foot-operated of addition the with introduced are set-ups hybrid playing, inbasics a contemporary setting. In addition to basic Cajon playing Cajon presents which course introductory an is This (1) TECHNIQUES HYBRID CAJON DRUM-050E credit. for repeated be May quarter. one for week per hours Two workshop etiquette. and technique down set-up/tear essential to include is workshop this of aspect additional One ensemble. aperformance as ensemble. Students will apply their e-drumming knowledge drum electronic/acoustic an as perform and to rehearse intermediate to advanced ensemble workshop designed Prerequisite: DRUM-160E E-Drumming Essentials. An WORKSHOP (1) HYBRIDDRUM-260E DRUMMING ENSEMBLE quarter. one for week per hour lab click track plus prerecorded instrument tracks. One lecture/ THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS

quarter. one for week per hour lecture One presented. be will years quarter. one for week per hour lecture One feel. and timekeeping on focusing while concepts coordination and rhythm new students willsimultaneous duet explore performances, through techniques D.D. Applying music. of styles all for coordination four-way and bass to double related capacities to develop Drumming) (Double D.D. called technique the introduces also Drumming” “Progressive fluidity. and groove on aemphases with groupings odd and meter odd as well as Drum-n-Bass/Jungle as; such music of styles playing for methods creative and concepts contemporary covers course The drummers. progressive advanced most today’s of intermediate course examines various concepts from some Prerequisites: Drum Reading DRUM-022 022. This pre- DRUM-154E Progressive Drumming (1) quarter. one for week per hour lecture One covered. includes discussions on how to practice the techniques also course This transcriptions. by supported groove each of analysis and listening 1980s through early to the Brown James from drumming funk of evolution the study will Reading 022. Drum Students DRUM-022 Prerequisites: (1) -CLASSIC DRUMS FUNK DRUM-152E week for one quarter. metronome or prerecorded tracks. One lecture hour per a to either week each perform will Students tunes. Brown James classic to parts drum specific the learn and dissect Reading 022. Drum Students will DRUM-022 Prerequisites: (1) BROWN JAMES OF DRUMMERS THE DRUM-052E quarter. one for week per hour lecture-ensemble One patterns. variety of along styles with variations of previously-learned a in to grooves patterns note” “ghost applying and learning on emphasis an Your with Develop Groove of continuation A Your Groove. Developing DRUM-015 Prerequisites: (1) ADVANCED YOUR GROOVE: DRUM-117E DEVELOPING playing beats. One lecture/lab hour per week for one quarter. when limbs all control and to sync learn will students styles) coordination drills (as applied to contemporary musical their time, and feel, sound. independence Through weekly improve dramatically drummers help will that course plus professional-level timekeeping This skills. is an introductory- for needed foundation asolid develop drummers to help independence techniques are presented in systematic steps dynamic and synchronization Limb cymbal. ride and foot the with hi-hat hi-hat, drum, snare drum, bass the between beats playing for necessary techniques coordination set drum Covers Your Groove. Developing DRUM-015 Prerequisite: DRUM-025E interest. of elective your in named prerequisite each for description course the to refer details, full For Note: // DRUM ELECTIVES ADVANCED 2 (1) 2 YOUR GROOVE DEVELOPING lecture/lab hour per week for one quarter. One set. drum to the rhythms these apply and time odd in based rhythms complex read and interpret to ability proficient completion,Upon successful students will be able to display a drumming. contemporary of beat) world and jazz, Latin, hop, hip- funk, (rock, styles of to avariety applied and introduced be will charts and figures, ensemble fills, grooves, rhythms, Subdivided playing). their into ideas rhythmic way to bring anew gain will students the mastered, is process this When routine. practice their in organized and track on students the keep will aid (this practice to Musicality Steps Five the alongside Guide Rhythmic the utilizing time common and signatures time odd in form song and phrasing, feel, time elective incorporates the development of technique, time, advanced This 220. Reading Drum DRUM-220 Prerequisite: (1) TIMES ODD IN DRUM-174E GROOVIN’ quarter. one for week per hour lecture One set. drum entire the utilizing fills and to grooves paradiddle triple and 6-strokes, 7-strokes, single paradiddle, double paradiddle, 5-strokes, single strokes, doubleruffs, strokes, triplets, flams, including rudiments, drum essential of application the covers course This 022. Reading Drum DRUM-022 Prerequisites: (1) GAPS THE BRIDGING DRUM-170E quarter. one for week per hour lecture One others. and Blackwell John of talents technical and showmanship grooving the with off topped Bozzio, Terry and Tony Williams, Gadd, Steve of innovations to the Blakey, Art and Roach Max as pioneers such from present and past solos drum famous analyzes course This 022. Reading Drum DRUM-022 Prerequisites: (1) SOLOING SET DRUM DRUM-165E quarter. one for week per hour lecture One grooves. eclectic and interesting to create others Bonham, Vinnie Danny Colaiuta, Carey, David Garibaldi, and John including drummers innovative by used techniques the examines course this recordings, influential of analysis Reading 022. Drum Through DRUM-022 Prerequisites: (1) GROOVES GREAT ANALYSIS OF DRUM-162E one quarter. for week per hour lecture One modulation. metric and overlap, polyrhythmic forms, song standard over motifs of development and ride cymbal approach, advanced hi-hat techniques, comping advanced include: discussed Topics ideas. of flow amusical developing and vocabulary bebop on emphasis focuses on a modern approach to playing with a strong jazz course This 022. Reading Drum DRUM-022 Prerequisites: (1) BEYOND AND BEBOP DRUM-156E quarter. one for week per hour lecture One music. funk earlier and R&B, hip-hop, jazz, acid between relationship the and music, funk on influences jazz and R&B day, including present 1980s to the early the from drumming funk of evolution the Prerequisites: Drum Reading DRUM-022 022. Students study (1) -MODERN DRUMS FUNK DRUM-252E live on a weekly basis. Emphasis will be on advanced chart chart advanced on be will Emphasis basis. aweekly on live perform will students and presented are styles popular of to avariety approaches technical fundamental covers course Prerequisites: GUIT-130 130. Guitar Performance This GUIT-230 GUITAR 230 PERFORMANCE (2) lecture/ensemble hours per week for one quarter. Two 110 120 Technique Reading topics. Guitar Guitar and with coordinates course This rock. southern and country-rock, contemporary musical theater, and classic modern country, rock of styles Bo Diddley and Chuck Berry, surf/rockabilly, early the neo-soul, and R&B contemporary Motown, and R&B classic blues, urban modern and classic as such styles of roleleadership within the group, plus introduction to a variety a taking skills, chart-reading improving form, song typical in on a Emphasis weekly is basis. placed on handling variations live perform will students and presented are styles popular of to avariety approaches technical fundamental covers course Prerequisites: GUIT-023 023. Guitar Performance This GUIT-130 GUITAR 130 PERFORMANCE (2) quarter. one for week per hours ensemble Two lecture/ 022 topics. Reading 021 Guitar Technique and metal, and metal. classic This course coordinates with Guitar thrash rock, punk reggae, as such to styles introduction plus effects, include which parts rhythm performing picking, Travis tunings, open of use settings, ensemble in guitar acoustic playing on be will Emphasis basis. aweekly on live perform will students and presented are styles popular of to avariety approaches technical fundamental covers Prerequisites: GUIT-13 013. Guitar Performance This course GUIT-023 GUITAR 023 PERFORMANCE (2) per week for one quarter. hours 012 Two Reading lecture/ensemble topics. Guitar and 011 Technique Guitar with coordinates course This writing. and reading chart basic and dynamics, etiquette, stage tones, rhythm and lead good getting on placed is Concentration performance. live weekly through styles popular of variety Students develop fundamental technical approaches to a GUIT-013 GUITAR 013(2) PERFORMANCE units required (one per quarter). credit Six quarter. per week per hour ensemble One quarter. per performances ten of requirement Minimum offerings). workshop of overview for Workshops Playing Live on section (see settings and styles of avariety in perform Students WORKSHOPS 013-403 (1) CC-013G-CC-403G LIVE PERFORMANCE required (two per quarter). units Twelve credit quarter. per week per hour One style. and musicianship technique, developing in student the guides instructor An goals. development musical personal student’s curriculum goals and, time also focuses permitting, on core supports that lesson instrument individual A weekly (2) PRIVATE LESSON GUIT-PL // GUITAR AREA MAJOR GUITAR COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE

145 COURSES 146 COURSES DESCRIPTIONS COURSE ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISITWWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS Prerequisites: GUIT-022 Guitar Reading 022. Emphasis in this this in Emphasis 022. Reading Guitar GUIT-022 Prerequisites: GUIT-120 GUITAR 120 READING (2) quarter. one for week per hours lecture Two 023 topics. Performance 021 Guitar Technique and Guitar with coordinates course This notation. written in found plus symbols real-worldcenters, and charts, terms commonly key various position, 5th in reading on placed is course this in 012. Reading Emphasis GUIT-012 Guitar Prerequisites: GUIT-022 GUITAR 022 (2) READING quarter. one for week per hours 013Two lecture topics. Performance 011 Technique Guitar Guitar with and coordinates course This form. and melodies, phrases, motives, as such topics music basic introduce also will course The neck. the on position their and names note chromatic the plus chart, basic a to navigate how accidentals, and key signatures position, open in lines single-note to read how on placed be will emphasis The notation. written in used terminology basic the and reading music of fundamentals the introduces course This GUIT-012 GUITAR 012 READING (2) quarter. one for week per hours lab two and hour lecture One chords. dominant over playing for Melodic minor, modal interchange and common approaches and Harmonic Phrygian, as such scales technique, strum note 16th as such concepts advanced on placed is course this GUIT-110 110.Prerequisites: Technique in Guitar Emphasis GUIT-210 GUITAR TECHNIQUE 210 (2) quarter. one for week per hours lab two and hour lecture One tonalities. Blues and feel, shuffle development, motive chords, altered and extended harmony, numeral introduction to drop voicings, chord Roman progressions, plus Lydian, and Mixolydian, Dorian, Blues, Pentatonic, Minor and Major as such scales on be will course this in Prerequisites: GUIT-021 Guitar Technique 021. Emphasis GUIT-110 GUITAR TECHNIQUE 110 (2) quarter. one for week per hours lab two and hour lecture One music. contemporary in used commonly of chord voicings, and essential performance techniques structure a solo,technique,knowledge fingerstyle acquiring to how to scales, rhythms applying scales, minor the of five-patterns the learning through developed is musicianship Prerequisites: GUIT-011 Guitar Technique 011. General GUIT-021 GUITAR TECHNIQUE 021 (2) quarter. one for week per hours lab two and common solo and One guitar rhythm lecture approaches. hour chord and progressions, a general introduction to the most chords, basic fretboard, guitar the of layout the techniques, picking and fretting basic to the introduction an is course This GUIT-011 GUITAR TECHNIQUE 011 (2) quarter. one for week per hours ensemble Two lecture/ 220 topics. Reading 210Technique Guitar and Guitar with coordinates course This jazz. modern and comping Band Big nova, bossa Latin, Songbook, American blues, minor jazz, Gypsy blues, urban/Chicago blues, Delta band, jam- as such to styles introduction plus meters, odd and 6/8 3/4, as such meters various in playing craft, stage reading, THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS harmonic relationships and chord substitutions. Two lecture cover topics such as playing over chromaticism, changes, more advanced improvisational concepts, and the will class and goals 011-210 musical larger towards applied be will Technique Guitar in covered principles basic The musician. acomplete and instrumentalist improvising askilled becoming student to essential aspects of musicianship as needed for the introduce will course This 230. Performance Guitar 210, GUIT-210 Technique GUIT-230 Guitar Prerequisites: 1(2) GUITARIST) THE (FOR CONCEPTS MUSICIANSHIP ADVANCED GUIT-350 week for one quarter. per hour lecture One work. their master and mix edit, create, completion,Upon successful students should be able to automation, and mastering using Reason’s Channel Strip. mastering tool. Topics include: effects, Compression, EQ, and amixing as Reason using on focuses course this of level second DAW The 1: Reason. AUDIO-056 Prerequisites: (1) REASON DAW 2: AUDIO-156 quarter. one for week per hour lecture One loops. with working and time stretching, drum programming, effects, instruments, virtual MIDI, and audio with working include: Topics covered recordings. instrument-based of creation the for tool essential an as technology audio to digital introduction is course This (1) DAW 1: REASON AUDIO-056 quarter. one for week per hour lecture One covered. be also will tech guitar aprofessional to be how and request they sounds guitar iconic the delivering by producers to please How more. and direct, record direct, play amps, more or two through stereo in run loops, effects employ flow, signal troubleshoot and understand pedalboard, apro build rig, your into effects to implement how cover will course the addition, In guitars. and types, amp and settings amp effects, of combinations time-honored guitar tones. This is by accomplished using and contemporary to achieve student the helps course Prerequisites: GUIT-014 Guitar Gear Maintenance. This (1) MASTERY GEAR GUITAR GUIT-024 one quarter. for week per hour lecture One to gear. apply they as tactics survival to gig addition in covered, be also will measures Basic amplifier maintenance, tube replacement andsafety intonate, customize, and manage acoustic and electric guitars. maintain, repair, up, to set how discuss will course This GUIT-014 GUITAR MAINTENANCE (1) GEAR quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture topics. 230 Performance 210 Technique Guitar and Guitar with coordinates course This charts. real-world advanced and, performances quartet and trio music, polyphonic reading positions, multiple in reading on placed is course this in 120. GUIT-120 Emphasis Reading Guitar Prerequisites: GUIT-220 GUITAR 220 (2) READING per week for one quarter. hours Two 130 lecture topics. 110 Performance Guitar and Technique Guitar with coordinates course This charts. world harmonies, duo and trio and performances, advanced real- reading position, 7th and 2nd in reading on placed is course editing. Two lecture hours per week for one quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture editing. post-production techniques and processing such as effects on soloingemphasis more and advanced sophisticated styles, continuation of studio techniques and approaches, with 1: A Guitar. Recording Project GUIT-360 Prerequisites: GUIT-460 PROJECT RECORDING 2: GUITAR (2) his/her website. Two lecture hours per week for one quarter. for reel” of a “demo purposes the for songs/pieces 1-3 finish will student The tactics. tracking and parts guitar creating music. Topics include: basic studio etiquette, signal path, own their produce and engineer to record, able to be required knowledge basic to the student the introduce will course This 230. Performance 210, Technique Guitar GUIT-230 Guitar GUIT-210 220, Reading GUIT-220 Guitar Prerequisites: GUIT-360 PROJECT RECORDING 1: GUITAR (2) quarter. one for week per hours and more sophisticated aspects of musicianship. Two lecture improvisational concepts, deeper harmonic understanding, advanced include: 1. covered Topics to be Guitarist) The (For Prerequisites: GUIT-350 Advanced Musicianship Concepts 2(2) GUITARIST) THE (FOR CONCEPTS MUSICIANSHIP ADVANCED GUIT-450 quarter. one for week per hours hours per week for one quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture industry. the in to work aspiring those as well as artists to independent apply Skills headlines. eye-catching and releases, news releases, press bios, artist to write how and campaigns, media implement and to create how relations, public and publicity between difference the learn Students (2) RELATIONS MEDIA MUBUS-0202 for one quarter. week per hour lecture One success. to career apath creating in students to support covered also is setting goal S.M.A.R.T. market,DIY distribution, touring, merchandising, and more. the deals, of types indie), and (major labels record include: Topics industry. entertainment the of aspects and areas important most the covering 1, further Business Entertainment Applied of acontinuation is 1. course This Business Prerequisites: Applied Entertainment MUSBUS-0360 (1.5) 2 BUSINESS ENTERTAINMENT APPLIED MUBUS-0460 quarter. one for week per hour lecture employment agreements, work-for-hire, unions and more. One and music publishing, band and partnerships solo artists, etc.), copyrights agent, attorney, (manager, team artist’s the structure, industry of overview an include 1, topics Business Entertainment Applied In era. digital the in acareer sustaining for knowledge essential today, and exists it as industry, entertainment the of understanding an with students provide to designed sequence, course two-quarter in a first The 1(1.5) BUSINESS ENTERTAINMENT APPLIED MUBUS-0360 DEVELOPMENT PROFESSIONAL

// GUITAR // lecture hour and one lab hour per week for one quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One harmonies. scale major and triads, intervals, signatures, key scales, (for major pitch), notation music of application the through accomplished is This music. popular within used theory and harmony to the introduction an is course This 011 &THEORY (1.5) HARMONY CC-011 quarter. one for week per hour lecture/lab One meters. mixed and 3/4, 6/8) (cut time, signatures time advanced notes, sixteenth and eighth swung notes, tied notes, dotted include: covered Topics concepts. rhythm intermediate of understanding an isclass designed to give Program students Performance 1. Workout This Reading Rhythm CC-015 Prerequisites: 2(1) WORKOUT READING RHYTHM CC-025 week for one quarter. per hour lecture/lab One syncopation. and triplets counting, relationships, value note values), note to sixteenth note whole from (ranging rests and notes signatures) time lines, (bar subdividing Topics basics. covered include: notation basics and notation rhythmic understanding on solely focus will students a solid foundation in reading Students rhythms. Program Performance to give designed is course This 1(1) WORKOUT READING RHYTHM CC-015 MUSICIANSHIP // GUITAR MUSICIANSHIP one-hour lab. Two lecture hours per week for one quarter. one for week per hours Two lab. lecture one-hour three during feedback useful receive and resource, course the complete marketing plan utilizing handy templates included in a create Students objective. their to achieve strategies marketing of mix integrated an create and goals, short-term set After identifying a business vision, students conduct research, a greater need for practical, independent marketing advice. been never has there careers, own their to leverage artists for ever than possible more it make technologies new when a time At attack. of plan marketing low-budget customized, afully of creation the on focuses and venture business professional any to applicable concepts marketing basic reveals course This (2) MARKETING ARTIST INDEPENDENT MUBUS-307 quarter. one for week per hours strategies, video editing and basics, social Two media. lecture and tools marketing online website, artist acontent-rich of Topics include: building a strong online presence, creation online. music to promote needed skills technical the on focuses course This fans. to music directly themselves opened up for an enormous musicians opportunity to promote Prerequisites: CC-307 Visual Media 1. The Internet has 2(2) MEDIA VISUAL CC-407 quarter. one for week per hours manipulation, merchandise design, and more. Two lecture typography, flyer design, design,album image artwork include: class this in Topics covered campaigns. marketing exciting and expressive designs that directly music support vital to modern independent Emphasis is on artists. creating promotional flyers, artwork, tools,and othervisual materials CD original to design Photoshop Adobe to use learn Students 1(2) MEDIA VISUAL CC-0307 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE

147 COURSES 148 COURSES DESCRIPTIONS COURSE ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISITWWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS focuses on the recognition and transcription of sixteenth-note 102 Training that Ear of continuation based application- an is course 102. Training This Ear CC-202 Prerequisites: (1.5) 202 TRAINING EAR CC-202 for one quarter. week per hour lab one and hour lecture One chords. seventh chord chord progressions, progressions in Roman numerals, chord progressions utilizing inversions, diatonic minor key variations, its and scale minor natural scales, blues rhythms, simple major andscales, minor pentatonic triplet melodies, focuses on the recognition and transcription of pentatonic 022 that Training Ear of continuation based application- an is course This 022. Training Ear CC-022 Prerequisites: 102 (1.5) TRAINING CC-102 EAR one quarter. for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One progressions. harmonic intervals, triad qualities, and diatonic major chord and melodic rhythm, and melody transcribing singing, sight- phrases, eighth-note rhythm, and meter of study 012, further Training the Ear of through a continuation is CC-12 012. Training course Ear This Prerequisites: (1.5) 022 TRAINING EAR CC-022 one quarter. for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One studied. also intervals, chromaticism, triads, diatonic harmony, rhythm are and melodies, melodic andscale Melodic intervals. harmonic major pitches, specific matching of technique the through accomplished is This music. popular within used be can which techniques, training to ear introduction an is course This 012 (1.5) TRAINING EAR CC-012 quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One scales. symmetrical and altered modulation, chromatic modulations, Roman numeral analysis, interchange, dominants, diatonic secondary substitution and modal melody, and key harmony minor include: Highlights presents non-diatonic melodic and harmonic concepts. 101. CC-101 course &Theory This Harmony Prerequisites: CC-201 HARMONY & THEORY 201 (1.5) one quarter. for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One progressions. chord symbols and and modes, voice leading and chord inverted,scales, extended and non-standard chord types, blues and pentatonic include: 021. Highlights & Theory presents variations on diatonic structures from Harmony 021. course This &Theory Harmony CC-021 Prerequisites: 101 (1.5) &THEORY CC-101 HARMONY quarter one for week per hour lab one and hour analysis, chord and progressions, key centers. One lecture triad chords, seventh diatonic inversions, chord scales, minor harmonized key signatures, minor (and variations), scales minor natural signatures, time values, rhythmic structures, diatonic notation, musical of study further the through 011. &Theory accomplished is Harmony of This a continuation 011. is &Theory CC-011 course Harmony This Prerequisites: (1.5) 021 &THEORY HARMONY CC-021 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS . one quarter. for week per hours to ARTST-212E. Twoequivalent lecture/lab is course This discussion. and critique Includes instructor. the by provided genres and topics on based material original application of fundamental concepts to the creation of including skills, songwriting contemporary of development Prerequisites: Songwriting 1. CC-306 Continued 2(1.5) SONGWRITING CC-406 ARTST-112. Two lecture/lab hours per week for one quarter. to equivalent is course This qualities. emotional subjective and structure, tempo, melody, lyrics, harmony, rhythmic elements, Fundamentals of contemporary music creation, including song 1(1.5) SONGWRITING CC-306 one quarter. for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One scales. and this in course, addition to study further of chord progressions of focus main the as serves performance repertoire Classical keyboard and musical comprehension. performance Pop and successful for required skills technical the develops further Prerequisites: CC-108 Keyboard Proficiency 1.This course 2(1) PROFICIENCY KEYBOARD CC-208 quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One tool. compositional and instrument a performing as both keyboard the using for required skills motor necessary thisprogressions, course will enable students to develop the physical posture, finger technique, diatonicscales & chord of study the Through technique. keyboard contemporary to introduction an as serves 1 Proficiency Keyboard 1(1) PROFICIENCY KEYBOARD CC-108 quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One harmony. diatonic minor and major chord seventh and harmony, and rhythmic standard phrases, variations in minor-key melody one quarter. later generations of players. One lecture hour per week for through traced influence their and analyzed be will others, among Freddie), and Albert (B.B., Kings” “Three the and Walker T-Bone as icons such by Recordings techniques. and styles electric modern of development the in players influential most to the guitarists to expose designed is course This GUIT-082E BLUES LISTENING (1) quarter. one for week per hour lecture rasgueado and apply them to guitar classical literature. One techniques tremolo, and for harmonics, scales, arpeggios, guitar classical right-hand fundamental the covers course This GUIT-061E GUITAR CLASSICAL (1) //ENTRY-LEVEL ELECTIVES GUITAR options. for offering course current See programs. other by offered electives entry-level or electives, choosing fromCourseCommon electives, program-specific by requirements credit elective their fulfill may students Guitar //ELECTIVES GUITAR hour per week for one quarter. one for week per hour lecture One Rogers. Adam and Holdsworth, Allan Metheny, Pat Scofield, John as such icons guitar jazz modern of playing the influenced have they how to demonstrate excerpts audio and video using explored are legends jazz other and Coltrane, John Wes Montgomery, Parker, Charlie of works The jazz. contemporary through classic spanning styles jazz of A survey (1) LISTENING JAZZ GUIT-086E and break out of the alternating up/down strum approach that that approach strum up/down alternating the of out break and vocabulary rhythmic anew to gain wants who student guitar any for Recommended experience. workout intensive guitar arhythm- to generate grooves guitar Latin other and rumba the of rhythms strumming-hand the on focuses course This (1) WORKOUT RUMBA GUIT-063E times. three class in to perform required is student each quarter; one for week per hour lab one and while also providing historical perspective. One lecture hour solo, laying the groundwork for technique proper rock/metal and riff each down break will curriculum The Megadeth. and Pantera, Slayer, Metallica, including ‘90s, and ‘80s the metal’s heaviest bands throughout and most successful in guitar the of role the examines and analyzes course This GUIT-062E METAL GUITAR (1.5) quarter. one for week per hour lecture One strumming plucking. to tofingerpicking, flatpicking used in popular steel-string acoustic performance, from gear guitar and techniques basic the covers course This GUIT-060E ACOUSTIC GUITAR (1) one quarter. for week per hour lecture One alternative. and country, folk, rock, pop, including: to styles common excerpts song on practical techniques, rhythm patterns, and exercises based with guitar on vocals own their to accompany learn Students GUIT-052E GUITAR/VOCAL ACCOMPANIMENT (1) per week for one quarter. hours Two workshop style. this in used approaches guitar general introduction to the most common solo and rhythm chord stylistic signatures, progressions, repertoire and a voicings, chord basic the perform and study will Students Reinhardt. Django guitarist French the of style the on based Jazz, Gypsy of concepts basic to the introduction An GUIT-047E GYPSY WORKSHOP JAZZ (1) per week for one quarter. hour lab one and hour lecture One Kravitz. Lenny and Edge, The Navarro, Dave Frusciante, John Thayil, Kim Corgan, Billy Tom Morello, Cantrell, Jerry Cobain, Kurt of those including Analysis and of performance contemporary rock guitar solos, GUIT-046E ALTERNATIVE GUITAR (1.5) HEROES ONLYAVAILABLE MAJORS GUITAR TO GUITAR-SPECIFIC ELECTIVES be adapted and added to their personal practice routines. routines. practice personal to their added and adapted be can that concepts and licks, to exercises, guitarists exposes that session” “training weekly aone-hour offers course This GUIT-173E GUITAR WORKOUT (1) quarter. one for week per hour lecture One players. guitar greatest world’s the of some of tone the define and to capture used techniques learn will Students effects. and processing, dynamic EQ, placement, and console. Topics include: signal flow, microphoneselection mixing aprofessional featuring studio afull-size of outs and ins the to learn wish who guitarists for designed is course this engineering, of skills the with playing guitar of art the Uniting GUIT-170E RECORDING GUITAR (1) quarter. one for week per hours Two workshop required. is work rhythmic soloing, reading. and chart Some weekly preparation playing, guitar rhythm on placed is emphasis Particular others. and Hancock, Herbie Allstars, Greyboy Jordan, Ronny Parker, Maceo of style funk instrumental the covers course This 1(1) GUITAR JAZZ ACID GUIT-088E quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One quarter. the during times three to perform required is student Each genre. to the essential are that skills develop they as riff applied metal techniques. Students will solos learn riff-by- guitar with styles an emphasis on harmonic analysis and metal iconic and bands metal influential examines course This (1.5) GUITAR METAL APPLIED GUIT-070E quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One skills. technical related and tradition blues the of StudentsR&B. gain a deeper understanding and appreciation and &roll, rock jazz, including styles, musical other and blues harmony, soloing techniques, and the relationship between jazz-blues expanded explores course This Guitar. Blues GUIT-110 110,Prerequisites: Technique Guitar GUIT-066E GUIT-166E BLUES GUITAR 2 (1.5) quarter. one for week per hour lab one plus lecture hour One phrasing. soloing concepts as chord/scale relationships, and stylistic blues, and other blues-related as well rhythms, as such jump blues, slow shuffles, for techniques rhythm including style, blues the of fundamentals the covers course This GUIT-066E BLUES GUITAR (1.5) quarter. one for week per lab hour one-half one-and- and lecture half-hour One section. arhythm with them perform and includingartists, the Ventures, Duane Eddy, and Dick Dale, spy” genre. Students learn timeless songs from and riffs “surf/ the in instrumentals guitar classic explores course This GUIT-065E SURF/SPY GUITAR (1) quarter. one for hour lecture One more. and tunings, open touch and good tone, essential rock and blues vocabulary, application to Topics various styles. include: achieving proper its and guitar slide of fundamentals the covers course This GUIT-064E SLIDE GUITAR (1) week for one quarter. per hour lecture One music. guitar mainstream dominates COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE

149 COURSES 150 COURSES DESCRIPTIONS COURSE ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISITWWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS for one quarter. week per hour lab one and hour lecture One styles. contact full- complement that effects guitar of use the with along analyzed, are Bumblefoot and Primus, Machine, the Against to Rage Hedges, Michael and Miller, Marcus Beck, Jeff Halen, rhythm and lead techniques. Playing approaches from Van and various harmonics, tapped two-hands-on-the-neck slapping and popping. Also explored are slapped harmonics, rock approaches, with special emphasis on “bass-style” guitar and funk full-contact modern of avariety details and explores 021. Technique course This Guitar GUIT-021 Prerequisites: (1.5) BEYOND POP, AND SLAP, GUIT-068E one quarter. for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One improvisation. guitar jazz for tools as pentatonics and polychords, scales, explorescourse inside and outside playing, symmetrical Prerequisites: GUIT-210 Guitar Technique 210. This (1.5) CONCEPTS JAZZ GUIT-167E MODERN quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture modes,scales, idioms, and bebop typical One phrases. of use the including present, to the bebop and swing from eras, all of improvisation jazz in used vocabulary the covers 210. GUIT-210 Technique course This Guitar Prerequisites: GUIT-067E GUITAR JAZZ IMPROVISATION (1.5) quarter. one for week per hour lecture is on techniques incorporating One and expanding repertoire. chord melody techniques taught in 1. Chord Melody Emphasis Prerequisites GUIT-051E Chord 1. Melody The application of GUIT-151E 2(1) MELODY CHORD quarter. one for week per hour lecture One covered. interpretation improvisation and jazz techniques are also sheet Lead guitar. solo for arrangements song compelling into lines bass and chords, melody, interweaving of art to the Prerequisites: GUIT-210 Guitar Technique 4. An introduction 1(1) MELODY CHORD GUIT-051E prerequisite named in your elective of interest. each for description course to the refer details, full For Note: ADVANCED // ELECTIVES GUITAR quarter. one for week per hour lecture pedalboard, guitar synthesizers, and using effects loops. One live demonstrations. Additional topics include: building a and examples audio through covered are reverb and delay, modulation, shaping, tone and gain as Topics such devices. effect guitar popular most the of overview an is course This GUIT-175E GUITAR (1) EFX for one quarter. week per hour lecture One guitar. electric to the techniques Students learn to apply guitar classical vocabulary and GUIT-174E PLAYING FOR TECHNIQUES GUITAR (1) quarter. one for week per hour lecture-workshop One THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS melody technique. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. one for week per hour lecture One technique. melody to chord- introduction an as well as songwriting effective of The Beatles’ songs provides a deeper understanding of generation. Learning solo guitar chord-melody arrangements new every with popular remains music their and time all of songwriters pop successful most the are Beatles 021. Technique The Guitar GUIT-021 Prerequisites: GUIT-154E BEATLES FOR SOLO GUITAR (1) quarter. one for week per hour lecture One rhythms. funk-rock thumb-fretting, the Chord,” “Hendrix chord ornamentation, and popular progressions or original songs. Techniques include: fit to fills rhythm Hendrix-style to adapt learn and vocabulary double-stop pentatonic minor and major develop will Students Sand.” of Made “Castles Love,” and as “Bold Wing,” “Little of style the in parts rhythm to improvise how cover will 021. Technique course This Guitar GUIT-021 Prerequisites: GUIT-153E GUITAR RHYTHM JIMI HENDRIX (1) private hour session per week for one quarter. One tracks. rhythm prerecorded over solos and melodies, fills, instructor-producer, creating and recording patterns, rhythm aguitar of guidance the under recording demo a multi-song other creative devices and applications. Students complete and tunings, open effects, post-input and pre- delays, timed and playing “in-the-pocket” to using slides, capos, EBows, bends, and vibrato effective tones, appropriate in dialing for the modern guitarist. session Techniques range from instructor, students gain studio skills mandatory performance one- on-one recording with sessions a professional guitarist/ Prerequisites: GUIT-210 Guitar Technique 210. In weekly GUIT-150E GUITAR TRACKING TACTICS (1) quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One skills. soloing rock improving away of as Malmsteen Yngwie and Friedman, Marty Petrucci, John Bettencourt, Nuno Rhoads, Vai, Randy Steve Van Halen, Eddie as such players, rock modern of solos the perform and analyze will Prerequisites: GUIT-021 Guitar Technique 021. Students (1.5) ’80S THE OF GUIT-145E HEROES GUITAR quarter. one for week per hour lecture One development. jazz for techniques practice are covered Also progressions. jazz standard for lines developing their application improvisation. in jazz Emphasis is placed on and minor melodic of modes the of study in-depth an covers 1. course This Workshop Jazz GUIT-085E Prerequisites: GUIT-185E WORKSHOP JAZZ 2 (1) quarter. one for week per hour lecture One styles. comping bass/chord nova bossa and chords with lines bass walking as such techniques, accompaniment duo covers also course This progressions. jazz standard for avocabulary developing and changes chord through playing include: playing. Topics jazz her or his in holes the in to fill like would who guitarist the or experience jazz no or little with guitarist the for designed is 021. Technique course This Guitar 021, GUIT-021 &Theory Harmony CC-021 Prerequisites: WORKSHOPGUIT-085E JAZZ 1 (1) how to create authentic-sounding parts. One lecture hour per per hour lecture One parts. authentic-sounding to create how learn will Students samba. and nova bossa including section, rhythm Brazilian the in guitar the of role to the introduction an is 021. Technique course This Guitar GUIT-021 Prerequisites: GUIT-161E GUITAR BRAZILIAN (1) quarter. one for week per hour lecture One parts. sounding authentic- to create how learn will Students section. rhythm Afro-Cuban the in guitar the of role to the introduction an is 021. Technique course This Guitar GUIT-021 Prerequisites: GUIT-160E GUITAR AFRO-CUBAN (1) quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One grooves. Orleans New and styles African contemporary explored. Stylistic studies include early R&B, Motown, reggae, be will meter and feel in shifts over playing and studies, odd-meter discipline, time of Techniques styles. based to groove- approaches practical and technical both covers 021. Technique course This Guitar GUIT-021 Prerequisites: (1.5) CONCEPTS GROOVE GUIT-159E ADVANCED for one quarter. week per hour lab one and hour lecture One week. every also explored and students with perform a rhythm section is training ear Practical “synthetic,” scales. other and of pentatonic, use improvisation, octave major and minor chord-tone scales, and approach-note and punchy playing. rhythm Additional topics include: three- muting, string accurate execution, melodic, sterling tone, great to pertains it as hands strumming and picking the between interplay the of study acomprehensive through guitarist aprofessional becoming into leap the to make how learn will Prerequisites: GUIT-210 Guitar Technique 210. Students (1.5) STYLES GUITAR ELECTRIC GUIT-158E ADVANCED quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One changes. over improvising and transcription, to the guitar, including chord voicings, re-harmonization, advanced topics in and fusion their performance application to- intermediate- covers 120. course This Reading Guitar GUIT-110 110,Prerequisites: Technique Guitar GUIT-120 (1.5) GUIT-157E MASTERS FUSION week for one quarter. and critiqued One performances. lecture- workshop hour per Additional topics include: rhythm section accompaniment including sound, and chord technique. tones, phrasing, with an on emphasis the elements of melodic playing howlearn to solo over basic-to-complex chord progressions Prerequisites: GUIT-021 Guitar Technique 021. Students will GUIT-156E MELODIC SOLOING (1) one quarter. for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One artistry. line chord vocabulary, structures, that and phrases exemplify two- improvisation. Emphasis is placed on development of intervals, contrapuntal for necessary designs intervallic and techniques, left-hand and right- awareness, harmonic the of development Instructor,MI Jimmy Wyble., and provides step-by-step longtime and pioneer jazz contrapuntal by developed was 210. GUIT-210 Technique course This Guitar Prerequisites: 1(1)PART GUIT-155E THE IMPROVISATION ART OF TWO-LINE repertoire. Students refine and enhance all aspects of their their of aspects all enhance and refine Students repertoire. electric guitar ensemble reading skills based on pop music (4- 5-part) and small of development in-depth an covers course This 022. Reading Guitar GUIT-022 Prerequisites: (1) ENSEMBLE READING ROCK GUIT-180E CLASSIC credit. for repeated be may course This quarter. one for week per hour lecture One courses. Technique Guitar in learned techniques the all combine and fretboard, entire the over is designed to increaseplaying speed through chord changes 021. Technique course This Guitar GUIT-021 Prerequisites: GUIT-172E APPLIED TECHNIQUE (1) quarter. one for week per hour lecture One soloing. rock of nuances stylistic other and techniques, fretting string bending, two-handed hammer-ons, pull-offs, Topics include: styles. guitar to rock coures core in taught concepts and techniques of application melodic the covers 021. Technique course This Guitar GUIT-021 Prerequisites: GUIT-169E ROCK GUITAR LEAD (1) quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture examples fromcontemporary various One rock subgenres. to contemporary Students rock styles. will learn specific integral techniques riff and chord of application the covers 021. Technique course This Guitar GUIT-021 Prerequisites: GUIT-168E ROCK GUITAR RHYTHM (1.5) quarter. one for week per hour lecture One patterns. scale per-string four-note- and three- applying as well as skipping, string sweep tapping, includingtechniques, picking, picking, speed focuses on improvisation with advanced shred concepts and 210. GUIT-210 Technique course This Guitar Prerequisites: GUIT-165E GUITAR SHRED (1) quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One beyond. and 5, Maroon Jackson, Michael Peppers, Chili Hot Red the Prince, &Fire, Wind Earth, Brown, James as such artists by inspired funk, contemporary and traditional on based is curriculum The skills. rhythm overall to improve tools as well as to advanced, fundamental from guitar rhythm funk of techniques essential the learn will Prerequisites: GUIT-021 Guitar Technique 021. Students GUIT-164E FUNK GUITAR (1.5) quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One others. and Ritenour, Lee Ford, Robben Carlton, Larry of style the in solos and lines to play how learn Prerequisites: GUIT-021 Guitar Technique 021. Students (1.5) GUITAR ELECTRIC GUIT-163E ECLECTIC one quarter. for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One effects. steel techniques, including banjo rolls, open-string licks, and pedal course begins with the essentials and moves into specialized techniques applicable to contemporary country music. This soloing and guitar rhythm involving progressions typical learn Prerequisites: GUIT-021 Guitar Technique 021. Students will GUIT-162E COUNTRY GUITAR (1.5) week for one quarter. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE

151 COURSES 152 COURSES DESCRIPTIONS COURSE ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISITWWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS units required (two per quarter). (two per required units Twelve credit style. and musicianship technique, developing in student the guides instructor An goals. curriculum core supports that lesson instrument individual A weekly (2) PRIVATE LESSON KEYBD-PL TECHNOLOGY // KEYBOARD AREA MAJOR TECHNOLOGY KEYBOARD quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One applicable to students’ own arrangements and improvisations. made be will material the keys, to different them transposing and moves the of some isolating by and etudes, the of several in found material harmonic the to examine intends course This harmony. jazz and technique guitar classical between abridge as serve and techniques, contrapuntal in lessons as well as pieces guitar solo for vehicles are books seminal Wyble’s Jimmy from 1. etudes The Part Prerequisites: GUIT-155E of The Two-Line Art Improvisation (1.5) TWO-LINE OF ART The GUIT-255E for one quarter. week per hours Two workshop course. the for to prepare a CD preparation work is required. Students will be given and charts Prerequisites: Guitar 1. GUIT-088E Acid Jazz Some weekly 2(1) GUITAR JAZZ GUIT-188E ACID one quarter. for week per hour ensemble One involved. sight-reading Some performance. and rehearsal of context the in musicianship their of aspects all enhance and refine Students repertoire. jazz on based skills reading ensemble guitar electric (4- 5-part) and small of development in-depth an covers course This 022. Reading Guitar GUIT-022 Prerequisites: GUIT-187E GUITAR JAZZ (1) ENSEMBLE READING quarter. one for week per hour lecture One shred. or progressive, that are crucial for anyone interested fusion, in metal, jazz, skills —all meters odd in changes over playing and grooving, soloing, riffing, playing, counting, on focuses course workout weekly This music. contemporary of genres many incorporates 021. Technique course This Guitar GUIT-021 Prerequisites: GUIT-182E WORKOUT (1) ODD-METER quarter. one for week per hour ensemble lecture- One involved. sight-reading Some performance. and rehearsal ensemble guitar of context the in musicianship their of aspects all enhance and refine Students curriculum. reading electric guitar ensemble skills performance based on guitar (four- five-part) and small of development In-depth an covers course This 022. Reading Guitar GUIT-022 Prerequisites: (1) ENSEMBLE GUIT-181E GUITAR CLASSICAL READING one quarter. for week per hour ensemble One involved. sight-reading Some performance. and rehearsal of context the in musicianship THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS voicings. Two lecture hours per week for one quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture voicings. asscale, well as chord complete progressions, with preferred major the on based construction &triad interval dexterity, &melodic memorization, finger minor performance scale & major development, routine warm-up/practice posture, technique. Subsequent curricular topics include: performance mental and physical components that contribute to proper the both of understanding athorough gain will Students keyboardist. asuccessful becoming for necessary skills performance the of mastery subsequent and development keyboard technique. Weekly group study centers on the to contemporary introduction an as serves course This 011 (2) TECHNIQUE KEYBOARD KEYBD-011 quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture/ensemble 220 topics. Reading 210 Keyboard and discussed. This course coordinates with Keyboard Technique also is agroup within leadership Further form. song and style improvisation. Each topic is applied to a particular groove, multiple keyboard splits, key transposition and detailed and advanced concepts, such as dual keyboard playing, performance- based course that utilizes practical techniques Prerequisites: KEYBD-130 Keyboard 130. Performance A (2) 230 PERFORMANCE KEYBOARD KEYBD-230 one quarter. for week per hours Two 120 lecture/ensemble Reading topics. coordinates with Keyboard Technique 110 and Keyboard course This discussed. also is agroup within Leadership form. applied to a particular groove, comping pattern and musical is topic Each layering. sonic and splits keyboard wheel, embellishments, volumestylistic swells, use of the modulation forms, song atypical on emphasis an with approaches, music performance course that utilizes both technical and popular KeyboardPrerequisites: 023. Performance A KEYBD-023 130 (2) PERFORMANCE KEYBOARD KEYBD-130 per week for one quarter. hours Two lecture/ensemble 022 topics. Reading Keyboard 021 Technique and Keyboard with coordinates course This keyboard patch programming, and stylistic improvisation. cues, following and giving of development further the in music approaches. Intermediate-level reading chart also aids performance course that utilizes both technical and popular Prerequisites: KEYBD-013 Keyboard 013. Performance A (2) 023 PERFORMANCE KEYBOARD KEYBD-023 per week for one quarter. hours 012 Two Reading lecture/ensemble topics. Keyboard 011 Technique Keyboard with and coordinates course This reading. chart basic and form, song of awareness dynamics, music approaches. Concentration is placed on listening, popular and technical both utilizes that course A performance 013 (2) PERFORMANCE KEYBOARD KEYBD-013 units required (one per quarter). credit Six quarter. per week per hour ensemble One quarter. per performances ten of requirement Minimum offerings). workshop of overview for Workshops Playing Live on section (see settings and styles of avariety in perform Students WORKSHOPS 013-403 (1) CC-013K-CC-403K LIVE PERFORMANCE lecture hours per week for one quarter. one for week per hours lecture Two 023 topics. Performance 021 Keyboard Technique and musical forms. This course coordinates with Keyboard comping patterns and independence, part reading, chart rhythms, syncopated ornaments, and articulations grooves, counting and subdivision exercises as applied to particular include: time signature studies, note-value relationships, 012. Reading Topics Keyboard KEYBD-012 Prerequisites: (2) 022 READING KEYBOARD KEYBD-022 quarter. one for week per hours lecture 013Two topics. 011Technique Performance Keyboard and Keyboard with coordinates course This forms. song and fingering, Key Signatures, Lines, Ledger Staff, Grand Clefs, include: Highlights harmony. and rhythm melody, notating for symbols reading, note single-line basic learn Students 012 (2) READING KEYBOARD KEYBD-012 quarter. one for week per hours lecture interpretation, complete with three & four-note voicings. Two chromatic extensions & tri-tone substitutions and lead-sheet ii7-V7-Ima7 & iimi7(b5)-V7- Ima7/i7 progressions utilizing scales, altered modes, &Lydian Locrian include: topics that contribute to proper technique. Subsequent curricular components physical and mental the both of understanding athorough gain will Students keyboardist. a successful becoming for necessary skills performance the of mastery subsequent and development the on centers study group Prerequisites: KEYBD-110 Keyboard Technique 110. Weekly 210 (2) TECHNIQUE KEYBOARD KEYBD-210 quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture arpeggios. chord-based seventh and chords &sus4 add9 iimi7(b5)-V7-Ima7/i7 major progressions, & dominant cycles, ii7-V7-Ima7, chords, seventh inversion third & second first, & Dorian chromatic modes, interval-based extensions, Mixolydian the scales, &blues pentatonic include: topics that contribute to proper technique. Subsequent curricular components physical and mental the both of understanding athorough gain will Students keyboardist. a successful becoming for necessary skills performance the of mastery subsequent and development the on centers study group Prerequisites: Keyboard KEYBD-021 Technique 021. Weekly 110 (2) TECHNIQUE KEYBD-110 KEYBOARD quarter. one for week per hours completeprogressions, with preferred voicings. Two lecture iv-iidim-V-viidim-I I-VI- & I-VI-II-V-I I-IV-V-I, the using seventh chords, triad-based arpeggios and modal interchange root-position triads, inversion second & first & augmented), diminished (major, minor, scales minor on based construction minor diatonic scales, & chromatic interval alterations, triad Subsequent curricular topics include: harmonic & natural physical components that contribute to proper technique. and mental the both of understanding athorough gain for becoming keyboardist. a successful Students will necessary skills performance the of mastery subsequent and development the on 011. centers study group Weekly Technique Keyboard of acontinuation as serves course Prerequisites: KEYBD-011 Keyboard Technique 011. This (2) 021 TECHNIQUE KEYBOARD KEYBD-021 Prerequisites: KEYBD-220 Keyboard Reading 220, 220, Reading Keyboard KEYBD-220 Prerequisites: (2) KEYBOARDS 1: RECORDING PROJECT KEYBD-360 quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One mastering. basic and mixing sound, “realistic” amore for instruments MIDI editing software, with instruments live combining include: Topics creation. music video and film TV, in used devices production music and compositional popular the into deeper delves course level intermediate This Composition 1. Commercial Prerequisites: KEYBD-350 2 (2) COMPOSITION COMMERCIAL KEYBD-450 per week for one quarter. hour lab one and hour T.V.lecture One film. and commercials, for scoring of aspects technical and creative the both the emotional qualities of video images. This course includes composing musical background in scores, order to enhance to introduction an is course DAW This 2. Prerequisites: 1(2) COMPOSITION COMMERCIAL KEYBD-350 week for one quarter. per hour lecture One work. their master and mix edit, create, completion,Upon successful students should be able to automation, and mastering using Reason’s Channel Strip. mastering tool. Topics include: effects, compression, EQ, and amixing as Reason using on focuses course this of level second DAW The 1: Reason. AUDIO-056 Prerequisites: (1) REASON DAW 2: AUDIO-156 quarter. one for week per hour lecture One loops. with working and time stretching, drum programming, effects, instruments, virtual MIDI, and audio with working include: Topics covered recordings. instrument-based of creation the for tool essential an as technology audio to digital introduction an is course This (1) DAW 1: REASON AUDIO-056 quarter. one for week per hour lecture/lab One rig. akeyboard up set and octaves change wheel, modulation wheel, bend pitch the to use how learn also will Students transposition. and splitting programming techniques such patch as, selection, layering, is accomplished through application in-class of basic controls of popular hardware electric keyboards. This and functions basic to the introduction an is course This (1) MASTERY GEAR KEYBOARD KEYBD-024 quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture topics. Keyboard Technique 210 and Keyboard Performance 230 with coordinates course This form. song and patch, keyboard harmonic and melodic patterns within a particular groove, include: reading compound time signatures, meter changes, 120. Topics Reading Keyboard KEYBD-120 Prerequisites: 220 KEYBOARD (2)KEYBD-220 READING quarter. one for week per hours Two 130 lecture topics. Performance coordinates with Keyboard Technique 110 and Keyboard course This form. song and groove, aparticular within include: interpreting rhythmic, harmonic and melodic patterns Topics 022. Reading Keyboard KEYBD-022 Prerequisites: KEYBD-120 120 KEYBOARD READING (2) COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE

153 COURSES 154 COURSES DESCRIPTIONS COURSE ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISITWWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS meet the requirements of the client. the of requirements the meet to project the of revisions and drafts of anumber produce to required be will Students instructor. the by played “client” a for material original to produce teams in collaboratively work will 1. Students Project Producer of A continuation 2(2) PROJECT PRODUCER KEYBD-430 client. the of requirements the to meet project the of revisions and drafts of anumber to produce required be will Students instructor. the by played a“client” for material original to produce teams in collaboratively work will students class, this In 2. Music Digital KEYBD-2240 Prerequisite: 1(2) PROJECT PRODUCER KEYBD-330 2. Music Digital KEYBD-240 on audio using processing plug-ins. effects Prerequisite: emphasis with techniques mixing of application and study the is course This 2. Music Digital KEYBD-240 Prerequisite: 3(2) MUSIC DIGITAL KEYBD-340 creating computer-based recordings. for atool as technology audio digital using of development the with continues 1, class this Music Digital in set foundation the from 1. Building Music Digital KEYBD-140 Prerequisite: 2(2) MUSIC DIGITAL KEYBD-240 controllers and DAWs. of use and procedures set-up intuitive learn Students recordings. computer-based of creation the for tool essential an as technology audio to digital introduction an is course This 1(2) MUSIC DIGITAL KEYBD-140 quarter. one for week per hour lecture One utility. Loops Apple and sampler EXS-24 the as well as synthesizers ES-1, the Sculpture using and ES-2 theory of application application using Apple Includes Logic practical software. their and techniques sampling synthesis, subtractive of fundamentals synthesizers, of history the covers course This (1) SAMPLING AND SYNTHESIS KEYBD-150 basic mixing and mastering methods. and processing signal of concept the Understand techniques. recording and types Microphone different identify and andcharts how to stay organized and Understand efficient. creating including session studio alive in involved what’s Understand domain. digital the to translates it how and flow signal analog of understanding abasic Have evaluation. and review for panel faculty the to mixes, final including project, final their of elements all submit and complete will Students Project RecordingPrerequisites: 1: KEYBD-360 Keyboards. (2) KEYBOARDS PROJECT RECORDING 2: KEYBD-460 quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture producing song demos and creating a production schedule. discussions are all covered. Initial assignments include and some business MIDI writing programming and arranging, two or more original songs. Digital recording, home studios, and creating their final includingproject, keyboardrecording Keyboard Performance 230. Students will begin planning KEYBD-210 Keyboard Technique 210, KEYBD-230 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS TECHNOLOGY of a fully customized, low-budget marketing plan of attack. At At attack. of plan marketing low-budget customized, afully of creation the on focuses and venture business professional any to applicable concepts marketing basic reveals course This (2) MARKETING ARTIST INDEPENDENT MUBUS-307 quarter. one for week per hours strategies, video editing and basics, social Two media. lecture and tools marketing online website, artist acontent-rich of Topics include: building a strong online presence, creation online. music to promote needed skills technical the on focuses course This fans. to music directly themselves opened up for an enormous musicians opportunity to promote Prerequisites: CC-307 Visual Media 1. The Internet has 2(2) MEDIA VISUAL CC-407 quarter. one for week per hours manipulation, merchandise design, and more. Two lecture typography, flyer design, design,album image artwork include: class this in Topics covered campaigns. marketing exciting and expressive designs that directly music support vital to modern independent Emphasis is on artists. creating promotional flyers, artwork, tools,and othervisual materials CD original to design Photoshop Adobe to use learn Students 1(2) MEDIA VISUAL CC-0307 quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture industry. the in to work aspiring those as well as artists to independent apply Skills headlines. eye-catching and releases, news releases, press bios, artist to write how and campaigns, media implement and to create how relations, public and publicity between difference the learn Students (2) RELATIONS MEDIA MUBUS-0202 for one quarter. week per hour lecture One success. to career apath creating in students to support covered also is setting goal S.M.A.R.T. market,DIY distribution, touring, merchandising, and more. the deals, of types indie), and (major labels record include: Topics industry. entertainment the of aspects and areas important most the covering 1, further Business Entertainment Applied of acontinuation is 1. course This Business Prerequisites: Applied Entertainment MUSBUS-0360 2(1.5) BUSINESS ENTERTAINMENT APPLIED MUBUS-0460 quarter. one for week per hour lecture employment agreements, work-for-hire, unions and more. One and music publishing, band and partnerships solo artists, etc.), copyrights agent, attorney, (manager, team artist’s the structure, industry of overview an include 1, topics Business Entertainment Applied In era. digital the in acareer sustaining for knowledge essential today, and exists it as industry, entertainment the of understanding an with students provide to designed sequence, course two-quarter in a first The 1(1.5) BUSINESS ENTERTAINMENT APPLIED MUBUS-0360 DEVELOPMENT PROFESSIONAL

// KEYBOARD // KEYBOARD presents non-diatonic melodic and harmonic concepts. 101. CC-101 course &Theory This Harmony Prerequisites: CC-201 HARMONY & THEORY 201 (1.5) one quarter. for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One progressions. chord symbols and and modes, voice leading and chord inverted,scales, extended and non-standard chord types, blues and pentatonic include: 021. Highlights & Theory presents variations on diatonic structures from Harmony 021. course This &Theory Harmony CC-021 Prerequisites: 101 (1.5) &THEORY CC-101 HARMONY quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour analysis, chord and progressions, key centers. One lecture triad chords, seventh diatonic inversions, chord scales, minor harmonized key signatures, minor (and variations), scales minor natural signatures, time values, rhythmic structures, diatonic notation, musical of study further the through 011. &Theory accomplished is Harmony of This a continuation 011. is &Theory CC-011 course Harmony This Prerequisites: (1.5) 021 &THEORY HARMONY CC-021 quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One harmonies. scale major and triads, intervals, signatures, key scales, (for major pitch), notation music of application the through accomplished is This music. popular within used theory and harmony to the introduction an is course This 011 &THEORY (1.5) HARMONY CC-011 quarter. one for week per hour lecture/lab One meters. mixed and 3/4, 6/8) (cut time, signatures time advanced notes, sixteenth and eighth swung notes, tied notes, dotted include: covered Topics concepts. rhythm intermediate of understanding an isclass designed to give Program students Performance 1. Workout This Reading Rhythm CC-015 Prerequisites: 2(1) WORKOUT READING RHYTHM CC-025 week for one quarter. per hour lecture/lab One syncopation. and triplets counting, relationships, value note values), note to sixteenth note whole from (ranging rests and notes signatures) time lines, (bar subdividing Topics basics. covered include: notation basics and notation rhythmic understanding on solely focus will students a solid foundation in reading Students rhythms. Program Performance to give designed is course This 1(1) WORKOUT READING RHYTHM CC-015 TECHNOLOGY MUSICIANSHIP // KEYBOARD one-hour lab. Two lecture hours per week for one quarter. one for week per hours Two lab. lecture one-hour three during feedback useful receive and resource, course the complete marketing plan utilizing handy templates included in a create Students objective. their to achieve strategies marketing of mix integrated an create and goals, short-term set After identifying a business vision, students conduct research, a greater need for practical, independent marketing advice. been never has there careers, own their to leverage artists for ever than possible more it make technologies new when a time for one quarter. week per hours to ARTST-212E. Twoequivalent lecture/lab is course This discussion. and critique Includes instructor. the by provided genres and topics on based material original application of fundamental concepts to the creation of including skills, songwriting contemporary of development Prerequisites: Songwriting 1. CC-306 Continued 2(1.5) SONGWRITING CC-406 ARTST-112. Two lecture/lab hours per week for one quarter. to equivalent is course This qualities. emotional subjective and structure, tempo, melody, lyrics, harmony, rhythmic elements, Fundamentals of contemporary music creation, including song 1(1.5) SONGWRITING CC-306 quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One harmony. diatonic minor and major chord seventh and harmony, and rhythmic standard phrases, variations in minor-key melody focuses on the recognition and transcription of sixteenth-note 102 Training that Ear of continuation based application- an is course 102. Training This Ear CC-202 Prerequisites: (1.5) 202 TRAINING EAR CC-202 for one quarter. week per hour lab one and hour lecture One chords. seventh chord chord progressions, progressions in Roman numerals, chord progressions utilizing inversions, diatonic minor key variations, its and scale minor natural scales, blues rhythms, simple major andscales, minor pentatonic triplet melodies, focuses on the recognition and transcription of pentatonic 022 that Training Ear of continuation based application- an is course This 022. Training Ear CC-022 Prerequisites: 102 (1.5) TRAINING CC-102 EAR one quarter. for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One progressions. harmonic intervals, triad qualities, and diatonic major chord and melodic rhythm, and melody transcribing singing, sight- phrases, eighth-note rhythm, and meter of study 012, further Training the Ear of through a continuation is CC-12 012. Training course Ear This Prerequisites: (1.5) 022 TRAINING EAR CC-022 one quarter. for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One studied. also intervals, chromaticism, triads, diatonic harmony, rhythm are and melodies, melodic andscale Melodic intervals. harmonic major pitches, specific matching of technique the through accomplished is This music. popular within used be can which techniques, training to ear introduction an is course This 012 (1.5) TRAINING EAR CC-012 quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One scales. symmetrical and altered modulation, chromatic modulations, Roman numeral analysis, interchange, dominants, diatonic secondary substitution and modal melody, and key harmony minor include: Highlights COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE

155 COURSES 156 COURSES DESCRIPTIONS COURSE ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISITWWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS melodic patterns. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. one for week per hour lecture One patterns. melodic and rhythms stylistic on emphasis an with music Cuban Afro- in used repertoire and techniques learn will Students Prerequisites: KEYBD-210 Keyboard Technique 210. KEYBD-151E KEYBOARDS (1) AFRO-CUBAN One ensembleperformance. hour per week for one quarter. musicianship,style, stylistic improvisation, and collaborative comping groove, in capacities advanced have will students the quarter. completion Upon successful of the course, throughout structure aduet in player(s) keyboard other with approach, comping, and improvisation. Students perform player-including musicianship, critical listening, pianistic keyboard performing aprofessional for requirements and skills real-world on 110. Technique focuses Keyboard course This 101 KEYBD-110 and CC-101 &Theory Harmony Prerequisite: (1) ENSEMBLE DUET KEYBOARD KEYBD-251E one quarter. for week per hour lecture One Ableton. using setups touring and performance live custom to create used techniques the learn also will Students warping. audio and setup, mix implementation, synths, controllersoftware mapping, MIDI Ableton’s of understanding adeeper gaining on focus will Students Live. Ableton for applications advanced learn will Prerequisites: KEYBD-150E Ableton Live Workshop. Students WORKSHOP (1) ADVANCED ABLETONKEYBD-250E LIVE for one quarter. week per hour lecture One chords. 7th of voicings to Rootless voicing triads apply will Students triads. each of leading voice 4th and of cycle with triads all to practice able be will Students curriculum and support Keyboard performance series. technique Keyboard current complete will course This progressions from simple triads to complicated 7th chords. and voicings chord Keyboard utilize and study will Students Prerequisite: Keyboard KEYBD-021 Technique 021. KEYBD-108E KEYBOARD VOICING (1) quarter. one for week per hour lecture One Includes analysis and artists of their major approaches. jazz phrasing. and patterns rhythm stylistic developing and chord and key analyzing changes, chord/scale relationships, improvisation, includingtechniques handling for rapid jazz and concepts professional of development the covers course Prerequisites: Keyboard KEYBD-021 Technique 021. This 1(1) KEYBOARDS JAZZ KEYBD-054E MAJORS ONLYAVAILABLE KEYBOARD TO ELECTIVES KEYBOARD-SPECIFIC programs; see course offerings for options. other by offered electives entry-level or electives, Course by choosing fromCommon electives, program-specific Keyboard students may fulfill their elective credit requirements TECHNOLOGY // KEYBOARD ELECTIVES THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS This course may be repeated for credit. for repeated be may course This quarter. one for quarter per hours lecture Five guests. special with famed Yellowjackets keyboardist Russell Ferrante and the advanced study of keyboard contemporary jazz techniques Prerequisites: Program Chair Approval. This course covers (1) MASTERY KEYBOARD KEYBD-160E quarter. one for week per hour lecture One of Top 40 tunes and widely used diatonic chord progressions. analysis the through styles of avariety in progressions chord simple on based melodies to compose how learn will Students Prerequisites: Keyboard KEYBD-021 Technique 021. (1) KEYBOARDS FOR COMPOSITION KEYBD-156E quarter. one for week per hour lecture One phrasing. and key chord- changes, relationships, scale rhythmic patterns, and chord improvisation, jazz of study advanced the covers Keyboards 1. Jazz Prerequisites: This course KEYBD-054E 2(1) KEYBOARDS JAZZ KEYBD-154E quarter. one for week per hour lecture One patterns. melodic and rhythms stylistic on emphasis an with music Brazilian in used repertoire and techniques the learn will Students Prerequisites: KEYBD-210 Keyboard Technique 210. KEYBD-152E KEYBOARDS (1) BRAZILIAN AVAILABLE TO NON- KEYBOARD MAJORS KEYBOARD NON- TO AVAILABLE ENTRY-LEVEL ELECTIVES influential and artists learn styles, tocompose genre-specific analyze Students perspective. keyboard the from hip-hop at look historic and stylistic technical, the covers course This (1) KEYBOARDS HIP-HOP KEYBD-074E quarter. one for week per hour lecture One music. funk to most common is which parts, rhythm handed two- learn will Students playing. to groove approach their in differences subtle the understanding on emphasis an with players funk contemporary of analysis the covers course This (1) KEYBOARDS FUNK KEYBD-073E quarter. and transcribed solos. One lecture hour per week for one recordings through blues the of evolution the trace will course progressions used in authentic blues and R&B playing. This and scales, groove, technique, on focuses course This (1) KEYBOARDS BLUES KEYBD-071E for credit. repeated be May quarter. one for week per hour lecture One self-accompaniment. their of quality the to improve order in techniques arranging keyboard and skills performing to learn want who players singer/keyboard for designed is course This (1) THYSELF ACCOMPANY KEYBD-070E quarter. one for week per hour lecture One more. and changes, parameter real-time effects, filters, envelopes, waveforms, oscillators, Topics include: synthesizers. Gaia Roland for techniques programming covers course This (1) PROGRAMMING SYNTH GAIA ROLAND KEYBD-061E lecture hour per week for one quarter. one for week per hour lecture One performances. live spontaneous into all it to incorporate how and plug-ins, and softsynths use MIDI, record and edit audio, manipulate and record set, alive to create how shown Students music. will be and performing producing creating, for atool as software Live Ableton to use how learn Students KEYBD-150E ABLETON LIVE WORKSHOP (1) one quarter. for week per hour lecture One functionality. performance live and recording, includingworkstations, sampling, sequencing, Fantom Roland’s on instruction advanced covers course This WORKSHOP (1) FANTOM ROLAND KEYBD-079E WORKSTATION quarter. one for week per hour techniques as applied to repertoire. One lecture performance Students will learn and classic modern rock keyboard (1) KEYBOARDS ROCK KEYBD-078E week for one quarter. per hour lecture One others. and Van Dyke, Earl Preston, Billy Tee, Richard as such masters of styles the with associated and drills, sounds chord voicings, independence techniques, covers also course This ‘70s. and ‘60s the of era classic the from arrangements keyboard soul R&B/ of structure harmonic and rhythms, grooves, to develop how learn will Students (1) KEYBOARDS R&B/SOUL KEYBD-077E quarter. one for week per hour lecture One experience. hip-hop depth, hands-on instruction provides students with a genuine In- sounds. contemporary and classic to create samplers and synthesizers use and phrases, melodic and grooves week for one quarter. per hours Two audio. ensemble reference and charts, vocal notes, performance including materials, curricular extensive by popular genres with a live, three-piece backing band, assisted of a number in performances twice-weekly via performance Students develop fundamental technical approaches to vocal 013 (2) PERFORMANCE VOCAL VOCAL-013 units required (one per quarter). credit Six quarter. per week per hour ensemble One quarter. per performances ten of requirement Minimum offerings). workshop of overview for Workshops Playing Live on section (see settings and styles of avariety in perform Students WORKSHOPS 013-403 (1) CC-013V-CC-403V LIVE PERFORMANCE quarter). (two per required units Twelve credit style. and musicianship technique, developing in student the guides instructor An goals. curriculum core supports that lesson instrument individual A weekly (2) PRIVATE LESSON VOCAL-PL // VOCAL AREA MAJOR VOCAL

music notation, the basic elements of written music, major of overview an Topics include: vocalist. the for sightsinging and to sight-reading introduction an is course This 012 (2) SIGHTSINGING VOCAL-012 quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture/lab detail. great in harmonic subtleties and melodic vocabulary will be presented pop techniques. vocal Therefore, performance these genres’ and R&B soul, gospel, jazz, of study the through inflection) ornamentation (vocabulary embellishment, improvisation, melodic of execution and development the continues course Prerequisites: VOCAL-110 Vocal Technique 110. This 210 (2) TECHNIQUE VOCAL-210 VOCAL range. Two lecture/lab hours per week for one quarter. speaking your exploring diction, to improve resources and and consonants, diphthongs and triphthongs with exercises vowels of placement and formation the addresses discussed, be will Pronunciation Standard American the introduced, be will (IPA) Alphabet Phonetic International The include: VOCAL-021 021. Technique Vocal Topics Prerequisites: 110VOCAL-110 (2) TECHNIQUE VOCAL lecture/lab hours per week for one quarter. Two health. vocal affect that factors and endurance harmony, vibrato,resonance, agility, singing ad-libbing, tonal in colors, formation of speech sounds, vowel placement, exploration of techniques, listening of expansion (the break), Passaggio the of study range, vocal increasing and assessing Topics include: production. vocal of nature the understanding on focuses VOCAL-011 011.Prerequisites: Technique Vocal course This (2) 021 TECHNIQUE VOCAL VOCAL-021 quarter. one for week per hours lab registers phonation and efficient techniques. Two lecture/ habits, practice effective impact, its’ and management physiological terminologies, breathing techniques, breath vocal Topics include: voice. the of production and physiology the anatomy, to the introduction an is course This 011 (2) TECHNIQUE VOCAL VOCAL-011 quarter. one for week per hours Two ensemble course. the within points set at material own their to perform students for ability more complex material, additional musical genres, and the live ensemble experience performing featuring progressively Prerequisites: VOCAL-130 Vocal 130. Performance Additional (2) 230 PERFORMANCE VOCAL VOCAL-230 per week for one quarter. hours Two ensemble course. the within points set at material own their to perform students for ability the and genres progressively more complex material, additional musical featuring experience performing ensemble live Additional Prerequisites: VOCAL-023 Vocal 023. Performance 130 (2) PERFORMANCE VOCAL-130 VOCAL quarter. one for week per hours Two ensemble genres. progressively more complex material and additional musical Continued live-ensemble performing experience, featuring Prerequisites: VOCAL-013 Vocal 023. Performance VOCAL-023 VOCAL 023 PERFORMANCE (2) COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE

157 COURSES 158 COURSES DESCRIPTIONS COURSE ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISITWWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS an emphasis on blending, singing unison, counterpoint, mic mic counterpoint, unison, singing blending, on emphasis an with vocals backing of essentials the learn will Students (2) ENSEMBLE VOCAL CONTEMPORARY VOCAL-350 one quarter. for week per hour lecture One work. their master and mix edit, completion,successful students should be able to create, automation, mastering using Reason’s Channel Strip. Upon mastering tool. Topics include: effects, compression, EQ, and amixing as Reason using on focuses course this of level second DAW The 1: Reason. AUDIO-056 Prerequisites: (1) REASON DAW 2: AUDIO-156 quarter. one for week per hour lecture One loops. with working and time stretching, drum programming, effects, instruments, virtual MIDI, and audio with working include: Topics covered recordings. instrument-based of creation the for tool essential an as technology audio to digital introduction an is course This (1) DAW 1: REASON AUDIO-056 quarter. one for week per hour lecture One Latin. and jazz, &blues, rhythm rock, include: covered critical listening as they relate to advanced repertoire. Styles continuation of exploration style through reading chart and a is 1. course VOCAL-014 This Survey Styles Prerequisites: 2 SURVEY (1)VOCAL-024 STYLES quarter. one for week per hour lecture One Latin. and jazz, & blues, repertoire requirements. covered Styles include: rhythm rock, to relate they as listening critical and reading chart styles, of overview analytical an with students provides course This 1(1) SURVEY STYLES VOCAL-014 for one quarter. week per hours Two lecture/lab reading. two-part advanced to swing, transcription, jazz advanced blues reading, and introduction grooves, note eighth modes, the of review includes: tension/resolution and chord/scale relationships, VOCAL-120 120. course Prerequisites: This Sighsinging VOCAL-220 SIGHTSINGING 220 (2) one quarter. key chord Two progressions. lecture/lab hours per week for minor and chords, extended modes, scales, minor inversions, triad minor and major intervals, Topics include: harmonies. complex and rhythms mixed melodies, diatonic minor and major of introduction the to include skills sightsinging expands VOCAL-022Prerequisites: 022. Sightsinging course This VOCAL-120 SIGHTSINGING 120 (2) quarter. one for week per hours lab Two lecture/ signature. time 6/8 and cadences rhythms, triplet clef, bass to the introduction an values, and notes combining on emphasis with skills sightsinging of development Prerequisites: VOCAL-012 Sightsinging 012. Continued VOCAL-022 022 SIGHTSINGING (2) quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture/lab patterns. rhythmic melodies with whole, half, quarter, eighth, and sixteenth-note diatonic simple warm-ups, notes, dotted ties, intervals, scales, THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS ensemble hours per week for one quarter. one for week per hours ensemble to understand studio Two vocal performances. lecture/lab means as a effects. and EQ final vocals, backing overdubs, including song, original or version acover recording and recording equipment. This course sees students arranging both and a an Producer Engineer, using industry-standard with recording experience further 1: will Students Recording on the knowledge and techniques in learned Project Prerequisites: VOCAL-360 Studio Recording 1: Building (2) VOCAL 2: RECORDING PROJECT VOCAL-460 per week for one quarter. hours ensemble Two lecture/lab performance. vocal best the equipment and techniques essential to creating and capturing other as well as vocals, lead for effects and EQ amplification, equipment choice, essential recording studio terminology, pre- Topics include: pre-production, microphone techniques, audio equipment. studiorecording using industry-standard their own professional-quality, three-song vocal reel in the creating of skills practical and art the learn will Students Vocal Technique 210, VOCAL-230 Vocal Performance 230. VOCAL-210 220, VOCAL-220 Sightsinging Prerequisites: (2) 1: VOCAL RECORDING PROJECT VOCAL-360 song. same the within singing backup and soloing with along structures, song harmony 6-part cluster harmonies, and plus chords, 4-part jazz vocals, Topics students. advanced include: containing intricate for vocals backing covers course This Ensemble. Vocal (2)ENSEMBLE Prerequisites: VOCAL-350 Contemporary VOCAL-450 ADVANCED VOCAL CONTEMPORARY credit. for repeated be may course This quarter. one for week per hours Two ensemble individuals. as and group large or asmall in while sightsinging and techniques, for one quarter. week per hour lecture One success. to career apath creating in students to support covered also is setting goal S.M.A.R.T. market,DIY distribution, touring, merchandising, and more. the deals, of types indie), and (major labels record include: Topics industry. entertainment the of aspects and areas important most the covering 1, further Business Entertainment Applied of acontinuation is 1. course This Business Prerequisites: Applied Entertainment MUSBUS-0360 2(1.5) BUSINESS ENTERTAINMENT APPLIED MUBUS-0460 quarter. one for week per hour lecture employment agreements, work-for-hire, unions and more. One and music publishing, band and partnerships solo artists, etc.), copyrights agent, attorney, (manager, team artist’s the structure, industry of overview an include 1, topics Business Entertainment Applied In era. digital the in acareer sustaining for knowledge essential today, and exists it as industry, entertainment the of understanding an with students provide to designed sequence, course two-quarter in a first The 1(1.5) BUSINESS ENTERTAINMENT APPLIED MUBUS-0360 DEVELOPMENT PROFESSIONAL

// VOCAL week for one quarter. per hour lecture/lab One syncopation. and triplets counting, relationships, value note values), note to sixteenth note whole from (ranging rests and notes signatures) time lines, (bar subdividing Topics basics. covered include: notation basics and notation rhythmic understanding on solely focus will students a solid foundation in reading Students rhythms. Program Performance to give designed is course This 1(1) WORKOUT READING RHYTHM CC-015 MUSICIANSHIP // VOCAL lecture hours per week for one quarter. one for week per hours lecture Two hours. work in-class three during feedback useful receive and resource, course the in included templates handy utilizing plan marketing acomplete create Students licensing. and video promotion,press, advertising and sales sponsorships, Internet, the shows, live utilizing effectively as well as radio, to access gaining audience, target the identifying format, and position, brand, image, an defining including objective, their to achieve strategies marketing of mix integrated an create vision, students conduct set research, short-term goals, and independent marketing advice. After identifying a business practical, for need agreater been never has there careers, own their to leverage artists for ever than possible more it make technologies new when atime at Furthermore, attack. creation of a fully customized, low-budget marketing plan of the on focuses and venture business professional to any applicable concepts marketing basic reveals course This (2) MARKETING ARTIST INDEPENDENT MUBUS-0307 quarter. one for week per hours strategies, video editing and basics, social Two media. lecture and tools marketing online website, artist acontent-rich of Topics include: building a strong online presence, creation online. music to promote needed skills technical the on focuses course This fans. to music directly themselves opened up for an enormous musicians opportunity to promote Prerequisites: CC-307 Visual Media 1. The Internet has 2(2) MEDIA VISUAL CC-407 quarter. one for week per hours manipulation, merchandise design, and more. Two lecture include: typography, flyer design, design,album image artwork class this in Topics covered campaigns. marketing music creating exciting and expressive designs that directly support materials vital to Emphasis modern is Independent on Artists. promotional flyers, original CD artwork, tools,and othervisual to design Photoshop Adobe to use how learn Students 1(2) MEDIA VISUAL CC-307 quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture industry. the in to work aspiring those as well as artists to independent apply Skills headlines. eye-catching and releases, news releases, press bios, artist to write how and campaigns, media implement and to create how relations, public and publicity between difference the learn Students (2) RELATIONS MEDIA MUBUS-0202 one quarter. for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One progressions. harmonic intervals, triad qualities, and diatonic major chord and melodic rhythm, and melody transcribing singing, sight- phrases, eighth-note rhythm, and meter of study 012, further Training the Ear of through a continuation is CC-12 012. Training course Ear This Prerequisites: (1.5) 022 TRAINING EAR CC-022 one quarter. for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One studied. also intervals, chromaticism, triads, diatonic harmony, rhythm are and melodies, melodic andscale Melodic intervals. harmonic major pitches, specific matching of technique the through accomplished is This music. popular within used be can which techniques, training to ear introduction an is course This 012 (1.5) TRAINING EAR CC-012 quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One scales. symmetrical and altered modulation, chromatic modulations, Roman numeral analysis, interchange, dominants, diatonic secondary substitution and modal melody, and key harmony minor include: Highlights presents non-diatonic melodic and harmonic concepts. 101. CC-101 course &Theory This Harmony Prerequisites: CC-201 HARMONY & THEORY 201 (1.5) one quarter. for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One progressions. chord symbols and and modes, voice leading and chord inverted,scales, extended and non-standard chord types, blues and pentatonic include: 021. Highlights & Theory presents variations on diatonic structures from Harmony 021. course This &Theory Harmony CC-021 Prerequisites: 101 (1.5) &THEORY CC-101 HARMONY quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour analysis, chord and progressions, key centers. One lecture triad chords, seventh diatonic inversions, chord scales, minor harmonized key signatures, minor (and variations), scales minor natural signatures, time values, rhythmic structures, diatonic notation, musical of study further the through 011. &Theory accomplished is Harmony of This a continuation 011. is &Theory CC-011 course Harmony This Prerequisites: (1.5) 021 &THEORY HARMONY CC-021 quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One harmonies. scale major and triads, intervals, signatures, key scales, (for major pitch), notation music of application the through accomplished is This music. popular within used theory and harmony to the introduction an is course This 011 &THEORY (1.5) HARMONY CC-011 quarter. one for week per hour lecture/lab One meters. mixed and 3/4, 6/8) (cut time, signatures time advanced notes, sixteenth and eighth swung notes, tied notes, dotted include: covered Topics concepts. rhythm intermediate of understanding an isclass designed to give Program students Performance 1. Workout This Reading Rhythm CC-015 Prerequisites: 2(1) WORKOUT READING RHYTHM CC-025 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE

159 COURSES 160 COURSES DESCRIPTIONS COURSE ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISITWWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS see course offerings for options. for offerings course see programs; other by offered electives entry-level or electives, choosing fromCourseCommon electives, program-specific by requirements credit elective their fulfill may students Voice // VOCAL ELECTIVES one quarter. for week per hours to ARTST-212E. Twoequivalent lecture/lab is course This discussion. and critique Includes instructor. the by provided genres and topics on based material original application of fundamental concepts to the creation of including skills, songwriting contemporary of development Prerequisites: Songwriting 1. CC-306 Continued 2(1.5) SONGWRITING CC-406 ARTST-112. Two lecture/lab hours per week for one quarter. to equivalent is course This qualities. emotional subjective and structure, tempo, melody, lyrics, harmony, rhythmic elements, Fundamentals of contemporary music creation, including song 1(1.5) SONGWRITING CC-306 one quarter. for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One scales. and this in course, addition to study further of chord progressions of focus main the as serves performance repertoire Classical keyboard and musical comprehension. performance Pop and successful for required skills technical the develops further Prerequisites: CC-108 Keyboard Proficiency 1.This course 2(1) PROFICIENCY KEYBOARD CC-208 quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One tool. compositional and instrument a performing as both keyboard the using for required skills motor necessary thisprogressions, course will enable students to develop the physical posture, finger technique, diatonicscales & chord of study the Through technique. keyboard contemporary to introduction an as serves 1 Proficiency Keyboard 1(1) PROFICIENCY KEYBOARD CC-108 quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One harmony. diatonic minor and major chord seventh and harmony, and rhythmic standard phrases, variations in minor-key melody focuses on the recognition and transcription of sixteenth-note 102 Training that Ear of continuation based application- an is course 102. Training This Ear CC-202 Prerequisites: (1.5) 202 TRAINING EAR CC-202 for one quarter. week per hour lab one and hour lecture One chords. seventh chord chord progressions, progressions in Roman numerals, chord progressions utilizing inversions, diatonic minor key variations, its and scale minor natural scales, blues rhythms, simple major andscales, minor pentatonic triplet melodies, focuses on the recognition and transcription of pentatonic 022 that Training Ear of continuation based application- an is course This 022. Training Ear CC-022 Prerequisites: 102 (1.5) TRAINING CC-102 EAR THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS singer as well as a background rap singer (a.k.a. “hypeman”) “hypeman”) (a.k.a. singer rap abackground as well as singer rap aversatile to become student the prepares course This (1.5) TECHNIQUES RAP VOCAL-020E for credit. repeated be may course This quarter. one for week per hours Two ensemble ensemble. small or alarge in parts holding and harmonizing Topics include: performance. live during blending on emphasis an with vocals backing of essentials the students vocal entry-level to teach designed class Ensemble (1) ENSEMBLE VOCAL CONTEMPORARY VOCAL-016E one quarter. Two performances. in-class lecture/lab hours per week for demonstrations of technique, discussion, and class weekly analysis, listening, through vocalists rock modern and Students learn the unique of styles influential classic VOCAL-015E ROCK VOCAL (1.5) STYLES credit. for repeated be may course This quarter. one for week per hour ensemble lecture/ One repertoire and developing a personal stylistic interpretation. standard the learning on placed is Emphasis ensemble. a jazz in work and aband with to communicate how learn Students VOCAL-014E VOCALS JAZZ (1.5) quarter. one for week per hours Two Form. lecture/lab Release Vocal Extreme an sign must class this in enrolling students Who). Godsmack), and “The White Scream” (Roger Daltrey/The (Slayer, Sergeant” Drill “The Anselmo/Pantera), (Phil Bobcat” “The Hetfield/Metallica), (James Gravel” “The include: taught Techniques voices. to their damage prevent that techniques vocal effective apply they because so do careers long maintain who style extreme an in performing Vocalists VOCAL-012E VOCALS EXTREME 1 (1) quarter. one for week per hour lab lecture- One performances. blues convincing and authentic more to create order in delivery emotional and phrasing blues into insight an with students provides It genre. blues the in vocalists of astudy including form, and scale, genre, blues the of development the and Diaspora African the of A study VOCAL-011E BLUES VOCALS (1.5) quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture/lab countries. other and U.S. the in vocalists pop and jazz present-day for styles vocal these of relevance the to highlight explored be also will international Contemporary jazz. crossover approaches artist song, (Brazilian pop MPB music) and contemporary Brazilian samba nova, music—bossa to the approaches four explore will Weeklyperformance. lectures, readings, and performances vocal on be will course this of emphasis The present. the 1950s to the from music Brazilian examines course This VOCAL-010E VOCALS (1.5) BRAZILIAN MAJORS ONLYAVAILABLE VOCAL TO VOCAL-SPECIFIC ELECTIVES Note: Due to the nature of the techniques taught, taught, techniques the of nature the to Due Note: Two workshop hours per week for one quarter. one for week per hours Two workshop ladder. industry the up moving to keep how and a performer, as to evolve step next the create to realistically how success, to define how about advice real-world offers course This 1(1) SUCCESS OF ART THE VOCAL-106E quarter. one for week per hour lecture One exercises. arranging with along sheets, lead and charts easy-to-edit and understand easy-to- creating in skills their increase will Students utilizing the professional digital notation Sibelius. software, and hand, by chart-writing learning charts, the on contained to be need details what determining then information, contemporary chart-writing. Focus is on evaluating music to applied as notation musical of art the explores course 1. This &Arranging Notation Digital of A continuation Prerequisite: VOCAL-031E Digital Notation & Arranging 1. 2(1)VOCAL-131E NOTATION DIGITAL &ARRANGING quarter. one for week per hour lecture One exercises. arranging basic some with along sheets, lead and charts easy-to-edit and easy-to-understand to create skill the acquire will Students utilizing the professional digital notation Sibelius. software, and hand, by chart-writing learning charts, the on contained to be need details what determining then information, music evaluating on is Focus chart-writing. to contemporary applied as notation musical of art the explores course This 1(1) NOTATION DIGITAL &ARRANGING VOCAL-031E per week for one quarter. hour lab one and lecture, One performances. R&B convincing and authentic more to create order in delivery timbre vocal and phrasing R&B into insight an with students providing genre, R&B the in vocalists of astudy including genre, R&B the of development the and Diaspora African the of A study VOCAL-026E R&B VOCALS (1.5) quarter. popular Two genres. lecture/lab hours per week for one to other compares it how and music country of business the explore also will course This vocalists. pop and country day present- for styles these of relevance the to highlight explored be also will approaches artist crossover Contemporary country). alternative and pop-country, 1970’s rock, Southern , country-folk 1960’s rock,, 1950’s country-influenced tonk, its subgenres western (bluegrass, swing, rockabilly, honky and music to the approaches explore will performances and will be on Weekly vocal performance. lectures, readings, course this of emphasis The present. to the inception its from music country of development the examines course This VOCAL-022E COUNTRY VOCALS (1.5) quarter. one for week per hours Twosound. lecture/lab group and animation, dynamics, timbres, vocal delivery, flow, breathing technique, microphone technique, timing, cadence, articulation, syncopation, independence on individual parts, on placed is Emphasis history. rap of overview an gives and and will be assigned parts. Emphasis is placed on sight- on placed is Emphasis parts. assigned be will and sections into placed be will Students singer. background and prepares the student to become a versatile ensemble member Prerequisites: Enrollment by audition only. This course (1.5) ENSEMBLE VOCAL-116E ADVANCED VOCAL CONTEMPORARY quarter. one for week per hours performance, will also be presented in detail. Two lecture/lab as they relate to improvisation, and transcription analysis and application Chord/scale through relationships, performances. practical as well as listening, guided include will class Every to by recorded genre-defining performances vocalists. guided listening, the will class compare written melodies vocal interpretation language of and jazz form. Through analyzes course This VOCAL-014E Vocals. Jazz Prerequisites: 2(1.5) VOCAL-114E VOCALS JAZZ lecture/lab hours per week for one quarter. Two evaluation. instructor and critique class for performance, afinal including performances, different of a number specific Eachvocal exercises.student is required to prepare extreme-style- by followed styles vocal extreme various of 1. Vocals Areview VOCAL-012E Extreme Prerequisites: VOCAL-112E VOCALS EXTREME 2 (1) quarter. one for week per hour lecture One technique. vocal of science the of communication effective interferences; increasing range; applying exercises; scale and establishing a viable starting-point for the student; correcting throat; the evaluating for techniques including: techniques, training vocal and students, and assignments of track keeping studio, vocal aprivate to building introduction an is course Prerequisites: VOCAL-210 Vocal Technique 210. This 1(1) TRAINING TEACHER VOCAL VOCAL-040E prerequisite named in your elective of interest. each for description course to the refer details, full For Note: // VOCAL ELECTIVES ADVANCED quarte problem sounds. One lecture/lab hour per week for one specific on concentrate and identify and elements phonetic their into words to break learn Students vocals. language English- effective for accent English American an to develop students speaking English non-native enables course This (1) REDUCTION ACCENT VOCAL-018E credit. for repeated be may course This quarter. one for week per hours Two ensemble dynamics. and blending vocal group ear, by and harmonies arranging and learning vocals, lead constructing Topics include: with acting the choir/background. as class performances vocal lead rotate Students songs. Gospel contemporary and traditional perform students which in course ensemble An (1) CHOIR GOSPEL VOCAL-013E MAJORS NON-VOCAL TO AVAILABLE ENTRY-LEVEL ELECTIVES r. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE

161 COURSES 162 COURSES DESCRIPTIONS COURSE ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISITWWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS Bachelor of Music Degree requirements include completion REQUIREMENTS STUDIES GENERAL BACHELOR OF DEGREES MUSIC quarter. one for week per hours ensemble Two (Vocal). lecture/ Performance in Music of Bachelor the for credit core as transferable is course This weekly. rhythm section. Two songs will be selected and performed afull with performed and original, its than different a style in interpreted to class, brought be will sheets Lead class. in whiteboard the utilizing taught be will hand by Chart-writing grooves. and styles music various genres, numerous in section arhythm with interacting by elements instrumental utilize vocal improvisation, recognizing musical phrases and lib, to ad learning by creativity their to expand students schedule an audition at [email protected]. This course prepares to Chair Vocal the contact Please Audition. via permission Prerequisite: VOCAL-230 Vocal 230 Performance and VOCAL-320E VOCAL CREATIVITY 320 (2) week for one quarter. per hours Two workshop artists. and musicians professional to be necessary skills the to hone designed activities in engaging while it — within success of definitions their and — industry entertainment the of perception their expand 1. Students VOCAL-106E Success of Art Prerequisites: The 2(1) SUCCESS OF ART THE VOCAL-206E per week for one quarter. hours onstage.Two lecture/ensemble while versatility vocal in result that presets operate and effects vocal to engage how discover will class The device. looping and processor effects Touch avocal 2, VoiceLive TC Helicon’s utilizing presentation avocalist’s expand that effects diverse with harmonies situations. The will class create vocal improvisations and performance live in vocals design and loop to record, skills with students provides course 130. This Performance Vocal VOCAL-120 120Prerequisite: VOCAL-130 and Sightsinging 1(1) VOCALISTS FOR HELICON TC VOCAL-205E lecture/ ensemble hours per week for one quarter. instrument. Submitted videos will be discussed in Two class. an playing while auditioning and vocalist; abackup becoming competition; a musical theater audition; fronting a band; audition-style situations including live auditions; a singing multiple of expectations and requirements the settings; audition in choice song of importance the cover: will class The situations. musical diverse in to audition necessary skills submitted talent-videos. This course exposes students to the three of approval upon contingent is Enrollment Chair. Program via audition or 023, VOCAL-023 Performance Vocal 022, 021, Technique Vocal VOCAL-022 Sightsinging VOCAL-125E VOCAL AUDITION FUNDAMENTALS (2) lecture/lab hours per week for one quarter. blending, microphone technique, and group sound. Two inter-section on parts, individual independence reading, THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS 3. A minimum of 3 additional semester-units or 4.5 4.5 or semester-units 3additional of Aminimum 3. 3 semester-units or quarter-units 4.5 Journalism, Law, Political Science): Economics, (Business, Politics and Economics 2b. Sociology) or: Geography, History, Psychology, Linguistics, (Anthropology, Family & Consumer Studies, Social 2a. and Behavioral Sciences Government and Institutions American in Science): 3 semester-units or 4.5 quarter-units Studies, American Chicano Studies, History, Political (African- Government and Institutions 1. American units or 13.5 including: quarter-units, 9semester- of minimum Sciences: Behavioral and Social requirements. course minimum Humanities their of part as Italian or German, French, in courses language of hours quarter hours/4.5 3semester complete to required are Vocals in aconcentration with *Students Linguistics, Speech, Literature, Philosophy) 2. or: Theater) 1. (Architecture, The Arts Photography, Cinema, in: Humanities: minimum of 6 semester-units or 9 quarter-units* Microbiology, Physiology) 2. Life Forms (Anatomy, Anthropology, Biology, Physical Science, Physics) or: Geology, Meteorology, Mineralogy, Oceanography, Science, Environmental Science, Geography, Earth Chemistry, (Astronomy, Universe 1. Physical quarter-units in: 4.5 or 3semester-units of minimum Sciences: Natural 2babove. 1, or from 2a, quarter-units 4.5 or semester-units 3additional of Aminimum 3. units Psychology, Speech): 3 semester-units or 4.5 quarter- Computer Science, Technology, English, Philosophy, (Computer Thinking Analytical and Communication 2b. (Mathematics): 3 semester-units or 4.5 quarter-units Thinking and Analytical Communication 2a. 18 quarter-units in: or 12 of minimum semester-units Rationality: and Language Admissions: Transfer of Credit for more information. see equivalency; their to determine evaluated be will meet the requirements. Units completed at other institutions that numbers and titles course specific for Institute Musicians and College City Angeles Los between Agreement Transfer Education General to the refer Please coursework. of areas distribution of units is shown below along with representative in General Studies. For general reference, the required coursework of quarter-units 45 or semester-units 30 of semester-units or quarter-units 4.5 1. English Composition (English, Journalism): 3 quarter-units from 1, 2a, or 2babove. 1, or from 2a, quarter-units

The Humanities (Foreign Language, Humanities,

Prerequisites: Arranging Contemporary BACH-P303 4(2) ARRANGING CONTEMPORARY BACH-P403 $200.00 fee: lab Required quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture drums. tenor trombone, andsaxophone, piano, saxophone, bass, alto trumpet, for arrangement an of recording a studio harmonization. As a final project,each student completes four-part on emphasis with family woodwind and brass the to study is objective The instruments. “doubling” with arranginglearn techniques for 4-horn standard ensembles will Students clarinet. and flute saxophone, alto trombone, will include transposition, range, and idiomatic usage of the Topics instruments. woodwind and brass additional with 2, Arranging Contemporary of acontinuation is course This 2. Arranging Contemporary BACH-P203 Prerequisites: 3(2) ARRANGING CONTEMPORARY BACH-P303 $200. fee: lab Required quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture drums. and bass, piano, guitar, sax, tenor trumpet, for arrangement an of recording studio a completes student each project, afinal As horns. two and section rhythm for arrangements to build learn soli writing and backgroundpart Students lines. and analyze two- on emphasis with family reed and brass the to study is trumpet and tenor The objective in popular saxophone styles. will include transposition, range, and idiomatic usage of the Topics instruments. woodwind and brass of addition the 1, with Arranging Contemporary of acontinuation is course 1. This Arranging Contemporary BACH-P103 Prerequisites: 2 ARRANGING (2) CONTEMPORARY BACH-P203 $200. fee: lab Required quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture drums. and bass guitar, piano, for arrangement an of recording studio a completes student each project, final a As score. master and score, sketch outline, averbal using rhythm section, and to prepare an arrangement step-by-step the in instrument each of usage characteristic the to learn is objective The styles. contemporary selected in notation Emphasis is placed on score preparation and parts and section. rhythm alive for practices notation and techniques, arranging to instrumentation, introduction an is course This Notation. BACH-P127 301 Sibelius and &Theory Harmony Prerequisites: CC-301 Harmony & 301 Theory CC-301 1(2) ARRANGING CONTEMPORARY BACH-P103 quarter. per week per hour lesson private One projects. Senior and as preparation for plus scoring assignments Sophomore well as compositions of critique and analysis Includes skills. traditional and compositional contemporary techniques and Weekly private focused lesson on developing and applying (2) LESSON COMPOSITION PRIVATE SCORING MEDIA BACH-C.PL // COMPOSITION AREA MAJOR MEDIA) VISUAL IN (SCORING BACHELOR OF COMPOSITION IN MUSIC transcription. Two lecture hours per week for one quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture transcription. and orchestration as well as motor and motif agood writing on focused assignments scoring of avariety complete will Students tropes. musical accepted on emphasis an with scores, film in “genre” address will class This techniques. mixing rudimentary and skills sequencer applied in instruction features in-depth melodic and harmonic analysis, along with course This 2. Scoring BACH-M335 Prerequisites: 3(2) SCORING BACH-M336 per week for one quarter. hours Two lecture picture. against or with scoring of process the study also will Students choices. instrumentation through students an understanding of how emotion is communicated gives 1. course This Scoring BACH-M334 Prerequisites: 2(2) SCORING BACH-M335 quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture pipeline. process scoring the and employers, her or his and professional music media the of role the music, media of functions the covers Research diegetic versus non-diegetic music, and underscore. cues, source and score between difference the including concepts, and practices scoring basic covers course This 1(2) SCORING BACH-M334 arrangement ensemble. for large jazz full-length be a will project final The assigned. be will assignments applying these techniques and conventions Homework writing. band to big common conventions and techniques the study will Students ensemble. jazz large the for techniques arranging covers course This Prerequisites: Arranging 5. Contemporary BACH-P503 6(2) ARRANGING CONTEMPORARY BACH-M603 $200.00. fee: lab Required quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture strings. “sampled” and drums, saxophone, and baritone saxophone), guitar, piano, bass, for 5 horns (trumpet, trombone, alto tenor saxophone, arrangement an of recording astudio completes student each project, afinal As arrangements. level intermediate recording. Students to learn combine techniques to build for overdubbing and sweetening of concepts additional Introduces materials. course previous all combines course Prerequisites: BACH-P403 Arranging 4. Contemporary This 5(2) ARRANGING CONTEMPORARY BACH-P503 $200. fee: lab Required quarter. one for week per hours Two quintet. lecture string for arrangement an of recording astudio completes student each project, afinal As contrabass. and cello viola, violin, the of usage reharmonization, and to learn the ranges and characteristic an understanding of effective chord progressions and to gain is objective The included. is arrangements string of analysis score Extensive leading. voice and arranging dominant resolution, modal interchange, basic contrapuntal chordharmonic rhythm, substitution, dominant and substitute reharmonization, and scoring for strings. Topics include 3. This course focuses on chord progressions and COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE

163 COURSES 164 COURSES DESCRIPTIONS COURSE ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISITWWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS to compose the music for a substantial section of a given agiven of section asubstantial for music the to compose students require will project course-long The score. afilm of path the plotting and afilm spotting for methods of a variety examine will class the genre, Western the on afocus With an exploration of approaches to scoring feature-length films. features course This 8. Scoring BACH-M341 Prerequisites: 9(2) SCORING BACH-M342 one quarter. Additional lab fee required. for week per hours Two lecture storytelling. for palette sound a building when needed considerations subtle the about geographical, social and time period settings. Students learn drama and political drama to larger epic works considering an analysis of of different types drama from relationship/family features 7. course This Scoring BACH-M340 Prerequisites: Romance (2). Historical/Period Drama, Epic Drama, Drama, Advanced Applied Thematic Scoring Techniques I in 8(2) SCORING BACH-M341 Additional lab fee required. quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture implementation. complete multiple and scoring assignments audio basic learn Students and cinematics. including stingers, loops, types, cue common on is emphasis The styles. prevailing of survey a and paradigm interactive of introduction an with along fundamental game scoring concepts and techniques, covers course This 6. Scoring BACH-M339 Prerequisites: 7(2) SCORING BACH-M340 required. fee lab Additional quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture assignments. scoring film of avariety complete will students and minimalism. Applying these styles and techniques, setexpressionism, theory, aleatory, serialism, micropolyphony, –including genres these for used often techniques and styles compositional of variety awide of analysis depth in- be will There suspense. involve that genres film other an exploration of the use of music in horror, thriller, and features course This 5. Scoring BACH-M338 Prerequisites: 6(2) SCORING BACH-M339 Additional lab fee required. quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture assignments. scoring film of avariety complete will students approaches, used for comedy. Applying the techniques of these scoring of scoring approaches, both historical and contemporary, and associated subgenres. There will be in-depth analysis genre comedy the in music of use the of exploration an features course This 4. Scoring BACH-M337 Prerequisites: 5(2) SCORING BACH-M338 quarter. Additional lab fee required. one for week per hours Two lecture class. this of part as scores film animated of variety a complete will Students film. addressing animation conventions in traditional and modern emphasizing complex and rhythm melody, as well as instructor, the with exercises takedown do will Students and animation contemporary and styles scoring approaches. historical of asurvey is course This Animation. for Scoring Prerequisites: Scoring 3: BACH-M336 Introduction to 4(2) SCORING BACH-M337 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS the score. of mix afull and stems, sheet, acue notes, spotting include will bundle project final The film. ashort for score musical student Each Sophomore Project. will a compose complete BACH-M230 9, Scoring BACH-M342 Prerequisites: (2) PROJECT SENIOR BACH-M430 hours. 24 within clip film assigned an for music complete the project, each student will also the compose to order In quarters. previous from clips scoring refined of aportfolio present and composer, that by ascore of analysis acue-by-cue write composer, amedia about alecture give Prerequisite: BACH-M337 Scoring 4. Eachstudent will (2) PROJECT SOPHOMORE BACH-M230 hours per week for one quarter. Additional lab fee required. Projects will demonstrate Two orchestration skills. lecture tracks. synth and types, ensemble other with combining scoring, including instrumentation style, in relation to picture, of the orchestration techniques used media in contemporary Prerequisites: Orchestration BACH-M434 In-depth I. study 2(2) ORCHESTRATION BACH-M435 hours per week for one quarter. Additional lab fee required. Two lecture skills. writing of application the through and study rules. Orchestration techniques will be studied through score includingand symphonic instrumentation styles, and common analysisChronological of the as used orchestra in chamber Prerequisites: Arranging 5. Contemporary BACH-P503 1(2) ORCHESTRATION BACH-M434 Additional lab fee required. quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture orchestra. full with session arecording have will students quarter, the of end the At commercials. and jingles challenges, TV reality trailers, libraries, music for to compose required be of documentaries about various subjects. Students will analysis an features course this documentaries, for music World Music, Commercial Music. Music, Covering Library Prerequisites: BACH-M342 Scoring 9 – Subgenres: 10 (2) SCORING BACH-M343 quarter. Additional lab fee required. one for week per hours film. lecture Two feature-length one quarter. for week per hours Two lecture transcriptions. and listening through explored are cultures these in function lyrics and music Ways which in Music. World aka world, the around cultures selected of context the in music of Astudy Roll. and Rock of I–Roots History BACH-P121 Music Prerequisites: (2) MUSIC –WORLD II HISTORY MUSIC BACH-P122 quarter. one for week per hours lecture Two influences. major and figures founding the of examination an plus pop, 60’s early and doo-wop, groups, vocal Orleans, New rockabilly, &blues, rhythm including roots rock’s of A survey (2) ROLL AND ROCK OF I–ROOTS HISTORY MUSIC BACH-P121 // MUSIC COMPOSITION SUPPORTIVE click, meter changes, odd meters, and use of visual aids on on aids visual of use and meters, odd changes, meter click, recording. Topics include conducting to click track, variable soundtrack film/video for conducting on placed is Emphasis styles. musical various and scores longer on 1, focusing Conducting and Directing of acontinuation is course This 1. Conducting and Directing BACH-P125 Prerequisites: 2(2) CONDUCTING AND DIRECTING BACH-P126 week for one quarter. per hours Two study. for lecture videotaped be will Students reading and application of skills to contemporary music. hand functions, incomplete beats, fermatas, basic score posture, arm and hand position, articulations, left dynamics, ofFundamentals conducting including: beat patterns, 1(2) CONDUCTING AND DIRECTING BACH-P125 quarter. one for week per hour lecture One writing. serial and modal, diatonic, in lines creating to species counterpoint. of Areas concentration include: applies it as writing four-part and three, two, of study The (1)BACH-M297 COUNTERPOINT quarter. one for week per hour lecture One innovation. is noise the all through to rise order in cultivate can acomposer skills valuable most the Among marketplace. competitive and acrowded entering be will program this will energize students’ creative thinking. Graduates from television composition. A focused study of current innovators and games film, independent film, mainstream in innovators current of edge leading the survey would course This BACH-M255 VANGUARD CONTEMPORARY (1) week for one quarter. per hour lecture One form. art global this on styles musical of influences and roles the including formats, digital current through“talkies,” silent films, television,animation and photography in roots its from scoring of analysis and Survey (1) SCORING OF HISTORY BACH-M254 quarter. one for week per hours workbook and assignments, presentation.report, Two lecture concert critical one requires course the examination, final and to amidterm addition In emphasized. be will relationships and cultures. Compositional techniques, characteristics, style world other from music of influences the with combined are orchestral, choral, band, chamber music and solo repertoire Music, Art American and European in developments musical cultural contexts and social meaning. Composers and including century 20th the through period Romantic the from styles musical of I600-1820. history The Music Art –Western III History Music BACH-P123 Prerequisites: (2) CENTURY 1820-21ST II MUSIC ART -WESTERN IV HISTORY MUSIC BACH-P222 per week for one quarter. supplemented by representative listening. Two lecture hours context, historical in forms and styles major of discussion include will course The 18th the of century. end the through Ages Middle the from music art Western of Asurvey Music. –World II History BACH-P122 Music Prerequisites: (2) I 600-1820 MUSIC ART –WESTERN III HISTORY MUSIC BACH-P123 working with FireWire drives and more. When taken with with taken When more. and drives FireWire with working data, up backing MIDI, recording editing, audio, importing recording, for Tools® session Pro Avid an to set-up able be will Students workstation. audio adigital using in involved theory and concepts basic the on focuses course This 101 (2) TOOLS PRO AUDIO-057 quarter. one for week 2). per 2 of Two hours X(Part lab Pro Logic in exam One Level Pro Certified Apple the to take needed requirements the covers course This troubleshooting. and automation mixing, processing, effects digital & Pitch, Time Flex with editing as well as sequences, MIDI of arranging and instruments software of array Pro’s comprehensive Upon completion, students will understand how to use Logic producers andsongwriters, sound composers, engineers. for interface Xuser Pro Logic the of a continuation Prerequisites: Logic 1. AUDIO-052 This course is 2(1) LOGIC AUDIO-152 week for one quarter. 2). per 1of Two hours X(Part lab Pro Logic in exam One Level Pro Certified Apple the to take needed requirements the covers course This drummer. avirtual with beats drum of editing audio, and tracks producing arranging recording/ Topics covered include: preproduction using Apple Loops, song. actual an creating of process the understand will user interface of Logic Upon Pro completion, X. students basic and features primary to the engineers sound and This course introduces producers songwriters, composers, 1(1) LOGIC AUDIO-052 quarter. one for week per hours Digital Audio Workstations (DAW’s) using ReWire. Two lab other of implementation the as well as (analog/MIDI) signal of routing advanced in involved be also will They capabilities. mixer’s main the of advantage taking as well as techniques, editing audio advanced and Thor) Rex, Dr. Octo (ReDrum, be able to “morph” their by style using the various modules the software’s capabilities. Upon completion, students will of advantage taking on focuses and Reason of continuation a is 1. course This Reason AUDIO-056 Prerequisites: 2(1) DAW: REASON AUDIO-156 quarter. one for week per hours (DAWs). Workstations Two Audio lab Digital and set-ups computer of understanding abasic as well as upon touched be also will loops audio of Integration tracks. basic create and MIDI, and signal audio route sequencer), and rack, mixer, includingthrough the various the windows software, (main to navigate able be will students course, this of completion Upon MIDI. for sequencing and making beat traditional for has longPropellerhead’s been used software Reason 1(1) DAW: REASON AUDIO-056 week for one quarter. per hour lecture One Juries. Senior and 1-5 Sophomore and Arranging for to create need will students to those similar away in formatted parts individual and scores rhythm master sheets, lead to create software notation Sibelius Using BACH-P127 SIBELIUS NOTATION (1) quarter. one for week per hours lecture Two flutters. and streamers punches, soundstage: the COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE

165 COURSES 166 COURSES DESCRIPTIONS COURSE ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISITWWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS quarter. entrepreneurial attitude. One lecture hour per week for one aflexible, develop and to ideas open to be expected are intended to simulate a common real-life situation. Students is course The project. the during follower and leader of roles the assuming turns taking team the of member each with effectively, work and openly ideas exchange will members Team project. assigned an on ateam as together work will are vital for media Two composers. composition students that skills collaborative to cultivate designed is course This 1(1) ENSEMBLE COMPOSERS BACH-M350 week for one quarter. Additional lab fee required. per hours Two lecture applications. practical of avariety in ofprogramming variouscombinations instrument and effects and editing about learn will Students Komplete. Instruments Native and Audio Logic with included instruments virtual of catalog vast the using process mockup MIDI covers also the EXS-24 and sampler Apple Loops utility. The course as well as synthesizers ES-1, the Sculpture using and ES-2 IncludesLogic practical application software. of theory sampling techniques and their application using Apple synthesis, subtractive of fundamentals covers course This Prerequisites: of Mechanics Score Production BACH-M309 2(2) PRODUCTION OF MECHANICS BACH-M409 SCORE quarter. one for week per hours lecture Two production. music film for documentation and sessions spotting scoring, film for setup Pro session Tools Includes afilm. of process production artistic scope, responsibilities, and techniques in the post- position, editor’s music the of understanding an gain will filmencompassing score recordingstudents sessions, lectures, exercises, critiques and collaborative projects course Through editor. music afilm of required duty each performing in experience practical and of knowledge gain AUDIO-157 Tools 110. Pro Prerequisites: will Students 1(2) PRODUCTION OF MECHANICS BACH-M309 SCORE quarter. one for week per hours lab two and hour lecture One Exam. User Tools Certified Pro Avid the to take Engineering. Completion of the course prepares students Audio in Certificate the into to proceed decide who students Tools to 101 AUDIO-103 (Pro &110) equivalent an for as serve will Tools 101),(Pro combined courses these AUDIO-057 with taken When more. and drives FireWire with working data, up backing MIDI, recording editing, audio, importing recording, for Tools® session Pro Avid an up set- to able be will Students workstation. audio adigital using in involved theory and concepts basic the of continuation Tools a 101. Pro is course AUDIO-057 This Prerequisites: 110 TOOLS AUDIO-157 PRO (2) week for one quarter. per hours lab two and hour lecture One Engineering. Audio in Certificate the into to proceed decide who students for Tools to 101 AUDIO-103 (Pro &110) equivalent an as serve AUDIO-157 will Tools 110), (Pro combined courses these THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS interchange, dominants, diatonic secondary substitution and modal melody, and key harmony minor include: Highlights presents non-diatonic melodic and harmonic concepts. 101. CC-101 course &Theory This Harmony Prerequisites: CC-201 HARMONY & THEORY 201 (1.5) quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One progressions. chord and leading; chord symbols andnon-standard chord types, modes; voice and extended inverted, scales; blues and pentatonic include: Highlights 2. Theory and Harmony from structures diatonic ThisProgram Entrance course presents Exam. variations on 021 Bachelor or &Theory Harmony CC-021 Prerequisites: 101 (1.5) &THEORY CC-101 HARMONY for one quarter. week per hour lecture One recordings. sound and production master use licenses, composer package deals, music and synchronization to negotiate how sessions, spotting thelibraries, role of the music supervisor, source cues, production music producers, for content musical of sources terminology, composer co-administration agreements, commercials and other productions. Music licensing games, video TV, Film, into songs and music placing of process the and licensing music examines course this BACH-M486, in covered topics all of application A practical Prerequisite: of Business BACH-M486 Composing 1. 2(1) COMPOSING OF BUSINESS THE BACH-M487 quarter. one for week per hour organizations and for resources study. further One lecture workslicenses, made-for-hire, sampling, industry synchronization and mechanical splits, royalty works, joint agreements, administration agreements, sub-publishing, sheet preparation, songwriter contracts and co-publishing cue PRO, a with to affiliate how royalties, performance public and PROs US company, publishing amusic up to set how and rights publishing process, eCO online the terminology, and law Copyright Topics include: copyrights. musical exploiting and owning of how-to the and publishing music Prerequisites: None. This course explores the world of 1(1) COMPOSING OF BUSINESS THE BACH-M486 quarter. one for week per hour lecture One lecture. and evaluation for Specialcourses. topic panelists and guests will be invited previous from clips scoring refining and styles individual work together for a comprehensive discovering portfolio, will students of group Each Project. Senior for course is a continuation of Ensemble and II Composers preparatory Prerequisites: BACH-M351 Ensemble 2. Composers This COLLABORATIVEBACH-M499 COMPOSERS (1) quarter. one for week per hour lecture One process. the of stages various at cue or to atrack changes effective to make how learn will students projects, on work they As orchestrator. an and programmer, aMIDI composer, a lead includes that team acomposing within roles various perform will Students ateam. as together work will students three course, this In II. Ensemble Composers of acontinuation is Prerequisites: BACH-M351 Ensemble 2. Composers This 2(1) ENSEMBLE COMPOSERS BACH-M351 lecture hour and one lab hour per week for one quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture progressions in Roman numerals, seventh chords. One inversions, diatonic minor key chord chord progressions, minor and scale its variations, chord progressions utilizing pentatonic natural triplet blues melodies, scales, rhythms, minor and major simple scales, pentatonic of transcription and recognition the on focuses 022 that Training Ear of This course isExam. an application-based continuation Entrance Program Bachelor or Exam Entrance Program Bachelor 022 or Training Ear CC-022 Prerequisites: 102 (1.5) TRAINING CC-102 EAR quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture polytonality, parallel harmony, and use of symmetrical scales. score. Discussions include: pandiatonicism, serial writing, century 20th 19th early late of and analysis the covers 701. course This &Theory CC-701 Harmony Prerequisites: (2) 801 &THEORY HARMONY CC-801 harmonization. Two lecture hours per week for one quarter. and bass figured writing, four-part on focus Continued fifths. raised and lowered with chords and chords sixth augmented chords, +VI7, and +II7 the Neapolitan including chords, covers the analysis and application of chromatic altered 601. course This &Theory Harmony CC-601 Prerequisites: (2) 701 &THEORY HARMONY CC-701 per week for one quarter. hours lecture Two harmonization. and bass figured writing, and appoggiatura Continued chords. focus on four-part thirteenth, harmony, eleventh, ninth, neighbor-chord function, harmonic non-dominant in chords seventh chord, ninth major incomplete the of application and analysis the covers 501. course This &Theory Harmony CC-501 Prerequisites: (2) 601 &THEORY HARMONY CC-601 quarter. one for week per hours lecture Two fifths. raised and lowered with chords and chords sixth augmented +VI7, and +II7 the Neapolitan, including chords covers the analysis and application of chromatic altered 401. course This &Theory Harmony CC-401 Prerequisites: (2) 501 &THEORY HARMONY CC-501 one quarter. for week per hours Two lecture chords. appoggiatura and thirteen, eleventh, ninth, harmony, chord neighbor function, harmonic non-dominant in chords seventh chord, ninth major incomplete the of application and analysis the covers 301. course This &Theory Harmony CC-301 Prerequisites: (2) 401 &THEORY HARMONY CC-401 one quarter. for week per hours Two lecture chords. seventh diminished useresolutions, of melodic and and harmonic sequences, focuses on topics including: musical textures, irregular 201. course This &Theory Harmony CC-201 Prerequisites: (2) 301 &THEORY HARMONY CC-301 quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One scales. symmetrical and altered modulation, chromatic modulations, Roman numeral analysis, further develops the technical skills required for successful successful for required skills technical the develops further Prerequisites: CC-108 Keyboard Proficiency 1.This course 2(1) PROFICIENCY KEYBOARD CC-208 quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One tool. compositional and instrument aperforming as both keyboard the using for required skills motor- necessary the to develop students enable will course finger technique, diatonic scales & chord progressions, this keyboard technique. Through the study of physical posture, to contemporary introduction an as serves course This 1(1) PROFICIENCY KEYBOARD CC-108 for one quarter. Two whilesightsinging conducting. per week hours lecture harmonic forms in all inversions, dictation, transcription, and melodic patterns, identification and arpeggiation of Techniques include: note recognition, intervallic structures, keys. twelve all in harmony scale symmetrical and altered modes, advanced Topics include solfege.” do “movable of use the through reflexes musical advanced of development Continued 502. Training Ear CC-502 Prerequisites: (2) 602 TRAINING EAR CC-602 week for one quarter. Twoand while sightsinging conducting. per hours lecture of harmonic forms in all inversions, dictation, transcription, structures, melodic patterns, identificationand arpeggiation twelve keys. Techniques include: note recognition, intervallic all in scales minor parallel or major to the nondiatonic is that of “movable do solfege.” Topics include modal harmony use the through reflexes musical advanced of development Continued 402. Training Ear CC-402 Prerequisites: (2) 502 TRAINING EAR CC-502 quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture conducting. all inversions, dictation, transcription, and sightsinging while patterns, identificationand arpeggiation of harmonic forms in include: note recognition, intervallic structures, melodic Techniques keys. twelve all in minor melodic and minor, harmonic minor, natural forms: basic three its in harmony scale minor parallel Topics include solfege.” do “movable of use the through reflexes musical advanced of development Continued 302. Training Ear CC-302 Prerequisites: (2) 402 TRAINING EAR CC-402 week for one quarter. Twoand while sightsinging conducting. per hours lecture of harmonic forms in all inversions, dictation, transcription, structures, melodic patterns, identificationand arpeggiation twelve keys. Techniques include note recognition, intervallic all in harmony scale major diatonic Topics include solfege.” do “movable of use the through reflexes musical advanced of Development 202. Training Ear CC-202 Prerequisites: (2) 302 TRAINING EAR CC-302 week for one quarter. per hour lab one and hour lecture One harmony. diatonic minor and major chord seventh and harmony, and melody minor-key in variations standard phrases, rhythmic note sixteenth- of transcription and recognition the on focuses application-based continuation of Training Ear 102 that an is CC-102 course 102. Training This Ear Prerequisites: (1.5) 202 TRAINING EAR CC-202 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE

167 COURSES 168 COURSES DESCRIPTIONS COURSE ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISITWWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS Analysis and comparison within focused topic such areas (2) MUSIC IN TOPICS SPECIAL BACH-P016 vary. hours Weekly requirements. BM toward applied be may credits six of Amaximum supervision. faculty in area subject depth through work independent course with aspecific to explore opportunity an with students Provides (2) STUDY INDEPENDENT BACH-P010 quarter. one for week per hours lecture Two information. for Dean Program or instructor course period, composers, or an influential group.Consult with ahistorical genre, atheme, on focus may and Topics vary (2) JAZZ IN TOPICS SPECIAL BACH-P015 under Associate Degree of programs. Arts General Electives and Instrument-Specific electives listed as well as below listed courses the of combination any through fulfilled be may requirements elective Baccalaureate COURSES ELECTIVE SPECIFIC MUSIC OF BACHELOR One ensembleperformance. hour per week for one quarter. This course is a continuation of advanced sight-reading 1. Ensemble Reading Pro BACH-M613 Prerequisites: 2(1) ENSEMBLE READING PRO BACH-M713 for one quarter. week per hour lecture One difficulty. of degrees and styles configurations. Readingselections will include multiple ensemble and instrumentations various with skills reading developing class keyboard-based performance sight- Prerequisites: BACH-P513 Keyboard Proficiency5. A 1(1) ENSEMBLE READING PRO BACH-M613 quarter. one for week per hour lecture One styles. of variety a in repertoire on based parts improvised and scores written “keyboard Students orchestra” class. play performance Prerequisites: BACH-P413 Keyboard Proficiency 4. A 5(1) PROFICIENCY KEYBOARD BACH-P513 quarter. one for week per hour lecture One instrumentations. and sizes different of scores as well as instruments, transposing non- and transposing clefs, “C” including: keyboard, the to applied as practices and techniques reading score of survey 3. A Proficiency Keyboard CC-308 Prerequisites: 4(1) PROFICIENCY KEYBOARD BACH-P413 quarter. one for week per hour lecture One arrangement. interpretation, basic score reading and outlining an sheet lead tool, arranging an as keyboard the using specific requirement for non-keyboard Emphasizesmajors. Prerequisites: CC-208 Keyboard Proficiency2. Degree- 3(1) PROFICIENCY KEYBOARD CC-308 per week for one quarter. hour lab one and hour lecture One scales. and progressions chord of study to further addition in course, this of focus as the serves main repertoire performance and Classical keyboard and musical comprehension. performance Pop THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS music topic. Two ensemble hours per week for one quarter. one for week per hours Two topic. ensemble music aworld or work, artist’s aparticular period, historical an as the quarter. of end the at performance ajury and quarter, one for advisor ajury with sessions mentoring weekly bi- Five issues. related and progress rehearsal arrangements, to review advisor jury sight-reading. Preparation includes biweekly meetings with a and direction, /musical leadership band /arranging, scoring section rhythm swing), Latin, rock, funk, (R&B, repertoire solo transcription, stylistic competency in ensemble performance, solo areas: following the in skills significant of the Bachelor faculty. Program Students must demonstrate members of consisting apanel by evaluated is performance Student quarter. the of end the at place takes section) requirements. A (including judged performance rhythm BACH-PL other fulfilled has student the whether of regardless concurrently- Lesson aPrivate in enrolled be also must course this in enrolled Students requisite: Prerequisite: BACH-P118 Sophomore Prep. Co- Jury (1) JURY SOPHOMORE BACH-P108 quarter. one for advisor jury a with sessions mentoring bi-weekly Five concert. prep Jury 8 Week the at selections Jury their of one perform should students and committee aformal by approved be must Songs instructor. private student’s and advisors jury of guidance preparation and requirements for master under scores the selection (see below), course Sophomore Jury lead sheet Individual preparation for the Sophomore including Jury song (1) PREP JURY BACH-P118 SOPHOMORE credit. for repeated be may course This quarter. one for week of selectedperformances repertoire. One ensemble hour per for instrumentalists and vocalists. Weekly critiqued improvisation, and interpretation. Dedicated sections prototypical characteristics of repertoire, influential styles, commercial subjects, performance-related including: and contemporary of avariety of study in-depth An 1-14 (1) PERFORMANCE BACH-P104-P164 quarter. per week per hour ensemble One styles. various in repertoire of ensemble techniques, improvisational skills and building Weekly live workshops performance providing development 1-12 (1) ENSEMBLES BACHELOR BACH-P151–P453 quarter. per week per hour lesson private One projects. final and juries for preparation and interest of topics fundamentals to advanced techniques; as well as personal –from individual the of needs the on based Topics vary Weekly private lessons on student’s instrument. primary 1-12 PRIVATE LESSON (2) BACH-PL INSTRUMENTS // ALL AREA MAJOR STYLES) (CONTEMPORARY PERFORMANCE IN MUSIC OF BACHELOR AUDIO-156 DAW: AUDIO-156 quarter. one for week per hours (DAWs). Workstations Two Audio lab Digital and set-ups computer of understanding abasic as well as upon touched be also will loops audio of Integration tracks. basic create and MIDI, and signal audio route sequencer), and rack, mixer, includingthrough the various the windows software, (main to navigate able be will students course, this of completion Upon MIDI. for sequencing and making beat traditional for has longPropellerhead’s been used software Reason DAW: REASON AUDIO-056 INSTRUMENTS // ALL MUSIC SUPPORTIVE jury performance at the end of the quarter. the of end the at performance jury a and quarter, one for advisor ajury with sessions mentoring progress andrehearsal related Five issues. bi-weekly to review arrangements and/or original compositions, Preparation includes bi-weekly meetings with a advisor jury aperformer. as identity stylistic and styles, contrasting in musicianship overall section, horn asmall using abilities advanced technical skill, stylistic awareness, arranging of the Bachelor faculty. Program Students must demonstrate members of consisting apanel by evaluated is Performance demonstrate ability to meet final graduation requirements. must performance Student quarter. the of end the at place takes horns) and section rhythm (with performance judged A requirements. BACH-PL other fulfilled has student the whether of regardless concurrently- Lesson aPrivate in enrolled be also must course this in enrolled Students Prerequisite: BACH-P218 Senior Prep. Co-requisite: Jury (1) JURY SENIOR BACH-P208 advisor for one quarter. ajury with sessions mentoring bi-weekly Five concert. prep 8Jury Week the at selections Jury their of one perform should students and committee aformal by approved be advisorjury and student’s private instructor. Songs must a of guidance the under scores master for requirements and preparation sheet lead below), course Jury (see Senior preparation for the Senior including Jury song selection Prerequisites: BACH-P108 Sophomore Jury. Individual (1) PREP JURY SENIOR BACH-P218 1-5 and Sophomore and Senior Juries. One lecture hour per per hour lecture One Juries. Senior and 1-5 Sophomore and Arranging for to create need will students to those similar away in formatted parts individual and scores rhythm master sheets, lead to create software notation Sibelius Using BACH-P127 SIBELIUS NOTATION (1) quarter. one for week per hours Digital Audio Workstations (DAW’s) using ReWire. Two lab other of implementation the as well as (analog/MIDI) signal of routing advanced in involved be also will They capabilities. mixer’s main the of advantage taking as well as techniques, editing audio advanced and Thor) Rex, Dr. Octo (ReDrum, be able to “morph” their by style using the various modules the software’s capabilities. Upon completion, students will of advantage taking on focuses and Reason of continuation a is 1. course This Reason AUDIO-056 Prerequisites: REASON 2 (1) 2 1 (1) 1 to learn the characteristic usage of each instrument in the the in instrument each of usage characteristic the to learn is objective The styles. contemporary selected in notation Emphasis is placed on score preparation and parts and section. rhythm alive for practices notation and techniques, arranging to instrumentation, introduction an is course This Notation. BACH-P127 301 Sibelius and &Theory Harmony Prerequisites: CC-301 Harmony & 301 Theory CC-301 1(2) ARRANGING CONTEMPORARY BACH-P103 quarter. one for week per hours workbook and assignments, presentation.report, Two lecture concert critical one requires course the examination, final and to amidterm addition In emphasized. be will relationships and cultures. Compositional techniques, characteristics, style world other from music of influences the with combined are orchestral, choral, band, chamber music and solo repertoire Music, Art American and European in developments musical cultural contexts and social meaning. Composers and including century 20th the through period Romantic the from styles musical of I600-1820. history The Music Art –Western III History Music BACH-P123 Prerequisites: (2) CENTURY 1820-21ST II MUSIC ART -WESTERN IV HISTORY MUSIC BACH-P222 per week for one quarter. supplemented by representative listening. Two lecture hours context, historical in forms and styles major of discussion include will course The 18th the of century. end the through Ages Middle the from music art Western of Asurvey Music. –World II History BACH-P122 Music Prerequisites: (2) I 600-1820 MUSIC ART –WESTERN III HISTORY MUSIC BACH-P123 one quarter. for week per hours Two lecture transcriptions. and listening through explored are cultures these in function lyrics and music Ways which in Music. World aka world, the around cultures selected of context the in music of Astudy Roll. and Rock of I–Roots History BACH-P121 Music Prerequisites: (2) MUSIC –WORLD II HISTORY MUSIC BACH-P122 quarter. one for week per hours lecture Two influences. major and figures founding the of examination an plus pop, 60’s early and doo-wop, groups, vocal Orleans, New rockabilly, &blues, rhythm including roots rock’s of A survey (2) ROLL AND ROCK OF I–ROOTS HISTORY MUSIC BACH-P121 quarter. per week per hour ensemble One styles. various in repertoire of ensemble techniques, improvisational skills and building Weekly live workshops performance providing development 1-12 (1) ENSEMBLES BACHELOR BACH-P151–P453 quarter. one for week per hour lecture One Latin. and jazz &blues, rhythm rock, include covered Styles requirements. reading and critical listening as they relate to repertoire chart styles, of overview analytical an with students Provides (1) SURVEY STYLES BACH-P107 week for one quarter. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE

169 COURSES 170 COURSES DESCRIPTIONS COURSE ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISITWWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS drums, and “sampled” strings. Two lecture hours per week week per hours Two lecture strings. “sampled” and drums, saxophone, and baritone saxophone), guitar, piano, bass, for 5 horns (trumpet, trombone, alto tenor saxophone, arrangement an of recording astudio completes student each project, afinal As arrangements. level intermediate recording. Students to learn combine techniques to build for overdubbing and sweetening of concepts additional Introduces materials. course previous all combines course Prerequisites: BACH-P403 Arranging 4. Contemporary This 5(2) ARRANGING CONTEMPORARY BACH-P503 $200. fee: lab Required quarter. one for week per hours Two quintet. lecture string for arrangement an of recording astudio completes student each project, afinal As contrabass. and cello viola, violin, the of usage reharmonization, and to learn the ranges and characteristic an understanding of effective chord progressions and to gain is objective The included. is arrangements string of analysis score Extensive leading. voice and arranging resolution, modal interchange, basic contrapuntal chord substitution, dominant and substitute dominant rhythm, harmonic Topics include strings. for scoring and course focuses on chord progressions and reharmonization, Prerequisites: Arranging 3. This Contemporary BACH-P303 4(2) ARRANGING CONTEMPORARY BACH-P403 $200.00 fee: lab Required quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture drums. and tenor trombone, saxophone, piano, saxophone, bass, alto trumpet, for arrangement an of recording a studio harmonization. As a final project,each student completes four-part on emphasis with family woodwind and brass the to study is objective The instruments. “doubling” with arranginglearn techniques for 4-horn standard ensembles will Students clarinet. and flute saxophone, alto trombone, will include transposition, range, and idiomatic usage of the Topics instruments. woodwind and brass additional with 2, Arranging Contemporary of acontinuation is course This 2. Arranging Contemporary BACH-P203 Prerequisites: 3(2) ARRANGING CONTEMPORARY BACH-P303 $200. fee: lab Required quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture drums. and bass, piano, guitar, sax, tenor trumpet, for arrangement an of recording astudio completes student each project, afinal As horns. two and section rhythm for arrangements to build learn and analyze Students lines. background and writing soli two-part on emphasis with family reed and brass the to study is objective The styles. popular in saxophone tenor and trumpet the of usage Topics will include transposition, range, and idiomatic instruments. woodwind and brass of addition 1, the with Arranging Contemporary of acontinuation is course This 1. Arranging Contemporary BACH-P103 Prerequisites: 2 ARRANGING (2) CONTEMPORARY BACH-P203 $200. fee: lab Required quarter. one for week per hours lecture Two drums. and bass guitar, piano, for arrangement an of recording studio a completes student each project, a final As score. master and score, sketch outline, averbal using rhythm section, and to prepare an arrangement step-by-step THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS (Pro Tools 101), these courses combined will serve as as serve will Tools 101),(Pro combined courses these AUDIO-057 with taken When more. and drives FireWire with working data, up backing MIDI, recording editing, audio, importing recording, for Tools® session Pro Avid an set-up to able be will Students workstation. audio adigital using in involved theory and concepts basic the on continuation Tools a 101. Pro is course AUDIO-057 This Prerequisites: 110 TOOLS AUDIO-157 PRO (2) week for one quarter. per hours lab two and hour lecture One Engineering. Audio in Certificate the into to proceed decide who students for Tools to 101 AUDIO-103 (Pro &110) equivalent an as serve AUDIO-157 will Tools 110), (Pro combined courses these with taken When more. and drives FireWire with working data, up backing MIDI, recording editing, audio, importing recording, for Tools® session Pro Avid an to set-up able be will Students workstation. audio adigital using in involved theory and concepts basic the on focuses course This 101 (2) TOOLS PRO AUDIO-057 quarter. one for week 2). per 2of Two hours X (Part lab Pro Logic in exam One Level Pro Certified Apple the to take needed requirements the covers course This troubleshooting. Pitch, digital mixing, processing, automation effects and & Time Flex with editing as well as sequences, MIDI of arranging instruments, software of array comprehensive Pro’s Logic to use how understand will students completion, producers and soundcomposers, engineers. Upon songwriters, for interface Xuser Pro Logic the of continuation a is 1. course This LOGIC AUDIO-052 Prerequisites: 2(1) LOGIC AUDIO-152 week for one quarter. 2). per 1of Two hours X(Part lab Pro Logic in exam One Level Pro Certified Apple the to take needed requirements the covers course This drummer. avirtual with beats drum of editing audio, and tracks producing arranging recording/ Topics covered include: preproduction using Apple Loops, song. actual an creating of process the understand will user interface of Logic Upon Pro completion, X. students basic and features primary to the engineers sound and This course introduces producers songwriters, composers, 1(1) LOGIC AUDIO-052 quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture Covers modern educational philosophies and techniques. private lectures, and master rehearsals, lessons, classes. classes, group including settings, various in ages all of to students music contemporary teaching of art and skill The (1) INSTRUCTION MUSIC CONTEMPORARY BACH-P120 quarter. one for week per hours Two study. for lecture videotaped be will Students music. basic score reading and application of skills to contemporary as well as fermatas beats, incomplete functions, hand left posture, arm and hand position, articulations, dynamics, ofFundamentals conducting including: beat patterns, BACH-P125 DIRECTING AND CONDUCTING (2) $200.00. fee: lab Required quarter. one for hour per week for one quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One scales. symmetrical and altered modulation, chromatic modulations, Roman numeral analysis, interchange, dominants, diatonic secondary substitution and modal melody, and key harmony minor include: Highlights presents non-diatonic melodic and harmonic concepts. 201. course This &Theory Harmony CC-201 Prerequisites: CC-201 HARMONY & THEORY 201 (1.5) quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One progressions. chord and leading; chord symbols andnon-standard chord types, modes; voice and extended inverted, scales; blues and pentatonic include: 021. Highlights &Theory Harmony from structures diatonic ThisProgram Entrance course presents Exam. variations on 021 Bachelor or &Theory Harmony CC-021 Prerequisites: 101 (1.5) &THEORY CC-101 HARMONY INSTRUMENTS // ALL MUSICIANSHIP quarter. one for week per hours lecture online retail. Students engage in real-time Two research. Topicspractices. include: blogging, widgets podcasts, and music distribution, industry promotion, marketing and retail impacted has Internet the how of aspects all covers course This industry. music the changed forever has Internet The (2) RELATIONS MEDIA MUBUS-0202 company; and entrepreneurship. deals; agents, and managers, lawyers; a starting publishing distribution indie company, arecord to start how include: Topics advantage. career to their them exploit best can musicians how and industry the of aspects independent the exploration of the with business entertainment a focus on Prerequisites: Applied Entertainment 1. Business Further 2(1.5) BUSINESS ENTERTAINMENT APPLIED MUBUS-0460 per week for one quarter. hour to ARTST-108. lecture One equivalent is course This publishing, copyright, viable positions industry and more. distributors,record companies, representation, contracts, of overview an Topics include: era. digital the in musician a as acareer to sustain looking anyone for knowledge —essential today exists it as industry entertainment the of understanding an with student the provides course This 1(1.5) BUSINESS ENTERTAINMENT APPLIED MUBUS-0360 INSTRUMENTS // ALL DEVELOPMENT PROFESSIONAL hour and two lab hours per week for one quarter. one for week per hours lab two and hour lecture One Exam. User Tools Certified Pro Avid the to take Engineering. Completion of the course prepares students Audio in Certificate the into to proceed decide who students Tools to 101 AUDIO-103 (Pro &110) equivalent an for application-based continuation of Training Ear 102 that an is CC-102 course 102. Training This Ear Prerequisites: (1.5) 202 TRAINING EAR CC-202 for one quarter. week per hour lab one and hour lecture One chords. seventh chord chord progressions, progressions in Roman numerals, progressions utilizing inversions, diatonic minor key chord variations, its and scale minor natural scales, blues major and minor pentatonic triplet melodies, rhythms, recognition and transcription of pentatonic simple scales, the on focuses 022 that Training Ear of continuation based application- an is course This Exam. Entrance Program Bachelor 022 or Training Ear CC-022 Prerequisites: 102 (1.5) TRAINING CC-102 EAR quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture polytonality, parallel harmony and, use of symmetrical scales. Discussions include:scores. pandiatonicism, serial writing, century 20th 19th early late of and analysis the covers 701. course This &Theory CC-701 Harmony Prerequisites: (2) 801 &THEORY HARMONY CC-801 harmonization. Two lecture hours per week for one quarter. and bass figured writing, four-part on focus Continued fifths. raised and lowered with chords and chords sixth augmented chords, +VI7, and +II7 the Neapolitan including chords, covers the analysis and application of chromatic altered 601. course This &Theory Harmony CC-601 Prerequisites: (2) 701 &THEORY HARMONY CC-701 per week for one quarter. hours lecture Two harmonization. and bass figured writing, and appoggiatura Continued chords. focus on four-part thirteenth, harmony, eleventh, ninth, neighbor-chord function, harmonic dominant non- in chords seventh chord, ninth major incomplete the of application and analysis the covers 501. course This &Theory Harmony CC-501 Prerequisites: (2) 601 &THEORY HARMONY CC-601 quarter. one for week per hours lecture Two fifths. raised and lowered with chords and chords sixth augmented +VI7, and +II7 the Neapolitan, including chords covers the analysis and application of chromatic altered 401. course This &Theory Harmony CC-401 Prerequisites: (2) 501 &THEORY HARMONY CC-501 one quarter. for week per hours Two lecture chords. appoggiatura and thirteen eleventh, ninth, harmony, chord neighbor function, harmonic non-dominant in chords seventh chord, ninth major incomplete the of application and analysis the covers 301. course This &Theory Harmony CC-301 Prerequisites: (2) 401 &THEORY HARMONY CC-401 one quarter. for week per hours Two lecture chords. seventh diminished useresolutions, of melodic and and harmonic sequences focuses on topics including: musical textures, irregular 201. course This &Theory Harmony CC-201 Prerequisites: (2) 301 &THEORY HARMONY CC-301 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE

171 COURSES 172 COURSES DESCRIPTIONS COURSE ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISITWWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS Prerequisites: CC-108 Keyboard Proficiency 1.This course 2(1) PROFICIENCY KEYBOARD CC-208 quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One tool. compositional and instrument aperforming as both keyboard the using for required skills motor necessary the thisprogressions, course will enable students to develop physical posture, finger technique, diatonicscales & chord of study the Through technique. keyboard contemporary to introduction an as serves 1 Proficiency Keyboard 1(1) PROFICIENCY KEYBOARD CC-108 for one quarter. Two whilesightsinging conducting. per week hours lecture harmonic forms in all inversions, dictation, transcription, and melodic patterns, identification and arpeggiation of Techniques include: note recognition, intervallic structures, keys. twelve all in harmony scale symmetrical and altered modes, advanced Topics include solfege.” do “movable of use the through reflexes musical advanced of development Continued 502. Training Ear CC-502 Prerequisites: (2) 602 TRAINING EAR CC-602 week for one quarter. Twoand while sightsinging conducting. per hours lecture of harmonic forms in all inversions, dictation, transcription, structures, melodic patterns, identificationand arpeggiation twelve keys. Techniques include note recognition, intervallic all in scales minor parallel or major to the nondiatonic is that of “movable do solfege.” Topics include: modal harmony use the through reflexes musical advanced of development Continued 402. Training Ear CC-402 Prerequisites: (2) 502 TRAINING EAR CC-502 quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture conducting. all inversions, dictation, transcription, and sightsinging while patterns, identificationand arpeggiation of harmonic forms in include note recognition, intervallic structures, melodic Techniques keys. twelve all in minor melodic and minor, harmonic minor, natural forms: basic three its in harmony scale minor parallel Topics include: solfege.” do “movable of use the through reflexes musical advanced of development Continued 302. Training Ear CC-302 Prerequisites: (2) 402 TRAINING EAR CC-402 week for one quarter. Twoand while sightsinging conducting. per hours lecture of harmonic forms in all inversions, dictation, transcription, structures, melodic patterns, identificationand arpeggiation twelve keys. Techniques include note recognition, intervallic all in harmony scale major diatonic Topics include: solfege.” do “movable of use the through reflexes musical advanced of Development 202. Training Ear CC-202 Prerequisites: (2) 302 TRAINING EAR CC-302 quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One harmony. diatonic minor and major chord seventh and harmony, and rhythmic standard phrases, variations in minor-key melody focuses on the recognition and transcription of sixteenth-note THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS one quarter. for week per hours Two lecture quartet. string with session arecording have will students quarter, the of end the At traditional form, score reading and orchestration techniques. non- including scores, media modern other as well as scores film of transcription and analysis harmonic and melodic depth In- 2. Scoring /CC-M335E: BACH-M335 Prerequisites: 3(2) SCORING /CC-M336E BACH-M336 quarter. one for week per hours Two major. their lecture to change Program’s Scoring for Visual Media if students decide Bachelor of credits to core transferred be will credit The quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture pipeline. process and professionals Music their employers, and the scoring Media of roles the Music, Media of functions about Research source, diegetic versus non-diegetic music, and underscore. and score between information,scoring including difference 1. Basic Scoring /CC-M334E BACH-M334 Prerequisites: 2(2) SCORING /CC-M335E BACH-M335 one quarter. for week per hours Two lecture pipeline. process scoring the roles of and professionals Music Media their employers, and underscore. Research about functions of the Media Music, score and source, diegetic versus non-diegetic music, and between information, scoring includingBasic difference 1(2) SCORING /CC-334E BACH-M334 quarter. one for week per hour lecture One through work independent course with supervision. faculty depth in area subject aspecific to explore opportunity an with students Provides Dean. of permission and courses core in above or 3.25 GPA of minimum Prerequisites: (2) STUDY INDEPENDENT BACH-P010E quarter. one for week per hours ensemble Two information. for Dean Program or instructor course period, composers, or an influential group.Consult with historical genre, atheme, on focus may and Topics vary (2) JAZZ IN TOPICS SPECIAL BACH-P015E under Associate Degree Programs. General Electives and Instrument-Specific electives listed as well as below listed courses the of combination any through fulfilled be may requirements elective Baccalaureate COURSES ELECTIVE SPECIFIC MUSIC OF BACHELOR quarter. one for week per hour lecture One arrangement. an outlining and reading score basic interpretation, sheet lead tool, arranging an as keyboard requirement for non-keyboard Emphasizes using the majors. Prerequisites: Keyboard Proficiency2. Degree-specific 3(1) PROFICIENCY KEYBOARD CC-308 one quarter. for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One scales. and this in course, addition to study further of chord progressions of focus main the as serves performance repertoire Classical keyboard and musical comprehension. performance Pop and successful for required skills technical the develops further one quarter. for week per hours lab two and hour lecture One funk. and Latin, cut-time blues, 4/4 swing, ballad, jazz Cuban, Afro- including grooves, contemporary of to avariety techniques Continued application of fingerand electric slap-style bass Prerequisites: BASS-310 BASS TECHNIQUE 310. 410 (2) TECHNIQUE BASS BASS-410 quarter. one for week per hours lab two and hour lecture One others. and hip-hop, shuffles, swing, meter, funk, odd- jazz, Latin, including: grooves, contemporary of a variety to techniques bass electric slap-style and finger both applies 210. Technique course BASS-210 This Bass Prerequisites: 310 (2) TECHNIQUE BASS BASS-310 minor variations, scale modes and improvisation. with continue examine will harmony Fretboard to soloing. approaches and techniques hand striking additional grooves, continuation of Technique Bass 110 with concentration on BASS-110 110. Technique Prerequisites: Bass A 210 (2) TECHNIQUE BASS BASS-210 quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture chords. extended and variations, scale minor harmony, blues pentatonics, including scales, and chords cover will harmony Fretboard swung. and straight grooves, sixteenth-note and eighth-note including feels, and grooves rhythms, standard techniques, with a concentration of versatile approaches to Prerequisites: Bachelor placement test. Continued study of 110 (2) TECHNIQUE BASS-110 BASS style. and musicianship technique, developing in student the guides instructor An goals. curriculum core supports that lesson instrument individual A weekly PRIVATE (2) BASS-PL LESSON BASS-PL //BASS STYLES) (CONTEMPORARY PERFORMANCE IN MUSIC OF BACHELOR week for one quarter. students decide to change their major. One lecture hour per if major Media Visual for Scoring Program’s Bachelor of credits to core transferred be will credit The quarter. per week per hour lesson private One projects. Senior and as preparation for plus scoring assignments Sophomore well as compositions of critique and analysis Includes skills. traditional and compositional contemporary techniques and Weekly private focused lesson on developing and applying (2) LESSON COMPOSITION SCORING PRIVATE MEDIA /CC-C.PL BACH-C.PL quarter. Additional lab fee required. one for week per hours lecture Two styles. fiction science and cartoon in assigned are projects Scoring picture. match to virtually scores the recreating scenes, animation of down techniques previously taught, students complete take- and tools the Utilizing approaches. scoring and styles Animation. Survey of historical and animation contemporary Applied Scoring Techniques: Introduction to Scoring for 3. Scoring /CC-M336E: BACH-M336 Prerequisites: 4(2) SCORING /CC-M337E BACH-M337 for one quarter. week per hour lab one and hour lecture One sections. rhythm without and with reading of styles various learn will Students 320(2) READING BASS BASS-320 Prerequisites: 420(2) READING BASS BASS-420 quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One Workshop. Performance Live World Real Course Common the with correlate materials Course recognition, position playing, and creating a cohesive sound. pattern rhythm pitch, sight-reading, on placed is Focus of transcriptions and professionally written arrangements. chart-reading skills throughcontemporary the extensive use learn Students 220. Reading Bass BASS-220 Prerequisites: (2) 320 READING BASS BASS-320 one quarter for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One topics. 230 Performance 210 Technique Bass and Bass with coordinates class This transcribing. and sheets lead reading, chart jazz modulation, metric as well as meter compound notation, clef introduce and exercise odd- meter concepts, reading treble with sight-reading concepts and exercises, this course will Continuing neck. the of register upper the in key(s) reading specific and position with continues 220 curriculum Reading 120. Bass BASS-120 The Reading Bass Prerequisites: (2) 220 READING BASS BASS-220 one quarter. for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One 130 topics. 110 Technique Performance Bass with Bass and coordinates class This introduced. be will concepts reading Sight neck. the of register middle the of focus concentrated with but Position playing has the student revisiting the lower register detail. in presented also are styles different in rhythms and notation transcriptions, Interpreting chord charts. melodies preps the student to read longer forms through clef bass course this reading, key specified and position continued Prerequisites: Bachelor placement test. In addition to 120 (2) READING BASS BASS-120 quarter. one for week per hours Two120 lecture/ensemble topics. 110 Technique Drum Reading with Drum and coordinates class This group. the within role aleadership taking and skills, chart-reading advanced form, song typical in variations and applied techniques. is Emphasis placed on handling performance emphasizing stylistic rhythm section textures Prerequisites: Bachelor placement test. Covers ensemble 130 (2) PERFORMANCE DRUM DRUM-130 quarter). (two per required units Twelve credit style. and musicianship technique, developing in student the guides instructor An goals. curriculum core supports that lesson instrument individual A weekly (2) 1-6 PRIVATE LESSON DRUM-PL DRUM-PL //DRUMS STYLES) (CONTEMPORARY PERFORMANCE IN MUSIC OF BACHELOR COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE

173

COURSES COURSES 174 COURSES DESCRIPTIONS COURSE ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISITWWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS One lecture hour and one lab hour per week for one quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One topics. 230 210 Performance Technique Drum Drum and with coordinates class This presented. be also will time cut and development. Advanced concepts such as metric modulations fill set-up figure ensemble and sight-reading orchestration, set professional-level drummers: lead sheet interpretation, drum by needed concepts reading advanced the presents 120. course This Reading DRUM-120 Drum Prerequisites: (2) 220 READING DRUM DRUM-220 quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One topics. 230 210 Performance Drum and Drum Technique with coordinates class This suggestions. fill and orchestration by accompanied styles varying in presented are figures ensemble two-bar and One development. fill up set orchestration, sight-reading and ensemble figureset- professional-level drummers: lead sheet interpretation, drum presents the essential reading fundamentals needed by Prerequisites: Bachelor placement test. This course 120 (2) READING DRUM DRUM-120 quarter. one for week per hours lab two and hour lecture One etudes. set drum and etudes snare original of performances student in culminate D352 011– Technique Drum in learned techniques and Concepts Prerequisites: DRUM-310 DRUM TECHNIQUE 310. 410 (2) TECHNIQUE DRUM DRUM-410 quarter. one for week per hours lab two and hour lecture One advanced snare drum solos and drum set solo transcriptions. as well as styles, musical of avariety in set drum to the focuses on more advanced rudiments and their application 210. Technique course DRUM-210 Drum This Prerequisites: 310 (2) TECHNIQUE DRUM DRUM-310 lecture/ensemble hours per week for one quarter. Two 220 topics. Reading Drum and 230 Performance Drum with coordinates class This development. creative and application set drum rudimental including set, drum to the presents advanced hand technique concepts as applied DRUM-110 110. Technique Drum Prerequisites: course This 210 (2) TECHNIQUE DRUM DRUM-210 lecture/ensemble hours per week for one quarter. Two 120 Reading topics. 130 Drum and Performance Drum with coordinates class This included. subtleties the and control stick of understanding and ability their develop further and limb Intermediate independence. need to drummers advancement rudimental Including set. drum to the applied intermediate to advanced hand technique concepts as Prerequisites: Bachelor placement test. This course presents 110 (2)DRUM-110 TECHNIQUE DRUM Two lecture/ensemble hours per week for one quarter. 220 topics. 210 Reading Technique Drum Drum and with coordinates class This feel. time developing and modulations song form, improving odd-meter metric chart-reading skills, typical in variations handling on placed also is Emphasis concepts, such as odd meters and metric modulation. performance emphasizing applied techniques and advanced Prerequisites: DRUM-130 130. Drum Performance Ensemble (2) 230 PERFORMANCE DRUM DRUM-230 THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture tonalities. blues and feel shuffle development, motive chords, altered and extended drop voicings, chord Roman progressions, numeral harmony, to introduction plus Lydian, and Mixolydian Dorian, Blues, Pentatonic, Minor and Major as such scales on be will class Prerequisites: Bachelor placement test. Emphasis in this GUIT-110 GUITAR TECHNIQUE 110 (2) quarter. one for week per hours ensemble Two lecture/ 220 topics. Reading 210Technique Guitar and Guitar with coordinates class This jazz. modern and comping American Songbook,jazz-blues, nova, Latin/bossa Big Band blues, minor jazz, Gypsy blues, Chicago urban blues, Delta jam-band, as such to styles introduction plus meters, odd 3/4, and 6/8 as such meters various in playing craft, stage reading, chart advanced on be will Emphasis basis. weekly a on live perform will students and presented are styles Fundamental technical approaches to a variety of popular Prerequisites: GUIT-130 130. Guitar Performance GUIT-230 GUITAR 230 PERFORMANCE (2) lecture/ensemble hours per week for one quarter. Two 110 120 Technique Reading topics. Guitar Guitar and country-rock and Southern This rock. coordinates class with progressiveprog-rock, metal, and classic modern country, soul, funk, classic the Bo Diddley Rhythm, surf/rockabilly, neo- and R&B contemporary Motown, and R&B classic as such styles of to avariety introduction plus meters, odd in playing and technique guitar funk playing group, the within form, improving a taking role chart-reading leadership skills, song typical in variations handling on placed is Emphasis basis. aweekly on live perform will students and presented are styles popular of to avariety approaches technical Prerequisites: Bachelor placement test. Fundamental GUIT-130 GUITAR 130 PERFORMANCE (2) hour per week per quarter. One style. and musicianship technique, developing in student the guides instructor An goals. development musical personal student’s on focuses also permitting, time and goals, individual instrument that lesson core curriculum supports Aweekly quarter). (two per required units Twelve credit GUIT-PL GUITAR-PL PRIVATE (2) LESSON //GUITAR STYLES) (CONTEMPORARY PERFORMANCE IN MUSIC OF BACHELOR quarter. one for week per hour lab one and reading in preparation for studio recording. One lecture hour multi-tom and changes, meter and style with charts set drum reading skills include orchestral snare drum etudes, reading Advanced 320. READING DRUM DRUM-320 Prerequisites: (2) 420 READING DRUM DRUM-420 quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture in changing meters in preparation for studio recording. One etudes and reading, drum snare figures, sixteenth-note of Prerequisites: DRUM-220 Drum Reading 220. Interpretation 320 (2) READING DRUM DRUM-320 score interpretation and sight-reading techniques are Advanced 220. READING GUIT-220 GUITAR Prerequisites: GUIT-420 GUITAR 420 READING (2) one quarter. for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One melodies. string sets, and with expanded emphasis on multi-position across meters, changing and odd in read and to count learn Students 220. Reading GUIT-220 Guitar Prerequisites: GUIT-320 GUITAR 320 (2) READING per week for one quarter. hours Two lecture topics. 230 Performance 210 Guitar and Technique Guitar with coordinates class This charts. world music, trio and quartet and performances advanced real- polyphonic reading positions, multiple in reading on be will 120. GUIT-120 Emphasis Reading Guitar Prerequisites: GUIT-220 GUITAR 220 (2) READING quarter. one for week per hours Two 130 lecture topics. Performance coordinatesclass with Guitar Technique 110 and Guitar and trio and performances advanced real-world This charts. duo harmonies, reading position, 7th and 2nd in reading Prerequisites: Bachelor placement test. Emphasis will be on GUIT-120 GUITAR 120(2) READING quarter. one for week per hours and more sophisticated aspects of musicianship. Two lecture improvisational concepts, deeper harmonic understanding, advanced include: 1. covered Topics to be Guitarist) The (For Prerequisites: GUIT-350 Advanced Musicianship Concepts 2(2) GUITARIST) THE (FOR CONCEPTS MUSICIANSHIP ADVANCED GUIT-450 quarter. one for week per hours lab two and hour lecture One courses. Technique Guitar previous the as well as course this in taught techniques new selectionsperforming chosen in regards to application of the students the have will section lab The variations. stylistic and section will introduce advanced performance techniques 310 Technique GUIT-310 lecture The Guitar Prerequisites: GUIT-410 GUITAR TECHNIQUE 410 (2) quarter. one for week per hours lab two and hour lecture One courses. Technique Guitar previous the as well as course this in taught techniques new the of to application have the students selections performing chosen in regards patterns, and performance techniques. The lab section will accompaniment patterns, scale new introduce will section 210. GUIT-210 Technique lecture The Guitar Prerequisites: GUIT-310 GUITAR TECHNIQUE 310 (2) week for one quarter. per hours lab two plus hour lecture One chords. dominant interchange and common approaches for playing over as Phrygian, Locrian, Harmonic and Melodic minor, modal such scales odd-meters, technique, 16thas strum note such concepts advanced on emphasis has course This Prerequisites: GUIT-110 Guitar Technique 110 GUIT-210 GUITAR TECHNIQUE 210 (2) ii7-V7-Ima7 & iimi7(b5)-V7- Ima7/i7 progressions utilizing scales, altered modes, &Lydian Locrian include topics that contribute to proper technique. Subsequent curricular components physical and mental the both of understanding athorough gain will Students keyboardist. a successful becoming for necessary skills performance the of mastery subsequent and development the on centers study group Prerequisites: KEYBD-110 Keyboard Technique 110. Weekly 210 (2) TECHNIQUE KEYBOARD KEYBD-210 week for one quarter. per hours Two lecture arpeggios. based chord- seventh and majorprogressions, & dominant cycles, add9 & sus4 chords ii7-V7-Ima7, chords, seventh iimi7(b5)-V7-Ima7/i7inversion chromatic interval-second extensions, based first, & third modes, &Dorian Mixolydian the scales, &blues pentatonic to proper technique. Subsequent curricular topics include contribute that components physical and mental the both of understanding athorough gain will Students keyboardist. asuccessful becoming for necessary skills performance the of mastery subsequent and development the on centers Prerequisites: Bachelor placement test. Weekly group study 110 (2) TECHNIQUE KEYBD-110 KEYBOARD quarter. one for week per hours ensemble Two lecture/ 220 topics. Reading 210 Keyboard and discussed. This class coordinates with Keyboard Technique also is agroup within leadership Further form. song and style improvisation. Each topic is applied to a particular groove, multiple keyboard splits, key transposition and detailed and advanced concepts, such as dual keyboard playing, performance- based class that utilizes practical techniques Prerequisites: KEYBD-130 Keyboard 130. Performance A (2) 230 PERFORMANCE KEYBOARD KEYBD-230 for one quarter. week per hours Two 120 lecture/ensemble Reading topics. coordinates with Keyboard Technique 110 and Keyboard class This discussed. also is agroup within Leadership form. musical and pattern comping groove, to aparticular applied is topic Each layering. sonic and splits keyboard embellishments, volume swells, use of the modulation wheel, stylistic forms, song atypical on emphasis an with approaches, music popular and technical both utilizes that Prerequisites: Bachelor placement test. class A performance 130 (2) PERFORMANCE KEYBOARD KEYBD-130 quarter). (two per required units Twelve credit style. and musicianship technique, developing in student the guides instructor An goals. curriculum core supports that lesson instrument individual A weekly (2) PRIVATE LESSON KEYBOARD-PL KEYBD-PL //KEYBOARD STYLES) (CONTEMPORARY PERFORMANCE IN MUSIC OF BACHELOR one quarter. for week per hour lab one plus hour lecture One challenges. applying reading techniques to real-world sight-reading on Emphasis excerpts. musical iconic using developed COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE

175

COURSES COURSES 176 COURSES DESCRIPTIONS COURSE ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISITWWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS Prerequisites: Bachelor placement test. Additional live 130 (2) PERFORMANCE VOCAL-130 VOCAL quarter). (two per required units Twelve credit style. and musicianship technique, developing in student the guides instructor An goals. curriculum core supports that lesson instrument individual A weekly (2) PRIVATE LESSON VOCAL-PL //VOCAL STYLES) (CONTEMPORARY PERFORMANCE IN MUSIC OF BACHELOR quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour Continuation of advanced reading techniques. One lecture 5. Reading Keyboard BACH BACH-K353 Prerequisites: 6(2) READING KEYBOARD BACH BACH-K463 week for one quarter. per hour lab one and hour lecture One setting. ensemble drawncharts from contemporary arrangements in a lab/ extended chords are explored. Students play complex fully and syncopation Rhythmic symbols. chord and lines lead with charts difficult reading on focuses course This 220. Reading Keyboard KEYBD-220 Prerequisites: 320 KEYBOARD (2) READING KEYBD-420 quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture topics. Keyboard Technique 210 and Keyboard Performance 230 with coordinates class This form. song and patch keyboard harmonic and melodic patterns within a particular groove, include: reading compound time signatures, meter changes, 120. Topics Reading Keyboard KEYBD-120 Prerequisites: 220 KEYBOARD (2)KEYBD-220 READING quarter. one for week per hours lecture Two 130 topics. 110Technique Performance Keyboard and Keyboard with coordinates class This form. song and groove rhythmic, harmonic and melodic patterns within a particular Prerequisites: Placement test. Topics include: interpreting KEYBD-120 120 KEYBOARD READING (2) quarter. one for week per hours lab two and hour lecture One choices. musical effective make and voicings own their to create how learn Students harmony. A continuation of chord construction on based chord-scale 310. TECHNIQUE KEYBOARD KEYBD-310 Prerequisites: 410 (2) TECHNIQUE KEYBOARD KEYBD-410 quarter. one for week per hours lab two and hour lecture composing and their performing own One progressions. while voicings to create it use and substitution” “tension of and chord Students progressions. explore the techniques Application of concepts of chord-scale harmony to voicings Prerequisites: KEYBD-210 Keyboard Technique 210. 310 (2) TECHNIQUE KEYBOARD KEYBD-310 quarter. one for week per hours lecture interpretation, complete with three & four-note voicings. Two chromatic extensions & tri-tone substitutions and lead-sheet THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS Prerequisites: Vocal-110Prerequisites: 110. Technique Vocal final The VOCAL-210 lecture/lab hours per week for one quarter. Two practiced. and discussed are power full at singing allow without Vocal breaks. exercises to strengthen the voice and register acontinuous into voice the “bridging” on focused is Prerequisites: Vocal-021 Vocal Technique 021. This course 110VOCAL-110 (2) TECHNIQUE VOCAL for one quarter. week per hours Two review. and lecture/lab analysis through Learningvarious to styles. recognize different vocal functions exploration of the physical of mechanics producing sound for an and health vocal affect that factors range, improving production. Topics include: formation of speech sounds, voice human of nature the understanding on focuses Prerequisites: Vocal-011 Vocal Technique 011. This course (2) 021 TECHNIQUE VOCAL VOCAL-021 one quarter. phonation techniques. Two lecture/lab hours per week for efficient and registers habits, practice effective singing), of act the affects it (and how management breath and Topics include: vocal physiological terminologies, breathing voice. the of physiology and anatomy to the introduction An VOCAL-011 VOCAL TECHNIQUE 011(2) one quarter. for week per band full with hour ensemble One public. the to open be will performance final The interpretation). stylistic communication, crowd interaction, stage presence, and skills (includingperformance pre-production, rhythm section polishing as well as charts, quality professional with booked agig package, press of development techniques, rehearsal include: Objectives section). rhythm afull of showcase (a professional performance with the assistance final their for themselves prepare students instructor, the In addition to master vocal class technique coaching from Prerequisites: VOCAL-330 VOCAL 330. PERFORMANCE (2) 430 PERFORMANCE VOCAL VOCAL-430 quarter. one for week per band full with hour and creation and explanation One of ensemble quality charts. props, stage presence,image, communication with the band, performer, such as phrasing, stylistic interpretation, use of professional apolished being of aspects all with along group the within role aleadership taking on placed is Emphasis Prerequisites: VOCAL-230 Vocal 230. Performance (2) 330 PERFORMANCE VOCAL VOCAL-330 per week for one quarter. hours ensemble One course. the within points set at material own their to perform students for ability the and genres, progressively more complex material, additional musical featuring experience performing ensemble live Additional Prerequisites: VOCAL-130 Vocal 130. Performance (2) 230 PERFORMANCE VOCAL VOCAL-230 quarter. one for week per hours Two ensemble course. the within points set at material own their to perform students for ability more complex material, additional musical genres and the ensemble experience performing featuring progressively VOCAL TECHNIQUE 210 (2) 210 quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture/lab introduced. be will singers equipped more to be strategies practice various time, same the At suggested. be will methods practical various programs and students will sing the song selections. The stylistic examples will be suggested as hypothetical set Sightsing in real world situations. performance Various of application the on focused be will course the course, Prerequisite: Vocal-310 320. Sightsinging this Through a talent professional coordinator. Two workshop hours per Students experience a mock audition under the direction of tours. and to sessions casuals and clubs from work obtaining and auditions, passing preparation and promotion, and getting for steps proven and advice practical including musician, aworking as acareer sustain and to build takes it what VOCAL-023). Learn 023,GUIT-130, KEYBD-023, Prerequisites: 2 Performance (BASS-023, DRUM- (1) CAREER YOUR MUSIC STARTING CC-034E available at time of registration. courses specific for offering course current the to Refer notice. prior without canceled or added be may electives and quarter every offered not are electives Most Note: requirements and elective program-specific offerings. here. See program descriptions for elective specific credit listed Electives” Course “Common the with requirements a program-specific list,students mayalso fulfill their elective whereExcept students are required to choose electives from ELECTIVES COURSE COMMON VOCAL-420 Two lecture/lab hours per week for one quarter. approaches, modulations, mixed mixed rhythms, grooves, etc. Topics will include tension/resolution with stylistic studied. be will materials singing sight complicated more course, this In 220. Sightsinging Vocal-220 Prerequisite: VOCAL-320 for one quarter. chords and changing meters. Two lecture/lab hours per week seventh scales, to minor introduction an includes course This rhythms. mixed and melodies minor and major of exploration VOCAL-120 120. Continued Prerequisites: Sightsinging VOCAL-220 quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture/lab triplets. note minor thirds, major melodies, triads, arpeggios and quarter- Topicsharmonies. include: intervals, inversions, major and complex and rhythms mixed melodies, diatonic minor and major of introduction the to include skills sightsinging Prerequisites: Bachelor Placement test. This course expands VOCAL-120 quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture/lab instrument. vocal the of understanding and awareness adeeper develop to ameans as voices artists; contemporary of imitation and analysis the and songs, learning in to assist technique vocal of application the songs, of emotions associated and and consonants, techniques for connecting with the lyrics vowels of formation the addresses course Technique Vocal SIGHTSINGING SIGHTSINGING SIGHTSINGING SIGHTSINGING SIGHTSINGING 120 (2) 120 320 (2) 320 420 (2) 420 220 (2) 220 comprise the of vocabulary the modern turntablist. One techniques These Orbit.” Flare “Transformer,” “One-Click and “Chirp,” “Stab,” “Tear,” “Baby,” skills: scratching of types following the on placed is focus Strong Live. Scratch Serato as well as vinyl traditional using turntablism of art to the introduction an is course This Workshop. DJ Individual -068E, CC DJTech or 2: Serato, 066E, DJTech CC- 1: CD, and Vinyl CC-065E, Prerequisites: 1(1.5) TURNTABLISM CC-169E repeated for credit. be May quarter. one for week per hour lesson private One matching, set-building, remixing, turntablism, and more. and Topics professional quality performance. include beat dynamic into DJknowledge basic their to enhance how learn Students DJskills. of asupport in style and musicianship, technique, developing in student the guides who instructor Computer-based weekly one-on-one workshop with an (1) WORKSHOP DJ INDIVIDUAL CC-068E quarter. one for week per hour lab one and lecture of hour One Software. Emulation Vinyl of use the through techniques DJing contemporary to master how of study in-depth an is It DJ. Computer aspiring the for resource a comprehensive to be designed is curriculum 2: Serato DJTechnique The (1.5) SERATO 2: TECHNIQUE DJ CC-066E quarter. one for week per hour lab one and lecture of hour One discs. compact as well as records phono vinyl of use the through techniques DJing traditional to master how of study in-depth an is It DJ. aspiring the for resource acomprehensive be to designed is 1: curriculum DJTechnique &CD The Vinyl (1.5) CD and 1: VINYL TECHNIQUE DJ CC-065E operation and video editing. camera performance, directing of basics be: the will covered Topics workshops. seminar-style of aseries in instructor the of guidance the under video amusic create will artists, or bands own their sourcing Students, videos. music style inAn introductory course creating simple, single-camera- (1.5) CAMP BOOT VIDEO MUSIC CC-053 credit. for repeated be May quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One apps. iLife Apple’s utilizing techniques and grassroots marketing and self-promotion, An introduction to basic/intermediate view showreel editing (1.5) SHOWREELS &CREATING TO iMOVIE INTRO CC-043E credit. for repeated be May quarter. per performances ten of Minimum registration. of time at is available LPW specific for offering course to current refer on Live Workshops Performance for general descriptions; section catalog See styles. contemporary of range awide in course. Studentsperformance gain experience performing This programs. isPerformance an elective version of the core in Certificate and AA all for required are LPWs LIVE WORKSHOPS PERFORMANCE CC-032E (1) week for one quarter. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE

177 COURSES 178 COURSES DESCRIPTIONS COURSE ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISITWWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS “LiveFeed.” Two workshop hours per week for one quarter. one for week per hours Two workshop “LiveFeed.” controllers, and streaming/manipulating live audio using functions to MIDI internal software assigning plug-ins, player, DJFX sample internal SP-6 the using on placed is Serato Scratch Live’s vinyl emulation Concentration software. in techniques advanced the of study ahands-on is workshop This 2: Serato. DJTechnique CC-066E Prerequisites: (1) WORKSHOP SERATO ADVANCED CC-166E quarter one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture for credit. repeated be may course This quarter. one for week per hours Two workshop process. creative the about ideas exchanging while other to each relate and up to open learn who artists of acommunity developing students, among dialogue more to create is goal The life. and music both in creativity of sense adeeper into tap students to help intended is Way, workshop this Artist’s The book the on Based CC-163E CREATIVITY WORKSHOP (1) credit. for repeated be may course This jury. plus weeks ten for week per hour rehearsal 1). lesson- private One (Songwriting to CC-306 equivalent not is course This showcase. industry recorded video- additional an for qualify students Selected experts. guest of ajury by screening and evaluation for material live best their entertainment value. At the conclusion, students present movement, audience image, rapport, song sequence and during “The Songs” with concentration on stage presence, written material original of performances live develop student are exempt from prerequisite requirements. Instructor and Dean of Studies. students Performance Independent Artist with permission from Program Chair Common Course and students to Bachelor 1. available Also Songwriting 306 CC- of out placement guarantee not does Permission or permission from the Program Chair. Course Common Prerequisites: CC-160E Development: Artist The Songs, (1) SHOW THE DEVELOPMENT: CC-161E ARTIST presentation. This course may be repeated for credit. final plus quarter one for week per hour lesson-rehearsal songs from to ideas finishedOnearrangements. private original developing on work student and instructor sessions, prerequisite requirements. During intensive one-on-one Studies. students Independent Artist are exempt from Performance of Dean and Chair Program Course Common Also available to Bachelor students with permission from 1. Songwriting CC-306 of out placement guarantee not the Program Chair. CommonCourse Permission does Prerequisites: Songwriting 1, CC-306 or permission from (1) SONGS THE DEVELOPMENT: ARTIST CC-160E sonically. and musically employed Discussions center on what production techniques are being genres. and styles different of music discuss to and listen instructor and students which in course Group-based ANALYSIS (1) PRODUCTION MUSIC CC-014E // COURSE COMMON DEVELOPMENT CREATIVE THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS Techniques: Introduction to Scoring for Animation. Survey Survey Animation. for to Scoring Introduction Techniques: Scoring Applied 3. Scoring CC-M336E: Prerequisites: 4(2) SCORING CC-M337E per week for one quarter. hours Two lecture Composition. in Degree Music of Bachelor to the credit core as transferable is course This quartet. string with session arecording have will students quarter, the of end the At techniques. orchestration and reading, score other modern media including scores, non-traditional form, as well as scores film of transcription and analysis harmonic ScoringPrerequisites: 2. In-depth melodic CC-M335E: and 3(2) SCORING CC-M336E quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture Composition. in Degree Music of Bachelor to the credit core as transferable is course This picture. against or with scoring from well-known Students scores. will also study about stylistic considerations, and “behind-the-scenes” material Understanding musical concepts: instrumentation choices, scores. music media well-known of transcription Scoring 1.Prerequisites: CC-M334E Analysis and 2(2) SCORING CC-M335E quarter. one for week per hours Two lecture Composition. in Degree Music of Bachelor to the credit core as transferable is course This pipeline. process scoring the roles of and professionals Music Media their employers, and underscore. Research about functions of the Media Music, score and source, diegetic versus non-diegetic music, and between information, scoring includingBasic difference 1(2) SCORING CC-M334E week for one quarter. 1). a hours Two (Songwriting lecture to CC-306 equivalent not is course This songs. hit popular of content and structure, form, the of analysis and discussion including writing, lyric of knowledge abasic developing on focuses course This music. the than asong of success the with to do more or much as have often and music, of language the are Lyrics (2) LYRIC OF WRITING FUNDAMENTALS CC-018E quarter. one for week per hours 1). Two (Songwriting lecture/workshop to CC-306 equivalent not is course This content. lyrical on afocus with material of evaluation and assignments writing extensive including work, Application of lyric writing fundamentals to students’ original Prerequisites: CC-018E Fundamentals of Lyric Writing. (2) LYRIC WRITING ORIGINAL CC-016E be repeated for credit. may course This quarter. one for week per hours workshop 1). Two (Songwriting to CC-306 equivalent not is course This process. creative the and techniques writing alternative of discussion open by followed process writing the share songwriters. Student their songwriters perform songs and andsharing, relationship-building performance, for This course is designed to foster open discussion, idea (1) LAB CC-011E SONGWRITERS perform regionally, how to negotiate, and when to pitch to pitch when and to negotiate, how regionally, perform to when tour. explore We regional first aband’s executing and promoting, planning, on concentrates course This (1) TOUR YOUR FIRST PLANNING CC-047E quarter. one for week per hour lecture advances, administration, marketing funds), and more. One (song-plugging, career your for do can companies publishing what forms), (PA SR and compositions your protecting credit, percentages in a composition, when the producer gets Topics include copyright how basics, co-writers divide perspective. artist’s the from publishing music of overview An (1) PUBLISHING TO MUSIC INTRO CC-033E ELECTIVES COMMON COURSE MUSIC BUSINESS-ORIENTED per week for one quarter. hour lecture One Composition. in Degree Music of Bachelor to the credit core as transferable is course This courses. Scoring with enrolled be should lesson Private quarter. per week per hour lesson private One projects. Senior and as preparation for plus scoring assignments Sophomore well as compositions of critique and analysis Includes skills. traditional and compositional contemporary techniques and Weekly private focused lesson on developing and applying (2) COMPOSITION SCORING PRIVATE MEDIA CC-C.PL for one quarter. week per hour lab one and hour lecture One Composition. in Degree Music of Bachelor to the credit core as transferable is course This styles. popular contemporary in lifts with overdub live and virtual from jingles commercial second companion program, Waveburner. Students create 30-60 and plug-ins, mastering using Logic’spicture, third-party module. Topics include: automation, effects, scoring to aesthetic applications and introduction to digital audio and parameters MIDI of exploration in-depth techniques, Continuation of Logic I featuring advanced sequencing 1. Scoring Media for Logic CC-M268E Prerequisites: 2(1.5) SCORING MEDIA FOR LOGIC CC-M269E per week for one quarter. hour lab one and hour lecture One Composition. in Degree Music of Bachelor to the credit core as transferable is course palette and complete This scoring assignments. commercial abasic build Students loops. with working and stretching, time drum programming, effects, instruments, audio, virtual and MIDI with working include Topics covered platform. Mac the on application software Pro Logic the using Sequencing 1(1.5) SCORING MEDIA FOR LOGIC CC-M268E for one quarter. Additional lab fee required. week per hours Two lecture Composition. in Degree Music of Bachelor to the credit core as transferable is course This styles. fiction science and cartoon in assigned are projects recreating the to virtually scores match picture. Scoring scenes, animation of take-down complete students taught, approaches. Utilizing the tools and techniques previously of historical and contemporary animation styles and scoring residence. Students gain practical experience working with Prerequisites: completion of one quarter of study in (1) INTERNSHIP MUSIC CC-060E for one quarter. industry songwriting techniques. One lecture hour per week of forms current practice plus songwriter aworking become to takes it what learn students help and songwriting hit industry current of realm the into deep dive will course This (1) SONGWRITER WORKING THE CC-015E quarter. one for week per hour lecture One music. their appreciates that audience an reaching and endorsements, securing for music applying projects, for showcases/contests/grants, money seed finding audiences, larger finding of &outs ins the Learn music. with money to make ways explore Students (1) MARKETS MUSIC NEW CC-055E quarter. one for week per hour lecture One more. and agreements, membership band AFTRA), and (AFM equipment workingclauses, with endorsements, unions key-man diems, per calculating contract, employment an negotiating road, the on life managing Topics include: musician. aworking as acareer to manage learn Students (1) MUSICIANS WORKING OF BUSINESS CC-054E quarter. one for week per hour lab one and hour lecture One tools. marketing current of overview an and booking, show live demographic, target the identifying techniques, and strategies marketing DIY portals, music marketplace. Topics include creating a presence on online tomodern artists spread audio-visual materials across the Essential self-marketing and promotional techniques used by (1.5) CAMP BOOT VIDEO MUSIC CC-053E quarter. one for week per hour lecture One deals. record of asurvey and performing, and booking the tips, promotional of business tools, rehearsal songs, agreements, business entities, band names and trademarks, Topics business. conduct include band membership should members band and bands how of overview An (1) ABAND AS BUSINESS DOING CC-051E per week for one quarter. hour lecture today. One business music the in successful be ultimately, and, interests vital protect out, to stand takes it way, what arealistic in present, will It relationships. contractual into entering and attention, industry seeking members, artist-team selecting careers, their developing music, marketing and creating when of aware be should artists issues and key areas the covers It music. of side business to the artists aspiring introduce will course This (1) BASICS BUSINESS MUSIC CC-050E quarter. one for week per hour lecture One tours. successful use social media plus writing detail itineraries that produce and press to get how cover classes Final riders. tech and assembled anchor dates, and writing realistic contracts paid/pre- securing costs, break-even calculating cities, toinclude: fan touring demographics choose identifying your music to larger local promoters/agents. Other subjects COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE

179

COURSES COURSES COURSES 181 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS NON-MAJOR INSTRUMENT STUDY COMMON // COURSE See instrument program course offerings for additional entry- level instrument electives. CC-021E INTRODUCTION GUITAR (1) TO Non-guitar majors learn simple note reading, fingerings, and singer-songwriters. for tool Great patterns. accompaniment Not available Guitar to Program students. One hour per week quarter. one for CC-023E INTRODUCTION VOICE TO (1) Non-vocal majors learn develop to techniques for proper range while improving and accuracy, breathing, pitch protecting their vocal instrument with application popular to styles in both lead and backup vocal roles. Not available to Vocal Program students. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. CC-025EINTRODUCTION BASS TO (1) Non-bass majors learn how play to appropriate basslines role the understanding and techniques correct playing using of the bassist in a band. Covers all essentials of the bass for thenon-bassist. Not available Bass to Program students. One hour per week for one quarter. CC-026E HAND PERCUSSION (1) hand including techniques, percussion to introduction An coordination and rhythm as they relate various to types of Latin hand percussion instruments with application Latin to and pop music. Not available Drum to Program students. One hour per week for one quarter. CC-027E INTRODUCTION DRUMSET TO (1) An introduction the to fundamentals of the drum set for non- Drum Program performance students. This course covers drum set components, counting techniques, basic grips, will students Additionally, notation. and reading simple and perform common grooves such as 8th note-based rock, note-based16th funk, 8th note-based jazz and shuffles, and bossa nova. Finally, the basics of brushes and rods will be covered with students performing grooves typical the to use of brushes and rods. Not available Drum to Program students. One lecture hour per week for one quarter. course is lab-intensive with an emphasis on composition. composition. on emphasis an with lab-intensive is course Students will gain practical knowledge about scoring for film and television with lectures covering topics from thematic continuity orchestration, to as well as in-class feedback on hours lecture/lab assignments. Two composition weekly their quarter. one for week per AUDIO-057E PRO TOOLS (2) 101 This course focuses on the basic concepts and theory involved in using a digital audio workstation. Students will be able set-up to an Avid Pro session Tools® for recording, importing editing, recording audio, MIDI, backing-up data, working with FireWire drives, and more. When taken with these courses (Pro 110), Tools CC- 157E/AUDIO-157 combined will serve as an equivalent (Pro AUDIO-103 to for students who decide proceed to & 110) 101 into theTools Certificate in Audio Engineering. One lecture hour and two lab hours per week for one quarter. (2) PROAUDIO-157E TOOLS 110 This course focuses on the basic concepts and theory involved in using a digital audio workstation. Students will be able set-up to an Avid Pro session Tools® for recording, importing editing,recording audio, MIDI, backing-up data, working with FireWire drives, and more. When taken with theseCC- courses 057E/AUDIO-057 (Pro 101), Tools combined will serve as an equivalent (Pro AUDIO-103 to for students who decide proceed to & 110) 101 into theTools Certificate in Audio Engineering. One lecture hour and two lab hours per week for one quarter. AUDIO-052E LOGIC 1 (1) Industry Entertainment in enrolled Students Prerequisites: Audio the from permission obtain must Programs Studies Engineering Program Chair for enrollment. This course composers, sound songwriters, and producers introduces engineers the to primary features and basic user interface understand will students X. completion, Pro Upon Logic of using Preproduction song. actual an creating process of the Apple Loops, recording/editing audio, arranging of tracks and produce drum beats with a virtual drummer will be touched on. This course covers the requirements needed (Part take to 1 of 2) the Apple Certified Pro Level One exam in Logic Pro X. This course is equivalent AUDIO-052E to lab hours Two per(Logic week for one 1). quarter. AUDIO-152E LOGIC 2 (1) course This 1. Logic CC/AUDIO-052E Prerequisites: is a continuation of the Logic Pro X user interface for engineers. composers, sound songwriters, and producers Logic use to how understand will students completion, Upon comprehensivePro’s array of software instruments, arranging of MIDI sequences, as well as editing with Flex Time & and effects automation processing, mixing, digital Pitch, troubleshooting. This course covers the requirements needed taketo the Apple Certified Pro Level One exam in Logic Pro X (Part This 2 of 2). course is equivalent AUDIO-152E to lab(Logic hours Two per 2). week for one quarter. on groove, timing, and feel. Each instrument chair (bass, drums, percussion, keyboard) will be open a maximum to of three students. The guitar chair will support four guitar students. Improvisation, lead sheet, and notation skills will be required. ensemble Two hours per week for one quarter. NON-INSTRUMENT SKILLS COMMON COURSE // CC-013E FINAL CUT PRO X (1.5) film seasoned to beginning familiarize to designed course A editors on the variety of features available in Final Cut Pro X. audio, transforming clips, manipulating include: will Topics hour lecture One multi-camera editing. correcting,color and and one lab hour per week for one quarter. May be repeated credit. for CC-043E INTRO iMOVIE TO & CREATING SHOWREELS (1.5) editing showreel view basic/intermediate to introduction An self-promotion, and marketing grassroots and techniques utilizing Apple’s iLife apps. One lecture hour and one lab hour per week for one quarter. This course may be repeated for credit. CC-062E LEAD SHEETS & INSTRUMENTATION (1) WORKSHOP Prerequisite: Harmony & Theory This course (CC-021). 021 covers the sound, mechanic, and method of notation for instruments not offered as principle instruments of study at Musicians Institute, including: members of the brass family (trumpet, trombone), the woodwind family (flute, clarinet, mandolin, banjo, cello, (violin, family string and saxophone), lap steel, The course etc). also focuses on the basics of proper chord chart and lead sheet writing for most small group settings, including: types of song form, road maps, and methods of notation. As a final project, students will create a chord char/lead sheet for the rhythm section and two transposing instruments. lab hours Two per week for one quarter. CC-080E COMPUTER (2) NOTATION An important, practical, and contemporary survey of notation Sibelius using techniques notational computer software. Recommended for all students, this course has wide application for theory, arranging, songwriting, and other assignments requiring notation. hours per Two week for one quarter. CC-083E SCORING FOR FILM & TELEVISION 1 (2) An overview of the techniques and aesthetics of scoring original music for filmtelevision. & This course is lab-intensive gain will students The composition. on emphasis an with practical knowledge about scoring for film andtelevision with lectures covering topics from the function of score to melodic motifs, as well as in class feedback on their weekly composition assignments. lecture Two hours per week for quarter. one CC-183E SCORING FOR FILM & TELEVISION 2 (2) Prerequisites: CC-083E Scoring for Film This & Television 1. THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 2016 - SEPTEMBER 1, 30, 2017. a music industry-related company in the Los Angeles area. Thestudent will assist in daily operation of a music company companies, booking publishing labels, records with working agents & venues, marketing and publicity companies, or other music related companies. Music students can take this elective during any quarter. They MUST complete at least 30 internship hours per enrolled quarter. This course may be credit. for repeated CC-064E MUSIC LAW BASICS (1) This course is designed expose to aspiring musicians, vocalists, engineers, producers, and other music industry professionals those to areas of law which permeate and of fundamentals business, music including the control Copyright Law, Trademark Law, Contract Law, Publishing, Licensing Agreements, Collaboration and Songwriter and Law, Constitutional Deals, Record Agreements, International Law and treaties. One lecture hour per week for quarter. one CC-104E THE BUSINESS OF AUDIO (1) In this course, students gain comprehensive a overview of operating a business as an audio engineer or producer. finances, basic budgets, invoicing, music and include: Topics accounting methods legally to setting up their own business. business new the of challenges the discuss also Students model as well as industry definitions and roles. This course is equivalent (The AUDIO-104 to Business of Audio). One lecture hour per week for one quarter. CC-109E DIY MUSIC MARKETING (1.5) Independent artists and musicians now have more opportunities control to their own career than at any time in thehistory of the music business. be both self-sufficient To and successful, artists must be highly motivated and organizedin their business approach. This course shows how develop to a brand identity, release and market your music, promote yourself on the Internet, and build a fan base. All students are required develop to and submit a detailed plan. marketing CC-408E EVENT PRODUCTION CONTRACTS (1) This course examines the individual elements that make-up an “Event,” and how venue production requirements and client needs can be communicated in both written form (the contract) and verbally verbal (the advance). Industry success and survival tools such as forging vendor relationships, and examined. also are skills organizational and communication This course is equivalent AUDIO-408 to (Event Production Contracts). One lecture hour per week for one quarter. ADVANCED MUSICIANSHIP // COMMON COURSE COURSE COMMON // MUSICIANSHIP ADVANCED ADVANCEDCC-170E ENSEMBLE SKILLS (1) Prerequisites: DRUM-210, GUIT- (BASS-210, Technique 210 or KEYBD- An introduction210, 210). the to skills necessary section. rhythm professional-level advanced, an as function to Instructor will act a musical director for a funk, fusion and placed rehearsal be Emphasisjazz-rock-oriented will band.

ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISITWWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS AND UPDATES FOR VISITWWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG PLEASE FREQUENTLY. OCCUR CATALOG THE TO CHANGES AND ADDITIONS

COURSES

180 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSES 183

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Bass Drum Guitar Technology Keyboard Vocal Audio Engineering Engineering Audio Audio Post-Production // Engineering Audio Production Audio Live // Engineering Audio DJ Performance& Production Craft Guitar Design Guitar Acoustic Craft // Guitar ArtistIndependent Development Business Music Entrepreneur // Business Music program standards to (adaptive equipment and insofar acceptable are reasonable accommodations as these do not alter the program in a substantive manner); and safe ensure to capacity sufficient Vocal requirements tasks and performance all of appropriate of the program standards to (adaptive equipment and insofar acceptable are reasonable accommodations as these do not alter the program in a substantive manner); to related Sufficientskills performto manual dexterity manipulation, gear and performance, music instrument activities; related and of lift,carry hold, to items capacity Sufficientphysical differing weights and sizes; organizational maintain and demonstrate Ability to respect professional and management skills, time and conduct as a human service student, either at practicum site, or in the community; Computer and device literacy sufficientto allow for and MI curricula, communications, with interaction systems; management learning Other capacities and skills as related specific to profession field, discipline, the of requirements Performance and Technical about Questions Requirements may be submitted the to Office of Admissions. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • PERFORMANCE STUDIES REQUIREMENTS ELIGIBILITY and placement registration, application, eligibility, All credit-unit four-quarter/60 the for requirements orientation described those to identical are Performance in Certificate for Associate of Arts Degree in Performance. OF CREDITAWARD FOR PRIOR EXPERIENTIAL LEARNING. CERTIFICATES ENTERTAINMENT INDUSTRY STUDIES Musicians Institute does not award program credit for prior prior for credit program award not does Institute Musicians A working command of the English language; and read sufficientto skills comprehension Reading communications, literature, curriculum, comprehend etc.; Sufficient verbal and language skillsto support faculty, student, with collaboration and communication staff and others at the College; perform sufficientto skills and Communication engage in required tasks and assignments; Ability understand to and follow both written and oral instructions; level college for requirements complete Ability to classes; Ability sustain to cognitive integrity in areas of short and long-term memory, areas of written responsibilities of through follow and documentation, reasonable accommodations and equipment (adaptive are acceptable insofar as these do not alter the program in a substantive manner); Visual acuity sufficientto ensure the safe and requirements tasks and performance all of appropriate of the program standards to (adaptive equipment and insofar acceptable are reasonable accommodations as these do not alter the program in a substantive manner); various distinguish sufficientto acuity Aural/auditory sounds and noises ensure to safe and appropriate performance of all tasks and requirements of the • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ELIGIBILITY FOR ADMISSION TO MUSICIANS INSTITUTE In addition the to eligibility requirements listed for each program offered by the college, Musicians Institute admits only those individuals who, in the opinion of the college, have the capacity and ability function to and comport themselves appropriately in a college learning environment, and to benefit from, successfully meet, and/or performto all of the requisites and standards required complete to a program as catalog. this in outlined TECHNICAL AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS As noted above, Musicians Institute may only admit individuals who, in the estimation of the College, have a completing and from benefiting of reasonableprospect this to relation In structured. are they as programs the who students all that ensure to and admission, of condition are admitted are capable of meeting the requirements of the performance and technical considers College programs, the admissions appropriate and ethical to relevant as capacities standards. This standard is not intended be to exclusive; rather it is designed ensure to that all students admitted theto programs are able advance to through and receive designed. are they as programs the from benefits Technical and Performance Requirements vary by program based on the requirements of the discipline/field of reasonable and equipment Adaptive study/profession. accommodations are acceptable insofar as these do not Performance and Technical program. the alter substantively Requirements may include (but are not limited to): THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 2016 - SEPTEMBER 1, 30, 2017.

COURSES

182 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 184 GENERAL ADMISSIONS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS applying (see below): are you to which program the by required items additional any with along mail by together items following the of all Send CERTIFICATE APPLICATION PROCESS: experiential learning. determining eligibility for transfer. eligibility determining in afactor as considered be also will program current the TheEmphasis applicant’s Programs. academic progress in Production) Audio (Live Engineering Audio in Certificate or in AudioCertificate Engineering (Post-Production Audio) to the transfer for apply may Program Engineering Audio in Certificate the in enrolled already Students proficient. be already may she or he which in classes in placement advanced for recommended be may student a cases, some In complete. is evaluation your until classes for scheduled be not will you and week registration during place take will evaluations Placement areas. fundamental several in experience and knowledge of level current your of the registration The evaluation process. will measure part as evaluation aplacement given be will you Program, Certificate Engineering Audio an into admitted are you If Placement: details). for form (see application Exam Level Scholastic awritten pass must you Programs, All under above listed items to the addition In Application: AUDIO ENGINEERING REQUIREMENTS -SPECIFIC PROGRAMS CERTIFICATE at Information. Earned under Institute Additional Musicians Note: different instrument major, contact the Admissions Office. to a transferring on information For instructions. for office Records Student the contact must major instrument same the within Program Certificate to aPerformance transfer to seeking are and Program Degree Arts of Associate an from terminated been or withdrawn have who Students office. Registrar’s to the Transfer for aPetition submit and complete must major instrument same the with Program Certificate to aPerformance Program Degree Arts of Associate Currently enrolled students seeking to transfer from an PROGRAM CERTIFICATE APERFORMANCE TO PROGRAM DEGREE AA AN FROM TRANSFERRING • • • • • • See the Notice Concerning Transferability of Credits and Credentials English). in not is original the if translation English official from an accredited institution provide (please an equivalent G.E.D. of proof or diploma school High $100.00 USD application fee. Completed application form. THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS ASSOCIATE OF ARTS IN PERFORMANCE ASSOCIATE ARTS IN OF ASSOCIATE DEGREES details). for must also submit an original recording (see application form you Programs, All under above listed items to the addition In &PRODUCTION PERFORMANCE &DJ DEVELOPMENT ARTIST INDEPENDENT details). for form (see application Institute Musicians to attend want you why us telling English in narrative ashort with voice speaking your and audition amusical both of arecording includes that a recording submit also and Exam Level Scholastic awritten pass must I CRAFT GUITAR skills. MI Music Business instructors Business share Music real-world MI skills. structure, recording & production, and critical listening song covering courses music as well as internships two in partake students quarters, six of course the During media. visual and marketing, finance, history, international music publishing, accounting and Associate of Science degree also includes music industry labels, distribution, and personal management, our entertainment law, music publishing and licensing, record in to courses addition In industry. music today’s in encountered subjects of range adiverse in training depth in- with students provides degree ASMB 90-credit The ASSOCIATE BUSINESS MUSIC OF SCIENCE Program). Music of to Bachelor Arts of Associate MI from credits Transfer (See programs degree own its between except credit of transferability the guarantee cannot MI institution. by vary credit course transfer of acceptance or Policies regarding the transfer of occupational degrees program may not transfer to all baccalaureate programs. of type this in earned Credits degree. occupational aterminal/ is Performance in Degree Arts of Associate The Emphasis: Performance Non- One Plus Instrument Primary in Emphasis Combined COMBINED EMPHASIS // ASSOCIATE ARTS PERFORMANCE OF n addition to the items listed above under All Programs, you Programs, All under above listed items to the n addition • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Music Business DevelopmentIndependent Artist Guitar Craft &Production DJ Performance Audio Engineering Vocal Keyboard Technology Guitar Drum Bass applications are reviewed for acceptance on an ongoing ongoing an on acceptance for reviewed are applications completed Fully acceptance. of order the in to students given is priority placement and limited are sizes Class NOTIFICATION AND REVIEW APPLICATION the program specific towhich youare applying): email (additional items are also required; check below under or mail by together items following the of all send Please APPLICATION PROCESS: ASSOCIATE DEGREES Performance. in Degree Arts of Associate requirements are identical to those described for the other application, registration, placement, and orientation All Certificates). Industry (see Entertainment portion emphasis additional the and requirements) Degree (see AA portion study instrument the both of requirements eligibility (CombinedDegree Program Emphasis) must meet the Students applying for admission to an Associate of Arts MI. to attending prior practical are as courses music-related and music many as to take and curriculum preparatory acollege to follow encouraged are school high in enrolled still students Prospective growth. for potential and attitude, consideration his or her experience, achievements, aptitude, into taking reviewed, individually is applicant Each including: factors on based and selective is procedure admissions The REQUIREMENTS ELIGIBILITY institutions. to other credit of transferability the guarantee cannot MI institution. by vary credit course transfer of acceptance or Policies regarding the transfer of occupational degrees of program may not transfer to all baccalaureate programs. terminal/occupational degree. Credits earned in this type a is Degree Business Music in Science of Associate The touring,management, and entrepreneurship. artist publishing, music labels, to) record limited not (but including in various professionals areas, music industry as to work students prepares degree Business Music in Science of Associate Our outlets. media and consultants; TV;publishing & film for supervisors music executives; label &record artists major with working from earned experience • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • An audio recording of yourself playing or singing singing or playing yourself of recording audio An English). in not provideEnglish an official translationif the original is from institution with recognized accreditation (please High school diploma or proof of GED equivalent $100.00 USD application fee. Completed application form. program educational intensive to an commitment Evidence of desire for career advancement and Prior experience Written application Recorded audition or written test (where applicable) Music Business) in Science of Associate to apply not does details, for application . ADMISSIONS OFFICE | MUSICIANS INSTITUTE - 6752 HOLLYWOOD BOULEVARD, HOLLYWOOD, CA 90028 90028 CA HOLLYWOOD, BOULEVARD, -6752 HOLLYWOOD INSTITUTE |MUSICIANS OFFICE ADMISSIONS PHONE: 1 (800) ALL-PLAY | EMAIL: [email protected] (see BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREES and other school-related topics. sign-ups LPW Affairs, Student procedures, and policy school about learn will you time, this During classes. of start to the prior Thursday the on held be will Orientation ORIENTATION STUDENT NEW apply to Associate of Science Degree. not Does proficient. be already may she or he which in be recommended for advanced placement in courses evaluation is complete. a In student some cases, may your until classes for scheduled be not will you and week Placement evaluations take place during registration areas. musical fundamental several in experience and knowledge of level current your measure will that evaluation aplacement given be will you Program, Degree Arts of Associate to the admitted are you After EVALUATION PLACEMENT REGISTRATION deposit the to submit encouraged are (students enrollment of is completely refundable in the event of cancellation deposit is applied toward the first quarter’s tuition and The details). for Acceptance of (see Letter placement their to secure USD $300.00 of amount the in deposit admitted students are required to submit a refundable Upon acceptance to all degree andprograms, certificate ONLY) STUDENTS (DOMESTIC DEPOSIT TUITION Bass, Drum, Guitar, Drum, Bass, Keyboard, Vocal Styles)(Contemporary PERFORMANCE IN MUSIC OF BACHELOR Program) Media Visual (Scoring For BACHELOR OF COMPOSITION IN MUSIC notified by mail. by notified be will accepted not are who Applicants telephone. or and/ mail by notified be will applicants Accepted basis. • • • • week. student tours will take place during registration new and meetings housing Daily classes. of start to the prior weeks four least at arrive should Students who need housing/roommate assistance director. of only classes with permission from the program week first the after register may Applicants USD. $100.00 of fee registration alate assessed be will register at their registration assigned appointment to fail who Students classes. of start to the prior and orientation during the two-week period registration for to arrive expected are Students along with the application fee). application the with along ADMISSIONS

185 GENERAL 186 GENERAL ADMISSIONS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS email: or mail by together items following the of all send Please test). entrance with provided (details playing requirements instrumental specific performing returned along with an unedited video recording of yourself and completed be must This mail. by test entrance Music of Bachelor awritten receive will you approved, and reviewed, received, is application written your After three parts: The admissions procedure for Bachelor of Music consists of OF BACHELOR MUSIC APPLICATION PROCESS: REQUIREMENTS ELIGIBILITY • • • • • • • 3. 2. 1. 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. • • • • • • • Transfer credit information from prior college or recommendation in academic areas. one and music in recommendation one year, including one least at for with studied have you professors Two letters of recommendation from instructors or 12-units minimum). per quarter at MI, including schooling, postsecondary of quarter applicant has satisfactorily completed at one least if 21.minimum: required (SAT/ not are scores ACT ACT Writing; 500 Mathematics, 500 Reading, Critical SAT500 years); five minimum: previous the within (from SAT scores ACT or students: Domestic attend Musicians Institute. to want you why describing essay written A 250-word $100.00 USD application fee. English in not is original the if translation institution. provide Please English an official accredited an from equivalent or diploma school High Completed application form. are applying: Complete thefollowingforprogramtowhich you Written entrancetest Training formwithallrequireddocuments Completed applicationforHarmony, Theory andEar Working knowledgeofkeyboardharmony. Knowledge ofandinterestin contemporary styles. Music readingabilityinbothtrebleandbassclef. Guitar, Keyboard,(Bass, Drums,orVocal). At leastthreeyearsofstudyontheprimaryinstrument practical. Social Sciencesandasmanymusiccoursesare curriculum withfouryearsofEnglish,three Students areadvisedtofollowacollegepreparatory school program(highschool) oritsequivalent. completionofanaccreditedsecondary Satisfactory b. a.

Bachelor of in Applicants: Music Composition Bachelor of Music in Performance Applicants: Applicants: Performance in Music of Bachelor piano reduction). or score sheet, (lead notation by accompanied (solo or ensemble, instrumental or vocal) applicant the by written style any in music of examples two of format) (digital recording Audio Video Performance Test.Video Performance THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS OF MUSIC INTERNATIONAL APPLICATION PROCESS: BACHELOR in the event of cancellation of enrollment. of cancellation of event the in toward the first quarter’s tuitionand iscompletely refundable applied is deposit The details). for Acceptance of Letter (see placement their to secure USD $300.00 of amount students are required to submit a refundable deposit in the program, Music of Bachelor to the acceptance Upon ONLY) STUDENTS (DOMESTIC DEPOSIT TUITION non-acceptance. for reasons specific the with along only, mail by notification receive will accepted not are who Applicants telephone. and mail by notified be will applicants Accepted application. accepted of order the in to students given priority placement with reviewed be will applications completed Fully SUMMER: SPRING: WINTER: FALL: STUDENTS NEW dates: following the by tests DVD Performance and Training &Ear Theory Harmony, completed and materials, written application, plus all documents, official required acompleted receive must Department Admissions The NOTIFICATION AND DEADLINES ADMISSIONS Information section. For more information, see the International Student • • • • • • • • ◦ university (if applicable). acceptance score on the PTEA is 51. is PTEA the on score acceptance minimum The 6. of ascore IELTS is the on score test minimum The 173 or (computer-based). (paperbased) 500 61 is (Internet-based), score acceptance minimum The TOEFL (PTEA). Academic English, Test of Pearson (IELTS), the or System Testing Language (TOEFL), International English Language Foreign as a a English of through Test proficiency or she must present verification ofEnglish language If a student’s principal language is not English, he funds. U.S. for Card Transfer, Credit or Wire Bank Order, Money submitted as an International Money Order, Postal be must which fee, application $100.00 USD The Information for details). all degree programs (see International Student A non-immigrant student F-1 is Visa required for college. to the SAT/ACT or ESL admittance for tests Resident Foreign National applicants must take either ◦ • • TOEFL/IELTS/PTEA test scores are not required required not are scores test TOEFL/IELTS/PTEA conditions are met: following the of either if applicants international of • • Student is a Foreign National. Program AA MI an from graduated has Student May 2 May 1 February 30 October 31 July applied to music satisfy coursework requirements varies be may that credits transfer of number maximum The CREDITS MUSIC TRANSFER LACC. Musicians and Music of Schools of Association National the by set Acceptance of coursework will be based on standards Dean. the by approval and review pending LACC, than required general education units from institutions other of number maximum to the up transfer also may Students credit distribution. this catalog for of a summary required general education in requirements Degree Music of Bachelor See (WASC). Colleges and Schools of Association Western the by coordination from Musicians Institute. is accredited LACC and support with advisors, LACC with consultation in may register for appropriate general education courses students MI campus. LACC nearby the on offered are mathematics, natural science, social science and humanities English, in subjects of selection awide including courses, education general required All (LACC). College City Musicians Institute has a with partnership Los Angeles 30 semester-units in liberal subjects. arts For this purpose, units or students must complete 45-quarter requirements, requirements. To fulfill the generaleducation degree education general the and coursework music the are Degree Music of Bachelor the of components main two The CREDITS TRANSFER EDUCATION GENERAL school-related topics. other and Juries Affairs, Student procedures, and policy school about learn will you meeting, this During classes. of start to the prior Thursday the on held be will Orientation ORIENTATION STUDENT NEW untilclasses their evaluations are complete. for scheduled be not will 12. Week of Students Wednesday the on place take will evaluations Placement proficient. be already may you which in subjects certain in placement advanced receive may you cases, some In musicianship. and music of areas fundamental several in level experience your to determine evaluation aplacement given be will you Program, Music of Bachelor the by accepted are you After EVALUATION PLACEMENT registration week. during place take will tours student new and meetings housing Daily classes. of start to the prior weeks two least at arrive should assistance housing/roommate need who the first week isof classes bypermission only. Students after Registration classes. of week first the of Friday until for registration and orientation. Late registration will be held classes of start to the prior to arrive expected are Students REGISTRATION Institute, as well as comparisons to offerings from ADMISSIONS OFFICE | MUSICIANS INSTITUTE - 6752 HOLLYWOOD BOULEVARD, HOLLYWOOD, CA 90028 90028 CA HOLLYWOOD, BOULEVARD, -6752 HOLLYWOOD INSTITUTE |MUSICIANS OFFICE ADMISSIONS PHONE: 1 (800) ALL-PLAY | EMAIL: [email protected] passed courses) toward their Bachelor of Music Degree Degree Music of Bachelor their toward courses) passed (for credits following the transfer may Program, Music of Bachelor to the accepted been have and Vocal), or Drum, Technology, Keyboard Guitar, (Bass, Performance in Degree Arts of Associate MI’s completed have who Applicants PROGRAM BM TO MI ASSOCIATE FROM CREDITS TRANSFER tobe subject meeting minimum test requirements. of Music application Acceptance for process. admission will Bachelor the of part as tests additional to complete required be will Emphasis), (Combined Degree Arts of Associate an complete who students or 3.30, than aGPA lower with MI at Degree Arts of Associate an complete who Students remedialcases, coursework may be required). some (in subjects those in level appropriate the at placed and Training Ear and Theory Harmony, in test placement a given be will student admitted Each Program. Music of will to be admitted requirements, the Bachelor admission Music of Bachelor other all meeting while 3.30, GPA of cumulative aminimum with Institute Musicians at Vocals or Technology, Keyboard Drums, Guitar, Bass, in Performance in Arts of Associate an complete who Applicants PROGRAM BM THE TO APPLYING STUDENTS DEGREE ASSOCIATE MI FOR REQUIREMENTS admissions requirements. minimum meet must students all such, As Programs. Musicians Institute does not participate in Ability to Benefit NOTICE BENEFIT TO ABILITY at Information. Earned under Institute Additional Musicians Note: first quarter of enrollment atMusicians Institute. student’s the of end the before transcripts all receive must Office Admissions The credits. those of transfer the confirm to quarter first their during Programs Baccalaureate of Dean the with meet must progress in classes or transcripts official Transfer students who enter Musicians Institute with missing 90028 CA Hollywood, 6752 Hollywood Boulevard of Admissions Institute Office Musicians to: credits transfer desired to the relevant are that studies college all of catalogs course and transcripts official Provide CREDIT APPLYING TRANSFER FOR Requirement (see Policies). Credit of Residency/Transfer the under allowed maximum the exceed combined) education general and (music credits transfer of number total the may case no In Reading. and Training, Ear Theory, Harmony, Ensembles, Lessons, Private of areas the in placement initial student’s to the according see the Notice Concerning Transferability of Credits and Credentials ADMISSIONS

187 GENERAL 188 GENERAL ADMISSIONS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS growth. experience, past achievements, aptitude and potential for individually reviewed, into taking consideration his or her is applicant Each Programs. Select &MI Select MI the for There are no academic specific entrance requirements ELIGIBILITY Guitar, Technology, Keyboard Drum, Bass, Vocal in music) training (Avocational Non-certificate PROGRAMS EXPRESS SELECT &MI SELECT MI summershot.mi.edu. visit information, updated For classes. of start to the prior possible as early as MI at arrive should assistance roommate and/or housing need who Students Orientation. and Registration, Scheduling, for classes of start the to prior to arrive expected are students Shot Summer ORIENTATION: SCHEDULING/REGISTRATION/ SHOT SUMMER email: or mail by together items following the send Please SHOT TOAPPLYHOW TOSUMMER information. Summer visit for summershot.mi.edu Shot. Please more for requirements entrance academic specific no are There ELIGIBILITY: more). and Building StudiesIndustry (Independent Recording, Artist, Guitar Guitar, Keyboard Technology or Vocal) and Entertainment Drums, (Bass, Studies Performance in Courses One-Week CAMP MUSIC SHOT SUMMER NON-CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS basis. by-course acourse- on evaluated be will Degree Performance Arts of Bachelor of after Program completing Music the Associate to the admitted are who students for credits Transfer entrance evaluation. credits These may include: Music of Bachelor of results on based transferred be may Additional credits from upper-level Associwate’s classes completion requirements: • • • • • • • • • • • • $50.00 USD application fee application USD $50.00 Completed application form to 9credits up Electives: to 4credits up Ensembles: to 8credits up Lesson: Private 12 Study: credits Instrument THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS classes. of start to the prior possible as early as MI at arrive should assistance roommate and/or housing need who Students of for classes Scheduling, Registration, and Orientation. start to the prior to arrive expected are students Select MI SCHEDULING/REGISTRATION/ORIENTATION notified by mail or telephone. be will accepted not are who Applicants telephone. or mail by notified be will applicants Accepted basis. ongoing an completed applications are reviewed for acceptance on to students in the order of accepted application. Fully given is priority placement and limited are sizes Class NOTIFICATION AND REVIEW APPLICATION email: or mail by together items following the send Please EXPRESS &MI SELECT MI SELECT PROCESS: APPLICATION classes. For updatedclasses. information, visit protools.mi.edu. of start to the prior possible as early as MI at arrive should assistance roommate and/or housing need who Students of for classes Scheduling, Registration, and Orientation. start to the prior to arrive expected are Tools students Pro ORIENTATION: SCHEDULING/REGISTRATION/ TOOLS PRO visit:Please protools.mi.edu TOAPPLYHOW courses: Tools Certification Pro The following prerequisites apply to those applying for the ELIGIBILITY: weekend at classes Musicians Institute in Hollywood, CA. through Certification Operator and/or User Avid their to acquire wish who those for designed courses accredited non- are courses Tools® certification Pro Avid The TOOLS CERTIFICATION PRO • • 2. 1. • • • • • • • • $100.00 USD application fee. Completed application form. $100.00 (USD) applicationfeeisrequired. $100.00 (USD) Tab. Complete theapplicationformunder“SignUp” class) of day first to the to bring need will (Student Headphones Stereo system. operating based Windows or Apple an and mouse a keyboard, to use ability the including knowledge computer Basic required) not is diploma/GED 16 Age: School (High Minimum and financial requirements. The student must take the I-20 the take must student The requirements. financial and entrance all meeting upon student to the issued be will form immigration I-20 An agencies. inquiring with status student confirm will and visas such obtaining in students assist will programs except Musicians Institute Select Programs. MI all for required is visa F-1 student A non-immigrant VISAS STUDENT exam. proficiency school ahigh of passage or GED, equivalent, its or diploma school ahigh of possession the by demonstrated as school high American an of Graduate a of level the at communication written and spoken both in language English the in competence aworking have must students and English in taught are classes however, all are only required for admission to our Bachelor Program; PTEA) IELTS, (TOEFL, tests Proficiency Language English PROFICIENCY LANGUAGE ENGLISH document the of translation English certified a by accompanied or English in be must documents All DOCUMENTS ENGLISH MI. at time your from benefit to order in necessary is English in fluency takescorrespondence place in English. As such, a general and courses All support. or courses Language English other language: Musicians Institute does not provide or asecond is English whom for to students Notice FLUENCY LANGUAGE ENGLISH must to MI sent funds All period. study the during expenses living and tuition of payment for available funds enough are there that certifying bank sponsor’s or parent’s student’s, the All international students must submit letter an from official SUFFICIENT FUNDS funds. U.S. for Card Credit Transfer, or Wire Bank Order, Money Postal Order, Money International an as submitted be must fees application Any APPLICATION FEES include: regulationsimportant applying to all international students students in immigration and personal matters. A few MI’s Internationalassists international Student Office marital status. religion, sex, sexual orientation, age, physical handicap, or origin, national color, race, of because discriminate not does and employment; and admissions activities, educational its of all in opportunity equal of apolicy follows Institute enroll non-immigrant Foreign National students. Musicians to law Federal under authorized is Institute Musicians INFORMATION STUDENT INTERNATIONAL be in U.S. dollars. U.S. in be ADMISSIONS OFFICE | MUSICIANS INSTITUTE - 6752 HOLLYWOOD BOULEVARD, HOLLYWOOD, CA 90028 90028 CA HOLLYWOOD, BOULEVARD, -6752 HOLLYWOOD INSTITUTE |MUSICIANS OFFICE ADMISSIONS PHONE: 1 (800) ALL-PLAY | EMAIL: [email protected] . Production • • YEAR CATALOG THIS FOR OFFERED NOT PROGRAMS APPROVED Center, Support Artist visit www.mi.edu. more information in department the on Services the Artist assisting students in findingFor professional opportunities. to dedicated are we institution, the by offered program employment will result from attending or completing any While Musicians Institute provides no guarantee that DISCLAIMER transfer. will certificate or degree, credits, your if to determine Institute Musicians attending after to transfer seek may you to which institution an contacting institution will meet your educational goals. This may include this at attendance your that certain make should you reason, this For institution. that at coursework your of all or some to repeat required be may you to transfer, seek you which to institution the at accepted not are institution this at earn you that certificate or degree, credits, the If to transfer. seek may you to which institution the of discretion complete the at also is program educational the in earn you certificate or diploma, degree, the of Acceptance to transfer. seek may you to which institution an of discretion complete the at is The transferability of credits you earn at Musicians Institute INSTITUTE MUSICIANS CREDITS AND CREDENTIALS EARNED AT OF TRANSFERABILITY CONCERNING NOTICE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION order to student satisfy visa requirements. All international students must maintain “full-time” status in STATUS FULL-TIME United States. United the to enter order in visa a student to obtain residence of country her or his in Consulate or Embassy U.S. to the form Certificate in Music Video, Film and Television and Film Television Video, Music in Certificate Effects and Amplification Electronics, Guitar in Science of Associate ADMISSIONS

189 GENERAL 190 GENERAL 2016-2017 &FEES TUITION ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS **** Courses taken during an MI Select or MI Select Express session do not earn course credit. Attendance or completion of any course does not guarantee guarantee not does course any of completion or Attendance credit. course earn not do session Express Select MI or information. Select tuition MI an current during for taken LACC Courses Contact vary. rates **** tuition College; City Angeles Los with arrangement by offered are Units GE *** vary. may amounts quarter Actual courses. minor and Major of cost per-unit on Based ** * Average per program/discipline. Actual quarter amounts may vary. NON-CERTIFICATE BACHELOR OF MUSIC ASSOCIATE DEGREES CERTIFICATE TUITION DEPOSIT: $300.00 quarter. subsequent advanced placement in a Certificate or Degree program. MI Select quarter course load equivalent to 15-credit Certificate/AA course load for one for load course Certificate/AA to 15-credit equivalent load course quarter Select MI program. Degree or aCertificate in placement advanced subsequent programs. Please see Enrollment Status for further information; GE units average 3.75 per quarter. Tuition costs vary by quarter based on number of credits. credits. of number on based quarter by vary costs Tuition quarter. per 3.75 average units GE information; further for Status Enrollment see Please programs. NOTE: Published program lengths are based on optimal course load at 12 credits per quarter for Baccalaureate Programs and 15 credits per quarter for all other other all for quarter per 15 credits and Programs Baccalaureate for quarter per 12 at credits load course optimal on based are lengths program Published NOTE: TUITION GUITAR CRAFT // ACOUSTIC DESIGN // ACOUSTIC CRAFT GUITAR GUITAR CRAFT MUSIC BUSINESS // ENTREPRENEUR MUSIC BUSINESS ARTIST INDEPENDENT &PRODUCTION PERFORMANCE DJ // SOUND LIVE AUDIO ENGINEERING // PRODUCTION POST AUDIO ENGINEERING AUDIO ENGINEERING MI SELECT EXPRESS PROGRAM**** EXPRESS SELECT MI MI SELECT PROGRAM**** CREDITS*** EDUCATION GENERAL MINOR WITH ALL STUDENTS ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE IN MUSIC BUSINESS // EMPHASIS COMBINED PERFORMANCE IN ARTS OF ASSOCIATE PERFORMANCE THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS ; All programs are refundable. QUARTER (varies) 14 12 3 2 3 2 2 2 3 3 2 1 1 6 6 6 4 PER QUARTER $6,480.00** $6,936.00* $4,005.00 $7,995.00 $7,995.00 $7,995.00 $7,995.00 $7,995.00 $7,995.00 $7,995.00 $7,995.00 $7,995.00 $7,995.00 $7,995.00 $7,995.00 $7,995.00 $7,995.00 (varies) TOTAL CREDITS N/A N/A 45 45 45 45 60 30 30 30 30 30 160 135 90 90 90 45 PER CREDIT PER $567.00** $533.00 $533.00 $533.00 $533.00 $533.00 $533.00 $533.00 $533.00 $533.00 $533.00 $578.00* $533.00 $533.00 $533.00 (varies) N/A N/A $90,720.00** $78,030.00* $23,985.00 $23,985.00 $23,985.00 $23,985.00 $31,980.00 $15,990.00 $15,990.00 $15,990.00 $15,990.00 $15,990.00 $47,970.00 $47,970.00 $47,970.00 $4,005.00 $7,995.00 (varies) TOTAL ** Arranging + Audio Engineering Course Facility Fees. Fees. Facility Course Engineering +Audio Arranging ** Fee. Facility Couse Engineering/DJ * Audio † Tuition and fees for all programs are charged on a quarterly basis and are due at the time of registration for each quarter of instruction. All programs require NON-CERTIFICATE BACHELOR OF MUSIC ASSOCIATE DEGREES CERTIFICATE FEES †† Multiply†† technology fee by number of quarters referenced on the previous page. according to manufacturer prices and features. Please contact our Admissions Department for details on the fees pertaining to your specific start date. start specific your to pertaining fees the on details for Department vary Admissions our Costs contact information. Please current for features. and prices department Billing manufacturer to Student See full. according in paid are fees and tuition required until classes attend or facilities MI enter to allowed students to source their own materials, and software equipment. Visit www.mi.edu/student-materials for a complete list of these required items. Students are not NOTES: INDEPENDENT ARTIST DEVELOPMENT ARTIST INDEPENDENT MI SELECT / MI SELECT EXPRESS SELECT /MI SELECT MI STUDIES IN INDUSTRY MUSIC W/MINOR IN AUDIOW/MINOR PRODUCTION MAJOR PERFORMANCE PERFORMANCE IN ARTS OF ASSOCIATE // SOUND LIVE AUDIO ENGINEERING // PRODUCTION POST AUDIO ENGINEERING PERFORMANCE GUITAR CRAFT // ACOUSTIC DESIGN // ACOUSTIC CRAFT GUITAR CRAFT GUITAR MUSIC BUSINESS // ENTREPRENEUR MUSIC BUSINESS &PRODUCTION PERFORMANCE DJ COMPOSITION MAJOR COMPOSITION ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE IN MUSIC BUSINESS AUDIO ENGINEERING Arranging/Orchestration Fee (depending on venue availability). DJ PERFORMANCE &PRODUCTION PERFORMANCE DJ (Non-Refundable) APPLICATION $100.00 $100.00 $100.00 $100.00 $100.00 $100.00 $100.00 $100.00 $100.00 $100.00 $100.00 $100.00 $100.00 $100.00 $100.00 $100.00 $100.00 EQUIPMENT $400.00 $400.00 COST

MATERIALS $635.00 $495.00 $420.00 $415.00 $75.00 $75.00

TUITION & FEES 2016-2017 &FEES TUITION $1,416.00-$1,616.00 $54.00-108.00* $54.00-108.00* $54.00-108.00* OTHER FEES $1,702.00** $1,216.00** $1,216.00** $1,026.00* $1,107.00* $702.00* $54.00* $89.00 † TECHNOLOGY FEE FEE TECHNOLOGY PER QUARTER $45.00 $45.00 $45.00 $45.00 $45.00 $45.00 $45.00 $45.00 $45.00 $45.00 $45.00 $45.00 $45.00 $45.00 $45.00 $15.00 $15.00 †† $2,131.00-$2,331.00 $334.00-$388.00 $244.00-$298.00 $424.00-$478.00 $1,946.00 $2,772.00 $1,756.00 $1,931.00 $1,312.00 $1,977.00 $545.00 $530.00 $244.00 $370.00 $235.00 $145.00 $190.00 TOTAL

191 GENERAL 192 GENERAL &FEES TUITION ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS suffered an economic loss as a result of any of the following: the of any of aresult as loss economic an suffered College, prepaid tuition, paid the and assessment, STRF aCalifornia attending are you if STRF for You eligible be may following applies: the of either if assessment STRF the to pay required not are you and STRF the from protection for You eligible not are you: to applies following the of all if (STRF) Fund Tuition Recovery Student the for assessment imposed You state the pay must Fund. Tuition Recovery Student this for assessment astate-imposed to pay required is tuition her or his pays who astudent that requirement astate is it means This (BPPE). Education Postsecondary Private for Bureau the by regulated schools certain attending while students California by suffered losses economic mitigate or to relieve (STRF) Fund Tuition Recovery Student the created California of State The tuition table for program costs. to refer Please Cost. $1,000 Total of per Program $0.00 to pay California of State the by mandated are students All – (STRF) Fund Tuition Recovery Student California of State All-Student Fees (Applies to all students in all programs): TUITION RECOVERY FUND STUDENT STATE CALIFORNIA OF 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. 2. 1. 2. 1. violation oftheAct. and collectonajudgmentagainst theinstitutionfora An inabilityafterdiligentefforts toprosecute,prove, the periodofdeclinedetermined bytheBureau. the declinebeganearlierthan30 dayspriortoclosure, instruction within30daysbeforetheschool closedor, if There wasadeclineinthequalityofcourse tuition andothercosts. received bytheschool priortoclosureinexcessof as requiredbylawortopayreimburseproceeds under aFederally guaranteedstudentloanprogram The school’s failuretopayorreimburseloanproceeds closure oftheschool. a charge wascollectedwithin180daysbeforethe purpose, ortoprovideequipmentmaterialsforwhich of astudenttothirdpartyforlicensefeesoranyother The school’s failuretopayrefundsorcharges onbehalf completed. The school closedbeforethecourseofinstructionwas have noseparateagreementtorepaythethirdpart. employer, governmentprogramorotherpayer, andyou Your charges arepaidbyathirdparty, total such asan residency program,or You arenotaCaliforniaresident,orenrolledin the thirdparty. payer unlessyouhaveaseparateagreementtorepay such asanemployer, governmentprogram orother Your charges arenotpaidbyanythird-partypayer total cash, guaranteedstudentloans,orpersonaland program, andprepayallorpartofyourtuitioneitherby a Californiaresident,orareenrolledinresidency You areastudentinaneducationalprogram,whois THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: GENERAL specificationsbelow: following the meets that adevice need will you such, As multitude of different devices/operating systems. a on available is material this that to ensure effort every made of enrollment at Musicians Institute. Musicians Institute has (LMS) and corresponding materials. This is a requirement System Management Learning to our access for allows that adevice have must Institute Musicians at student Each POLICY BYOD SUPPLIES AND DEVICES BOOKS, ANDMATERIALSBOOKS current information will be provided at the time of registration. notice; without change may Fees Descriptions. Course of Registration. with Courses related fees are noted under time the at paid be must fees Course-related equipment. and/or supplies for fees additional require courses Some COURSE-RELATED FEES: Rushed Transcript Fee $20 Transcript Request Fee $15 $10 Fee Card ID Student Renewed or Lost course per $40 Fee Out Examination/Test by Credit $100 Fee Registration Late Re-Application Fee $50 ADMINISTRATIVE FEES website www.bppe.ca.gov/forms_pubs/strf/pdf www.bppe.ca.gov/forms_pubs/strf/pdf website out by visiting application claim aSTRF You download may application. claim STRF file may expense tuition lost recover to ways possible other all exhausted have who Students number. identification ataxpayer or number security social a without student to any paid be can claim However, no application. delivery the of functionality diminished experience 4 will 2/iPhone pre-iPad devices iOS with students that likely is It size. book/file agiven of requirements CPU and memory by limited be may devices However, older application. delivery the with compatible technically are versions *All device recommended. is above 7 or iOS iPhone (4s or newer recommended*) suggested*) display (Retina Mini iPad recommended*) newer or (iPad2 iPad Apple Devices: • • • • • • for audio playback. similar or headphones, speakers, external or Built-in ethernet recommended). Internet connection for device/computer (wi-fi or phone, tabletA or smart laptop computer Textbook and Equipment header. admissions-financial-aid/tution-fees/and click on the and purchasing information, visit please http://mi.edu/ prices as well as books/materials, all of list acomplete For requirement of enrollment at Musicians Institute. a is This materials. course corresponding and (LMS) System Management Learning to our access for allows that a device possess must student each so format, electronic an in solely courses and credit loads. credit and courses specific on depending vary will costs Actual study. of course a full-time in enrolled students for quarter per $325 The cost of books and supplies averages approximately PROGRAM: DEGREE BACHELOR is content curricular and course MI’s of Much device’s requirements. your on details for www.mi.edu/byod see Please systems. operating and devices different of amultitude on available is material this that to ensure effort every We made have the Student at Department Affairs [email protected]. or Chair Program your contact please inquires, other all For Technology at [email protected]. Services requirements may be directed to Instructional & Information and specifications device’s your about Questions (1GB512MB RAM of recommended) Xv10.7, OS Mac v10.9 v10.8, or processor faster or 1.83GHz Duo Core™ Intel® OS Mac (1GB512MB RAM of recommended). 7, 8Classic Windows Windows 2, or Pack Service with editions) bit 64 (including Enterprise or Ultimate, Business, Premium, Home Vista® Windows Microsoft® devices class netbook for processor faster or 1.6GHz Atom™ Intel or processor, x86-compatible faster or 2.33GHz Windows html installation: AIR Adobe for requirements minimum to same related are installed and current on the machine. All tech specifications desktopThese reader applications require Adobe to AIR be Windows): and (Mac Readers Desktop recommended. is above or 4.4 OS Android issued. be cannot devices actual variety of manufacturers and models, a standardized list of wide to the Due application. delivery the with compatible are OS Android the utilizing devices &tablet Phone Android Devices: . http://www.adobe.com/products/air/tech-specs.

delivered Total (not Including tuition) $2,049 tuition) Total (not Including $324Personal/Miscellaneous Transportation $138 $1,388 &Housing Food Books & Supplies $199 Tuition varies by program month): (per campus off living Student $1,227 tuition): Total (not including Personal/Miscellaneous $353 Transportation $123 $552 &Housing Food Books & Supplies $199 Tuition varies by program month): (per parents with home at living Student =18 months). Degree AA (for example, program that in months of number the by costs monthly the multiply program, your for cost To atotal at arrive on based Commission, average costs statewide. Aid Student California the by prescribed year,as academic 2016-2017 the for month per budgets expense living student’s Below personal needs. are the maximum each with varies MI attending while living of cost The COST OFLIVING TUITION &FEES TUITION

193 GENERAL 194 GENERAL AID FINANCIAL ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS registration. to prior week one than later no submitted be must paperwork and other applications Note: Aid forms, All Financial Postal Service. U.S. by or email via disbursements loan Federal of notified be will Students transfer. funds electronic via school to the sent are funds aid financial State and Federal time. same the at way or same the in disbursed always not are herein) from the various financialassistance programs (described Funds attendance. of program the of duration the throughout fundingFinancial assistance is disbursed quarterly annual updates). to subject are costs these catalog; this of section & Fees (currentCommission figuresare also shown in the Tuition Aid Student California the by determined as budget expense astandard on based are costs Other catalog. this of section Tuition &Fees the in found be can fees and tuition housing, personal, and transportation costs. Charges for supplies, and books fees, and tuition includes attendance of cost Astudent’s study. of course the for attendance of cost the from EFC the subtracting by determined is A student’s eligibility for need-based financialassistance Quarters. Fall and Summer the in eligibility are requiredQuarter to reapply for financialaid forcontinued Spring the in attending begin that Students attendance. of quarter third their beyond assistance to receive to continue to re-apply required are Students quarters). (up to three year academic an for is awarded assistance financial Student aid. of non-receipt or loss in result will so to do Failure eligibility. determine to required documents other or benefits or income, untaxed of verification transcripts, tax parent or to provide additional documents, such as student and/ Office Aid Financial the by contacted be may “verification” called aprocess for selected Applicants (ISIR). Summary Information Student Institutional an of form the in Report Aid Student the of notification receives Office Aid Financial The state financial aid. determine each individual student’s eligibility for federal and to Office Aid Financial MI the by utilized is contribution This (EFC). Contribution Family Expected afamily’s to calculate used is FAFSA the on collected information The FAFSA. the submitting of weeks two within to students Report Aid aStudent send will Education of Department U.S. The coordinator. application aid financial MI the contacting by to applicants provided is FAFSA the with Assistance ed.gov. FAFSA at online completed be may FAFSA The (FAFSA). completing the Free Application for Federal Student Aid by process application the begin assistance financial diploma (or equivalent). Students applying for student school high avalid with non-citizens eligible and citizens Student is financialassistance available toU.S. qualified PROGRAMS STATE AND ASSISTANCE FINANCIAL FEDERAL THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS . the loan. of portion that on interest entire the for responsible be will and Loan, Stafford Unsubsidized an in difference the borrow may Loan) Stafford the on maximum the than (for less need calculated have a who Students period. grace specified the and school in time the during loan the on interest the pay will government the Loan, Stafford asubsidized for a need not complete their education. For students who demonstrate do they if even loans these to repay required are Borrowers loan. per USD $50.00 of payment monthly a minimum with attendance of date last the after months six begins loan aStafford of Repayment loan. Stafford unsubsidized an from be must amount to $7,000 this of $4,000 least At students). (for Bachelor years academic fourth and third the for to $12,500 up year, and academic second the $10,500 for up to year, academic first the for program) the on (depending loan unsubsidized or asubsidized in to $9,500 $6,334 of to amaximum up borrow may denied, is (PLUS) Loan Independent students, or dependent students whose Parent to $2,000. up of loan unsubsidized additional an for eligible also are students Dependent students). (for Bachelor years academic fourth and third the for $5,500 year, and academic second their in $4,500 year, academic first their in program) the on (depending loan unsubsidized or asubsidized in $3,500 up to borrow may students Qualified repaid. be must students with additional funds for college. All Federal Loans This is a low-interest, loan need-based designed to provide STAFFORDFEDERAL LOAN basis. served” first / come a“first on offered are awards and limited are funds these that note Please office. aid financial school’s the by administered and Education of Department the by funded is program This repaid. not is and need The FSEOG is for undergraduate students with exceptional (FSEOG) GRANT OPPORTUNITY SUPPLEMENTALFEDERAL EDUCATIONAL determine eligibility for this grant. to (FAFSA) Aid Student Federal for Application Free the on of EducationThe Department uses the information provided Education for undergraduate students that are not repaid. of Department the from gifts are Grants Pell choice. their of institution post-secondary to the access students T PELLFEDERAL GRANT INSTITUTE AT MUSICIANS OFFERED ASSISTANCE PROGRAMS FINANCIAL not paid from federal student financialaid program funds. moneys the of to arefund entitled is student the funds, aid refund. If the student has received federal student financial any of amount the less interest, plus loan the of amount full the to repay responsibility the have will student the program, educational an for to pay aloan obtains astudent If LOAN RESPONSIBILITIES STUDENT he Pell Grant program is intended to help provide eligible as a convenience, but are not an obligation. an not are but aconvenience, as sent are books coupon and statements Billing abill. receive not did student the if even paid be must payments Loan very serious consequences. has which default, loan in result may note, promissory the in terms the to according or time, on loan the repay to Failure program. the with dissatisfied is or program, the completing after ajob get not does student the completed, not is program educational the when even loan the repaying binding legal document. This commitment to repay includes a is note This note. the of terms to the according loans their to repay agree students note, apromissory signing By BORROWERS LOAN STUDENT ALL FOR REQUIRED IS LIST FOLLOWING THE Education. of Department the by provided note promissory the on shown be will period grace the of length exact The school. the by defined as status half-time below adrop after or attendance of date last the after begins period before repayment period begins. The grace period to agrace right the have Loan aStafford borrowing Students BORROWERS RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES month. per USD $50.00 than less be never will but borrowed, amount the with vary will payment monthly the of amount The disbursement. final the from days to 60 30 within begins loan PLUS the on Repayment repaid. be must loans These Education. of Department the by approval require and based credit- are loans PLUS student. the to awarded aid financial other minus education, of cost yearly to the up borrow son/daughter’s education. Eligible PLUS borrowers may their for pay to help money to borrow chose who students PLUS loans are designed for qualifiedparents of dependent (PLUS) STUDENTS LOAN PARENT UNDERGRADUATE FOR FEDERAL • • • • • • • • • • students must attend an exit interview (see previous). interview exit an attend must students school, leaving Before interview. entrance an attend must students disbursement, afirst receiving Before school. to another transfer or change, number Security Social or change, address or name status, withdrawal from school, dropping below half-time graduation, occur: following the of any if notified The organization that holds the loan(s) must be organization that holds the loan(s). the with contacts all document and forms request deferment all of copies maintain Always default. in Failureprocessed. to make payments may result is to the until deferment make payments continue must adeferment for applied have that Borrowers cancellation conditions. and deferment of alist given be must Borrowers payments all of amount and frequency number, the as well as due is payment first the when specifies that schedule arepayment given be must Borrowers enrolled in Associate of Arts Degree in Performance and and Performance in Degree Arts of Associate in enrolled Musicianship Scholarships are available to students MUSICIANSHIP SCHOLARSHIP were originally awarded. orprogram, enrollment date other than that for which they person, to any applied be not may and non-transferable are Scholarships quarter. per 12 than credits less no and as the student maintains satisfactory academic progress long as for amounts equal in tuition quarter’s each toward credited and program, particular the in quarters of number total the by divided be will amount scholarship total The Degree program. or Certificate Institute Musicians to any applied be may Development professionals. music industry Scholarships and musicians of development educational the to encourage order in Scholarships Development offers Institute Musicians SCHOLARSHIP DEVELOPMENT SCHOLARSHIPS approval. budget State to annual subject and tentative are awards information. Please be advised, the California State Grants more for Office Aid Financial the You contact also may an application, log please on to www.chafee.csac.ca.gov. to download or Grants, Chafee on information more For Qualified students must: year. each funds of to availability foster youth. This program is funded annually and is subject former or to current available is Program Grant Chafee The PROGRAM GRANT CHAFEE CALIFORNIA interview: exit an Loan(s) in Student Federal their about information Before leaving school, students must receive the following INFORMATION LOAN REPAYMENT STUDENT FEDERAL • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • the award year. award the 1st July of of as birthday 22nd their reached have Not 16th 18th their and birthday. between care foster for eligible, been have or eligible, Be Updated contact information (collected from student). requested). (if advice management Debt prepayment, refinancingand consolidation loans. A description of repayment options, such as provisions. A description of deferment and cancellation The fees expected during the repayment period. loan questions. for to write where and payments, loan to send where The name of the organization that holds the loan(s), total amount borrowed. the on based amount repayment monthly average The FINANCIAL AID FINANCIAL

195 GENERAL 196 GENERAL AID FINANCIAL ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS warning status are encouraged to meet with a Student aStudent with to meet encouraged are status warning aSAP in Students status. probation in result will so to do Failure student. the by followed be must and created be will plan academic An advising. to academic attend mandatory required are quarter one for SAP to meet fail that Students STATUS WARNING SAP program. that for (SAP) Progress met Academic the minimum for requirements Satisfactory not have study of program active their in units attempted cumulative their of 66.66% than less completed have that students or study of program active their in 2.0 than less of Average) Point GPA (Grade acumulative with Students SAP DEFINED failing. of risk at be may who students identifies and students are progressing through their programs of study that insures policy This Institute. Musicians attending while standards academic quantitative and qualitative both meet to required are not, or aid financial receive they whether non-financial aid recipients.All students, regardless of for standards SAP the than stringent more to or equal be The standards must meet all Federal requirements and recipients. aid financial all for (SAP) progress academic satisfactory monitor and to define programs aid IV Title in Federal regulations require all institutions that participate (SAP) SATISFACTORY PROGRESS ACADEMIC additional scholarships that may become available. for site to this refer Please website. mi.edu the on format applications and application deadlines are available in PDF applications and application deadlines. All scholarship up-to-date information on these scholarship opportunities, to http://www.mi.edu/admissions/scholarships for the most refer asPlease well Performance, programs. as Certificate in Degree Bachelor’s and Arts of Associate in enrolled Several additional scholarships are available to students FOUNDATION MUSICIANS THE SCHOLARSHIPS steps: following the take must you Scholarship, aMusicianship for To considered be citizens. non-U.S. Musicianship Scholarships are available to both and U.S. completewho successfully each of quarter their enrollment. musicianship. Individual awards will be granted to students are awarded to applicants demonstrating outstanding major) instrument per two start, program (ten per year per scholarships Up to 20 programs. Performance in Certificate • • • • • • (see application for details). for (see application program by vary requirements Video instrument. major your on performing you of recording avideo Submit considered for the scholarship. be should you why explaining essay an Submit are available from MI’s Admissions Office). the program to which you are applying (applications Complete a application Scholarship Musicianship for THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS person through the Registrar Services Department. in made be must plan academic and/or schedule to changes Note: campus. on offered services tutoring free to request counselor Affairs or students who are in one of the following categories: following the of one in are who students or financialU.S. aid programsare only available to citizens U.S. country. that by offered aid financial on information for country home their in Assistance students contact the of Department Student Financial financialassistance. U.S. We recommend that international to receive ineligible are M-1 an Visa F-1 or with Student Institute Musicians to attend planning are who Students CITIZENS NON-U.S. MI. to returning to prior Affairs Student of office the through plan academic to an adhere and to create required be also may and period to awaiting subject be may approved, if and, reinstatement for petition must termination SAP after to re-enroll wish who Students MI. at study of program their for student financialassistance and will be terminated from eligible be longer no will plan academic their in specified requirements the to meet fail that Students met. was plan academic the not or whether to see reviewed are quarters consecutive three for SAP to meet fail that Students TERMINATION SAP person through the Registrar Services Department. in made be must plan academic and/or schedule to changes All revoked. be will privileges registration Online Note: both an appeal form and academic plan. complete to office Services Registrar the by contacted be will aid financial receiving not are that Students eligibility. aid financial student’s the of areinstatement in result will appeals Approved review. for office Aid Financial to the returned be must plan academic and form appeal SAP completed The plan. academic an to complete Advisor Academic an with meet and form appeal aSAP complete must Aid, Financial Students appealing the SAP probation decision with appealed; appeals may be approved or denied. is status probationary SAP the until aid financial for ineligible be will status probation SAP in Students student. the by updated plan will be established, which must be followed an and reviewed be will plan academic quarter’s previous The advising. academic mandatory to attend required are quarters consecutive two for SAP to meet fail that Students STATUS PROBATION SAP • • • • Online registration privileges will be revoked. All All revoked. be will privileges registration Online Service showing designations. specific Service (I-94) from the Immigration U.S. and Naturalization Other eligible non-citizens with a Record Departure (I-151 Card Receipt I-551). or Registration Alien an have who residents permanent U.S. Enrollment Agreement and in the catalog. the in stated as tuition, unearned of amount the then aid in financial unearned attendance,theirfinalquarter of of amount the determine will MI withdrawal, of notification in accordance with Federal Title IV requirements. Upon of withdrawal, the withdrawal date will be determined notification official of absence the In returns. and refunds calculating for basis the as used be will to withdraw intent their of Office Affairs Student the notifies officially a student anddismissal, academic disqualification.The date onwhich academic classes, all from withdrawing include Withdrawals leave. the to prior Office Affairs Student to the writing in submitted be must Absence of Leaves all for Requests off. quarter one than more takes astudent when occurs Absence of Leave Unapproved An to return. intention the with quarter afull for leaves astudent when occurs Absence of Leave Approved An laws and regulations from federal and state agencies. applicable the in changes any with compliance in remain Institutional Refund Policy are updated regularly in order to and Policy Funds IV Title of Return MI’s attended. they quarter last the for tuition unearned and aid financial a refund calculation to determine a student’s unearned to complete required is MI Absence, of Leave Unapproved an takes or classes all from withdraws astudent When POLICIES TITLEIVFUNDS OF &RETURN REFUND for any additional questions Coordinator Benefits Veterans the contact Please students. to directly made payments for responsibility no accepts application but cannot process, determine eligibility, and the through veterans guide will Institute Musicians the length of the program will be proportionately. shortened credits. Any allowable transfer credits will be recorded, and from any previously attended college(s) for the evaluation of VAStudents receiving submit must transcripts benefits needed. if well as site this on download for available are forms Paper www.gibill.va.gov. at the VONAPP using online VA for benefits apply can Students Affairs. Veteran of Department the from directly benefit monthly 1606 their /1607)35, receive will 30, (Chapters VA of benefits forms other receiving Students student. to the directly paid be will (BAH) allowances housing All school. to the directly paid payments tuition eligible anyhave 9/1133)will Post (Chapter benefits receiving Students aid). financial or cash (e.g., benefits (VA) veterans than other means through tuition to pay arrangements 9/11 make Post the must Bill, GI receiving NOT are who school to this applying Forces Armed U.S. the of Veterans VETERANS . upon request from the Financial Aid Office. Aid Financial the from request upon available are Worksheets IV Title of Return policy. refund applicable and approved school’s the on based to, entitled the of portion funds returned that the institution is otherwise for school the owe may student the period, payment given a of 60% the to completing prior withdrew who students by received funds federal return must institution the If earned. not was that funds of percentage the by multiplied period, payment the for incurred student the that cost institutional of amount the or earn not does student the that funds program SFA of amount the of lesser the return must school The FUNDS PROGRAM SFA UNEARNED OF RETURN of enrollment. period or period payment the from days calendar the in included not also are absence of leave approved an on was a student which in Days (denominator). period that in completed days calendar of number the and (numerator) period payment a in days calendar of number total the from excluded are days consecutive five least at of breaks *Scheduled more) 5or is place decimal fourth the if up place decimal third the (rounding period in days of Number Number of days completed = Percentage completed to: applies This PROCEDURES IV OF TITLE RETURN quarter. the is institution this at period Apayment attendance. in was student the period payment the on based attendance ceases she or he when earned has astudent Funds Program SFA of amount the to determine period payment (SFA) Programs are required to use a federally recognized All institutions participating in the Student Financial Aid PROVISIONS IV OF TITLE RETURN • • • • including the last day of quarter*. of day last the including and day to first the from quarter the in days of number (b) by date total the withdrawal the including to and school of day first the from days of (a) number the quarter. The percentage is calculated by dividing the of point 60% the before withdraw who Students withdrawal. to the prior funds they were eligible for, but were not disbursed for Disbursement to aPost-Withdrawal entitled be disbursed under federal regulations, as students may been have could or were that funds includes This withdrawn. have they which in quarter the in grants and/or loans IV Title awarded were who Students FINANCIAL AID FINANCIAL

197 GENERAL GENERAL 199 FINANCIAL AID Be committed removing to financial barriers for those who wish pursue to postsecondary learning. Make every effort assist to students with financial need. Be aware of the issues affecting students and advocate their interests at the institutional, State, and Federal levels. Support efforts encourage to students aspireto to and plan for education beyond high school. quality families and through students Educate information. consumer Respect the dignity and protect the privacy of student of confidentiality the ensure and students, circumstances. personal and records formulas analysis need all applying by equity Ensure MI student of population full the across consistently applicants. aid financial Provide services that do not discriminate on the basis religion, orientation, sexual ethnicity, gender, race, of disability, age, or economic status. Recognize the need for professional development and continuing education opportunities. opinions, ideas and of expression free the Promote and foster respect for diverse viewpoints within the profession. Commit the to highest level of ethical behavior and perception the or interest of conflict from refrain thereof. Maintain the highest level of professionalism, reflecting a commitmentto the goals of MI. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • In doing so, a financial staff person at MI should refrain from taking any action for his or her personal benefit; refrain from taking any action he or shebelieves is contrary law, to regulation, or the best interests of the students and parents he or sheserves; ensure that the information he or she provides is accurate, unbiased, and does not reflect any and gain; personal potential or actual from arising preference be objective in making decisions and advising students at MI aspect any in involved entity any with relationships regarding aid. financial student of MI staff will refrain from soliciting or accepting anything of other than nominal value from any governmental entity (such as the U.S. Department of Education) involved in the making, holding, consolidating or processing of any student loans, including anything (including reimbursement value of of expenses) for serving on an advisory body or as part of a training activity of or sponsored by any such entity. MI staff must disclose in such manner as MI may prescribe, any involvement with or interest in any entity involved in any aid. financial student of aspect ETHICAL OF STATEMENT INSTITUTE MUSICIANS PRINCIPLES The primary goal of the MI Financial Aid office staff to is help students achieve their educational potential by providing Statement this end, this To resources. financial appropriate provides that the MI Financial Aid office staff shall: Federal Loans (sameFederal as above) order (same Grants Federal order as above) State Financial Assistance Private Lender Student/Parent Other 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Musicians Institute (MI) financial aid staff are expected to conduct professional of standards exemplary maintain always in all aspects of carrying out his or her responsibilities, specifically including all dealings with any entities involved in any manner in student financial aid, regardless of whether such entities are involved in a government sponsored, activity. regulated or subsidized, MUSICIANS INSTITUTE FINANCIAL AID STAFF CODE CONDUCTOF aid fund sources. For students who choose have to the excess funds returnedtheir to financial aid fund sources, the funds will be refunded in the following order: Refunds are made within 45 days of termination or withdrawal. THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 2016 - SEPTEMBER 1, 30, 2017. Federal Unsubsidized Stafford Unsubsidized Federal Loan Program Stafford Subsidized Federal Loan Program PLUSFederal (Parent) Loan Program Grant Program Pell Federal SEOGFederal Grant Program 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. INSTITUTIONAL REFUNDS AFTER R2T4 REFUNDS DETERMINED After the Return of Title IV Funds Calculation is (R2T4) necessary any and completed and determined refunds to calculation processed, institutional an MI completes determine if a student’s prorated charges have been paid for Withdrawal (see from a Program section later in this is student the calculation, institutional the per If, catalog). due a refund, the student will be given the choice of receiving a refund check or returning the excess funds their to financial RETURN TITLE OF IV FUNDS CALCULATION (R2T4) PRIORITY REFUND MANDATED Title IV funds will be returned by MI and/or the student as deadlines. and regulations federal to according applicable, their to returned be funds that require regulations Federal original source in the following order:

GENERAL

198 FINANCIAL AID 200 GENERAL CENTER SUPPORT ARTIST ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS enhanced student well-being. counseling while promoting healthy social atmosphere for in academic advising, career strategies, and personal and professional goals. This “hub” will guide students personal of achievement the to facilitate environment caring and asupportive with students provides ASC MI’s CENTER? SUPPORT ARTIST OF THE PURPOSE THE WHATS success. to enhance your academic experience and post-graduation you with works team This support. for present are Advisors In addition,and International Housing officials Student Engagement, disciplines. and Service Professional and Artist Alumni Placement, Internship Affairs, Student in expertise with Coordinators of comprised is Center Support Artist The ASC? IN THE IS WHO classroom. the of out and in both success needed to enhance their campus experience and promote tools the with student each provide counselors ASC MI’s professional development, and into your career. Furthermore, studies, academic your throughout you help will that system support abuilt-in with you provides approach Our SUPPORT STUDENT following areas: the in succeed you help members team SSC sessions, facilitated group workshops, and supplemental instructional Through scheduled appointments, group tutoring workshops, classroom. the of out and in both success promoting in aid will that experience campus their to enhance tools necessary the with student each provide can counselors Our SUCCEED YOU HELP CAN WE HOW career-based matters. Auditions and Audition preparation, and all other musical and Student Advising, Professional Internships, Housing, Entrepreneurship, Self-Branding Techniques, Humanities, Bios, Letters, Cover Resumes, Kits), Press (Electronic to): EPK’s limited not (but including items professional specializes in all social sciences, alongside various Center Support Artist the Thus, importance. utmost of Our students’ well-being and general happiness are industry. entertainment the in excel strategies, and fostering confidence and skills needed to materials, facilitating professional development learning students by enhancing of their course understanding to empower is (ASC) Center Support Artist the of goal The • • • • • • • • • • • • International Student Advising Housing Internship Placement and Assistance Alumni Engagement Career Development Services Artist THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS students. Music students Business are required to complete Course Common and Engineering Audio for companies through internshipmusic industry in positions music-related the in experience first-hand provides Program Internship The ASSISTANCE AND PLACEMENT INTERNSHIP include: Services counselors. ASC with appointments to make opportunity the have also Graduates opportunities. networking and events educational clinics, through industry music the and to MI connected stay can Alumni program. MI their from graduate students after available to be continue ASC the of services The ALUMNI ENGAGEMENT page. next the on are oflocated explanation these services Detailed include: Services MI. of out and in both present are Development Artist and Professional Thus, classes. development professional BACH and AA our of many with matters. Many of the aforementioned items also correspond Audition preparation), and all other musical and based career Self-Branding, Professional Internships, Auditions (and EPK’s (Electronic Kits), Press Entrepreneurship, Resumes, to): limited not (but including items professional various on through and instruction detailed accomplished counseling develop their academic and This professional is careers. to needed resources and support, guidance, the with alumni and students provides staff Services Artist Our SERVICES ARTIST including: services, of range a wide offers Office Affairs Student The environment. new your with yourself familiarize you as arise may which issues any with you to assisting committed is staff dedicated Our student. asuccessful to be need you resources to the access have you that to ensure is mission Our program. your of length the throughout and to MI transition your during guidance and support provide to here is Office Affairs Student The AFFAIRS STUDENT • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Access to MI Campus to MI Access Audition Training Events Network Social Media Management Events General Affiliationsand Discounts toCareer Related WorkshopsCareer Career Mentoring Connects MI Development Artist Academic Appeals and Changes Tutoring requests offerings wellness and Health counseling Personal location, amenities, and whether or not you are sharing the the sharing are you not or whether and amenities, location, Monthly rents range from to $400 $2,100 depending on size, including: services, of range wide a offers office Housing The hundreds. the into expand listings apartment of number the radius, two-mile the of Outside service. shuttle MI the of radius two-mile the within apartments of listings additional as well as campus main to the distance walking within apartments housing coordinator updated maintains regularly listings of that is safe, convenient comfortable, and affordable. MI’s housing seeking are who students to assisting dedicated is MI HOUSING OFF-CAMPUS HOUSING qualifications. Placementpositions. is subject to availability and student specific in or companies specific at internships of availability future the regarding guarantee no provides MI quarter. Internship companies include: second their in requirement major’s their for internship an • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Shuttle Service/Transportation Shuttle Service/Transportation Student Housing Guide Meetings Housing and Service Referral Roommate VacancyApartment Listing Services publishers music & agencies, booking firms, PR Entertainment marketing firms Record labels, recording studios, & post houses 1527 North McCadden Place, Los Angeles, CA 90028 CA Angeles, Los Place, 1527 McCadden North HALL RESIDENCE MCCADDEN listed below: high standards of Musicians Institute. Each Residence Hall is the to reflect and students our of needs the to meet services improve to strives continually office Housing The community. in growth an and inclusive learning personal encourage residence halls which will provide a safe environment and off-campus two of addition the to announce proud is MI HALLS MI RESIDENCE registration Week 1. during place take will tours student new and meetings housing Daily classes. their of start to the prior 4weeks least at arrive should housing/assistance need who Roommates 323.860.1108. at coordinator housing our contact please options, housing on questions more For expenses. of cost ARTIST SUPPORT CENTER SUPPORT ARTIST

201 GENERAL GENERAL 203 ARTIST SUPPORTCENTER Students are encouraged attend to career related events with MI’s discounted and seasonal rates. Past events and affiliations include: NAMM ASCAPShow, I Create Music Expo, TAXI Road Rally, Grammy U, California Copyright more. and Conference, GENERAL AFFILIATIONS AND DISCOUNTS TO CAREER EVENTS RELATED MI CONNECTSMI (CONNECTS.MI.EDU) MI Connects, MI’s online talent and opportunity resource, is an exclusive service for current and former students. TheArtist Support Center receives frequent calls from talent scouts, managers, producers, booking agents, A&R studio and students, music potential representatives, managers who require the services of trained musicians and engineers. All members can post profiles including mp3 links, photos, videos, and résumés the to MI Connects online database. Members also gain access online to job boards, a search engine exclusive MI to Connects, and a community forum. AUDITION WORKSHOPS + MOCK AUDITIONS and students train workshops audition Each quarter, alumni in the fundamental techniques necessary gain to a competitive edge. The Audition Workshop what is to Step 1- 2- Step is Mock Audition The audition. profession a at expect their and audition mock a for material prepare student/alumni instructor. the by critiqued is performance MENTORING CAREER Private career mentoring sessions are available all to MI one-on-one meet Students/alumni alumni. and students personalized provide who professionals industry top with advice on career options and how prepare to for life as a professional. WORKSHOPS CAREER a bolster to quarter every held are workshops Career-related entertainment understanding the industry. of student’s ARTIST DEVELOPMENT OFFERINGS ONE-ON-ONE COACHING All members of the Artist Development team are available for individual coaching on any and all matters pertaining to networking, planning, career strategic including: career, your inquiries, inquiries,counseling searching, Internship job more. and advising course general JOB PLACEMENT Placement Job offer not does Institute Musicians While Services, students may take advantage of the many career opportunities development professional and preparation below. listed RÉSUMÉ, COVER LETTER, EPK, PERSONAL WEBPAGE AND MOCK INTERVIEW SERVICES ASC staff is availablehelp to students and alumni develop and polish their résumés, EPKs, interview skills, cover letters materials. promotional and INTERNATIONAL STUDENT ADVISING Affairs office students Student counsel can International Our in regards Student to Visas, extensions, I-20’s, F-1 Transfers, OPTwork permits, and other student visa related topics. Culture shock and adjustment counseling is also available for those students having difficulties adjustingto a new environment. SERVICES ADDITIONAL LOCKERS Lockersare available on campus, and students can sign up in the ASC. All lockers must be sharedbetween two students, come with the person you’ll be sharing a locker with and the lock you’ll be using. TRANSPORTATION ASSISTANCE canWe help you arrange transportation from LAX Airport to applications) card TAP passes (discount Metro Hollywood. too. available are TICKETS ENTERTAINMENT DISCOUNTED Discounted tickets Universal to Studios Hollywood, Six Flags Magic Mountain & Six Flags Hurricane Harbor, AMC Movie Theatres, The Rally, Taxi ASCAP “I Create Music Expo,” NAMM, GrammyU, and more! STUDENT WORKERS Interested in working on campus? Fill out an application getto the process started of in each Weeks 1-4 quarter. NOTE: Employment is not guaranteed. Applications are available from the Housing Housing the from available are Applications Rossana Brassea.Coordinator, can chooseYou your own roommate or one can be you. for chosen available are questionnaires information Roommate Coordinator. Housing the from Students can live in the dorm for the length of their program or whichever 1 year, is shorter. Dorms are available on a first come, first serve basis. details. more for Coordinator Housing the See • • • • • • • • • • Double occupancy: per $2,700 quarter Single occupancy: $5,400 per quarter $900 deposit: security Refundable Note: MI Residence Halls are considered extensions of the MI Campus and, as such, residents are responsible for abiding by these Policies and Procedures, by the Residence Hall Rules and Regulations as well as all MI Facilities Regulations and the Student Conduct Code described in the Handbook. Student Institute Musicians ADDITIONAL INFORMATION THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 2016 - SEPTEMBER 1, 30, 2017. Resident Assistant will be present be will Assistant Resident Resident Advisor will be present be will Advisor Resident Coin-operated laundry facilities Coin-operated laundry facilities Space Closet Closet Space Closet bathroomFull Full bathroomFull microwave refrigerator, size full a includes Kitchen oven, and induction cooking surface Kitchen includes a full size refrigerator, microwave microwave refrigerator, size full a includes Kitchen oven, and induction cooking surface WiFi High-Speed High-Speed WiFi High-Speed • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • MARK TWAIN RESIDENCE HALL North1622 Wilcox Ave, Los Angeles, CA 90028 Featuring: Featuring:

GENERAL

202 ARTIST SUPPORTCENTER 204 GENERAL POLICIES ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS factored in to any change of status and withdrawals. and status of change to any in factored be will and use/attendance, facility and school to determine Both scan-in records and classroom attendance will be used program. the from termination in result will Absence of Leave approved an without weeks consecutive three than more for informationspecific on attendance).Absence from school for syllabus course (see the class that for grade a failing in result may aclass from absence Continued Advisor. an lesson attendance will be contacted and counseled by grades. course overall into factored is and lessons, and classes all in recorded and required is attendance Regular ATTENDANCE REQUIREMENTS procedure. students from any school regulations, or common processes, submission. Submission of such a review does not exempt contacted about the committee decision within one week of be will Students Affairs. Academic of Office to the submitted and Office) Registrar’s the in available are (forms/instructions writing in made be must requests such All to graduate. ability or average point grade her or his affect may that grades or status in change any to appeal right the has A student REVIEW ACADEMIC FOR APPEALS/REQUEST and termination from the program. funding Aid Financial of loss in results quarters consecutive three for 2.0 than less GPA of cumulative A continued student Academic beingProbation placed onstatus. Official the in results quarters consecutive two for 2.0 than less of GPA Acumulative status. Warning Probationary on placed are 2.0 than less GPA of acumulative showing students Satisfactory Academic is Progress reviewed and quarterly PROBATION ACADEMIC actions up to and including termination from the program. a failing grade and are to subject additional disciplinary receive may students occurred, to have proven is information where academic or dishonesty falsification of academic cases In plagiarism. and/or falsification, cheating, of form any as is defined dishonesty Academic assignments. academic their out carrying in standards ethical highest the respect and honorably to behave obligation an have students All ACADEMIC HONESTY/INTEGRITY two weeks of break. by followed testing, of week one and 10 classes of of weeks academicquarterly calendar, with each quarter consisting on ayear-round operate programs certificate and degree All CALENDAR ACADEMIC DEFINITIONS AND POLICIES ACADEMIC Students who show poor classroom or private THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS Hollywood, CA 90028 CA Hollywood, 6752 Hollywood Boulevard Musicians Institute, Registrar’s Office to: sent be should cancellation of notice Written postmark. the of date the of as effective becomes cancellation of notice written The instruction. of day first the to prior Office Records written notice of cancellation to Musicians Institute’s Student tuition refund, any less non-refundable fees by submitting a a full receive and Agreement Enrollment Student the cancel to right the has student The TO CANCEL: RIGHT BUYERS DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS ENROLLMENT OF CANCELLATION registered is not permitted. not are they which in courses in students by Attendance AUDITING approved. be not may class same the from absences repeated for Requests days. five is quarter per absences excused of number maximum The denied. be will 11 Week of Friday after and/or period this after submitted Requests class. to return student’s the after days school five with Registrar accompanying Office documentationwithin Excused absence requests must be submitted to the include: to review, subject are and documented be must which absences, excused for reasons of Examples review. for Office Affairs Student the to submitted be must absences excused for requests All excused. be may absence an cases, rare In registered. are they which for class every to attend expected are Students ABSENCES EXCUSED attendance is recorded in this manner: exceptions, specific With grade. overall your of a portion as reflected is and required is courses most in Attendance POLICY ATTENDANCE

specific rules for each class. each for rules specific Please refer to course syllabi and/or your instructor for NOTE: Some classes have different attendance processes. Present (P): Present Absent (A): (A): Absent • • • • • • • • Tardy (T): Tardy (T): Emergency circumstances (medical, family or other) duty or military Jury Absent(A) regardless of above attendance status. considered is aclass of 50% than more Missing (1) =One grade records Absent(A) Tardy(T) Three(3)

In class 0 – 4:59 minutes late late 0–4:59 minutes class In or not in attendance attendance in not or late, 15 than minutes more arriving 5–14:59 late minutes arriving description states “may be repeated for credit.” course catalog the unless credit additional for course same the re-take not may credit earned and acourse passed has who Astudent twice. than more repeated courses toward apply not may Aid Financial times. three than more course required same the in enroll not may Students apply. will standards grading normal and charged be will tuition Full course. the in re-enrolling of advance in course a remedial in enroll and/or plan, academic an in forth set to guidelines re-enrollment may require student to attain approval, adhere Such requirement. degree their to complete order in course the pass and in to re-enroll required be will course a required (70) C- in below grade course overall an receiving A student COURSE REPETITION requirements. certificate or degree overall to meet order in passed be must courses Area Major All program. a given attending students all for required are courses Area Major COURSES AREA/REQUIRED MAJOR General Education credits). credit-units per quarter of continuous enrollment (including 15 of average an complete successfully must students 18 months, within Degree Associate an or years calendar three within Degree Music of Bachelor the To complete follows:as completed toward graduation. standing Class is calculated credits of number the by determined is standing Class STANDING CLASS to class. coming not by or telephoning by not writing, in cancel must applicant an 30 days of cancellation, the less application fee. Remember, within refunded be will Institute to Musicians paid money All above). address (see Office Registrar’s to the sent be should cancellation of notice later). Written is (whichever enrollment after day seventh the or instruction, of day first on business of end the before time any writing in enrollment her or his cancel may applicant An EXPRESS SELECT &MI /MI SELECT PROGRAMS NON-CERTIFICATE cancellation, the less application fee. of days 30 within refund tuition acomplete receive will she or later); is he (whichever enrollment after days calendar seven withdraws or instruction, of day first the on day business the of end the before Registrar Institute’s to Musicians cancellation of notice awritten submitting by withdraws and instruction, of course of a day first the attends astudent If • • • • • • • • Senior Junior Sophomore Freshman 0-45 credits 0-45 136-180 credits 91-135 credits credits 46-90 result in diminished access to MI campus and facilities. and campus to MI access diminished in result may loads course diminished that aware be should Students requested, is deemed unlikely. courses or load course on based success, student Note: best ensure student success. to order in courses extra to adding prior advisors academic from approval request and with to meet required be may students cases, rare these In load. course optimal this of excess in loads course in to enroll students for necessary be may it cases, certain in foregoing, the of Regardless quarter. 15 of per load units course optimal the of excess in courses in to enroll students for advisable not generally is it such, As appropriate. is as frame atime expedited students the best possible educational experience in as Musicians Institute programs are designed to provide STATUS ENROLLMENT IN CHANGES frame. to complete all programs within time the possible shortest Completion of an optimal 15 credits per quarter is required STATUS ENROLLMENT certificate. or degree the for to qualify order in credits elective required of number total the complete successfully In programs with elective requirements, students must offering. course approved an from student the by chosen requirements core than other courses are Electives ELECTIVES either of the following: represents credit-hour Aquarter =1credit-unit). Drumming Studio (e.g. Inside course to aparticular given weight A credit-hour/credit-unit the measures academic quarterly CREDIT-HOUR/CREDIT-UNIT • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Such requests may be denied in cases in which which in cases in denied be may requests Such requiring less-than six units to complete aprogram. to complete units six less-than requiring Less-than-half-time status is only available to students status. units may be considered for three-quarter or half-time credit- 90 completing after standing academic good and General Education credits. Bachelor students in completed 90 credit-units, including transfer credits have they until possible, is as insofar status, full-time Bachelor Degree students are expected to maintain Less-than-half-time Half-time Three-quarter-time Full-time Musicians Institute. by established as activities academic other for above required as work of amount equivalent an least At time; adifferent over work of amount equivalent the or 10 for week weeks, each work student out-of-class of hours two of aminimum and instruction faculty direct or classroom of hour One

5.5 or less 9-11.5 6 -8.5 12 units more or POLICIES

205 GENERAL 206 GENERAL POLICIES ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS Bass, Guitar,Bass, Keyboard Technology, Drums, Vocals STYLES // CONTEMPORARY PERFORMANCE IN MUSIC OF BACHELOR Registrar’s Office. the by units quarter into translated be will institutions other from credit-units semester in transferred are that Courses graduation. for required are semester-units 30 or units quarter- GE 45 of Atotal Registrar. the and Dean the by basis acase-by-case on evaluated be will which transcript, academic Students must an submit official requirements. credits from otherArts schools that meet equivalent Liberal college-level accredited, accepts also MI campus. LACC nearby the at requirements Education General provides for Bachelor of students Music to complete their that (LACC) College City Angeles Los with Agreement Musicians Institute maintains a General Education Transfer GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS BACHELOR OF DEGREE MUSIC GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS Degree. Bachelor the toward 51%) applied least credits all of (at majority the complete must astudent Institute, Musicians institution. In order to receive a Bachelor’s Degree from accredited an at above Cor of agrade earned has student a which for Degree Bachelor’s MI to the applicable courses for transferred be may Credits Institute. Musicians at Degree aBachelor’s of pursuit in only applied be may accepted, be they should institutions, other from Credits learning. acknowledge work completed at other institutions of higher Musicians Institute will make appropriate to efforts REQUIREMENT CREDIT OF RESIDENCY/TRANSFER FACILITIES TO ACCESS STUDENT • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • General Education credits. 45 and credits, Elective and Music, Supportive Area, Major 135 including credit-units, 180 required 1. Complete students from other programs. to available not are rooms Practice DJ Program Saturdays. on pm -2:00 am 8:00 and classes, scheduled the during regularly facilities only access from other Students Guitar programs. Craft may Guitar Facilities Craft are not available to students students from other programs. to available not are studios IAP and Engineering Audio from other programs. to students available not are Labs Drum and Vocal Labs. Drum and Vocal to MI access to get three-quarter-time least at be must Students their scheduled classes are in session. when hours those during only to facilities access have Students with half-time and less-than-half-time status facilities. to MI access full have status three-quarter-time and full- with Students THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS Bass, Drum, Guitar,Bass, Keyboard Technology, Vocal PERFORMANCE IN CERTIFICATE Business Music Program, Artist Independent Craft, Guitar &Production, DJPerformance Engineering, Audio PROGRAMS INDUSTRY ENTERTAINMENT IN CERTIFICATE EMPHASIS //COMBINED PERFORMANCE IN ASSOCIATE ARTS DEGREE OF Music Business in Degree Science of Associate or Vocal; and Technology, Keyboard Guitar, Drum, Bass, in Degrees Arts of Associate ASSOCIATE DEGREES PROGRAM MEDIA VISUAL FOR //SCORING BACHELOR OF COMPOSITION IN MUSIC Production) Audio in Minor or Studies Industry Entertainment in (Minor Drum, Guitar,Bass, Keyboard, Vocal WITHAMINOR STYLES // CONTEMPORARY PERFORMANCE IN MUSIC OF BACHELOR • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ◦ ◦ Complete 60 required credit-units. fees. and tuition all of Payment GPA. 2.0 aminimum Maintain program). Complete required 30-45 credit-units (varies by fees. and tuition all Pay minimumMaintain 2.0 GPA. Complete 90 required credit-units. fees. and tuition all Pay minimumMaintain 2.0 GPA. credits. Education General 45 and disciplines, Area 25 Minor credits, Elective and Music, Supportive Area, Major 135 including credit-units, required 205 Complete Complete 90 required credit-units, including: fees. and tuition all Pay minimumMaintain 2.0 GPA. credits. Education General 45 and credits, Elective and Music, Supportive Area, Major 135 including credit-units, 180 required Complete Pay all tuition and fees. and tuition all Pay minimumMaintain 2.0 GPA. 3. Pay all tuition and fees. and tuition all Pay 3. GPA. 2.0 minimum Maintain 2. ◦ ◦ 60 Performance emphasis credit-units (Bass, 30 Entertainment emphasis Industry credit-units Guitar, Keyboard Technology, Drum or Vocal). or Drum Technology, Keyboard Guitar, Artist Development; or Music Business). Music or Development; Artist (Audio Engineering; Guitar Craft; Independent approval through the Office of Student Affairs. Student of Office the through approval counseling/ seek must quarter per 12below credit-units classes to drop wishing Students 2. Week of Friday by Registrar to the form /Add aDrop submitting by penalties or fees without class any add or to drop allowed are Students COURSES ADDING OR DROPPING determined on a basis case-by-case during registration. be will another to program one from credits of Transfer program. athird begin to order in better or 2.0 GPA of a Cumulative with Programs Select MI in while taken credits the of thirds two- passed have must student the then Program, Select MI non-credit the is programs incomplete two the of either If two. first the of one completed satisfactorily or from graduated having without program athird enter may student No Note: must: program to another before completing their current program one from study of course their to change wish who Students CHANGING PROGRAMS Affairs. Student of Office the through available) (if tickets extra purchase and request may Students charge. no at tickets of amount alimited awarded gown for students will Graduating be graduating students. and cap of a rental the facilitate will Affairs Student of Office color designated by Musicians Institute. Musicians Institute’s astyle/ of gown and acap to wear required are participants Graduating costs. administrative and prices ticket rental, gown and cap covering afee pay must ceremonies date of graduation. Students in taking part commencement the of advance in certificate or degree their of requirements must ceremonies commencement have completed all of the in part to take wishing Students required. not but Participation in commencement ceremonies is encouraged eligible for graduation/commencement. are they whether ascertain to order in Registrar the of Office the through to graduate petition must Students quarter. each of end the at place take ceremonies commencement College COMMENCEMENT • • 3. 2. 1. • • • • • • ◦ ◦ ◦ Tuition and Refunds 2. Week of Friday the on ends and quarter the of day first the on begins course each late registration The penalties. drop/add period for registered students may drop or without add classes which during quarter each of beginning the at time of period the is period - Adrop/add Period Drop/Add applicable tuitionandfees. If accepted,registerforthenewprogramandpayall Audition forthenewprogram(whereapplicable). and payare-applicationfee. Apply tothenewprogramthroughRegistrarServices Payment of all tuition and fees. and tuition all of Payment GPA. 2.0 aminimum Maintain ◦ ◦ ◦ Credits added to the schedule will be charged at charged be will schedule to the added Credits Full tuition will be refunded for credits dropped dropped credits for refunded be will tuition Full credits. adding upon immediately due is Payment the applicable tuition rate. Students who fail to complete a program before reaching reaching before aprogram to complete fail who Students UNITS ALLOWABLE MAXIMUM AcademicSatisfactory Progress. see also should Aid Financial Federal receiving Students LOA. an for eligible not are students Select MI program, academic an not is Select MI 12-month period. Since LOA per approved an for maximum 180-day government’s Federal the exceeds leave six-month the because loan their on repayment begin and/or period grace the enter LOA will asix-month takes and Loan Stafford aFederal received has who student Any Leave. the during Aid Financial receive to qualified not LOA on are Students aprogram. of length the LOA one during only take may Students LOA. the before beginning progress academic maintaining satisfactory are and exams final including quarter entire the complete who to students granted only LOA are days. calendar LOA 180 is end-of-quarter an of length maximum The student’s expected date of return. the contain should request The 90028. CA, Hollywood, Boulevard, 6752Hollywood Registrar, the of Office to the delivered personally or mailed be must request The Affairs. Student of Office to the request awritten submit (LOA) must Absence of Leave a take have to they find who Students (LOA) OF ABSENCE LEAVES Academic Calendar for information on such closures. recent most to the refer Please open. not is school the which on occasions other on or closures school during holidays, on fall that events other or lessons classes, replace otherwise or up, make reschedule, not does Institute Musicians HOLIDAYS, CALENDAR AND SCHOOL CLOSURES SCHOOL AND HOLIDAYS, CALENDAR this catalog. in aProgram from Withdrawal under found be can program InformationFurther on withdrawing completely from a • • • • ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ Withdrawals and cancellations Notification ofschedule changes ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ No tuition will be refunded for classes dropped dropped classes for refunded be will tuition No Under-enrolled are courses subject to cancellation be will week seventh the after Withdrawals before but week second the after Withdrawals International students must notify the International the International notify must students International the recipients Aid must notify Financial Financial from the fourth week on. week fourth the from 3. Week during dropped classes for refunded be will tuition of 50% period. drop-add the during enrolled students to refund tuition full 2with Week before time any at point. to that up met requirements course on based agrade assigned a“W.” as transcript student’s the on appear will week seventh the Student Advisor of any schedule changes. changes. schedule any of Office Aid POLICIES

207 GENERAL 208 GENERAL POLICIES ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS result in diminished access to MI campus and facilities. and campus MI to access diminished in result may loads course diminished that aware be should Students Registrar. the of Office the through units said for register may program their to complete units than fewer 15 need who students Certificate and *Associate Affairs. Student of Office the through approval request must quarter 12 per than fewer in units to enroll wishing *Students your minimum unit requirement. for office Aid Financial the -See enrollment Mixed Note: follows: as is status enrollment each for quarters) (three year academic per requirement completion unit minimum The PERFORMANCE IN CERTIFICATE your minimum unit requirement. for office Aid Financial the -See enrollment Mixed Note: follows: as is status enrollment each for quarters) (three year academic per requirement completion unit minimum The DEGREES ASSOCIATE AND MUSIC OF BACHELOR are listed below. unit completion requirements for each program and status Minimum status. enrollment and program their on depending time of period acertain within units of number minimum above) a or C- of agrade with pass (i.e. complete must To maintain Satisfactory all Academic students Progress, MINIMUM UNIT COMPLETION REQUIREMENTS is: program each for attempted be may that units of number allowable maximum The “NR.” “W,” and “I,” “NC,” as transcript the on designated F, Dor of courses and grades letter receiving courses completed, units program, the into attempted per evaluation period include units transferred units as counted Units program. the from terminated be will attempted units of number allowable maximum the • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 2 units quarter): per 6units (less-than Less-than-half-time 10 quarter): units per units (6-8 Half-time units (9-11 time quarter): per units Three-quarter 20 units (12 quarter)*: per Full-time units more or 3 units quarter): per 6units (less-than Less-than-half-time 15 quarter): units per units (6-8 Half-time (9-11 time 23 units quarter): per units Three-quarter 30 units (12 quarter)*: per Full-time units more or 67.5units Programs: Certificate 3qtr 45-unit units 45 Programs: Certificate 2qtr 30-unit Performance: in Certificate Arts: of Associate Music: of Bachelor THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS 90 units 90 135 units 270 units 15 rules apply to all students, whether new or returning: or new whether students, to all apply rules following The Office. Registrar’s the through coordinated every quarter of enrollment. All registration procedures are All students are required to register for prior to classes REGISTRATION facilities. and campus MI to access diminished in result may loads course diminished that aware be should Students Registrar. the of Office the through units said for register may program their to complete units than fewer 15 need who students Certificate and *Associate Affairs. Student of Office the through approval request must quarter 12 per than fewer in units to enroll wishing *Students your minimum unit requirement. for office Aid Financial the -See enrollment Mixed Note: follows: as is status enrollment each for quarters) (three year academic per requirement completion unit minimum The PROGRAMS CERTIFICATE (THREE-QUARTER) 45-UNIT facilities. and campus MI to access diminished in result may loads course diminished that aware be should Students Registrar. the of Office the through units said for register may program their to complete units than fewer 15 need who students Certificate and *Associate Affairs. Student of Office the through approval request must quarter 12 per than fewer in units to enroll wishing *Students your minimum unit requirement. for office Aid Financial the -See enrollment Mixed Note: each enrollment status is as follows: for quarter every requirement completion unit minimum The PROGRAMS CERTIFICATE (TWO-QUARTER) 30-UNIT • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • until required tuition and fees have been paid. been have fees and tuition required until facilities MI to enter permitted be not will Students options). payment and costs about information more for Fees (see Tuition and registration at payable and due are fees and tuition All unit 1 quarter): per 6units (less-than Less-than-half-time 4units quarter): per units (6-8.5 Half-time (9-11.5 time 7units quarter): per units Three-quarter 10 (12 quarter)*: units per Full-time units more or unit 1 quarters): per 6units (less-than time half than Less 4units quarter): per units (6-8 Half-time (9-11 time 7units quarter): per units Three-quarter 10 (12 quarter)*: units per Full-time units more or programs are required to have earned a cumulative GPA of acumulative earned to have required are programs all in enrolled Students attempted. units of number the by points grade of number the dividing by calculated attempted, courses all for awarded points grade all of average An (GPA) AVERAGE POINT GRADE courses. repeated (1.7). all for better charged be Tuition will or C-, of agrade with met be must requirements Elective and All standards). grading specific for syllabus course attendance, participation, assignments and tests (see each include may that factors of acombination on based calculated are (4.0 =A+, Grades course =F). 0.0 unit credit a in achievement academic to measure used A number POINT GRADE GRADING regarding privacy of student records. order only). See Students’ Right to Know for information transcript payable to Musicians Institute (check or money of attendance, and a transcript fee of USD $45.00 per date program, Number, Security Social applicable), if name (maiden name full student’s the include must request The 90028 CA Hollywood, 6752 Hollywood Boulevard Musicians Institute, Registrar’s Office to: a request submitting by transcript academic their of copies request may Students location. off-site an at or digitally stored be may they Thereafter, minimum. at years five of aperiod for retained are information student record items such phone as address, numbers, email and dates of enrollment/graduation indefinitely.Other grades, units, courses, diploma, including certificate, degree, Musicians Institute retains student transcript information Institute. Musicians at tenure astudent’s throughout format digital in maintained and updated are records Student RECORDS STUDENT students’ schedules. (wherelessons applicable) being dropped from those and courses in result will quarter next the for attendance confirm to officially Failure (see Tuition &Fees). fee the re-registration period will a late be assessed registration quarter. Continuing students who register after the end of current their of week ninth the during quarter next their for All continuing students are required to register for classes CONTINUING STUDENTS available at the times designated for new student registration. Instructions and materials for registration will be made dates). for Calendar (see Academic applicable where testing placement completed have and Office Admissions the through processed completely and fully been have they if only Permission to register for is granted classes to new students STUDENTS NEW avoid termination. possible to time of period aspecified within problem the correct must and probation on placed be will GPA requirements minimum achieve to failing Students students. program certificate two-quarter 30-unit, all for quarter first the of end the at and the second quarterstudents;in for Performance Certificate of end the at students; Degree Arts of Associate and Music of Bachelor for quarter third the of end the at 2.0 least at is making satisfactory progress in the course, but cannot cannot but course, the in progress satisfactory making is student the if only approved be will Incomplete of A grade (I) INCOMPLETE unit requirements: credit to all applied be will standards grading following The POLICIES GRADING work. course elective and core all in credit to earn required is (70) C- of better or grade Apassing attempted. units of number the by points grade of number the dividing by student’s Satisfactory This Academic is Progress. calculated a to measure used be (GPA) will Average Point Grade The REPORTING AND STANDARDS GRADING NR NC W I P F D- D D+ C- C C+ B- B B+ A- A A+ GRADE C- IS THE LOWEST PASSING GRADE PASSING LOWEST THE C- IS No Record No Credit Withdrawal Incomplete Pass 0-59 60-62 63-66 67-69 70-72 73-76 77-79 80-82 83-86 87-89 90-92 93-97 98-100 SCORE NR NC No Record No Credit 0.00 0.70 1.00 1.30 1.70 2.00 2.30 2.70 3.00 3.30 3.70 4.00 4.00 GPA POLICIES

209 GENERAL 210 GENERAL POLICIES ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS complete an Academic Plan. Academic an complete to Advisor Academic an with meet and form Appeal SAP an Students appealing the SAP probation decision must complete appealed. is status probationary SAP the until suspended be will Aid Financial status. Probation SAP of notified be will quarters consecutive two for SAP to meet fail that Students Warning. SAP on placed be will units attempted cumulative of 66.66% than less completed have that students or 2.0 than less of Average) Point GPA (Grade acumulative with students posted, been have grades course After quarter. each of Satisfactory Academic is Progress reviewed at the completion catalog): the of section this in headings respective to the (refer areas following the in reviewed as Progress Academic Satisfactory for standards minimum to meet required are students All (SAP) PROGRESS ACADEMIC SATISFACTORY degree or certificate. a to achieve necessary requirements the to complete order in but any required course receiving “No Credit” must be passed GPA, astudent’s affect not do designations These earned). not credit and met not requirements course Credit: (No “NC” or earned) credit and met requirements course (Pass: “P” either as transcript your on designated is courses these of status The courses). “Pass/Fail” out Challenging as (such syllabi descriptions/on in course stipulated those than other requirements meeting by earned be may credits course Some (NC) NO CREDIT (P), PASS been resolved. is changed to the appropriate letter grade once the issue has and only purposes administrative for is indication This Office. Registrar’s the in file on grade course overall an of record no is there that indicate transcript the on “NR” letters The (NR) RECORD NO See Pass/No Credit. (NC) CREDIT NO a prerequisite. as course that requiring aclass in enroll can student the before resolved be must course aprerequisite on Incomplete An result in a grade replacing of “F” the “Incomplete.” will time allotted maximum the within work course the complete to Failure transcript. student’s the on “I” the to replace issued be will agrade course, the of requirements established all of satisfaction to the completed is work course When illness. or injury to verifiable due granted is extension an unless quarter following the of week first the of end the before up made be must work course incomplete All emergency. family adocumented or illness; an emergency; personal to: a limited not but including reasons documented and complete the final project or examination due to justifiable, • • • • • • Maximum allowable units. Maximum requirements. unitMinimum completion (GPA). average point Grade THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS from attendance eligibility for student financialassistance and will be dismissed their lose will plan academic their to follow fail that status Appeal SAP in Students status. Appeal SAP of notified be will accepted been have appeals whose Students eligibility. aid financial student’s the of areinstatement in result will appeals Accepted review. for office Aid Financial to the returned be must plan academic and form appeal SAP completed The test out of a course must first gain Program Chair approval approval Chair Program gain first must acourse of out test to wishing Students (see Tuition &Fees). afee for a course of requirements the challenging by or placement advanced through courses certain for credit receive may Students OUT TESTING above). as C-, of maximum to the (as opposed course the for grade actual their receiving student the in result will Student for Affairs investigation. Approval of such request to documentation supply and above process the through so do may situation emergency to adocumentable due missed exam an for aretest to request wish who Students quarter. following the 1of Week within retesting her or his to complete need will student the approval, Following exam. per $50.00 of a fee pay and possible, whenever advance in Department Affairs Student to the form proper the submit must (Incomplete), “I” of grades for or events, unforeseen/unavoidable other or to emergencies due exams final missed for testing late requesting Students TESTING RESCHEDULED TestingSee Out COURSES CHALLENGING TestingSee Out ADVANCED PLACEMENT TESTING withdrawals. late of Office Aid Financial the notifies Registrar The GPA. their into factored be will which course, that F for of agrade receive will week sixth the after aclass attending stop who students permitted; not is classes of week sixth the after acourse from Withdrawal Registrar. to the writing in apply must period drop/add normal the after acourse from to withdraw wishing Students GPA. the into factored not are Withdrawals classes. of weeks six first the within but period, drop-add normal the after acourse from to withdraw permitted was astudent that indicates transcript the on “W” letter The (W) ACOURSE FROM WITHDRAWAL plan. academic to an to adhere required be will and status Warning non-SAP in program new the begin will student the approved, If review. for to apanel such for arequest to submit required be may to anew to switch wish who status Probation or Warning non-SAP on Students . disciplinary action up todisciplinary and including expulsion. in result may policies these of part any of Violation POLICY OF VIOLATIONS prohibited. be may also operations school’s the or welfare, student or staff safety, personal security, threaten that conduct of types other only; illustrative is list This Institute. Musicians by tolerated be not will and prohibited is conduct following The environment, but also our reputation in the community. creative our maintain only to not continue can we standards, ethical these with compliance policing in role active an take to students, including community, MI the of members all of the appropriate action taken. By making it the responsibility and investigated be may it that so Manager Security and Safety to the immediately matter the report should you member, staff or teacher or student afellow of treatment improper or unfair any or obligation, legal or ethical an of violation any of aware become you If commitment. this with compliance monitoring and out carrying for responsible staff and teachers students, all responsible and behavior. courteous Institute Musicians holds of rules ordinary by to abide expected are Students Musicians Institute. by sponsored events at and campus Institute Musicians the at guests and visitors all and to any applied be may policy conduct student the of portions conduct and discipline the addition, In students. prospective and former, to current, apply shall policy conduct student the in ‘student’ term the to all, fairly apply policies and processes these that to ensure order In surroundings. their and other each toward respect of atmosphere an goals. This requires that students, teachers, and foster staff environment in which students may pursue their educational orderly and asafe to providing dedicated is Institute Musicians CODE CONDUCT STUDENT CONDUCT STUDENT enrolled in such courses. be to order in quarter that offered being courses of level the demonstrate a level of knowledge/proficiencyequivalent to must astudent acourse, of out test to order In Note: GPA. the into factored not are but completed units toward counted are Credits course credit is granted towards graduation requirements. and transcript the on entered is (Pass) “P” of a designation acourse, of out testing for requirements the meets a student If failed. and taken previously courses of out to test allowed not are Students determined. been has placement original the once test-out via over skipped be not may courses prerequisite classes, sequential of case the In enrolled. has student the which for program the of beginning the at period Add normal the during or before only allowed are tests placement Advanced 90%. of grade aminimum with material course of knowledge their of evaluation an pass and 4. Intimidation, Threats, Disorderly, LewdorViolent Acts drugs or controlled substances. illegal any or alcohol of influence the under committed are that laws other or regulations and rules Institute Musicians Note: is Responsibility not diminished for acts in violation of the circumstances. on depending employment, of termination and/or expulsion, suspension, including to and up warnings written and oral actionDisciplinary for a violation of this policy can range from 6. 5. • • • • • • • • • • MI premises (including Internet posting, file sharing, sharing, file posting, Internet (including premises MI on event other or performance, lesson, class, any of prohibited. Sharing of any audio/video recordings representation is captured by the recording is visual whose individual other any or instructor(s) of permission explicit the without premises MI on event other or performance lesson, class, any of recording Unauthorized Video Recording/SharingVideo include butarenotlimitedto: programs. Specific school policies prohibit: Specific programs. treatment and/or to recovery students referring in assist also will Office Affairs Student The Office. Affairs Student the from drugs illegal or dangerous other or narcotics and alcohol with associated effects and risks health to the pertaining information obtain may Students property. school on statutes California by defined as substances controlled other or drugs, distribution of dangerous or narcotics, alcohol, illegal or sale possession, use, the 1989,of prohibits Amendment Act Communities and Schools Drug-Free Federal the with compliance in Institute, Musicians Alcohol andIllegalSubstances • • • • • • • • • • Intimidating, threatening, or hostile behavior. or hostile threatening, Intimidating, Physical abuse of people or property. by physically, out carried whether Stalking, Lewd and/or lascivious behavior. Disorderly acts. Arson. Vandalism. Sabotage. Carrying weapons of any kind. any of weapons Carrying Any other act Musicians Institute deems deems Institute Musicians act other Any networks, or any other means. other any or networks, telephone, mail, electronic mail, via online social inappropriate. • • • • • • government regulations. circumstance expressly permitted by and MI and location atime, at except above the of any for facilitator or liaison, accessory, an as acting beverages, alcoholic of production or Use, possession, sale, distribution, and/ by MI. by in participated or by sponsored functions at or Public intoxication on anywhere MI’s premises or facilitator for any of the above. the of any for facilitator or liaison, accessory, an as acting or paraphernalia, other controlled including substances, related or narcotics of production or and/ distribution, Illegal substances: Use, possession, sale, POLICIES

211 GENERAL 212 GENERAL POLICIES ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS 8. 7. 10. 9. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • limited to: limited or computers is MI prohibited, including but not personal of abuse other or Computer Violations Theft MI. by in premises or at functions sponsored by or participated such behavior by another on person anywhere MI’s abetting or aiding is as prohibited, is designees its or management MI laws, by defined as indecent or lewd, disruptive, disorderly, is that Breach of Peace Conduct of Musicians Institute Management is prohibited. network uploading) without the prior express consent religion, national origin, ancestry, age, physical color, race, as factors such on based cartoons or slurs, jokes, statements, emails, gestures, pictures to limited not but including, others of annoying bothering, tormenting, Harassment Disturbing, of is telephone prohibited. service telephone, unauthorized use of telephones, or MI theft by harassing message, phone another’s altering lines, cable Telephone or Violations telephone Tapping • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Modifying system or network facilities, or attempting attempting or facilities, network or system Modifying Using network resources which inhibit orUsing resources interfere network Using on college personal software computers. Using, duplicating, or transmitting copyrighted or duplicating, transmitting Using, Tampering protections with software or restrictions Using college information technology for resources Sending messages that are malicious or that a that or malicious are that messages Sending Sending from personal messages the college Subverting restrictions associated with computer Using information technology to resources obtain Accessing anotherAccessing person’s computer account Intentionally introducing computer worms, viruses, Physically damaging information technology Using, or encouraging others to use, information information to use, others encouraging or Using, to crash systems or networks. or systems to crash with the use of the network by other students. other by network the of use the with contracts. other violate or alicense, of scope the exceeds that or infringement, an to constitute expected inpermission, any way that may be reasonably owner’s the obtaining first without material placed on computer applications or files. personal for-profit purposes. reasonable person would find to be harassing. be to find would person reasonable network that are threatening in nature. in threatening are that network accounts. pertaining to the college or individuals. or college to the pertaining by, or possessed used, owned, information of forms other and data, to records, access unauthorized without permission. others. or college the by leased are or to, licensed are information technology that resources belong to, Trojan or other Horses, rogue programs into resources. applicable State or Federal law. any or policies college other or this violate would that manner any in resources technology THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS personal possessions. personal their for insurance private obtain students that recommended strongly is It property. personal of theft or misuse, damage, destruction, for astudent reimburse to others requiring or Note: 17. 16. 15. 14. 13. 12. 11. Musicians Institute is not responsible for reimbursing reimbursing for responsible not is Institute Musicians advances. containing sexual comments, and unwelcome sexual conversation favors, sexual for requests stalking, as actions as well as other unwelcome conduct such prohibited these all includes Harassment Sexual by MI is prohibited. is MI by in participated or by sponsored events at or property MI on laws local or State, Federal, of violation Any Violation ofLaw false identification is prohibited. providing or so do to requested when identification Failure to oneself identify with appropriate Failure toProvideIdentification MI. by tolerated not is duties, their of performance in acting personnel administrative or teachers, guards, to security limited not but including Failure to comply with lawful directions of officials, MI Failure toComply The following are all prohibited by MI: by prohibited all are following The Property Damage,Vandalism, andTheft weapons.) other or guns conceal or carry, to possess, citizens private allows which authority issuing any from obtained permits all and any supersede items or weapons such on participated in by (Musicians Institute MI. restrictions or by sponsored events at or premises MI on banned by law or considered dangerous is prohibited weapons, fireworks orany other weapons/items ammunition, dangerous chemicals, arts martial explosives, knives, agun, of facsimile gun, pellet or BB firearm, of type any of Items Possession Possession ofWeapons, ExplosivesandDangerous prohibited. is facilities MI of use to or entry improper or unauthorized and premises, to MI keys of Unauthorized or or duplication improper possession Badges ofKeys/Identification Unauthorized Entry/Use prohibited. is and community MI the within others or oneself of safety and health the threatens or endangers that amanner in oneself Conducting ViolationsHealth andSafety childbirth or related medical conditions is prohibited. pregnancy, gender, on based harassment as well as status, veteran or status, leave care family orientation, disability, medical condition, marital status, sexual • • • • prior permission. Attempted or actual removal without of property of personal or public property. Destruction, damage, misuse and/or defacing be addressed to the Office of Student Affairs. Student of Office to the addressed be misconduct. Questions concerning these procedures may alleged of cases in aresolution to reach employed steps the represent process, due and fairness of rules common on based section, this in outlined procedures The PROCEDURES DISCIPLINE STUDENT termination of employment. action up todisciplinary and including and/or suspension to subject be will retaliation in engaging found employee or student Any conduct. of standards and rules policies, discrimination, and/or harassment other violations of MI and/orreports provides any information concerning unlawful who individual any against means, electronic and/or written verbal, by communication threatening any to making limited InstituteMusicians prohibits retaliation, including but not violating student or another assist person in filing charges. a against charges criminal file discretion, may, its at Institute possible, confidentialitywill be maintained.Musicians extent To greatest the investigated. thoroughly be will and All threats of violence are considered serious matters Manager. Security and Safety to the matter the report should teacher and/or member on Institute Musicians staff campus, student, any by implied, or direct athreat, of aware becomes who student any and staff, of member and/or teacher astudent, by violence of athreat receives who student Any Manager. Security and Safety the to conduct prohibited of incident any to report obligated are employees Institute Musicians other and teachers Students, CONDUCT PROHIBITED REPORTING A. 20. 19. 18. report toreport a Musicians Institute Designee (School the refer will Affairs Student of Office The Affairs. Student of Office the by granted is exception an unless misconduct, alleged the of discovery following month one within made be should complaints Such Affairs. Student of Office to the referred be will Complaints involving alleged misconduct by students Referral ofComplaints implemented duringtheacademicyear policies, rules,orregulations,includingthose Violation ofanyotherpublishedMusiciansInstitute Other Violations Acknowledgment Statement. and Use Academic the or catalog school Institute Musicians the in forth set Policy Infringement Copyright Institute Musicians the of Violation Academic UseandAcknowledgment Statement Violation ofCopyrightInfringementPolicy orthe educational purposes is prohibited. than other anything for or property personal store or and/ to sleep adomicile as facilities MI any of Use Loitering orSquatting C. B. Public Safety: Public ([email protected]) (323) 860-4346 – Supervisor ElliottStudent Maude Affairs ([email protected]) (323) 860-1107 Hinksmon –Mike Manager Security ([email protected]) (323) 860-4349 Title IX Coordinator –Tom Engfer with standards and appropriate measures. monitored by the Title IX Coordinator for compliance be will complaints such all of Handling below. listed individuals the of to any made be may misconduct Complaints regarding sexual harassment or sexual Musicians Institute Student Conduct Code. the outside matter the resolving in assistance of be may which resources community or campus Designee) or may provide information about other 4. That if the student does not contact the School School the contact not does student the if That 4. notice date the from days seven has student the That 3. (to be procedures conduct student the of nature The 2. a including question, in conduct the of 1. nature The following: the of student to the notice give will Designee School the occurred, have may aviolation that to believe determines that there is a suspicion reasonable Designee School the If occurred. have may violation a that to believe suspicion areasonable is there if through investigation further in order to determine information that augment may and a complainant Designee), may consider information acquired from violation(s), the Musicians Institute Designee (School alleged the of complaint the receiving Upon Investigation andNoticetoStudent process. disciplinary to the subject be may behavior such repeated, if that, violated Musicians Institute policy or regulations and have may behavior alleged her or his that a student A Musicians Institute Designee may provide notice to Letter ofAdmonition from registering and from obtaining transcripts, functions or facilities, prevention of the student to school access of suspension in result may Hold a of placement The taken. been has action this that notified be will student the and Hold on placed be keep any scheduled appointment, the student will to fails or period, seven-day the within Designee holidays. and be amended as a result of school closures, breaks, contacting the School Designee. This schedule may 10 student the of days within scheduled to be are purpose of scheduling an initial meeting. Meetings the for Designee School the to contact given was Musicians Institute Student Conduct Code). to the access student the providing by accomplished regulations allegedly violated. and/or rules Institute Musicians and occurred; to have alleged is it place and date, time, the charges; the of basis factual the of statement brief (323) 860-1127 (323) POLICIES

213 GENERAL 214 GENERAL POLICIES ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS (Failure to Comply). of time. Violation of these directions is separate misconduct the peace of others specifically named for a specified period not to intentionally contact, telephone, or disturb otherwise Designee. directions These may include directing the student School the by specified amanner in acting from refrain or act to student the direct may Designee School the addition, In E. D. any further necessary investigation,theSchool any furthernecessary Disposition bytheSchool Designee-Afterconducting Designee School the with meeting Although 6. documents the of copies with student the Provide 5. possible as completely as student to the Describe 4. to inspect opportunity an with student the Provide 3. the that student the inform confidentiality; Discuss 2. provided been has student 1. the that Ensure School Designeeassignedtothecasewill: the Case-Atinitialmeetingwithstudent, Meeting(s) withtheSchool Designee Assignedto until astudent on conferred be may degree no That 5. definedbelow. as ahearing for Committee Conduct Student to the forwarded be case the that writing, in requesting, by Designee School the with a meeting to forgo opt may student the Committee, Conduct Student the before ahearing without case the to resolve opportunity an with student the provides student. the with shared be will thereafter received documents Relevant referred. is case the time the at documents all of copies with student the provide will Designee School the Committee, Conduct Student to the referred be case the Should request. student’s the at case, to the relevant counsel the student as appropriate. hear the student’s defense to such and charges, rules and/orMI regulation(s) allegedly violated, the and question, in conduct the of nature the request. student’s the at meeting, the of time the at school the of possession the in are which case to the relevant documents all Committee. Conduct Student to the limited not but including interest, educational alegitimate have who those to divulged be may case to the relevant information that and student; the by waived is confidentiality by law, be treated confidentially, unless such allowed as insofar will, case to the relevant not with the School Designee regarding information communication subsequent all and this of content Institute Student Conduct Code. Musicians the to access how on information are fully resolved. against aany charges student pending disciplinary hearing. a for Committee Conduct Student to the referred be case the that writing in requests or Designee, School the with meeting ascheduled attends either student the when only removed be will Hold The Institute. degreesor fromverifications,certificates, Musicians THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS 4. 3. the -If Committee Conduct Student to the Referral 2. admit does student the -If Sanctions 1. Imposing 6. School the -When Resolution of Agreement 5. under thisprovisionwillbe: Designee. The scopeofinformation tobeprovided will bedisclosedtotheallegedvictimbySchool sexualmisconduct,orothersexoffenses sexual assault, Institute regardinganallegationofsexualharassment, action orAgreementofResolutionbyMusicians of theaction.Additionally, theresultsofanydisciplinary of thecaseinanoticetostudentwithinsevendays the School Designeewillconfirm hisorherdisposition actions listedbelow. Regardlessoftheactiontaken, oneofseveral Designee assignedtothecasemaytake

Conduct Committee proceedings. disposition is binding and terminates all Student This herein. listed sanctions the of more or one defer or impose then may Designee School The case. to the assigned Designee School to the student may make an admission of responsibility Recorder makes of report the hearing decision, the Committee Conduct Student the until time any At ahearing. for Committee Conduct Student the to case the refer will Designee School the Code, violated the Musicians Institute Student Conduct has student the that not than likely more is it that there information is sufficient to sustain findinga that and appropriate, not is (see below) Resolution of Agreement an that concludes Designee School the if and responsibility, admit not does student sanctions listed herein. the of more or one defer or impose may Designee School the responsibility, of afinding sustain concludes that there information is sufficient to responsibility, and if the School Designee • as: terms to such limited not is but includes Resolution of Agreement An student to action disciplinary by the school. actionable misconduct and may subject the as regarded be may failure that Resolution, of Agreement the of terms the by to abide fails student the If binding. is responsibility, of finding a to be considered not while Resolution, This Resolution may be used to conclude the matter. dispositions are not appropriate, an Agreement of above the that agree student the and Designee hearing. a for Committee Conduct Student to the referred be not will case the responsible, student the find concludes that there information is insufficient to Insufficient Evidence If- theSchool Designee • • • • • specific behaviors, specific and/or to refrain from Agreement by the student to refrain from offense. sexual assault, sexual misconduct, or sex alleged offender with respect to the alleged the against imposed is that sanction Any sexual misconduct, or sex offense; and the alleged sexual harassment, sexual assault, to respect with determination final school’s The F.

Sanctions include but are not limited to: limited not are but include Sanctions will result in Suspension or Dismissal. imposition of sanctions will be enhanced, and usually more of the those characteristics, recommendation or or one has group or person the that violation the with or because of the perception by the student charged national origin, disability, gender, or sexual orientation, ancestry, religion, color, race, group’s or person’s the committed against any person or group because of Musicians Institute policies or regulations has been of aviolation that not than likely more is it Where student. the to beneficial be will Designee School the of judgment the in activities, or workshops,programs, classes, which required enrollment in and completion of educational and of seriousness the violation, and may include violation, into taking consideration the context to the appropriate be will imposed sanction Any effective retroactively. sanctions listed in this Section; any sanction may be the of more or one impose may Designee School the violation of Musicians Institute policies or regulations, in found is or responsibility admits astudent When Sanctions subject of Musicians Institute action. disciplinary the be may cases both Agreement, the occasioned misconduct related in nature to the conduct which in engaged has student the that to believe basis that time, should the school have a reasonable During Agreement. the of date the from years seven for Records Registrar of Office the in file case the in retained be will Resolution of Agreement The • • • • • • • • a specified term or Violation terms. ofany privileges and extracurricular activities for - from Exclusion participation in designated Loss of Privileges and Exclusion from Activities operation of the campus. orderly the with incompatible activity disruptive other or functions, Institute Musicians official at or property Institute Musicians on person any of safety or health the threatens that conduct or violence, of threats abuse, to physical lead will there presence student’s the that believe to Institute Musicians for cause reasonable Musicians Institute functions when there is official from or property, affiliated or Institute facilities, or other facilities located on Musicians Musicians Institute-owned, -operated or -leased or campus the of areas specified from action adisciplinary of part as astudent of Exclusion Facilities or Official FunctionsFacilities or Official from InstituteExclusion Musicians Campus, mediation. and/or reconciliation such as processes educational specified counseling, programs, Agreement by the student to participate in contacting others involved in the case; the in involved others contacting • • • • • • • • • • ◦ Designee or Musicians Institute decides. School the time such at effect to take terms, or term academic aspecified for status student Suspension - Suspension is the termination of Musicians Institute. transcripts, verifications, or a degree from student from registering and from obtaining the prevent may, example, for records Institute Musicians student’s the on aHold of placement The sanction. another of part as imposed conditions any satisfies student the until or period astated either for records Institute Musicians student’s the on placed be may Hold on Institute Musicians Records - A hold result in action. disciplinary further violation of any conditions of the probation may Misconduct during the probationary period or imposed. be may activities for eligibility or Conditions restricting the student’s privileges Musicians Institute standards of conduct. to conforms that conduct demonstrate must student a which in time of period a specific for imposed -Astatus Probation Disciplinary Dismissal. Exclusion from Activities, Suspension, or and Privileges of Loss and/or Probation, Disciplinary of form the in normally action, regulations may be cause for disciplinary further ofMusicians specified Institute policies or and that continued or repeated violations Institute policies or regulations has occurred student that a violationMusicians of specified to the reprimand or -Notice Warning/Censure any other parties than Musicians Institute. by incurred to or assessed restitution collecting Musicians Institute shall not be responsible for costs. or damages the causing in participates alone, or through activities, group or concerted who student any on imposed be may Restitution repair or compensate otherwise for damages. paymentmonetary or appropriate to service Such reimbursement may take the form of Musicians Institute Student Conduct Code. other resulting parties from a violation of the or Institute Musicians by incurred expenses for the form of reimbursement may be imposed Restitution - A requirement for restitution in for action. disciplinary further cause be may sanction the of period the during Musicians Institute policies or regulations and exclusion from activities or violation of privileges of loss of notice the in conditions ◦ will be reinstated if: After the period of Suspension, the student » » » » » » limited to, removal of Holds on records, records, on Holds of removal to, limited for reinstatement including, but not requirements all meets student The The student is academically eligible; Suspension; the of part as imposed conditions all with complied has student The POLICIES

215 GENERAL 216 GENERAL POLICIES ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS I. H. G. • • • • to the student to ensure a fair hearing: afair to ensure student to the provided be will following the ahearing, for Committee Conduct Student to the referred is acase When used only in connection with legal proceedings. be may hearing the of record the case, such In record. student’s the from removed process disciplinary to the reference any have and sealed hearing the of record the have student, the by requested if will, Registrar student was improperly of disciplined, the Office the that determined is it appeal, an of aresult as If, during such appeal. sanction of Suspension or may Dismissal be deferred a of imposition The action. her or his of Designee School the from notice of date the of days seven within Affairs Student of Director to the Dismissal a written appeal of the imposed Suspension or Suspension or the Dismissal, student may submit of asanction imposes Designee School the If • • The StudentConductCommittee Appeal oftheSanction Suspension orDismissal. on theacademictranscriptfordurationof the factthatdisciplinewasimposedmustbeposted Conduct Code,astudentissuspendedordismissed, Transcript When, asaresultofviolationstheStudent onAcademic Posting ofSuspensionorDismissal review on appeal by Musicians Institute. is subject to revocation. Such revocation is subject to or award certificate, degree, such fraud, by obtained was or award certificate, adegree, that found be it -Should Degree of Awarding of Revocation the prior specific approval ofMusiciansInstitute. only under exceptional circumstances and requires granted be may Dismissal after properties or facilities, campus, Institute Musicians to the Readmission campus. the of areas specified from exclusion an include may and period indefinite an for status - isDismissal Dismissal the termination of student • • The opportunity for a prompt and fair hearing hearing fair and aprompt for opportunity The Written notice, including a brief statement of the where the school will have the responsibility of of responsibility the have will school the where time before the hearing; areasonable within hearing, the of place and time policies or regulations allegedly violated, and the Institute Musicians the charges, the of basis factual ◦ ◦ further disciplinary action. disciplinary further for cause be may Suspension of period the Musicians Institute policies or regulations during Violation of the conditions of Suspension or of campus. the of areas specified entering Suspension may include a prohibition against » THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS » enrollment. those for readmission, registration, and including applications, all necessary filing for deadlines the meets student The requirement of reinstatement; and a is payment where restitution of payment 6. 5. 4. 3. 2. Conduct Student to the Cases of 1. Referral • • • • • •

An appeal process. appeal An findings the of asummary including report A written and defense documents, to present opportunity The a copy of a record of the hearing; the of arecord of a copy to access student, the of request the at and, fact, of witnesses; occurred; aviolation that not than likely more is it that proving include: will notice This student. the and Management Committee decision to Musicians Institute Senior the of anotice submit will Recorder Committee Conduct Student the ahearing, of conclusion the 15 after days -Within Student and Management Decision to Musicians Institute Senior Hearing Council Conduct Student of Reports proceedings. all terminate and parties all bind will matter the may be effective retroactively. This disposition of more of the sanctions listed herein. Any sanction or one defer or impose then may Designee School The case. to the assigned Designee School to the student may make an admission of responsibility the student; the and Management Senior Institute Committee publishes its decision to Musicians Conduct Student the -Until Institute Musicians and Student the between Resolution Continuing discretion of Musicians Institute. the at be will hearings such at Attendance disposition without the student’s participation. to proceed may case the action, disciplinary to pending subject while Institute Musicians or has withdrawn process, fromdisciplinary the from herself or himself absents astudent If process. due procedural of standards accepted generally with accordance in held be will Hearing Procedures and Standards - Hearings forces of nature may require an extended timeline. of closures, school holidays, as such Events after referral to the Student Conduct Committee. possible reasonably as soon as set be will hearing Musicians Institute Student Conduct Code that the of intention the is -It Hearing of Scheduling Recorder. Hearing as act will Committee the Musicians Institute Directorship. One member of of amember and staff, Institute Musicians of of Musicians Institute management, a member amember faculty, of amember to, limited not but will of including, consist three possibly individuals Composition - The Student Conduct Committee Conduct Code. Committee under the Musicians Institute Student Conduct Student to the referred cases all for provided be will -Ahearing Committee a. parties and a summary of the evidence evidence the of asummary and parties the of positions the including misconduct, of the information concerning the alleged outcome of the Committee examination the and allegations the of A summary will be: The scope of information to be provided under this provision Designee. School the by victim alleged to the disclosed be will alleged are offenses sex or misconduct, sexual assault, sexual harassment, sexual which in hearing any of results The • K. J. • Musicians Institute campus, facilities, or from classes, Interim Suspension may include exclusion from the Designee. School the by imposed be may Suspension Interim Before final determination ofan alleged violation, Interim Suspension II. I. 3. 2. 1. Appeal byStudent

c. b. assault, sexual misconduct, or sex offense. sex or misconduct, sexual assault, offender with respect to the alleged sexual alleged the against imposed is that sanction Any and offense; sex or misconduct, sexual assault, respect to the alleged sexual harassment, sexual with determination final Institute’s Musicians The written decision will be delivered to: based upon: of Suspension or decision may Dismissal, be asanction of appeal astudent’s reviewing When complete. and final be appeal. The decision of Senior Management will the on decision to the as student the notify will the submission of appeal, Senior Management of 20days Within process. due with accordance in and fairly out carried been has above process engage in to research further ensure that the may and findings and evidence the review will which Management, Senior by made be the final decision regarding the outcomewill decision or sanction by Musicians Institute, a writing in appealed has astudent When

Committee. the by decided timeline the on parties relevant all by out carried be shall sanction Such Records. Registrar of Office the with file on student accused the by misconduct of cases previous any in and cases similar in conferred A decision of sanction on based those and violating; with regulations that the student has been charged more of the Institute Musicians policies or or one violated has student the Committee, the of amajority of opinion the in Whether, presented; c. b. a. b. a.

sanctions. out to carry necessary as employees Other Musicians Institute departments/ and Registrar; of Office Institute Musicians The any; if representative, her or his and student The misconduct by the student on file. of cases previous any and cases similar Records regarding sanctions imposed in Registrar of Office the from Information student regarding the sanction; and the by submitted appeal written Any L. • • • • • • and/or Dismissal, both imposed and deferred, or records where violations resulted in Suspension release and/or report only will Registrar of Office provides an appropriate confidentiality waiver, the recordsdisciplinary of a student, after the student the for others, or employers, programs, graduate Upon receipt of a request from professional schools, indefinitely.retained theDismissal, student’s discipline records will be is disposition final the where cases those In case. recent most the in disposition final the of date the from years seven for retained be will student individual allCode, student discipline to records pertaining an violations of the Musicians Institute Student Conduct repeated been have there When disposition. final of notice the of date the from years seven for records discipline student retains Registrar of Office The ed.gov/policy/gen/ reg/ferpa/index.html). (www2. Act Privacy and Rights Educational Family ed.gov/policy/gen/reg/ferpa/index.html), and the California Information Practices Act (http://www2. the Students, and Organizations Activities, Campus to Applying Policies Institute Musicians to the subject disclosure of information from such records is Student discipline records are confidential.The Privacy andRecordsRetention the Musicians Institute Student Conduct Code. Suspension will follow normal procedures provided in proceedings involvingDisciplinary students on Interim campus. incompatibleactivity with the orderly operation of the disruptive other or functions, Institute Musicians official at or property Institute Musicians on person any of safety or health the threatens that conduct or violence, of threats abuse, to physical lead will campus the of areas specified at presence or student’s participation in Musicians Institute activities the that to believe cause reasonable is there whether onbased information contained therein and upon School Designee and decisions thereon shall be the to writing in made be shall modified be should Suspension or is that unnecessary its conditions that the Interim the contention concerning Appeals ahearing. for opportunity the and Suspension Interim the of conditions and length the her, or him against charges the of Suspension Interim the under student the notify will Designee School Upon imposition of the Interim Suspension, the operation of the campus. the orderly with incompatible activity disruptive other or functions, Institute Musicians official at or property Institute Musicians on person any of safety or health the threatens that conduct or violence, of threats abuse, to physical lead will campus the of areas Musicians Institute activities or presence at specified in participation student’s the that to believe cause reasonable is there when necessary extent to the other specified activities. A student will be restricted POLICIES

217 GENERAL 218 GENERAL POLICIES ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS 6752 Hollywood Boulevard Musicians Institute College of Music Contemporary Dean of Compliance and Assessment the Title IX Coordinator: contact should discrimination other or harassment sexual of victim the been has she or he that believes who student Any prohibited under State and Federal laws. is and policy MI against is kind any of Discrimination MI. with business conducting of purpose the for campus on brought contractors third-party or faculty, staff, student, any by community MI the of members against discrimination discipline behavior that violates this policy. prohibits MI necessary, if and, correct, to prevent, needed be may action whatever to take MI of intention the is It harassment. sexual including sex, or disability orientation, sexual origin, or intimidation on the basis of race, religion, national exploitation discrimination, harassment, of forms all of free atmosphere an in together work can activities and programs MI in participate who persons all which in a community maintaining and to creating committed is Institute Musicians POLICY NON-DISCRIMINATION Website: www.bppe.ca.gov (916)Fax: 236-1897 (916)Phone: 431-6959 (888)-370-7589 Free: Toll Sacramento, CA 95833 400 Suite Drive, Oaks Capitol 2535 Bureau for Private Postsecondary Education call: or write may you time, any At school. the with directly them to resolve to try questions, or problems, you are encouraged but not required complaints, any have you If Education. Postsecondary Private for Bureau the through California of State the in to operate licensed is Institute Musicians RIGHTS STUDENT M. not provide additional records or information. will Registrar of Office the record, discipline student’s the seek broader requesting disclosure party of a Should adegree. of awarding the of revocation the or Federal policies. from a action disciplinary except as required by State resulting events and activities other or appointments, facilities or classes, tests, performances, lessons, and campus to MI’s access lost or privileges lost for to students tuition refund not will Institute Musicians policies. Federal or State with as well as appropriate) consistency with common academic policies (where for policies and rules, measures, all and any review will Institute Musicians adoption, Before time. any at Institute Musicians by made be may Code Conduct Amendment of the Musicians Institute Student Amendment andModification THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS Public Safety (323) 860-1127 Safety Public ([email protected]) (323) 860-4346 Student Elliott Supervisor: Maude Affairs ([email protected]) (323) 860-1107 Security Manager: Mike Hinksmon employee. MI any to and/or below individuals the to report make also may Students incident. alleged last the of date the of months six within made be must Affairs Academic of Office the at Rights Civil of Office the to Complaints incident. alleged last the of date the of year one within received be must harassment sexual IX Coordinator (or other MI personnel). Complaints of illegal Title the to directly complaints verbal make also may Students above. address the at coordinator IX Title the to delivered or Office Affairs Student the to submitted be may Complaints Office. Affairs Student the in obtained be can procedure and Note: [email protected] (323) 860-4349 90028 CA Hollywood, request also may Students website. navigator college the on rates completion annual the review to July in notification email collegenavigator. Currently enrolled students receive an http://nces.ed.gov/ at online accessed be can or letters, acceptance their with along mail via students prospective Information on graduation and completion rates is sent to INFORMATION RATE GRADUATION Office. Affairs Student to the request written or avisit by obtained be may Report, Statistics Crime the including information, Additional website. MI the on available is report security campus updated the that year each October in notification email receive students enrolled Currently package. acceptance their in mail via students to prospective provided is information security Campus ON CAMPUS SAFETY Office. Registrar’s the in available Sheet Fact Performance School the on shown are Rate Out Transfer and Statistics Completion Office. Security Campus at and website the on available are statistics Crime to attend. wish they institution the about choices informed fully to make opportunity the Federal regulations. The laws are intended to allow students disclosure of all consumer information as required by full with community campus the as well as students prospective and current to providing committed is MI KNOW TO RIGHT STUDENTS’ premises. Institute’s the on while occur may that injury personal and/or property personal to, damage or of, loss for responsible not is Institute Musicians DISCLAIMER LIABILITY Comprehensive information on sexual harassment policy a hard copy from the Registrar’s Office. Registrar’s the from copy a hard education rights These records. include: to their respect with rights certain students affords (FERPA) Act Privacy and Rights Educational Family The INSTITUTE MUSICIANS FOR FERPA UNDER RIGHTS OF STUDENT NOTIFICATION portal. student the of section Affairs Student the on maintained Handbook Student MI the For Registrar’s additional information Office. refer please to students may obtain FERPA information upon request from the enrolled Currently students during the enrollment process. to provided is information FERPA Act. the under authorized agencies, accrediting organizations, auditors, or other officials State or Federal of representatives employee, Institute aMusicians student, the by writing in authorized parties information may only be provided to the student or specific related information. At Musicians Institute, student records and be name, telephone address, number, school- and certain information. Student directory information is considered to directory student and records academic to their respect with rights privacy to specific students entitles Act This (FERPA) ACT PRIVACY AND RIGHTS FAMILY EDUCATIONAL Office. Aid Financial the from obtained be may Catalog Course current the in provided already not is that aid financial about Information INFORMATION AID FINANCIAL request. upon Department Admissions and/or Affairs Student the from available also is and registration of time the at students to all given is information prevention abuse alcohol and Drug ACT COMMUNITY AND SCHOOLS DRUG-FREE 2. 1. when notified of therighttoahearing. hearing procedureswillbeprovided tothestudent for amendment.Additionalinformation regardingthe the student’s righttoahearingregarding the request will benotifiedinwritingofthe decisionaswell not toamendtherecordasrequested, thestudent it shouldbechanged. IfMusiciansInstitutedecides the recordstudentwantschanged, andspecifywhy should writetheRegistrar, clearlyidentifythepartof wishes toaskMusiciansInstituteamendarecord student’s Astudentwho privacyrightsunderFERPA. inaccurate, misleading,orotherwiseinviolationofthe education recordsthatthestudentbelievesare The righttorequesttheamendmentofstudent’s where therecordsmaybeinspected. for accessandnotifythestudentoftimeplace inspect. The designatedofficialwillmakearrangements identifies therecord(s)thatstudentwishesto Registrar andScheduling, awrittenrequestthat should submittotheRegistrar, orDirectorofthe Institute receivesarequestforaccess.Astudent records within45daysofthedaythatMusicians The righttoinspectandreviewthestudent’s education considered as attendance for that week. that for attendance as considered or attendance) swipe-in within a week (Monday-Sunday) is (and/ meeting/session class any in Attendance NOTE: 6. Week of Friday on business of close by Affairs Student to notice written providing by textbooks) or materials, refundable fees and/or charges for unreturned equipment, attendance calculation & any less registration fees, non- aweekly on (based refund apro-rated receive and aprogram from to withdraw right the has enrollment quarterly his/her of 60% than less completed has who A student PROGRAM A FROM WITHDRAWAL REINSTATEMENT & TERMINATION WITHDRAWAL,

• • • 4. 3. • • • Week 6. Week after issued be will refunds term). No the of date start official the on effective (10length instruction of weeks total to its relative quarter the of portion completed the of length the on based is calculation The scan-in). date of attendance (either classroom attendance or Refunds are calculated on based the last recorded accepted by telephone. be will withdrawals No mailed). (if postmarked or by Student whether personally Affairs, delivered received is it date the on effective is A withdrawal withdrawal. the of date the on payable and due are Institute to Musicians owed monies Any FERPA is: FERPA administers that office the of address and name The FERPA. of requirements the with to comply Institute of Education concerning alleged failures by Musicians Department U.S. the with complaint a to file right The professional responsibilities for the school. her or his to fulfill order in record education an review to needs official the if interest educational legitimate a has official Aschool tasks. her or his performing in official school another assisting or Committee, Grievance or aDisciplinary as such committee, official an on serving astudent or Trustees; of Board the on serving aperson agent); collection or auditor, attorney, an as (such officials or employees provide instead a service of using Musicians Institute to agent its as contracted has Institute Musicians whom with company or aperson staff); health (including law enforcement unit personnel and academic position or or staff research, support supervisory, administrative, an in Institute Musicians by employed person is: a official Aschool interests. educational legitimate with officials to school disclosure authorizes FERPA that extent to the except Institute not disclose personally identifiable records, Musician’s that writing, in to request, right The Washington, D.C. 20202-5901 D.C. Washington, SW, Avenue, Maryland 400 Education of Department U.S. Office Compliance Policy Family POLICIES

219 GENERAL 220 GENERAL POLICIES ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS termination, please see Reinstatement to Musicians Institute. to Musicians Reinstatement see please termination, after Institute to Musicians returning on information For A performance evaluationA performance may result in advanced placement to re-enrolling. prior exam aplacement to complete required be may years more or two for inactive been have who Students hiatus. two-year aminimum after programs situations may reapply as a new student for admission to said are not eligible to continue in said program. Students in such SAP for aprogram from terminated been have who Students program. to these conditions/plans may result in termination from the payment plans, safe conduct provisions, etc. Failure to adhere or academic as Institute—such Musicians by stipulated as may be contingent upon adherence to conditions and/or plans college to the Reinstatement performance. overall student’s the as well as students and college the of needs the termination, management. Decisions will be made on based the for reason Institute Musicians of members of consisting apanel by reviewed be will reinstatement for Requests reinstatement. for apply must to MI to return wishing students Terminated REINSTATEMENT TO MUSICIANS INSTITUTE following: to the limited not but including reasons for aprogram from terminated be may A student PROGRAM A FROM TERMINATION for disclosure to school officials. student’s prior written consent under the FERPA exception Musicians Institute discloses education records without a Refund issued to student College by retained Total amount College by retained fee Facility College by retained fee Technology College by retained fee Material College by retained fee Application Tuition retained by College 3 weeks completed) $2,399.00 cost Total tuition fee facility Course Per quarter technology fee Materials fee Application fee ($.00fee per $1,000STRF tuition)(Non Refundable)$0.00 Tuition cost below: Audio Engineering the Program, refund calculation is shown the in weeks three after withdraws astudent if example, For CALCULATION: REFUND OF SAMPLE • • • • • • • • Progress). (see Academic progress academic Satisfactory non-satisfactory of quarters consecutive Three consecutive weeks. three for aprogram from absence Continuous Failure to pay tuition or fees. or tuition to pay Failure Violation of student conduct policies. THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS $5,880.00 $2,728.00 $113.00 $45.00 $75.00 $100.00 $8,597.00 $45.00 $100.00 $7,995.00 $378.00 $75.00 for the student to graduate. student the for current program as well as which requirements remain in order to the relevant are previously completed courses which assess will team Advising Academic The evaluation. audit degree a for Advising Academic with meet must students returning the best education possible. As such, prior to re-enrolling, to provide effort an in and standards industry in to changes Program requirements are revised periodically in response student. individual the of level performance the on depending penalties. In general, anyone found liable for civil copyright copyright civil for liable found anyone general, In penalties. criminal and civil include infringement copyright for Penalties and possible suspension. access, network Institute Musicians of loss automatic facing as well as imposed, penalties and fines of extent full to the subject be will guilty found Students information. copyrighted downloaded to illegally related authorities public by investigation any with fully cooperate will Institute Musicians SANCTIONS departments to investigate and respond. Compliance and Technology Information our both directs and Act, Copyright Millennium Digital the of requirements the on based infringement copyright illegal of letters or notices networks. Musicians Institute responds promptly to legitimate computer student the from sites certain to access ability students’ blocks and traffic, network to prioritize technology Musicians Institute currently employs bandwidth-shaping MATERIAL COPYRIGHTED OF DISTRIBUTION UNAUTHORIZED THE COMBAT” “EFFECTIVELY TO PLANS peer-to-peer sharing. through material copyrighted of downloading and uploading includes provisions that are designed to reduce the illegal (HEOA) 2008 of Act Opportunity Education Higher The constitutesauthority an infringement. without work acopyrighted of parts substantial uploading or downloading context, file-sharing the In work. copyrighted a distribute or to reproduce right the include rights These Code). 17 States United the of (Title Act Copyright the of 106 section under owner copyright to the granted rights exclusive the of more or one authority, legal or permission without exercising, of act the is infringement Copyright INTRODUCTION COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT POLICY with these requirements. these with This document outlines Institute’s Musicians plan to comply • • • • copyrighted materials. of distribution illegal punish and to detect take will penalties, and describes the steps that institutions civil and to criminal them subject may materials copyrighted of distribution illegal the that students Institutions make an annual disclosure that informs Institutions publicize alternatives to illegal file sharing. file to illegal alternatives publicize Institutions Housing Coordinator Brassea – Rossana Student – Elliott Supervisor Maude Affairs Mota –Carolann Coordinator Internship – Lena Services TufenkjianArtist McDonald -Jace Services Artist of Manager Alumni Coordinator – Doheny Megan Newkirk –Jonathan Development Career of Director Interim CENTER SUPPORT ARTIST Quijada –Alejandra Prevention Default Anderson Crystina – Officer Aid Financial Arias Marites – Officer Aid Financial Noboa Guillermo – Officer Aid Financial Gonzalez Erick – Officer Aid Financial Cuesta-Booker – Melissa Coordinator Aid/VA Financial of Director Assistant Director of Student – Michael Hong Financial Services AID FINANCIAL Admissions Coordinator – Tanushree Verma Lam –Ben Coordinator Admissions Admissions Advisor – Victoria Green Admissions Advisor – Michael Johnson Admissions Advisor – Lorena Alvarez Smith –Valerie Advisor Sr. Admissions Mikayelyan –Rose Advisor Sr. Admissions Sr. Admissions Advisor – Michael Coleman Sr. Admissions Advisor – Jay Goodger Sr. Admissions Younger Advisor – Gary Sr. Admissions Advisor – Brenda Budhram Chhabra K. –Vin Advisor Sr. Admissions Admissions Administrative – Lola Supervisor Quintana Weinstein –Paul Enrollment of Dean Lunn –Steve Admissions of Director &ADMINISTRATION OWNERSHIP deterrents become available. technological new as employed methods the update as well as sharing, file illegal combat to effectively information necessary and appropriate the maintains and current is it to ensure year each plan this review will Institute Musicians PLAN OF THIS MAINTENANCE at www.copyright.gov/help/faq5. FAQs their especially www.copyright.gov, at Office Copyright U.S. the of website the see please information, more For offense. per to $250,000 up of fines and years to five up of imprisonment including penalties, criminal in result also can infringement copyright Willful 505. 504, Sections 17, Title Code, see States United details, For fees. attorney and costs assess also discretion, its in can, Acourt infringed. work to per $150,000 up award may acourt infringement, “willful” For infringed. work per $30,000 than more not and $750.00 than less not at affixed damages “statutory” or infringement may be ordered to pay either actual damages Director of International Student Affairs – Dan Diaz –Dan Affairs Student International of Director Studio Support Specialist – Reed Robert Studio Support Specialist – Alan DeMoss Studio Specialist – Support John Clark Studio Specialist – Support Cris Cordero Studio Technician – Jonathan Wang Studio Technician – Shaun Perez Nollora –Matt Technician Studio Estrada –Kevin Technician Studio Studio Technician – Jiho Choi Studio & Technology Classroom Parks Manager – Krystal (SACTO) OFFICE TECHNOLOGY CLASSROOM AND STUDIO IITS –Tom Engfer Coordinator IX Title Security Manager – Mike Hinksmon SECURITY CAMPUS Lalayan –Ando Analyst Support Programmer/Analyst – Pavel Grygoryants Gravia –Ramil Administrator Network Metz –Tim Supervisor IITS TECHNOLOGY SERVICES +INFORMATION INSTRUCTIONAL Player Supply Store Manager – Nathan Javier Melgar –Claudia Accountant Staff Accounting Supervisor – Sandra Sposato Lopez –Cesar Accounting of Director &FINANCE BUSINESS OF OFFICE Prado -Marc Administrator System Management Learning Librarian – Julie Bill TA Scheduling – Justin Supervisor Apergis Martin –Danielle Scheduler Lead Dziubla –Ronald Dept. Course Common Chair: Program Roberts –Paul Craft Guitar Chair: Program Turner –Stacy Business Music Chair: Program & Production – Chemery Performance Charles DJ and Development, Artist Independent Chair: Program Byrd –Debra Vocals Chair: Program Jean –Stewart Drums Chair: Program Mathisen –Dr. Stig Guitar Chair: Program Verloop –Maurice Bass Chair: Program –Tom Engfer Assessment and Compliance of Dean Audio Engineering – Jonathan Newkirk Chair: Program Studies, Industry of School the of Dean Yoon –Dr. Rachel Keyboard Chair: Program Studies, Performance of School the of Dean Vice President of Academic – Affairs Donny Gruendler AFFAIRS ACADEMIC OF OFFICE Registrar Services –Registrar Phillip Services Williams Melton –Cheyenne Services Registrar Academic Advisor – Shaun Vieten McMains –Jim Records Student of Manager ADVISING REGISTRAR/ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION

221 GENERAL 222 GENERAL FACULTY BIOS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS

Colorado of College Music) of (University &EDUCATION HONORS Philharmonic, Denver Symphony, Kennedy Orchestra Center CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES &EDUCATION HONORS Bowl. Hall and Hollywood Concert CREDITS SPECIALTIES ADMINISTRATOR STUDIES PERFORMANCE OF SCHOOL THE OF DEAN BAGG, JOSEPH BAGG, RACHEL YOON, BACHELOR &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES ADAM FLIGSTEN, COLELLA, JEFFREY University) Music National (Seoul &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES MICHELLE CHO, &EDUCATION HONORS SPECIALTIES COURSES: CHRIS BUZEA, BILTON, CHRIS HONORS &EDUCATION HONORS Cracked (CBC) Moms Dance (Lifetime), Mosque Prairie (CBC), On The Little Vampire The (CW), Diaries (CTV), Listener The (CBC), Napkin Man Of Adventures The (ABC), Grey’s Anatomy Girl (Showcase), Lost Generation (MTV), Next The Crossley, Adam Degrassi: Olivia Newton-John, Brickman, CREDITS SPECIALTIES Producer Project COURSES &EDUCATION HONORS Smith “Smitty” Marvin CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES : Putter Smith, Judy Wexler, Julie Kelly, David T. Walker Quartet, American Jazz Institute, Capri Records, JazzMedia Records, New York Judy New Smith, Wexler, Records, JazzMedia Records, Capri : Putter Julie Kelly, Institute, Jazz American T. David Walker Quartet, Executive Music Director of national project Stellar Whisper in Seoul, Korea. Performed with Yellowjackets Disney Played Walt and with Shapes. project Whisper Music national Performed in Stellar of Director Seoul,: Executive Korea. : Written music for NBC, CBS, ABC, The Discovery Channel, SYFY, Comedy Central, HBO Films, &more Shack HBO Radio Comedy Central, Channel, SYFY, Discovery The ABC, CBS, music NBC, for : Written Angeles Chamber: Los Choir, Children’s California Choir, Angeles, Shepherd Los of Choir University YNC Bethel at : Marc Jordan, Alison Krauss, Ron Sexsmith, Dan Hill, Dan Sexsmith, Ron Timothy Johnny Jordan, Alison Krauss, Schmit, Adaline, B. : Marc Reid, Jordan, Jim Siberry, Jane Dala, Sky Zoe : Option 3, Bobby Hutcherson, Larry Coryell, Alphonse Mouzon, Jack Sheldon, Anthony Wilson, Madeleine Peyroux, Lea Delaria, Arthur Blythe, Alphonse Blythe, Coryell, Mouzon, Sheldon, Arthur Jack Wilson, Delaria, Madeleine Bobby Lea Anthony : OptionLarry 3, Hutcherson, Peyroux, : Bachelor Ensemble, Jazz Performance Class, Groove 5 & 6, Private Lessons and Independent Lessons Private Study 5&6, Groove Class, : Bachelor Performance Ensemble, Jazz Lessons : Scoring, Private IndependentLesson, Study Private Training, Keyboard : Ear BACH Reading, Proficiency,Counterpoint, Keyboard Bach Keyboard : Private Lessons, Digital Music, Logic, Synthesis and Sampling, Music, Digital Logic, Synthesis Open Lessons, Counselling,: Private Project Project Advising, Recording, Composition Lab, : Ear Training,: Ear Performance Voicings, Reading, Keyboard Keyboard Keyboard Groove, Ear Training, Ear Computer Theory, Music Applications-Sibelius, Lessons Private : Piano Teacher, Arranger, Improviser, Jazz Composer Recording Artist, : Educator, Composer, Arranger, Orchestrator, Performer, Music Director : Composer TV, Commercials, for Films and Games Educator, Arranger : Keyboardist, Educator : Guitarist, : Piano, Instructor,: Piano, Film Scoring, Production, Songwriting, Touring, Music Business : Jazz Musician, Educator,: Jazz Recording Artist THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS

: Master of Music - Jazz Studies (USC Thornton School of Music), Bachelor of Music in Piano Performance &Pedagogy Bachelor Music of in School Music), Piano Performance of Thornton (USC Studies Music of -Jazz : Master Music of &Bachelor Music University) of -Music National Master Composition (Seoul : Ph.D. in Music Composition (U.C.L.A.), : UCLA Film College School, New Scoring Pitzer/Scripps The Program, : UCLA Diploma Professional in Music College Berklee California, at Music, Southern of of Bachelor of Music of University : Master -Musicians Institute (Guitar) Styles Contemporary : Bachelor Music of in Performance, : Honors & Education: Berklee College Berklee Music: Honors Scoring) of &Education: (Film : Masters Degree (Mason Gross School of the Arts, Rutgers). Appeared in Magazine’s Appeared Downbeat Polls &Readers Rutgers). Critics Arts, School the of Gross Degree (Mason : Masters

&EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES HONORS &EDUCATION HONORS Nubians. Les of (producer), and Célia Faussart CREDITS Technique hands and the apply doublethey to performance. bass coaching injury for and prevention care. and Indian Moeller Techniques Hindustani Stroke and applied In North Stroke concepts experience Free depth the drum-set. the to with styles, Arabic as SPECIALTIES COURSES SPECIALTIES COURSES Music. &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES LYMAN MEDEIROS, LEVIN, DANIEL Composers and Lyricists. of Society California, and Scoring MemberPictures in for Motion Cinema-Television,the of of Music Television,UCLA. of University. Certificate Teacher’s Clara Association Santa &EDUCATION HONORS Nord. ArtistRelations, Focusrite/Novation, endorsements with Pianist, Society Steinway 4, group Glen Killola, jazz touring for pianist for The Bobby Rosevelt fame.Former SNL Moynihan keyboardist of starring and Butter”, comedy “Bread Phillips” “Captain Greengrass title and Soderbergh’sinclude:“Nature”, film Credits: andPolitics”, Feature “Side “Love Effects.” theand upcoming indie CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES LINUS LAU, MANCZUK, MARK MAMIKO KITAURA, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES HUME, AMY GORDON, YoungMovies Song Festival Francisco Film San Composers Competition, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES International Songwriting Competition Songwriting International &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS : Arturo Sandoval, Bob Sheppard, Dave Koz, Gordon Toshi Sheppard, Bob Koz, Sandoval, Goodwin, Monica Dave Tom Mancini, Smith, Nagai Nate : Arturo Scott, : Doug Wimbish Allstars, Rapper’s Delight/Sugarhill Gang, David Ellefson, Skip McDonald, Paul Pesco, Kaissa, Ryan Cross, Coulon, Joel Hamilton Cross, Rapper’s Ryan : Doug Delight/Sugarhill Wimbish Skip Gang, Ellefson, Allstars, David McDonald, Kaissa, Paul Pesco, : Michael Tyrell, Buble, Diane Steve Schuur, Gabriel Johnso Soloff Lou, media of including in been: Music avariety has featured films.trailer Hiswork includes video and documentaries feature games, the Paul for on Manchester. film Disney,: Melissa and scores more Performed PBS, Universal, Winnipeg and for Corr Andrea Westenra, Symphony, Hayley : Orchestrations McLachlan, Fe Symphony, Sarah Santa : Self-Published: Kembang Ensemble, Gamelan Atangi, Music Hills LMU Singer-Songwriter, Rhapsody, The Laptop Music of Academy &Art CSULB

: Keyboard Technique, Accompaniment Keyboard : : Drum Technique (various styles), Open Counseling, Private Lessons, Joe Zawinul/Weather Report Ensemble Report : Drum Technique Open Joe Zawinul/Weather Counseling, Lessons, Private styles), (various (Composition) Lessons Arranging,: Theory, Private Lessons Songbook American LPW, Private LPW, Workshop, R&B Upright Bass Prince Performance, : Funk Performance, Training,: Ear Technique, Keyboard Lessons iMovie, Music Private Camp, Video X, Pro Music, Digital Boot Cut Final : Arranging, Conducting, Lessons Single Reading, Improvisation, Prep, Private Jury String : Theory, Composition Private Lessons, Scoring, Composers Ensemble Lessons, Composition Private : Theory, PETER : Jazz Pianist, Composer, Pianist, Educator : Jazz : Drummer & Multi-percussionist covering: Funk, Hip-hop, Jazz, Rock, Gospel, Blues, Metal, West African styles for the drum-set, Salsa, Salsa, drum-set, the for styles African West Gospel,: Drummer Blues, Metal, Rock, Hip-hop, Funk, &Multi-percussionist covering: Jazz, : Composer, Singer-Songwriter, Educator Singer-Songwriter, Composer, : : Freelance Bassist, Arranger, Producer, Bassist, : Freelance Educator specializationscoring, of in arranging,: Composer in and years Expertise educator, filmtake-down. several and trailers. film and with : Musical Director, Arranger, Producer, Conductor, Guitarist, Educator : Composer, Pianist Orchestrator,

: Master and Bachelor of Music, Eastman School Music, Composer of the Meet Award and Bachelor Music, of Eastman : Master : Cum Laude Northeastern University BS, Magna Cum Laude Pace University MST. Experience touring Magna Cum University globally. and Pace Laude studying BS, University : Cum Northeastern Laude : Bachelor of Music, Ball State University. Masters of Music, Western Michigan Music, &Lemur of Western Guitars University. Endorsed by Dean University. Masters : Bachelor Music, State of Ball in Music Composition, School Bachelor Arts of (USC). California in Southern of Film Production, University Fine of Arts : Master Music Diploma, College: Professional Berklee Music of : Master and Bachelor of Music, Indiana University Jacobs School of Music; Awards from DownBeat magazine, Turner DownBeat and Awards Bachelor from School Music; Music, Jacobs of of Indiana Classic : Master University : Master of Music, California State University, Long Beach; Bachelor of Arts, Loyola Marymount University, Finalist in University, Finalist Song Door Marymount Loyola Bachelor Arts, of University, Long Beach; State Music, of California : Master

FACULTY BIOS

223 GENERAL 224 GENERAL FACULTY BIOS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS &EDUCATION HONORS Moollon Basses. CREDITS SPECIALTIES CHAIR PROGRAM BASS Guitarists.” &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES HONORS &EDUCATION HONORS Bromberg. Elling, Brian Founder Bill punk Kurt Marienthal, the of Eric Watrous, Out. band Get rock Ernie Watts, CREDITS SPECIALTIES Lessons Private COURSES CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES MICHAEL DWYER, JUSTIN APERGIS, VERLOOP, MAURICE BASS Temptations” &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES THOMAS VILLANO, JAMIE ROSENN, ROBBINS, IAN &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES Combo, 1996-97 SCSBOA Jazz All Star Band. Outstanding Musician award from Berklee College Berklee Musician from Music. Outstanding of award Band. All Star Jazz SCSBOA Combo, 1996-97 : Zakk Wylde, Alessandro Cortini, Ray Luzier, Shannon Larkin, Carl Anderson, Reba McIntyre. Endorsed by Ashdown Engineering Endorsed by Ashdown Luzier, and Anderson, Ray McIntyre. Reba (amps) Cortini, Carl Shannon Alessandro Larkin, Wylde, : Zakk Sigmund Ambassadors shOe, Option 3, Jazz U.S. : JoE-LeSs Collective, Fudge, Angeles Jazz Los : Barry Manilow, Bonnie Raitt, Bruce Eskovitz Jazz Orchestra, Wynton Marsalis, Toni Marsalis, Tennille, Wynton Henderson, Orchestra, Jazz Scott Erskine, Louis Belson, Peter Eskovitz Bruce Manilow, Bonnie: Barry Raitt, Orange of County” Housewives Real on and appearances “The ESPN with Social : Necktie Poledouris, Craig Richey, Basil Tyler Newman, : David Michael Joel Bates, Kamen, McNeely, Porter Dave : Joe Sample, Bass Player Live, NAMM’s Museum Player Making Live, Music of : Joe Sample, Bass

Lessons Private : Single Icons Harmony, Performance, String, Jazz : Bachelor Ensemble, Rhythm Guitar, Blues Based Rock Performance, Fusion Performance, Riff Based Speed Punk Performance, K POP LPW, LPW, KPOP Speed Punk Based Performance, Riff Fusion Performance, Guitar, Performance, Rock Blues: Bachelor Ensemble, Based Rhythm Lessons Private Bass, to Intro : LPWs, Production: Mechanics ll Score of Reading, Workshop, Odd Upright Bass Meter : Bass Bass

: Bassist- Electric, Curriculum Electric, Development: Bassist- : Jazz Musician, Educator : Jazz : Musician, Educator Electric : Bassist- : Music Editor, Music Supervisor and Electric : Bassist-Upright THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS

Awards. Student and Outstanding Year the of (twice) Instructor MI, : Honors grad from Bachelor of Music of and Bachelor : Master Bachelor of Music in Music of : Bachelor : Bachelor of Arts CSUDH, Emmy Awards for “Lonesome Dove” Awards“Lonesome Emmy for &“Young CSUDH, Indiana Jones,”: Bachelor Arts &“The of Awards“Anastasia” for MPSE : University of North Texas, College Berklee North of Music of : University

Studio/Jazz Guitar Performance, University of Southern California. 1997 NARAS Grammy All Star Jazz Jazz Grammy All Star 1997 NARAS California. Southern of University Performance, Guitar Studio/Jazz . New England Conservatory of Music, M.A. CalArts, Featured in the book “The Great Jazz Jazz Great in book the “The Featured CalArts, Music, of M.A. England. New Conservatory Publishing Leonard Hal for Bass” and “Latin Bass” Rock and “Trekkies.” “Classic Bass,” “Arpeggios of Electric Author for “Grooves Bass,” for CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES HONORS &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES HONORS &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES MENNELL, MICHAEL &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES LYMAN MEDEIROS, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES LOPEZ, KEIF, DAVID STEVE HONG, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES HALL, ZACHARY &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES ROBERT HALL, DEREK FRANK, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES : Mark Lindsay, Rita Coolidge, Etta James, Darlene Love and the Platters. TV shows and movies including and movies shows TV “Smallville,” Whisperer” Horse Platters. and the Darlene Love “The James, Coolidge, Lindsay,: Mark Etta Rita : Palaye Royale, Victoria Justice, Mindi Justice, Victoria Abair, Royale, : Palaye Troy Harley, Auger’s &AJ Brian Aly Oblivion Express, : Jimmy Buffett, Mick Taylor,: Jimmy Sir Chayanne, Tom Bobby Buffett, Keys, Idol American Jones, winner Taylor Hicks, Kenny Loggins : Michael Tyrell, Buble, Diane Steve Schuur, Gabrielle Soloff, Johnson Lou Valentine, Chicano, Dave El Poncho Brown. Norman Sanchez, : Tito Celia Azteca, Puente, Cruz, : NOVA Bobby Jazz, Rodriuez Latin Artists, ELAN Orleans, New Band Navy : US Symphony Orchestra : Riverside Project Lessons Recording, RSW, LPWs, Advance Private : Fretboard, : LPWs, Technique,: LPWs, Reading, Performance Lessons Private Motown), Pastorius, Jaco (James Brown, Electives : Style Lessons Private Workshop, LPWs, Upright Bass Prince Performance, : Funk Performance, Lessons Private LPWs, Bass, Latin : Performance, Lessons Private : LPWs, Lessons 101 Training Wind and 201, Private LPW, &Fire Theory Ear : Harmony Reading, Earth Bass 102 and 202, : Reading, Fretboard, Upright Workshop, Private Lessons, Harmony Theory 101 Training and 201, Theory Ear Harmony Upright Lessons, : Reading, 102 Workshop, Private Fretboard, and 202 GEORGE Freelance bassist specializing bassist Freelance in country, bluegrass, and rock. Electric : Bassist- Electric : Bassist- Electric : Bassist- and Electric : Bassist-Upright and Electric : Bassist-Upright and Electric : Bassist-Upright Finale Skills, Curriculum and Electric, : Bassist-Upright Development and Electric : Bassist-Upright

: Bachelor of Music from University of Miami, Interlochen Arts Academy in Academy Michigan Miami, of Interlochen Arts : Bachelor Music University of from : Bachelor of Music in Electric Bass, University of Miami of University : Bachelor Music Bass, of in Electric University Michigan Music, of Western University. Bachelor Music, State of Ball : Masters : Musicians Institute Virginia, of Musicians University : Bachelor Music the Institute of from Music, of : Bachelor Degree in Music, UCLA. Masters University, Northridge. : Bachelor State Music. of California

Musicians Institute FACULTY BIOS

225 GENERAL 226 GENERAL FACULTY BIOS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES HONORS &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES Koonse. Larry Norris, Walter Most, Cole, Sam Natalie Alyson, CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES WITT, TOM WITT, WICKS, GARY GREG WEISS, MENNO VERBATEN, SMITH, PUTTER ALEXIS SKLJAREVSKI, JAY SIMPER, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES &EDUCATION HONORS Playing Techniques:“Bass Complete Guide.” The of Player magazine, author Bass for Writer Prestia. Rocco Francis Program” by Tower Funk” and co-produced bassist Bass “Fingerstyle Slap Power of video “The instructional of Author Letterman. David with Show Tonight on and The Chuck Late Reeves Performed The Berry. Leno, Jay with Show Martha CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES : The Manhattan Transfer, bassist freelance Manhattan : The : Javier, Missing Persons, American Idol Live!, Enrique Iglesias, Andrae Crouch, Fantasia, Jennifer Hudson, Enrique Impromp2, Iglesias, Andrae Crouch, Fantasia, Pepe: Javier, Aguilar. Idol Missing American Live!, Persons, various artists with bassist &“Second Freelance Bass.” Book,” Bass” Beginning “First Instructional Guitar “The of : Author Bass Roth) Lee (David and Mike Hartman Adler Roses), N’ (Guns Steven Friedman (Megadeth), : Marty : Thelonious Monk, Art Blakey, Phil Spector, The Beach Boys, John Mayall, Marlene Dietrich, Burt Bacharach, Alan Broadbent, Mose Allison, Mose Karin Broadbent, Blakey, Alan : Thelonious Phil Bacharach, John Art Monk, Spector, Mayall, Burt Marlene Dietrich, Boys, Beach The : Performed clinics at MI with Kirk Hammett (Metallica), Ray Luzier (Korn, David Lee Roth), and Tony Jr. Royster, Roth), Lee David (Jay-Z) Luzier (Korn, Ray (Metallica), Hammett clinics Kirk : Performed MI with at : Crosby, Stills & Nash, Manhattan Transfer, Jackson Browne, Dweezil & Ahmet Zappa, Albert Lee, Carole King, Rita Coolidge, King, Johnny Rita Carole Lee, Transfer, Rivers, Albert Dweezil Zappa, &Ahmet Browne, Jackson Manhattan : Crosby, &Nash, Stills Lessons Private Workshop, LPWs, : Upright Bass Lessons Private Bass, Slap Bass, Keyboard : LPWs, Lessons Private LPWs, &Vocals, : Bass Lessons Priv Performance, LPWs, Bass, : Metal Walking Bass Bass, Jazz Century Workshop, 20th : Upright Bass : LPWs, Harmony & Theory , Ear Training, ,Ear &Theory Harmony Lessons Priv : LPWs, : Bass Technique, Zeppelin) Led Power, (Tower: Bass of Beatles, Project Electives Lessons. Recording, Blues Private Bass, and Electric : Bassist-Upright Electric : Bassist- Electric : Bassist- Electric : Bassist- : Bassist-Upright Electric : Bassist- Electric : Bassist-

THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS

Bachelor in in England New Music Music USC, the Conservatory from from : Masters : Berklee College: Berklee Music of Musicians: Honors from Institute Graduate : Musicians Institute : Miami Dade C.C. South, Musicians Institute Honors Graduate Musicians Institute South, : Miami Dade C.C. Achievement” Graduate “Outstanding : Musicians Institute

HONORS &EDUCATION HONORS soundtrack. on be “Contact” heard Can cymbals. and Paiste Kickport CREDITS SPECIALTIES CHAIR DRUM PROGRAM

HONORS & EDUCATION: BACHELOR OF MUSIC, HOWARD UNIVERSITY HOWARD OF MUSIC, BACHELOR &HONORS EDUCATION: Jimmy Kimmel, Ellen The Show Video, NAACP), BET, Wind George &Fire, Duke,CREDITS: Idol American “Live” Tours, Earth, Simpson, (Billboard, MTV Award Shows Jessica Neyo, Daughtry, Chris Brown, TouringSPECIALTIES: Musician Producer (Drummer), Environment Development: Skills Creative the for Artist Drumming, Lessons, Private Gospel/R&B COURSES: CAMPBELL, GORDEN &EDUCATION HONORS endorser. DW Zimmer). Remo and (Hans Knight” “Kung Dark for Slick. Panda,” Soundtracks Fu Earl “The Lifeson, Alex INXS), Suzie Star Graham, McNeilHeather (Rock CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES RYAN BROWN, &EDUCATION HONORS DrummingDouble Bass Workshop” DVD. Techniques” Drumming Rock Encyclopedia Rhythmic Progressive Concepts-An System,” of Fills-The “Essential Component and Rhythm “Jeff Bowders- CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES JEFF BOWDERS, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES ALBE BONACCI, STEPHEN BOLOGNESE, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES KEITA AKUTSU, STEWART JEAN, DRUM &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES : Raul Midon, Bruce Kulick, Bo Diddley, Preston Smith, Jimmy Buffett. Endorsed by Vic Firth drumsticks, Remo drumheads, Beato cases, cases, Remo drumheads, drumsticks, Beato Endorsed by Vic Firth Midon,: Raul Kulick, Bruce Diddley, Bo Jimmy Smith, Buffett. Preston : Zappa Plays Zappa, Black Belt Karate, Foreigner, Nick McCartney, Davis, Lachey, Aiken, Clay Karate, Jesse Black Belt Cassie Circus Zappa, Diablo, Plays : Zappa Montana, Hannah Puddle Derrico, : PaulJustin Gilbert, Mudd, of Voice. Drumming-The “Double of The Drumset Author Bass System,” MirroredGroove “Essential Desmond Child, Modern for Drummer. Diane Segal. and Writer Warren, Jack Hart, and Musicians Clinician Ash : Larry Friend. Sam PASIC, at Quintet : CJS : Into Eternity, Incurable Eternity, : Into Tragedy, various recordings Media Roadrunner, for Records. Blade, and Century Metal : Reading, Performance, Private Lessons, LPW and Open Counseling LPW Lessons, Private : Reading, Performance, Open Counseling Lessons, Private : Fill Fest, : Drum Tuning, and Open Counseling Lessons Private LPW, Jazz, Open Counseling Training, Lessons, Drumming, Digital Ear Theory, Harmony Private : Jazz, Reading Workout, Keyboard, Rhythm : LPW, Private Lessons, Open Counseling Lessons, Private : LPW,

: Drummer, Curricular Development Keyboardist, : Drummer, Instructor : Drummer, Instructor : Drummer, Instructor Drumming: Instructor, Digital Curricular Development : Drummer, Instructor

: Bachelor of Music, University of Miami of : Bachelor Music, of University : Bachelor Music, of Indiana University Musicians of : Graduate Institute and Drummers Collective. Musicians of : Graduate Institute Arts the of Institute California Arts, of : Bachelor and Masters Drums. : Endorsed by Pearl

FACULTY BIOS

227 GENERAL 228 GENERAL FACULTY BIOS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES HONORS &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES ANDREW MEGNA, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES TIM MCINTYRE, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES JEVIN HUNTER, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES GARY HESS, &EDUCATION HONORS Drumsticks. Drumheads and Vic Firth CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES JASON HARNELL, Masters Degree, &EDUCATION: HONORS CalArts CREDITS: TouringSPECIALTIES: Musician Producer (Drummer), COURSES: EFA ETOROMA, FRED DINKINS, ROBERT CARSON, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES : Sinbad, The Emotions, Deniece: Sinbad, Emotions, Williams, The Hugh Clinician Masekela. Endorsed by PDP, PASIC. at and Kickport. Vater, Sabian REMO, : Endorsed by Lueken Innovations (Pocket Percussion, Rock University), Spaun drums and Truline University), Percussion,: Endorsed Rock by Lueken Innovations (Pocket drumsticks. Hill Dave the Group. with : Endorsed by Canopus drums. Performs Mikel, Liz Hill, Eldar, Laster, Wallace, Mozella Charles “Thunder” Meader, Bobby Darmon Shawn Harris, McFerrin, : Lauryn Stefon Leonard) Press/Hal “Encyclopedia of (MI : Author Reading of Rhythms” Remo Endorsed Oles. by Joe Yamaha Akagi, and Bagg, Kei Darek Cymbals, Koonse, Istanbul Drums, Goldings, Larry Ferguson, Larry : Maynard : Product development for REMO drumheads. Featured in International Drum Rudiments by PAS. in DVD drumheads. International : Product development Featured REMO for Tuque, Aganaba Ellen Bo Doty, : Timekeeping, Open Counseling Lessons, Private LPW, : Performance, Project Recording, LPW, Private Lessons and Open Project Counseling Lessons Recording, Private : Performance, LPW, and Open Counseling Lessons Private : Reading, Jazz, and Open Counseling Lessons Private : LPW, : Reading, Developing and Open Your Counseling LPW Music Groove, Minus Lessons, One, Private Open Counseling Lessons, Private : Jazz, : Hand Technique,: Hand Open Counseling Chop Busters, E-Drumming, Project Lessons Recording, Drum Performance, Private : Drummer, Instructor : Drummer, Instructor : Drummer, Instructor : Drummer, Instructor : Drummer, Instructor : Drummer, Instructor : Drummer, Instructor THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS

Musicians of : Graduate Institute Musicians of : Graduate Institute Calgary-Alberta : Bachelor of Music of Degree, University Michigan Western of University : Graduate Musicians of : Graduate Institute Florida South of : University : 3-Time Drum Champion Snare &DCI) American National (All

HONORS &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES WITTENBERG, SCOTT &EDUCATION HONORS microphones. Drumheads Evans and MXL Cymbals, Paiste Drums, Endorsed by Pearl (Disney). Luther” CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES CHARLIE WAYMIRE, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES WATSON, SAMMY CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES ROBERT TERRY, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES KEVIN STEVENS, DAVID SALINAS, ED ROSCETTI, GIANLUCA PALMIERI, HONORS &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES HONORS &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES Endorsed DW, Remo, by Regal, Leonard. books Hal for and Joe Sample. Paiste. PDP Authored Crusaders, : Herbie The Hancock, : Ultimate Studios, INC., “Malcolm in the Middle” (FOX), “Help You Help Me” (ABC), “The Drinky Crow Show” (Cartoon Network) and “Zeke and Network) (Cartoon Show” Crow Drinky “Help “Malcolm “The You in INC., Middle” the Studios, Help: Ultimate Me” (ABC), (FOX), Helium.: Drummer and Vater. Mt. for Gretsch Endorsed by Sabain, YAMAHA/DTX for and product: Wang consultant Chung, Artist : Bobby Minnie McFerrin, Bedingfield Driver,and Eddy. Natasha Duane RemoEndorsedSabian,and Firth Vic by : Paulina and Regal. Rubio, Endorsed by Paiste Ministries. Red and Snapdragon, In The Reeves Jim Jason Brickman, Evans Paiste, Yamaha, Vic Firth, and with SuperSix TV. Endorsements Total Live Request Marigold,: Greg Howe, MTV : Zen Robbi : Odd Meter, Open Counseling Lessons and Private : Project Recording, Performance, Private Lessons and Open Counseling Lessons : Project Private Recording, Performance, and Open Counseling Lessons Bridging: LPW, Private Gaps, the Counseling Open Drum, Electronic : and Open Counseling Lessons Private LPW, Orleans, New : Performance, : Funk, LPW, Private Lessons and Open Counseling Lessons Private LPW, : Funk, : Performance, Latin, LPW, Private Lessons, Open Counseling Lessons, Private LPW, Latin, : Performance, : Performance, LPW, Private Lessons and Open Counseling Lessons Private LPW, : Performance, : Drummer, Instructor : Drummer, Instructor : Drummer, Instructor : Drummer, Drumming Instructor, Digital Curricular Development : Drummer, Instructor : Drummer, Instructor : Drummer, Instructor : Drummer, Instructor

: Clinician PASIC for Musicians of : Graduate Institute Musicians of : Graduate Institute Miami of : Bachelor Music, of University Musicians of : Graduate Institute Musicians of : Graduate Institute Musicians of : Graduate Institute

FACULTY BIOS

229 GENERAL 230 GENERAL FACULTY BIOS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS Lambda Award, plus Outstanding Talent Award by the Norwegian Jazz Association. Award,Lambda plus Association. Talent Outstanding Jazz Norwegian Award by the Kappa Pi Academic Achievement Outstanding Award by OIS/USC, times), three Award (received Departmental Guitar Studio USC twice), (received Scholarship &Research Study Graduate Fulbright Associations Awards: Scholarship, Norway-America Tromso Guitar). The of Classical University (Major: &EDUCATION HONORS Tromso of University and Kongsbakken College CREDITS SPECIALTIES CHAIR PROGRAM GUITAR &EDUCATION HONORS Regis, Jimmy with Kimmel Live America, CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES PATHIK DESAI, BRUCE BUCKINGHAM, &EDUCATION HONORS four solo albums videos, Released Player, in instructional Guitar World Leonard Featured &Hal Guitar Information. CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES DEAN BROWN, &EDUCATION HONORS and on TNN’sOpry &Chase.” “Crook CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES AL BONHOMME, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES TAKESHI AKIMOTO, STIG MATHISEN, GUITAR &EDUCATION HONORS PublishingLeonard CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES : Alcatrazz, Peter Erskine, Lamont Dozier, at Lamont Erskine, Rushen. Lecturer/Teaching Peter Hamm, Robben Patrice Brandon Professor Lande, Jorn Ford, Fields, Stu : Alcatrazz, : Kelly Clarkson, Westlife, David Archuleta, Nick Lachey, Anastasia, American Idol, American Tonight Nick Today Leno, Jay Lachey, Archuleta, David Anastasia, with Show Show, Westlife, : Kelly Good Clarkson, Morning George Vital Miller, Duke, Marcus James, Bob Flack, with Roberta Sanborn, David Billy: Performed/recorded Cobham, Brecker Brothers, Grand Old the at Performed Yoakum, Anderson,: Dwight BullCollie, the Pete Mark Durham Band, Tracy and Disney Entertainment. Lawrence : Ziggy Marley, “Jimmy George “House Kimmel Band, Yarbrough, Duke, Live Raya McCreary Bear : Helen and Michael Reddy, Jackson’s John and one Pattitucci, video live production Hal for books MI “Sisterella.” Press, for three of Released Reading 1&2 Lessons, Skills, Studio Private Funk Slide Guitar, (SUB), Concepts, Guitar Groove Advanced Classes, : Core Ensemble, Advanced Open Counseling Styles, Guitar Electric : Advanced Open Counseling Lessons, Private LPW, Guitar, Guitar, Guitar, Acoustic Country Surf/Spy Country Classes, : Core &Open Counseling Lessons : Private : Core Classes, Chord Open Melody, Guitar, Counseling Lessons, Traditional Brazilian Classes, LPW, Guitar, Afro-Cuban : Core Ensemble Latin Private LPW, Jazz : Guitarist, Composer, Educator,: Guitarist, Curricular Development : Pop, Funk and Guitar Studio Educator Bandleader, Producer, Arranger, Composer, Guitarist, : Music and Americana Roots Fingerpicking: Country, Styles, and Acoustic Reggae Blues, R&B, Funk, : Rock, Styles and Latin : Jazz

THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS

: Doctor of Musical Arts and Master of Music, USC (University of Southern California), 6 years of classical training classical from of 6years California), Southern of (University Music, of USC and Master Musical Arts of : Doctor : Graduated from Berklee College Berklee from : Graduated Music. of Played on Kelly Clarkson’s #1 “A hit Moment Like This.” : Bachelor Music of in College. Composition, Berklee Played on 4Grammy-winning albums. in 1988. Music Association Year Country the of Alumni. California by the Guitarist Voted : Musicians Institute Honor Vocational with : MI graduate : Musicians Institute Alumni : Musicians Institute

&EDUCATION HONORS Videos. Instructional REH for transcriber Wilson. and Staff Al Coasters, Dog Night, The Three CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES &EDUCATION HONORS Awards. Country and JohnPaisley, Slash, Wylde, Scofield. on JimmyTheKimmel Performed Zakk Asia. Live, andToured Europe, Tonight U.S., Show, American theand Symphony, Eddie Berlin, Metheny, Miguel Pat Money, and DJ Jeff Player Brad magazine, interviewed Guitar Migs. at Angelo Editor (Fishbone), Moore CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES Martino, Howard Morgan, and Morgan, Ronnie Howard Lee Martino, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES HILL, DAVIDHILL, &EDUCATION HONORS etc. Ponty, Luc Jean CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES HENDERSON, SCOTT &EDUCATION HONORS Lil’ Wayne, Pitbull, Rida, Anthony, Michael Flo Marc McDonald, Metheny. Pat Regina Chick Carter, Corea, CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES HAWLEY, ADAM &EDUCATION HONORS Waves CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES GREGORY HARRISON, “JUDE” JUDAH GOLD, GILBERT, DANIEL &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES ED FINN,

: Toured U.S., Canada and Europe, including Montreux Jazz Festival. Played with Dave Hill Dave : Toured Group, and Played with Europe, Silence, including Cone of Canada Jimmy Gambale, U.S., Frank Festival. Earl, Jazz Montreux : Toured/recorded with DJ Spooky, Greg Howe, Kristin Chenoweth, 2 Live Crew, Jefferson Starship, Billy Sheehan, Stuart Hamm, the Oakland Oakland Hamm, the Billy Sheehan, Starship, Stuart Crew, Jefferson 2Live Chenoweth, : Toured/recorded Spooky, DJ Kristin Greg Howe, with : Mr. Invisible (YT Records), performed with Cone of Silence Cone of with and Soloing” Leonard) Terri performed “Guitar of T-Bones. and (Hal the Co-author Records), : Mr. Invisible (YT : Released numerous acclaimed: Released videos solo critically and Tribal albums, books, instructional Tech, Tech Joe Zawinul, Vital Tones, Chick Corea, Benet, Eric Fantasia, Jordin Graham, Sparks, Hathaway, Ruben Larry Cole, Studdard, Sheila Lalah Natalie E, Boys, : Jennifer Backstreet Lopez, : PDP, World, Planet strings, Guitar PremierDaddario Leonard, Alonzo Hal Lance Guitar, Hollywood, Amplifiers, guitars, Randall Club Hot North of HBO PBS, : Roger Video, Williams, RSO, Nell Buena Vista Carter, : Core Classes, Fusion Masters, Private Lessons, Open Counseling Lessons, Private Fusion Masters, Classes, : Core : Slap Pop and Beyond, Private Lessons, Open Counseling Lessons, Pop and: Slap Beyond, Private : Core Classes, Jazz Workshop, Guitar Workout, Eclectic Electric Guitar, Electric Applied Eclectic Workout, Workshop, Technique, Guitar Jazz Open Counseling Classes, Lessons, : Core Fusion Private LPW, : Open Counseling Open : &Open Counseling Lessons : Private OC Lessons, Shred Guitar, Private Improvisation, Classes, : Core Training, ,Ear : Reading, Lessons &Theory Harmony Private : All Styles, Emphasis on Jazz and Fusion on Emphasis Jazz : All Styles, Instructor Chair, Program MI Guitar : Former Guitarist, : Jazz, Fusion, Technique General Guitar : Jazz, and Knowledge : Jazz Fusion and Blues: Jazz Fusion, Pop, R’n’B,: Jazz, Gospel, Work Studio Jazz Gypsy Djent, Shred, Rock, Metal, : Progressive : Instructor

: Musicians Institute Alumni : Musicians Institute : Bachelor of Music, University of California at Berkeley at California of : Bachelor Music, of University : Musicians Institute Alumni. Queensborough Community College and Brooklyn Conservatory of Music. Private studies with Pat Pat Alumni. with studies Music. of Queensborough Private : Musicians Institute College Community Conservatory and Brooklyn : MI Alumni, numerous magazines in awards international (USC) California Music Southern of of and Bachelor Master’s Degree, University Musical Arts, of : Doctor Player Award Outstanding Degree, Musicians Institute, Arts of : Associate College, College Black Hawk State University, Jefferson : GIT, Atlantic Florida

FACULTY BIOS

231 GENERAL 232 GENERAL FACULTY BIOS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS Lines and and Phrases” “Jazz Guitar Jazz of Iand II” Guitar CREDITS SPECIALTIES Open Counseling Lessons, SongbookAmerican Private LPW, COURSES &EDUCATION HONORS strings. and Ernie Ball strings Mangan Curt and accessories, Bogner,Vertex, straps pedals, Anthology Burt Bob Amp Works, Jackson Techniques, Guitar Guitarist, Magazine, the Premier bV pedals gtrwrks, Guitar. Endorsed “Liquid by book. Xotic, at of Author instructional Legato” Player in MinorRickey Guitar Wonder, backing articles 4solo albums. Stevie Blige Released J. Featured and Sheena Lionel Mary Easton. Richie, Maya, CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES &EDUCATION HONORS SPECIALTIES COURSES Hayward. &EDUCATION HONORS World, Edge, One, and Guitar Guitar Premier Guitar for videos. Writer Guitar. instructional in 40 over featured CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES HOMEYER, ERNST HOMEYER, MITCHELL HOLDER, FRANK HOFFMEYER, ALLEN HINDS, KOLB, THOMAS KOLB, JAMES KIME, JACOBS, SID HONORS &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES &EDUCATION HONORS Music Music Awards. Emmy American and Awards, Awards, the Country Awards, Tonight The the for Simpsons, work Hill, King Johnny the The of Carson, and with Family Guy, TV Show Grammy Endearment; Awards, Academy of The Zimmer, NightIf Fever,Saturday Me andCan, Catch E.T., HerbieforYou film soundtracks Hancock; IndianaThe Jones & TempleDoom,of and Terms CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES

: Steve Lawrence and Eydie Ike Lawrence and Gorme, Diahann Tina Carroll, : Steve Turner, Complete Book Jr. Sinatra and Frank “The of Author Luciano Pavarotti, with appearances show TV Austin. Hiroshima, Winans, Patti Cole, BeBe Natalie Flack, : Gino Roberta Vannelli, Crusaders, Crawford, Randy : Edgar Winter, Lindsay, Mark Tom Ryder, Johnson, Mitch and Seeger. Eric Dean, Jones, Jan and Pete nine of books & Author method guitar : EGH, King Crazy, Jacob Armen, X-Loop. Companies: MXL, Audio Technica, Joe Meek Framus, MXL, X-Loop. King Armen, Companies: Jacob Crazy, : EGH, Warwick, : Barbra Streisand, Neil Young, Streisand, Wilson, Joe Cocker, John: Barbra Brian Michel Schifrin, Williams, Sinatra, Frank Lalo Legrand, Diana Ross, Hans : Zappa Plays Zappa, Banned From Utopia, Mike Keneally, Gryphon Labs, Baked Potato house band. Mike Potato Baked Keneally, Utopia, Banned From Labs, Zappa, Gryphon Plays : Zappa : Reading, Jazz Guitar Improvisation, Modern Jazz Concepts, The Art of Two-Line of Improv, Reading Listening, Guitar Ensemble, Art Jazz Jazz The Concepts, Modern Improvisation, Jazz Guitar : Reading, Jazz &Open Counseling Lessons : Private : Reading, Classical Guitar,: Reading, Playing Classical Techniques &Open Counseling Lessons Guitar, for Private : Core Classes, Melodic Leader, Soloing, Classes, Open LPW : Core Rock Counseling, Classic Lessons Private : Private Lessons, Guitar Heroes Of The 80s, Recording Guitar, Tracking 80s, Skills, Studio Guitar The Of Heroes 80’s LPW Guitar the Tactics, Modern ILove LPW, Rock Lessons, : Private : Private Lessons &Open Counseling Lessons : Private : Private Lessons &Open Counseling Lessons : Private and Classical : Jazz soloing chord over changes, comping, styles, guitar of mentoring: Variety in general Guitar Classical : All Styles, : Guitar Instructor specializing in Rock, Blues, Funk, Country, Jazz, Folk, R&B, and Soul. specializing R&B, Folk, Instructor Jazz, Blues,: Guitar Country, Funk, in Rock, : Rock, Metal, Shred, Neoclassical, Fusion Shred, Neoclassical, Metal, : Rock, : Jazz Styles and Work Studio Styles : Jazz : Jazz, Rock, Fusion Improv Rock, : Jazz, THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS

: Winner of Guitar Player magazine’s Larry Carlton Scholarship. College Berklee MI Graduate. : Winner PlayerMusic magazine’s of Carlton Guitar of Larry Muenster (Germany) of University (USC), California Southern of Music, of University : Masters : Graduated Musicians Institute with Vocational Honors and Student of the Year Award. Studied Music at CA State University University Year the Honors of Vocational and Award. State Student Studied Music CA with at Musicians: Graduated Institute : Bachelor of Arts in Commercial Music, Tools MI’s Pro Pro, : Bachelor Arts &Recording of Guitar Logic 11 9Master Programs, University Lutheran : Adjunct Cal at Music Professor, Department (ZPZ) Performance Instrumental Rock Best for Grammy Award (2009) Graduate, : Musicians Institute

RICHMAN, JEFFREY RICHMAN, BRADLEY RABUCHIN, SCOTT PARKER, JINSHI OZAKI, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES TRAVIS NEWLON, &EDUCATION HONORS 51 Dog music and Xray libraries World Magazine. &Guitar CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES MARSHALL, JEFFERY &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES BETH MARLIS, &EDUCATION HONORS and studio work. CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES HONORS &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES Workshop COURSES &EDUCATION HONORS albums “A tribute Supreme,” John and the Guitar Coltrane Johnson. and Eric Mike featuring Stern CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES

Grammy Winner Hollywood Moreno, Latin Allison Club Gaby Hot Self, North of The recorded with: and/or : Performed Ashley Jay, Violets, Kollman and the Bleeding Tizer. Band, Hayes Monroe, Jeff : Rick Lisa The solo Harp, album. Studio for Writer 2007 Released DeShannon,: Jackie Helen Clinician, Reddy, Morrison. John5, Author, McGee, Barbara Brownie Interviewer Panelist, : Toured around the world with Kirk Whalum, Jody Watley, Keiko Matsui, Jimbo Akira, and Scott Kinsey. Veteran session guitarist for TV shows shows TV for : Toured Kinsey. guitarist Whalum, session Watley, Jody Veteran Kirk Jimbo around Keiko and world with Scott the Matsui, Akira, : Jose Luis Rodriguez,: Jose Chayanne, Puma, Deniece El numerous Williams, Annie multimedia shows. Lennox Eurythmics, of projects and TV : Blood, Sweat &Tears, John: Blood, Klemmer, Sweat Don Severinson, Doc Grusin, Mancini, Ronnie Henry Laws, and Alphonse Mouzon. solo Recorded six : Ray Charles, Bonnie Raitt, Al Kooper, Al Wonder, Steve Willie Bonnie Newman, Buddy Charles, Raitt, Nelson, Miles, “Fathead” : Ray David and Tom Jones : Harmony Theory and Ear Training and Ear (Guitar) Theory : Harmony Lessons 012-202; 100 Private Hot LPW, Lessons Skills, Studio Private Guitar Classes, : Core Director, Musicians The Foundation. Executive : Open Relations. Counseling. Industry/Community Vice President, : Acid Jazz, Funk LPW, Private Lessons &Open Counseling Lessons Funk Private LPW, : Acid Jazz, : Core Classes, Music Theory, Ear Training, Private Lessons, Open Counseling, R&B Live Performance Workshop, Reggae Live Performance Performance Workshop, Reggae Live Performance Training, Live Music Open Ear Theory, Counseling, Classes, Lessons, : Core Private R&B : Fusion Ensemble, Private Lessons &Open Counseling Lessons : Fusion Ensemble, Private : Private Lessons &Open Counseling Lessons : Private : Harmony Theory and Ear Training, and Ear Theory : Harmony Guitar Fusion, Country, Recording/Production/Songwriting Rock, : Blues, Classic in Leader fundraising community relationships MI scholarships positive for and fostering R&B. : Jazz, : Jazz improvisation, composing improvisation, : Jazz &arranging, solo guitar acoustic Instructor, Common: Guitar Instructor Course : Jazz and Fusion : Jazz : Jazz and Blues : Jazz

: Bachelor of Music from Musicians Institute : Bachelor Music Musicians of from Institute : MI Graduate Honors -Vocational (GIT) Program MI Guitar Cruz. Bachelor Music, of Music, Santa UC of USC. : Master : Bachelor’s Ted Degree, College with studies Berklee Music. Greene. of Private : Associate of Arts Degree, Miami Dade South. Attended Florida State University and the University of Miami. of University and the University State Florida Degree, Attended Miami Dade South. Arts of : Associate : Master’s Degree, College Berklee : Master’s Music of : Pierce Junior Ted Derol Coraco, College, with studies Greene, private and Joe Pass

FACULTY BIOS

233 GENERAL 234 GENERAL FACULTY BIOS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS &EDUCATION HONORS NelsErskine, Cline, Torn, David Mike Prince Einziger Diabate, Todd (Incubus), Rundgren CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES &EDUCATION HONORS Tyra Show, Geographic The Banks National and PBS. Extra, Rucker, include TMZ, Paulina Bachelor, Credits: The Rubio. Bachelorette, TV The CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES LENNART WIDEGREN, WENGER, YUSSI PETER COURSES VERHEYEN, CARL DALE TURNER, BARRETT TAGLIARINO, &EDUCATION HONORS videos. Endorsed by D’Addario Guitars. instructional of and and author ESP Workshop (NGW), Guitar National the CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES KEN STEIGER, ROSSER, KEN magazines and videos producer guitar for and software Writer instructional of Player magazine reader’s Guitarist. Studio poll Best for CREDITS SPECIALTIES &EDUCATION HONORS Endorsed books. by D’Addario Acoustic transcription/instructional 50+ CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES &EDUCATION HONORS projects 100 over Leonard for Hal author CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES : Smokey Robinson, John Cage, Sussan Deyhim, Andrea Morricone, The Grand Mothers Of Invention, Glenn Branca, Bobby Bradford, Peter Invention, Peter Glenn Bobby Of : Smokey Deyhim, Bradford, Robinson, Grand Mothers Morricone, Andrea Branca, The John Sussan Cage, : Played on 150 albums, film scores, TV show soundtracks, and commercials. Artists including Ricky Martin, Rick Springfield,including Darius Paul Martin, Anka, andRicky commercials. Artists soundtracks, : Played on TV show 150 albums, filmscores, : Recorded five albums, toured U.S. and Europe, featured albums, andEurope, touredin featured film: Recorded five “Get U.S. Him Greek.”The To album solo “Project instrumental featuring Steiger : Released Derek -Defiance” Sherinian, Hoey.Franklin,Tony Virgil andGary Donati forTeacher : Member and leader band. his Winner Recorded Supertramp of on own of shows. hundreds Guitar of albums, and TV of movie soundtracks, : Performed with David Pritchard, Billy Cobham, Larry Klein, members of Cypress Hill. Released solo albums & Acoustic Rock DVDs. Author of of Hill.Author Klein, members solo albums DVDs. Rock Released Cypress Billyof &Acoustic Cobham, Larry Pritchard, David with : Performed : Performing with John Zipperer, Severin Browne, Dave Morrison. Released three solo albums, author of instruction books and DVDs. Editor/ John books Zipperer, and DVDs. with : Performing solo albums, instruction three of Released author Morrison. Dave Browne, Severin Reading, Degree Guitar Ensemble, BA World Effects Music, BA Guitar Lessons, Private and BA AA Classes, : Core : Rumba Workout, Private Lessons &Open Counseling Lessons Private : Rumba Workout, lessons private LPW, Rock Hard Heroes, Guitar Guitar, Alternative guitar, Lead Rhythm Rock Rock Classes, : Core Counseling Open : &Open Counseling Lessons Guitar, Private LPW, Applied Guitar,: Metal Metal Metal : Jimi Hendrix Rhythm Guitar, Guitar/Vocal Accompaniment, Theory/Ear Training, Reading, Accompaniment, Guitar Theory/Ear Open Guitar,: Jimi Counseling, Guitar/Vocal Lessons Hendrix Rhythm Private : Private Lessons &Open Counseling Lessons : Private guitarist : Freelance Jazz Rock, : Latin, : Rock, Hard Rock, Punk, Alternative, Slide Guitar Punk, Alternative, Rock, Hard : Rock, Shred, Modes, Metal Instruction, Guitar : Private : Pop, Rock, Blues, Jazz and Work Studio Blues, Jazz : Pop, Rock, : Rock singer-songwriter & acoustic/electric multi-stylist, author/transcriber, producing engineer, multi-stylist, singer-songwriter: Rock &acoustic/electric World columnist Guitar jazz theory, blues,: Improvisation, rock, classic THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS

: Associate of Arts, Humanities Arts, of : Associate : MI Graduate : Bachelors of Music, Musicians Institute. Winner of Best Rock Band, All Access Magazine Awards. All Access Band, Rock Winner Best of Music,: Bachelors of Musicians Institute. Degree in Music, Musicians Institute Arts of : Associate California Southern of University from Performance) Guitar : Bachelor’s Degree (Studio/Jazz : MI Graduate

&EDUCATION HONORS Award shows. CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES KAREN HAMMACK, (Fourplay, Headhunters) Mason Harvey Parsons, Alan Feat), Gradney (Little CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES ROBERT GENNET, &EDUCATION HONORS TaxiMessenger Records, Music CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES CARL BYRON, &EDUCATION HONORS filmsPolice Nemesis, Roberts. AcademyandBob II, CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES HENRY BREWER, &EDUCATION HONORS Bowl Hall and Hollywood Concert CREDITS SPECIALTIES STUDIES PERFORMANCE OF SCHOOL THE OF DEAN RACHEL YOON, TECHNOLOGY KEYBOARD VADIM ZILBERSHTEIN, CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES ZIFF, STUART : Earth, Wind & Fire, Marcus Miller, Chaka Khan, Chick Corea, Lenny Kravitz, James Brown and Mary J. Blige. J. on Appeared Grammy and and Mary Emmy Brown James Miller, Wind Marcus &Fire, Lenny Kravitz, Chick: Earth, Khan, Corea, Chaka Manchester Melissa Watson, Johnny McGarry, “Guitar” Tierney Kate Batalla, Perla : Maurice Sutton, Hines, Niki Haris, and Kenny Paul Barrere Stewart), Phil Rod Chen Beck, (Jeff Doors), : Nick Lachey, Robby Krieiger Everclear, (The Wayne Kramer, (MC5), : Michelle Shocked, Jim Lauderdale, Young Dubliners, Mike Stoller, Diddley, Bo Spencer Group, Records, Davis Interscope Zevon. Warren Paul Jr. Jackson, Wind the guitarist O’Jays, for &Fire, Soundtracks The Knight, Gladys members Earth, Emotions, of King, Rawls, The Lou : B.B. Yellowjackets Disney Played Walt and with Shapes. project Whisper Music national Performed in Stellar of Director Seoul,: Executive Korea. Ball. David #1 the single War. Brown, “Thinkin’ artist Charles Problem” Co-wrote country : Wilson Pickett, with : Private Lessons &Open Counseling Lessons : Private Lessons Accompaniment, Private : Groove, LPW Rock : Classic : Voicings 5 1-4, Groove Lessons Hip Hip Hop Private LPW, Hop: Blues Keyboards, Keyboards, : Blues Guitar, Slide and Open Counseling Guitar, Lessons Blues Private LPW, : Jazz, Funk, R’n’B, Funk, Work: Jazz, Studio : Keyboardist Musician, Singer,: Multi-Instrumentalist Songwriter, Educator : Instructor, Sideman, Recording Musician, Composer, Author Music Critic, Music Director, Consultant, Independent A&R Music Director, Producer: Keyboardist, : Administrator, Educator, Composer, Arranger, Orchestrator, Performer, Music Director Blues Funk, &Roll,: Rock R&B,

: Bachelor Degree, College Berklee Music of University, Northridge : Bachelor State Music of Composition, Cal College: Webster Music Conservatory Music of and Bachelor Master : Ph.D. In Music Composition (U.C.L.A.),

in University) Music National Composition (Seoul FACULTY BIOS

235 GENERAL 236 GENERAL FACULTY BIOS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS Institute &EDUCATION HONORS World Mission University CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES &EDUCATION HONORS Disney, Warner and Miramax Bros., Studios Channel. Universal Pictures, Sony NBC Pentagon and the Worked Paramount, on for movies CTV ITV, CREDITS SPECIALTIES CHAIR PROGRAM VOCAL DEBRA BYRD, VOCAL ALBERTO SALAS, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES JUNG EUN LEE, Institute &EDUCATION HONORS SPECIALTIES COURSES APPU KRISHNAN, &EDUCATION HONORS and more. Sundance the Composers Forum, American University, the Film Institute Harvard Orchestra, Minnesota the for works We People orchestral the oratorio and civil created for rights music &lyrics Wrote Blades. of Flight and Brotherhood Chinesesuch The Zodiac, Last as CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES MARK KOVAL, HYUN KIM, &EDUCATION HONORS Aguilera Christina Nashville the Chamber Trevino, Orchestra, Rick Malo, Orchestra, Super Los Jazz Andrae Crouch, Seven, Luckman the CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES

: Abraham Laboriel, Korean Singers Korean Laboriel, Jin: Abraham Sub Kyung Byun, Min Hong and Mi Kyung Ali. Teacher Park, Music High Seoul at Contemporary School, : Vocal Coach for The Voice, American Idol, The Grammys, The Oscars, Canadian Idol. Worked on ABC, NBC, CBS, Fox, MTV, Disney, MTV, Fox, CW, Hub, CBS, Idol. NBC, Canadian Worked on ABC, Voice, Oscars, The Idol, The for Grammys, American : Vocal Coach The in Korea broadcasting MBC for soundtracks : Arranging/Recording Jonny of and Bobby’s Quest Adventures World, Real plus The including shows Series, Animated the films: Composed music TV for Batman: : Santana (Supernatural), Angelique Kidjo, Ozomatli, Mana, Los Lobos, Bebe Winans, Poncho Sanchez, Alex Acuña, Israel Cachao Lopez, Raul Angelique Raul Lopez, Poncho Cachao Bebe Israel Winans, Acuña, Alex Sanchez, Lobos, Kidjo, (Supernatural), Los Ozomatli, Mana, : Santana : Groove 1,: Groove Reading 1, &Worship Praise Performance Reading Contemporary 2, : Private Lesson, 80’s LPW, Assistant for Fusion Performance, Latin Worshop, Bachelor Latin Ensemble, Vocal Performance. Fusion for Performance, Assistant 80’s LPW, Lesson, : Private and Sampling, Lessons Synthesis Private Instruments, Music,: Digital Virtual : Video Scoring Project Lessons 1&2, Advising, Film for Writing &TV, Private Lessons Brazilian Private LPW, LPW, Latin Technique, Keyboards, : Keyboard Afro-Cuban Workshop, Brazilian Keyboards, Latin : Player, Music Director, Arranger, Composer, Lesson Private : Educator, Recording Artist, Producer,: Educator, Recording Arranger, Artist, Singer, Actor Vocal Coach, Church. at Music MI, at Director/Keyboardist Instructor : Keyboard : Production, Sound Design, Mixing Song-writing, Music, Mixing Specialist in Orchestral and Production. Film/TV. for : Composer &Orchestrator : Producer, specializing Percussionist Arranger, styles Keyboardist, in Afro-Cuban

THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS

: Bachelor’s Degree in Music Composition, Dan Kook University in South Korea. Outstanding Student Award at Musicians Award at Student Outstanding : Bachelor’s Korea. Degree in in South Music University Kook Composition, Dan University State Kent College: Berklee Music, of Artist-In-Residence, Music of : Masters Degree: Bachelor’ in Audio Mechanicalin Engineering.Engineering AA Keyboard Certificate in and Technology from Musicians : Two in Award Emmy Nominations. music BA composition and Binghamton Piano, University. : Grammy-Winning producer Grammy-Winning :

Music Anger Awards. Management Tour Champion Battle &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES COLEMAN, JAMAL and Composition Artistry for &EDUCATION HONORS Riding “Red shows Hood,” Palace,” Down Jungle,” “Broke “Lipstick &more Watch” “Third on Songs featured Accident. and vocals Farm and with & Air. Orbital albums Released asolo artist with as Collaborator MoonSun (Virgin Records). Sister CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES BARBARA COHEN, SPECIALTIES COURSES ANN CHUNG, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES JUAN CASTANEDA, BISHOP, DAWN &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES SHAWNA BASICK, ARTADI, GENEVIEVE Award, College Berklee Music of &EDUCATION HONORS Bill Bozzio, Foreigner Dale Cunliffe, CREDITS SPECIALTIES Lessons Brazilian Private LPW, LPW, Latin LPW, R&B Choir, Hip-Hop Contemporary LPW, Lab, Songwriters COURSES &EDUCATION HONORS her solo Released genevieve CD, in 2015 and Pukkelpop lalala March and Kneebody, JohnStephens, Festival, Escreet Festival Played Bonnaroo CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES (“Superstar”) &EDUCATION HONORS Dumbfoundead Lovejoy and Breezy CREDITS Holding/Beatolgy Fly Black’s Kevin for U Can So Comedy Club; A&R Jon Lovitz’ at “Chuckle of ‘n and Flow” creator Artist : Rap Year. the and of Vocalist Conducting: BMI Music SundanceCo-founder Minnesota Award Workshop; -Artist Brother Film of Composer Lab; Airbourne: Ben Folds, Taylor Toxic Anna Bulls, and Rae Bravery, Beat, Mercy the The Event, events and sports in musical theatre : Performer : Black Eyed Peas, Justin Timberlake, Justin : Black Eyed Film Peas, Chorale, Hollywood Sergio India The Badu, Mendes, John McKnight, Brian Legend, Arie, Ledisi, Erykah : Co-Leader of bands KNOWER, Pollyn, perfomed with Sal Principato (Liquid Liquid), Snarky Puppy, Principato (Liquid Snarky Liquid), Sal Tim with Binney, David Pollyn, perfomed Lefebvre, Sammy bands KNOWER, of : Co-Leader : Released two albums in South Korea as Ann One. albums as Producer Drunken Korea and in collaborator with Tiger Blow, two South : Released Kurtis Pharcyde, Tasha, The JK, : Rap Vocal Techniques,: Rap Hip LPW Driven Hop DJ LPW, Development-The Recording,: Studio Lessons Scoring Film for Songs, Private &TV, Artist Lessons : K-Pop Private LPW, : Vocal Technique, Vocal Teacher Reduction, Accent Diction Vocalists, for Training, Lessons To Intro Private Voice, Vocal Performance, and Open Counseling Lessons ,Sightsinging, Private LPW, &Theory Harmony Performance Modern Pro LPW, Rock : Vocal Performance, : Bachelor Ear Training & Theory, Gospel Performance, World Beat Performance, Vocal Performance, Creativity Workshop, Blues Gospel Vocals, Creativity Training Vocal Performance, : Bachelor Ear Performance, World Beat Gospel &Theory, Performance, Lessons Songbook American Great Private LPW, : Bachelor Vocal Performance, : Educator, Film & Television Composer, Singer, Session Recording Artist/Singer-Songwriter, Producer, Recording Engineer, Curriculum Developer : Recording Artist, Radio and Radio Producer, Comedy Show : Recording Writer Artist, Producer Singer,: Songwriter, and Conductor Coach styles, and Classical : Contemporary and Specializes background: Lead in vocalist, voice technique and placement : Lead and Background : Lead Arranging, Vocals, Keyboards Songwriting, : Vocalist, Songwriter, Arranger, Instructor in Pop, Electropop, Jazz and Contemporary Ensemble Singing, and Songwriter, Contemporary Arranger, in : Vocalist, Jazz Pop, Electropop, Instructor Recording Artist

: Associate of Science of Degree in Joachin Business: Associate Administration, Angeles San Valley Year the Los of at College. Hip Hop Artist Grant Board Arts State Minnesota Minnesota. of University and the Arts Performing Carolina School the for North of : University Opera Scholarship Pritchard Long Beach. University State Music Cal of at : Bachelor Music, of Cole Bob Conservatory graduate : Musicians Institute : Bachelor Music of Degree Musicianship in Outstanding Commercial and Writing Production Arranging, with Contemporary Northridge University State Cal : Bachelor Music Studies, of in Jazz : Won 2008 Korean Grammy for R&B Song of the Year. Song the of competitions schools and Songs talent Korean used in South Grammy R&B for Korean : Won 2008

FACULTY BIOS

237 GENERAL 238 GENERAL FACULTY BIOS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS HONORS &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES CHRISTIAN KLIKOVITS, Army Entertainment of Director University, Artistic Rutgers ASCAP, University, Adjunct Professor Studied Directing Performance Harvard at NARAS, &EDUCATION: HONORS Toby Fillipetti, Frank Foster, David Worldwide, ABC, Music, Keith Universal, Universal BBC NBC Music, Sony Spouses Choir,CREDITS: Military American Entertainment, Army Kenny Loggins, 4TROOPS, Direction, Producing, Music Development, Business Artistic Artist Vocal Performance, SPECIALTIES: and Content Song 1and 2, Structure History Music Industry LPWs, Project Lessons, Recording,COURSES: Vocal Private VICTOR HURTADO, &EDUCATION HONORS Family, “Advanced of Columbia.ABC Capitol, Vocal Technique: Co-author Middle Leonard) (Hal Voice, Placement and Styles” CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES TITA HUTCHISON, York New Upstate &EDUCATION HONORS Lamb CREDITS SPECIALTIES Lessons COURSES HERTZNER, LISA &EDUCATION HONORS is Possible Anything CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES JOHN GALLO, &EDUCATION HONORS Hang,” member former Shrugged Atlas of CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES JUDE CROSSEN,

: Ellen Greene, Chaka Khan, Gloria: Ellen Gaynor, Khan, Greene, Donna Chaka Thelma Houston, De Lory Jenning,: Shooter P.J. Rubin, Rick Olsson, Herbie Worked on Hancock. commercials, TV, radioKlein, and filmandFox Calvin for productions Holiday, Allen, Najar, Kenny Jazz Drew, Nate Jr. Harry Recorded Blige J. with Clearwater Foster, David Holiday and John with : Mary Concert Expecting Nightlights, Mary, Silent Uncharted, No More, Print, Flock, WorkedBanshee Chapter, onTheThe films Spotlight LA. with : DJ/VJ “The Grammy-nominated and “Joan DVD/CD (NBC) Arcadia” of is (CBS); Earl” “America’s “My Credits:: Talent” Got : Film (NBC), and TV : Keyboards for Vocalists, Digital Notation & Arranging, Keyboard Improvisation, Ear Training, Ear Improvisation, &Arranging, Vocals Keyboard Notation Jazz Digital Hip Vocalists, Hop for Vocal Performance, LPW, : Keyboards Sightsinging, : Vocal Performance, Lessons Billboard LPW, Image Rock 100 Development, Private Hot LPW, Classic Recording,: Studio 011 Project Voice, Recording, and 021, to Theory Training Harmony Intro Ear Vocal Private LPW, Country 012 and 022, : Apple Logic, Recording Studio and Vocal Mix Lessons Private House LPW, Coffee : Vocal Performance, : Keyboard instructor, Chart Writing, Sibelius, instructor, Chart Accompanist : Keyboard Singer and Session : Recording Artist Pop, Songwiter, Country, Recording: Jazz, Artist : Recording, Pro-Tools, and Nuendo, Ableton Foley, Sound and DJing Mixing Post ADR, and Mastering, Performer : Vocalist, THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS

: Bachelor Degree in Jazz Piano, The Conservatory of the City of Vienna of City the of : Bachelor Conservatory Degree The Piano, in Jazz graduate : Musicians Institute in Degree in Potsdam : Master’s Bachelors Education, Degree School Music Crane in SUNY of at The Music from Education Academic Achievement Award, Recording Full of University Sail Arts, : Associates College: Berklee member Music of and graduate faculty former

Awards &EDUCATION HONORS Raitt Bonnie CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES British Columbia British of University the from Awarded Musicianship MI. Bachelor the Arts at Vocal Program of the for award Scholarship Student Institute. and Outstanding &EDUCATION HONORS school in Nation Music former Rock the Agoura at Director and was Hills, CA artist, CREDITS COURSES &EDUCATION HONORS Grammy Museum the Conducted at workshops and UCLA “You series Vocal Technique Rock” VH1 for Award.Vocalist Wrote Music consultant Leonard). Curricula book (Hal Vocals” MI and for “Rock instructional CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES SHEEHAN, COREEN &EDUCATION HONORS Ain’t It for Vocal Director Nothin’ Blues. on Appeared Horrors. “American The But Idol” CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES DEBORAH SHARPE-TAYLOR, Member Award, National Orchestra Award &EDUCATION HONORS nominees Wong Faye and (China) Landon Anika Dean Paris. CREDITS SPECIALTIES Lessons COURSES KATSUYA SEZAKI, SAPUTO, GINA COLIN REID, Canada CRIA &EDUCATION HONORS Explosion” wellas as shows &“Latin like Fox“General & HBO Hospital” Century 20th WarnerPolygram, Lionsgate, Chappell, Songs BMG. in Miramax, filmswith CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES ANIKA PARIS,

: Gina Saputo Quintet, Herbie Wayne Shorter, Quintet, Hancock, Terence: Gina and Saputo Blanchard, Streisand Benny Manilow, Green, Nnenna Barbara Freelon, Barry : Played with ex-Megadeth Drummer Nick Menza in the band Deltanaut, toured with Blacklist Union, Blacklist ex-Megadeth Drummer afull-length released album toured with : Played with asolo Nick as Menza in band Deltanaut, the : Opener for Foo Fighters and David Lee Roth. Performed with Whole Lotta Rosies, Richie Kotzen, Richie Zito. Winner Richie LA’s Zito. Rock of Richie Kotzen, Rosies, Best Whole Lotta with Performed : Opener Roth. and Fighters Lee David Foo for Shop of Little Violet, Wiz, The shows Broadway Belafonte. Andre Crouch, Harry White, : Michael Soul Jackson, II Supremes, Soul, Barry The Velez,: Transcribing “Temple &composed by Martha Souls” the of composed Award winning for written by award musical “American Heartbeat” Wonder, Stevie with John stage Legend: Shared and John Mayer. Universal Published Recorded Edel/Sony, Warner for with Bros. Songwriter

Training, Lessons : Ear Private Sightsinging, BACH BACH Vocal Performance, LPWs and Country Band Jam Repertoire, : Rock Lessons : Vocal Technique, and Private Vocal Styles Rock Vocal Performance, Lessons Private Image Vocals, Development, Vocal Performance, R&B Vocals, : Jazz &Arranging, Sight Notation Singing,: Digital Training, Development, Ear &Theory, Private Harmony Artist Apple Logic, Computer Notation, Development-The Project Advising Songs, Keyboard, Artist : Image Development, Vocal Performance,

: Jazz Vocalist, Clinician, Vocalist, Bandleader,: Jazz Performer, Conducting, Choral Background Vocals : Vocal Technique Educator, Vocalist Voice: Vocalist, Director, Instructor, Choral Actor, Recording Artist : Educator, Music Transcription, Arranging, Copyist, Producing Music Sight Theory, Singing, Vocal Coaching : Singer,Author, &Composer TV, film stage, for Poet and Songwriter

: Bachelor of Music in Jazz Studies, University of Southern California. Thelonious Monk Institute Vocalist, Orange County Music Orange County Vocalist, Thelonious California. Monk Southern Institute of University : Bachelor Music Studies, of in Jazz : Bachelor of Music in Performance, an Associate of Arts in from Musicians Vocals and Audio an Engineering Arts of Certificate Associate an : Bachelor Music of in Performance, : Musicians Institute graduate; Nominated for the Grammy’s Music Educator Award. Vocal Instructor of the Year Nominated the Grammy’s of the MI for Award at graduate; Music Award. Vocal Instructor Educator : Musicians Institute : Bachelor Science Phoenix of of in Business Administration, Telecommunications, of University University. Master Roberts Oral Year the Choir of College, Award, Outstanding Hiwassee Instructor Musicians from Institute, : Bachelor Music of in Performance Pop Plus Platinium Awards. Award, Songwriting ASCAP Kansas. of University and Media Arts/Film, in Theatre : Bachelor Arts of

FACULTY BIOS

239 GENERAL FACULTY BIOS 240 GENERAL ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS COURSES HONORS &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES HONORS &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES CALLY, MARK &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES ANDERSON, MICHAEL Angeles Los University State California &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES 011, Theory Harmony 021,COURSES: 101, Training LPW Ear and 201; Centric Sax 102, 012, and 202; 022, COMMON DEPARTMENT COURSE CHAIR, PROGRAM RON DZIUBLA, COURSE COMMON CHRISTINA WILSON, &EDUCATION HONORS and Times Life The Smash, Tim, of Superbowl Golden Halftime,” Mentalist, Anarchy The Globes, of Sons Burn Notice, CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES BRIAN WILLIAMS, STERN, JESSE STANBURY, ASHLEY HONORS &EDUCATION HONORS Series Concert CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES : Jordin Sparks, Sly Stone, George Clinton, Hanson, Chad Smith (Red Hot Chili Peppers), Weezer, Guy Sebastian (Australian Idol Chili Weezer, Hot winner) (Australian Peppers), (Red George Smith Clinton, Chad Hanson, Stone, GuySebastian Sly : Jordin Sparks, : Honey Whiskey Trio, Monterey Jazz Festival, James Moody, Dena DeRose. Opened for Peabo Bryson and Aaron Neville Moody, and James Aaron Opened Dena Bryson DeRose. Peabo : Honey for Trio, Whiskey Festival, Jazz Monterey and Video (Batman) games (DeathRace), Movies Galactica), (Battlestar TV for Music Copyist Revue; Crown : Royal and EMI Records on solo records A&M Released etc. MCA, : Publishing EMI, Universal, with catalogs Revue Crown Royal Cray, Robert John Hiatt, Straitjackets, Los Martin, Ricky : Duane Eddy, Joe Bonamassa, on “2014 performances drummer (ex-Megadeth TV Damn Hippie Nick Deltanaut Commercial Free, Menza). Freaks, Otto, X, Racer with : Vocalist : “An Irish Christmas” Tour, Hollywood Fringe Festival, Long Beach Opera, Los Cancioneros Master Chorale, the Palos Verdes Classical Music Verdes Palos Chorale, the : “An Classical Tour, Cancioneros Irish Master Christmas” Opera, Los Long Beach Fringe Festival, Hollywood : Studio Recording Studio : Lessons Private BACH Vocal Performance, : BACH : Intro to Guitar, Artist Development: The Songs Development: The Guitar, to Artist : Intro Project Advising Songs, Development: IAP The 1,: Songwriting Artist Lessons Punk LPW, Rock Private LPW, Hard Vocal Performance, BACH Vocals, Extreme Success, of : Art Lessons Bachelor Private : Vocal Performance,

: Producer, Multi-Instrumentalist, Vocalist, Recording Vocalist, &Mixing: Producer, Engineer, Multi-Instrumentalist, Songwriter : Composes and Arranges Choral, Classical, Big Band,Traditional Choral, Classical, Jazz and: Composes Arranges Folk and Americana, &Comtemporary : Harmony Theory and Ear Training and Ear Theory : Harmony Video Performance, Production,: Songwriting, Live Training, and Ear Common Workshops, Electives Course Theory : Harmony Performance Live and Achievement Setting Goal Guidance, Career Songwriting, Performance, Mimicking Vocals, Styles, Extreme Vocals, : Rock : Acting,Piano Performing, THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS

: Bachelor of Arts in Ethnomusicology, Washington of : Bachelor Arts Seattle of University Long Beach University State Music Cal of at Cole Bob Conservatory : Bachelors Degree Studies, in Jazz Past) The From Jim song the “Mr. Pizzarelli. Hall and Bucky (Blast with Wrote Suit” study Zoot : Guitar single, Memphis,” Was #1 the country It “Maybe : Wrote Idol on American heard Voice and the also in Education, Arts of and Sciences, Master Recording of Academy National Arts Miami, of FL. : Bachelor Music, of University Vocal Program Musicians Institute UCLA. : Bachelor Arts, of University, Long Beach State Cal at Cole Bob Conservatory from : Bachelor Music of in Vocal Performance

HONORS &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES HONORS &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES ROBIN RANDALL, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES KIRK MARGO, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES KAMP, TED Compumatics Computer Training Certificate Center; Art University, Kresge Michigan aMinor History, and Education Painting with in State in Art Art Bachelor Fine of Arts &EDUCATION: HONORS Milan Records, Records GeronimoOp Films, Tate Staretone Bonch, Films, Records, Maverick Form, USA, CREDITS: Graphic Design Design and WebSPECIALTIES: Site COURSES: FORBES, KATERI CASALE, NICK &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES MARKO DESANTIS, ERIK CARLSON, HONORS &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES : Toured with Jeff Hershey and the Heartbeats. Montreal Jazz Festival appearance with For the Record: Tarantino in Record: Concert the For with appearance Festival Jazz Montreal Hershey: Toured Heartbeats. and the Jeff with Baywatch show TV for Songs Roxus. written ABBA, of Faltskog Agnetha Starship, for hits : Wrote Mexican pop-rocksinger-songwriter, with Gloria: Guitarist Trevi,years. five for Jennings Shooter and Wilson Phillips &Europe. in Sideman artists U.S. the charting to records with : Solo Artist Networks Composer Nickelodeon, for Wreck Chords). MTV (Fat Astronaut Bad Records). : Sugarcult (V2/Fearless : Shirt.Woot, Black Arts Toneworks, Mojo Hand Effects, Hal Leonard Publishing Leonard Hal Toneworks, Mojo Effects, Hand Black Arts : Shirt.Woot, The Smashing Pumpkins, Billy Corgan, Don Bolles, The Strawberry Alarm Clock, Steven Antin, Jesse Dylan, Phillip Dylan, Mod/ Diane Jesse Keaton, Antin, Atwell, Steven Clock, Alarm Smashing The Pumpkins, Billy Strawberry Don Bolles, Corgan, The : Harmony Theory and Ear Training, and Ear Guitar Theory to : Harmony Intro 1-4; Lessons Keyboard Project Private Advising; Songs, Development: IAP The : Artist 1-5 Training and Ear Theory : Harmony Reggae LPW 012-6; Lyric of Writing Fundamentals Show; Development: The Artist Songs; Development: The : Artist Show Development: The Songs, Development: Artist The : Artist : Visual Media 1 & 2, Promotional Media Media: Visual Promotional 1&2, Visual Media 1 and Visual Media 2 Media Visual and 1 Visual : Harmony Theory and Ear Training, and Ear Theory : Harmony Performance Guitar : Songwriting, Keyboard Performance, Harmony & Theory and Ear Training and Ear &Theory Harmony Performance, Keyboard : Songwriting, Training, and Ear Theory : Harmony LPW : Songwriter, Producer, Player. Bass Development : Instructor, Artist : Graphic Design, Album Art, Promotional Materials, Web Graphics, Logo Creation &Branding, Web Graphics, Editing Creation Logo Photo Materials, : Graphic Promotional Design, Album Art,

: Bachelor Music Musicians of from Institute : Emmy Judge: Emmy Television &Sciences, of in Idol Academy Finalist the Competition American for the Songwriting Arts Ted with Studied Northridge. guitar Greene, Jimmy Wyble State Cal : Studied composition at and music theory York New of in University Binghamton State : Bachelor Arts, of Barbara Santa at California of University : Bachelor Arts, of : Bachelor of Fine Arts in Graphic Design: Bachelor Fine of Arts FACULTY BIOS

241 GENERAL 242 GENERAL FACULTY BIOS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS HONORS &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES BATES, JONATHAN &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES Identity Artist COURSE: CHAIR PROGRAM ARTIST INDEPENDENT CHEMERY, CHARLES INDEPENDENT DEVELOPMENT ARTIST &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES RICARDO JR., TORRES, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES BARRY SQUIRE, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES BRETT SIMONS, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES SCHIFF, RONNY ALLAN RICH, HONORS &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES : Big Black Delta, Tour guitarist for M83. Remixes: Daft Punk, Britney Spears, Moby Spears, Punk, Britney Daft Remixes: Tour: Big M83. for Black Delta, guitarist Bleek, Zoowax Joachim Manuel Garraud, Tur, Armada, Art Groove Sneak, Larse, DJ Khan, Rose, : Chaka Jesse music Penney, J.C. for Written MTV English Supreme the for Beings Beat. Set, Leisure. Guitarist of Smart : The : Client includes list John Mayer, Weezer, Smashing Kelly Clarkson, Pumpkins, Guns Timberlake. Justin Roses, N’ Wilson, Etheridge, Melissa Fiona Apple, Phair, Liz Boys/Brian Beach Anastacia : The Quincy Vaughan. Ray Metheny, with Herbie Jones, Pat : Produced Hancock, Stevie interviewed books and/or LaBelle. Tina Patti Streisand, Dolly Vandross, Parton, Turner, Luther : Barbara Stewart, Rod : Project Advising, Music Production Workshop, Vocal Production House LPW Coffee LPW, Repertoire Rock Show; Development: The Artist Songs; Development: The : Artist Your Music Career,: Starting Hiring Hall, and Audition Workshops Lessons Private : LPWs, Development Career Counselor: Global Music Marketplace; : Career Development Counselor Development Career : : Production, Mixing, Touring, Online Marketing Writing, Production Guitarist, DJ, : Vocalist, Musical Direction,: Songwriting, Guitar, Composition advising specialist, young musicians gigs on getting : A&R and Electric : Bassist-Upright : Produces &licenses music music programming books; airlines for business and on the songwriting : Advice songwriting of THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS

: Hemlock Grove, Halt And Catch Fire, Six Feet Under, Project Feet Six Runway, Fire, Nissan, FIFA And Catch : Hemlock Bravo, ALDO, Halt Grove, College Berklee Music, of Dean’s: Bachelor Arts, of List and Sciences. : Voting Recording member of Academy National Arts the of and Columbia Geffen, exec Records. Warner for Bros., A&R an Worked as : Teaches Extension. Music UCLA Business at Miami of : Bachelor Music, of University Conference Copyright California Airline President, : Avion Music Best 2001; Awards: : Two time Award, Academy Grammy, and Golden Houston Cole, Whitney Globe songs Natalie for nominated songwriter. Written

HONORS &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES SALEM, ANTOINE SALEM, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES ARTHUR POCHON, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES LAUREN PARDINI, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES JORDAN NALLEY, SPECIALTIES COURSES HARKNESS, ROBERT ALEXX DAYE-ALBERSON, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES ERIC CORNE, JONATHAN BROWN, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS : George Clinton, Fugees, Amerie, Lionel Loueke, TV Shows including: George Shows Clinton, Fugees, Amerie, Lionel Loueke, TV and Sisters” ABC’s “Brothers Bleek, Ursula Rucker, Tantrums, Zoowax &The : Art Fitz HBO” Playstation, Sony Lifetime, Oxygen, MTV, E, Atlantic, Jam, Island Def : Columbia, Sony/Epic, Monolith, the Owner/founder &Behold! Fractalline of : Vocalist Bodhi of Sphere Records Wilson,: John Nancy True Mayall, Lucinda Williams, Blood, Joe Bonamassa, Underworld 2 : P!nk, Eminem, The Black Eyed Peas, DJ Khalil, Universal Music Khalil, Universal DJ Publishing, Eminem, Black Eyed Peas, The Music Archwood : P!nk, : Patti Labelle, Red Hot Chili Labelle, Hot Red Aguilera, Peppers, Christina Ne-Yo,: Patti Engelbert Humperdinck : Kobalt Music, Sony/ATV Music Publishing Music, Sony/ATV : Kobalt : Project Advising, Guitar Private Lessons : Project Advising, Private Guitar : Project Advising Bachelor’s Vocal Performance Lessons, Development, Vocal Private : Project Advising, Artist (Vocals) Tech Lessons : Lab Private LPW, in 1, Studio Repertoire Rock LPW, Metal : Music Analysis : Recording Project 1and 2 : Project Advising and Music Production Workshop : Vocal Private Lessons, Project Advising, LPW. Lessons, : Vocal Private : Guitar, Songwriting, Arranging, Production Arranging, Songwriting, Guitar, : : Composition, Production, Arranging, Mixing, Performance (Piano and Saxophone), DJ and: Composition, Production, Saxophone), Arranging, (Piano Mixing, Performance : Vocal Producer, VocalPop)” Instructor, Songwriter, Singer, Electronica, (Hip-Hop, Keyboardist, : Vocal Instructor, Audio Engineer Engineer, Mixer Arranger, Producer, : : Sound Engineering, Tools, Pro Music Production, Arrangement, Songwriting, Music Business : Music Producer, Engineer, Mixer, Songwriter, and Musician (Gospel/Blues/Soul/Funk/RnB/Pop/Rock) Sessions Live/Studio Songwriting, : Vocals, : Berklee College: Berklee Music of Graduate : Conservatoire National de Région, France National Paris, : Conservatoire USC : NYU, MI’s of : Graduate Vocal, Audio Engineering and Music Business Programs. Science, in Album Political NPR Year the of Nominee,: Bachelor Arts of 2012 iTunes Trout) Blues Year Song the of (Walter : 2Grammy Nominations, College Berklee Music of : Bachelor Music, of Music Production &Engineering, College Berklee Music, of Magna Cum Laude

FACULTY BIOS

243 GENERAL 244 GENERAL FACULTY BIOS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS HONORS &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES Mercury Award winner Award Mercury &EDUCATION: HONORS CREDITS: Order, New Khan, Chaka Paul Oakenfold, M-People, ATribe Jamiroquai, Moloko, Called Quest, Manuel Tur, Martin Doc Sneak, DJ Logic DJing, Mixing, Composition, Arranging, Production, SPECIALTIES: Matching, Traktor, Beat Building,COURSES: Set Project Advising BELL, MARK &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES CHAIR PROGRAM &PRODUCTION PERFORMANCE DJ CHEMERY, CHARLES PRODUCTION & PERFORMANCE DJ &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES JOSH WEATHERSPOON, WALTER, KATHLEEN &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES VATCKY, GISA &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES ERVIN MORALES TOUCET, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES DAVID “BLAIR” SHOTTS, Foster Aude,Boice, Dave Eddie Chase Galan, Griffin Hoffman, : Rob Bleek, Zoowax Manuel Tur, Art Armada, Groove Sneak, Larse, DJ Rose, Khan, : Chaka Jesse : Transworld Snowboarding’s Giorgio Nation, The Moroder Bocelli, Andrea Luis Miguel, Enrique Foster, : David Iglesias, Santana, Juan Gabriel on shows Telemundo, TV Darkness. The And Soon Univision Afterlife, Resident Evil: for : Soundtracks Logic, Fishbone DJ McCartney, Jesse Gray, Macy Lambert, Adam Grammy performance, : Rihanna/Drake : Vocal Private Lessons, IAP Project Advising, LPWs IAP Lessons, : Vocal Private : Ableton Live Instructor, Project Advising Live : Ableton : Vocal Instructor, Project Advising Hip-Hop LPW, Project LPW Advising, DJ-Driven IAP Lessons, Private : Guitar : Project Advising : Vocals : Vocalist, DJ, Guitarist, Writing, Production Guitarist, DJ, : Vocalist, : Music Production, Recording, Mixing, Editing, Arranging, Remixing, Performance Live Background: Vocals, Vocals Rock) (Rock/Latin/Metal/Country Sessions Live/Studio Music Film/TV, for : Production, Arrangement, Songwriting, Player, Session : Drum Set in Percussionist all styles THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS : Bachelor of Music, Belmont University Lester Sill Songwriters Workshop Sill Songwriters Lester : Bachelor Music, of Belmont University : Bachelor of Arts, Berklee College Berklee Music, of Dean’s: Bachelor Arts, of List Trainer Certified Ableton North; of University : Bachelor Arts, of Chile) Music (Santiago, Academy Sciences Educational &ProJazz of University : Bachelor Music, of Metropolitan Honors with Graduate Program : MI Guitar NominationGrammy in Performance, Drum : MI Certificate

&EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES ENGINEERING AUDIO OF CHAIR PROGRAM STUDIES, INDUSTRY ENTERTAINMENT OF DEAN HONORS &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES BARBER, JAMES ERIC ASTOR, NEWKIRK, JONATHAN AUDIO ENGINEERING &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES JOSH WEATHERSPOON, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES ARTHUR POCHON, CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES FREDERICKS, TERENCE Musicians Institute UCLA, &EDUCATION: HONORS Concurrent RecordingsCREDITS: Colette, DJ Production DJing, SPECIALTIES: Recorded Popular of Matching, Music, Traktor, Beat Project Advising, History Tech DJ COURSES: Serato, 1, Tech DJ 2 HARRIS, LACEY : Dishwalla, Slash, Roger Daltry, Epitaph Records, Carmine Appice Records, Epitaph Roger Daltry, Slash, : Dishwalla, : Temple Transfer Club, Bar, Temptations, Kings, Canyon BB Feather, The Lorraine Mishka, Manhattan King Queens of (CBS) Girlfriends (Fox), Proud Family (Disney), Blige, J. KRS-One, Mary Wind Phil and Fire, Rhymes, Collins, Busta : Earth : Transworld Snowboarding’s Giorgio Nation, The Moroder Bleek, Ursula Rucker, Tantrums, Zoowax &The : Art Fitz musical the BASH’D. for awards NAACP and the awards Weekly Theatre Award-winning: Emmy Nominated L.A. DJ. the for : Live Sound To Applications,: Live Intro Live : Mixing Recording and Mastering, Techniques, Audio Business Console of Operation, The : Ableton Live Instructor, Project Advising Live : Ableton Project Advising : IAP : Ind. Workshop, DJ Building, Turntablism, Set and Hip Hop DJ-Driven LPWs, courses DJ other : Responsible for instructor performance and providing performance : Responsible ongoing instructor for curricular development. : Live FOH Engineer, FOH : Live Engineer, Recording/Mix Guitarist : Engineer, Writer, Composer Singer, Television/Movies, for Video Broadcast : Music Production, Recording, Mixing, Editing, Arranging, Remixing, Performance Live DJ and: Composition, Production, Saxophone), Arranging, (Piano Mixing, Performance Hip Hop Orchestra daKAH Jedi, Digable DJ appeared in Jam, Simmons’: As Russell has Planets, Poetry Def

USC. from (EMBA) MBA : Executive : Bachelors of Music: Bachelors of in Sound Recording Technology, (Guitar) Studies in Jazz Arts Bachelors of : Aassociate of Arts Degrees, Avid Certified, Gold and Platinum Degrees, Avid Records, Nominated.Grammy Certified, Arts of : Aassociate : Bachelor of Arts, University of North Texas; Ableton Certified Texas;Trainer Certified Ableton North of University : Bachelor Arts, of de Région, France National Paris, : Diploma, Conservatoire

FACULTY BIOS

245 GENERAL 246 GENERAL FACULTY BIOS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES HONORS &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES HONORS &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES GREGORY HAINER, JOE FIORELLO, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES MARC DOLD, MAURIZIO TOGNI, DE &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES MARK CROSS, BUCKLEY, FRANCIS THEODORE BLAISDELL, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES BINIKOS, MICHAEL &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES Jook Joint”. &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES : Paramount Studios, J.Valentine & J.Carmichael (Maroon 5), UCLA, Stanford, John Lennon ETB, MacWorld John Lennon ETB, Stanford, UCLA, J.Valentine 5), Studios, : Paramount (Maroon &J.Carmichael : Alanis Morisette’s “Jagged Morisette’s : Alanis Pill,” Little Film Quincy Scores Feature Jones and 50 over SCEA Disney, Walt Soundelux EA, : Warner Bros., Studios, Activision, Universal Todd-AO, Microsoft, Céline Nelly Dion, Furtado, Alice Enya, Cooper Paul Federation, Erasure, Van American Dyke, : Swiss Shelby Watch Third Lynne, Bill Howard, Bottrell, Linda ER, Perry, Newton James Newman, : Randy Tanya Jon Grammys, Secada, Tucker The West, Kane Snoop Dogg, Rimes, Larson, Brie : LeAnn : House Of Blues/Live Nation, Etta James, Kool & The Gang, Public &The Kool James, Enemy, XTC Etta Nation, Blues/Live : House Of : Quincy Jones, Alanis Morissette, Aerosmith, Celine Aerosmith, Dion, Black Flag : Quincy Morissette, Alanis Jones, : Avid Tools Pro 101/110, Apple Logic 1&2 : Console Operation III –Venue Recording and Yamaha, Live and Mixing : Audio For Video Games, Post Essentials, ADR Voice ADR &Dialogue Tools, Over Post Pro to Forensics, Intro Essentials, : Audio Post Video For Games, Making and Maschine Logic: Beat Music I, Composition Production, Mixing Post Film for to : Intro : Console Operation Tools Iand II, Pro : Stage & Tour Management, Intro to Live, Event Productions, Cons Op Cons Productions, Event &Tour Live, to : Stage Intro Management, : Mixing Console Operation, Signal and Mastering, Processing : Composer for TV, Mentor to Grammy-winning: Composer to TV, Mentor for producers, Tools/Logic Guru, Pro Pro Author : Large Ensemble Acoustic Recording/Mixing, Live Concert FOH Mixing FOH Concert Recording/Mixing, Ensemble Live Acoustic : Large : Post Sound Editorial, Sound Sound Design, Editorial, : Post 5.1 Mixing, Voice Over, Music Production, Music Synthesis : Producer, Writer, Performer, Programmer : Producer, Composer, Mixer, Author, Educator Producer,: Record Engineer, and Arranger Writer : Production Manager, Sound Mixer, Live Engineer, Studio Engineer, Broadcast Composer, Producer : Mixing Engineer, Producer, Educator THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS

(46 certifications). Pro Pro/Trainer, Tools HD11Certified Expert/Instructor : Logic XCertified Pro : Multiple Platinum Albums, Grammy Awards including Three Engineered” “Best Year” the of and “Record : Berklee College Of Music, MP&E Academic College Scholar,: Berklee Music, MP&E Of Nomination, 5Golden BMA TEC Awards, Reel in Music, College Berklee Zürich. of Masters Music of Conservatory the from Degree, B.A. : Electronics : Bachelor Science of in Music Gold Berklee, Production and Platinum from nominated Award Academy an records, for agency CAA by the : Represented : Graduate of OMEGA Recording, IBEW, Certified Avid,Euphonix Recording, Certified OMEGA IBEW, of Yamaha, : Graduate : Aassociate of Arts Degree Music, Multiple Engineering Gold Arts of and Platinum Grammy Best Award for records, Quincy: Aassociate Jones “Q’s

HONORS &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES SHAUN PEREZ, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES MARK NONISA, ADAM KAGAN, DAVID ISAAC, CARTER HUMPHREY, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES TODD HELMERICH, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES KRISTOPHER HAWKINS, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES MEHDI HASSINE, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES albums albums &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES : Anthony Kilhoffer (Kanye West, Eminem), Jamie Foxx, Max Weinberg, Max Skyline Assemble the Jamie Foxx, Eminem), West, (Kanye Kilhoffer : Anthony film Plenty,”soundtrack “Have Basix : Babyface, Virgil Ronnie Zappa, Plays Zappa Donati Wood, Wooten, Clark, Victor : Stanley Wow Wow Bow Labelle), (Tribal Covington Tech), (Patti : Greg Evans Phillinganes Alex Kirk Jackson), (Michael PBS Weckl,: Sigur Dave Disney International, Rós, : Gladys Knight, Kanye West, Usher, Elton John, Jeff Beck, Disney’s Usher, Beck, John, High West, Jeff Sports Elton Kanye School Musical, Knight, EA : Gladys : Marcus Miller,: Marcus Houston Whitney Prince, Clapton, Michael Eric Jackson, Julie Queen Andrews, Latifah Stewart, Rod Boys, Beach Wilson the of : Brian : Pro Tools,: Pro Icon and Euphonix, Console Operation III: Logic Recording, Musicianship,: Practical Console Operations : Console Signal Operations, Processing, Mixing Essentials : Logic, Audio, Business of Recording Theory Tools: Pro Mixng 2, film, for MixingandMastering : Practical Recording, Console: Practical Op 2 : Music Production : Recording Sound Theory, Recording Reinforcement, Techniques : Engineer, Producer : Engineer, Producer : Engineer, Vocalist Producer, Guitarist, Shrapnel Recording Artist, : Producer, Engineer, Songwriter, Guitarist : Music Production and Sound Supervision Film for &TV : Engineer, Mixer, Producer, 5.1 Mixing Film, for Designer Studio : Music Producer, Engineer, Mix Musician, Composer : Engineer, Mixer, Producer

Tools: Pro Pro,GoldWaves Applecertified 11LogicInstructor, Certified Certified 3decades in industry the Musicians Honors from Institute, with : Graduated : Grammy Nominee : Johannes School Music of Year the of winner MI Instructor Three-time Engineering, and AES, Science of Member Electro-Optical NARAS : Master of : Engineered or produced 15+ Miami Grammy of Nominated and Gold University and Platinum albums. B.A. multiple: 3Grammy awards, Gold &Platinum records : Bachelor of Music Recording from USC. Grammy Nominated and awarded for Rod Stewart’s American Songbook American of series : Bachelor Music Grammy of Nominated Recording Stewart’s Rod and for awarded USC. from

FACULTY BIOS

247 GENERAL 248 GENERAL FACULTY BIOS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES NICHOLAS STAUB, SILVA, RICK &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES SOLANGE SCHWALBE, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES STEVEN SALTZMAN, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES RYAN, MARK &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES BARRY RUDOLPH, MIKAL REID, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES ORLANDO RASHID, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES : Warner Bros, UMG, Sony, Disney, NBC, CBS, Hans Zimmer, Rod Stewart, Natalie Cole, Dweezil Zappa Natalie Sony, UMG, : Warner Zimmer, Bros, Disney, Hans CBS, NBC, Stewart, Rod : Nissan, Microsoft, Mattel, Disney, Direct TV. Music, Universal BBC, Mattel, Microsoft, : Nissan, since 1984 Credits: : 161 Feature Furst Mothersbaugh, Nathan Mark Badelt, Klaus Warner Bro., Fox, Century : Sony, 20th Paramount, MGM, : Moon Keith Corrs, The Stewart, Benatar, Rod Pat Hall and Oates, : Lynyrd Skynyrd, : Jamie Foxx : Mick Jagger, Bice, Ben Kenny Harper, Bo Wayne Cane, Sheppherd, Walls Brother Dynamite : Practical Recording, Console: Practical Operation I : Field Recording : Dialogue Editing, Editing, Foley Background Editing, Editing Sound FX : Music Editing Post : Music to Editing, Intro : Project Design Studio : Field Post to Recording, Intro Signal Processing, Console Op SSL, : Mixing and Mastering, Console Operations, Practical Recording: Mixing Console Practical Operations, and Mastering, Planet Hulk, Liar Liar, Matilda, Major League, Agents Of S.H.I.E.L.D., X-Men, Spiderman, Avengers S.H.I.E.L.D., Liar, Hulk, Major Of Planet Liar League, Agents Matilda, : Audio Source Separation, Spectral & Forensic Audio, &Forensic : Audio Technology, Spectral ADX Source Separation, Mixed Productions of Owner Emotions : Production sound and postproduction engineering, filmscoring. Films Sound Picture in: Motion Editor Feature Pro : Music Editor, ToolsAuthor Composer,Instructor, Certified Avid Expert, : Engineer, Editor : Engineer, Producer, Journalist engineer,: Field Recordist, songwriter : Engineer, Songwriter : Producer,

THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS : Berklee College, Best of Show NAMM 2014, Waves Certification Trainer, 2014, Waves Certification AES NAMM Show College, of : Berklee Best : Emmy Best Sound Editing HBO’s Best : Emmy for “John Adams,” Golden MPSE Award, Reel Nominations 2Emmy Music of : Bachelor : Two in Music Golden B.A. Awards, Reel and Bachelor Science Gold of Instructor, and degrees, Platinum Avid records, Grammy Awards. Certified Arts of : Associate : Experienced audio engineer and producer include credits whose bands and international local : Wrote &produced Dr: Wrote for Phil show, producer/engineer Seagulls of Flock for

in Composition and Film Scoring, College Berklee Music. of Golden Awards. Reel

&EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES AMICONE, MICHAEL SPECIALTIES CHAIR PROGRAM BUSINESS MUSIC STACY TURNER, BUSINESS MUSIC countries in 90 over &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES IVAN ZAWINUL, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES WAY, JASON &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES WANG, JONATHAN &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES EDWARD TOWNER, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES JOSEPH TESTAI, and Northridge. Long Beach at &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS : Billboard Bulletin, UMG’s farmclub.com, Music John Connection, list liner Nilsson Elton track notes, Miles Joe Zawinul, Kenny Davis, Burrell Santana, Carlos Getz, Stan Keita, Salif Report, Weather Zawinul Syndicate, : The Guild : Gravity Comedy) and the Wilson (Fear Barrett Nikki Dez Forova, Phoenix), Black (aka : Daryl Malone Tank, McCrary, Party,” Darius The Glasses Of “Bastards Documentary : HBO Dennis Sigur: Dweezil Bowders, Zappa, Virgil Chambers, Ros Jeff Donati, : A&R Director, Quincy Jones/Qwest Records; Tamia, Tevin Campbell, Patti Austin, Andraé Crouch; Rex Rideout, Ledisi Tamia, Rideout, Rex Tevin Records; Andraé Director, Crouch; Austin, Quincy Campbell, Patti Jones/Qwest : A&R : Media Relations, News & Industry Trends &Industry : Media News Relations, Sound Audio, ,Business Live of to Console Monitor /Techniques Operations Operations, ,Recording: Intro Theory Recording Neve, : Console Operation Techniques I: Tools: Pro &210, Electronics 201 Listening I&II, Critical : Console Operation Reason I, : Musicianship, Tools, Pro Console Operation : Editor, Media Producer, Reissue Journalist, Personality, Teacher. Coordination Production Development, Talent Management/Representation, Consultant, A&R/Independent : Sound Engineer: Live Producer, (F.O.H ,Monitors), Engineer, Studio Production Manager, Sound Consultant : Engineer, Guitarist : Mixer, Engineer, Programmer, Guitarist : Mixing Engineer, Producer, Songwriter : Engineer, Player, Guitar Producer

: Littleford Award (Billboard Bulletin) and NARM Award Bulletin) (Billboard Award Bulletin) (Billboard and NARM : Littleford Engineer, ProducedEngineeredand: Recognized Avid Certified, N.A.R.A.S 4 Grammy-nominatedalbums, Engineered shows Live : 15 in industry the years : Bachelor Science of in Computer Engineering, Engineering, Performance Electrical Guitar BS BA Audio Year Engineering The : Musician Of Institute Instructor in industry the years : 30+ : Associate Member of the Recording Academy, 4 Grammy Certificates (nominated albums/artists), USC, California State Univ.State California USC, (nominated Memberalbums/artists), Recording the of : Associate Academy, 4Grammy Certificates

FACULTY BIOS

249 GENERAL 250 GENERAL FACULTY BIOS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES 3A Music 2, Industry Music Industry Business Basics, COURSES BORG, BOBBY BAUR, LES BERNARD &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES DON GRIERSON, member. &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES Planning Your Tour First COURSES CHRIS FLETCHER, ESRA, RITCH University State Francisco San Studies, /Music Marketing Industry B.S. &EDUCATION: HONORS UMG Dice, Beatport, Loco Lights, CREDITS: Shadow, DJ Pretty Junkie House, Richie Fame Hawtin, XL, Director, Drummer/Composer Music xTech Strategy Digital Strategist, SPECIALTIES: Writing Business Marketing, Digital COURSES: HISHAM DAHUD, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES BARBARA COLLIN, HONORS &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS Business. Successful Applications 1, Working Business To of The Musicians, Intro Music Publishing Helping Specialties: Turn aMore Into Music Business Professionals Their Art COURSES

Promotions Records, A&M A&R; Records, : Major &indie Clive Davis/Arista companies Music for Registry; : Music Connection, Bill Graham, Warner Bros., Guns N’ Roses, SOAD, No Doubt, Matchbox Twenty, Matchbox No Doubt, Janis Joplin: Music SOAD, Connection, Guns Bill Roses, Warner N’ Graham, Bros., : Capitol/EMI, Epic/Sony, Celine Dion, Tina: Capitol/EMI, Turner, Joe Cocker, Lauper, Cyndi Duran Gloria Duran Estefan, Records Winner), Chung BB (Emmy Affinity King, Wonderboy, Rivera Faith Payne, : Harold Ravyns, The Collin President of Artists Enterprises, John Levy Agency Arts, Performing : ICM, the for AMA. of VP (Musician’s Author Musicians), DIY For Handbook, Marketing /Beggars &Thieves), : Member (Warrant : Record Labels, Your Labels, : Record Music Trends Business Career, &Industry News : Music Distribution, Broadcast Strategies, Sponsorships & Endorsements, Showcase Promotions, Start &Run Your Music Label, Record Own Start Promotions, Sponsorships Showcase &Endorsements, Strategies, : Music Broadcast Distribution, : Record Labels, Your &Run Your 1 Labels, Music: Record Label, Industry Record Music Business Own Career, Start Team, Touring Gigs, The Getting Artist’s Management &The Musician, Making Management/Personal Money: Personal in Music New Markets, &Bookings: Agents : Independent Artist Marketing, Applied Entertainment Business 1 and 2, Computers in Business Computers 1and 2, Applied Music Computer Marketing, : Independent Business, Tech Entertainment Music Artist Business Educator music the : Publisher, for industry); information (contact Music Business Registry &Media, Educator Marketing Editor, Relations, Writer, Author,: Consultant, Artist : Music Industry Consultant, Musicfor independent for MusicBizPro Supervisor Board Consultant, : Music films,Advisory Industry Development, Touring, Endorsements/Sponsorships : Management/Artist Booking (colleges &festivals), : Talent recording and international Agent representing and national touring artists. THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS

&LAMA) Journalism Lincoln J.D., School; Awards (NARIP Law University; State Francisco San : Bachelor Arts, of : Golden Apple Award (The Beatles), Recording member, Academy Music” All The Begins: Golden “It Beatles), of With Apple co-author Award (The Alliance. NACA Council Arts & Western Arts CA in Business Administration, Temple: Bachelor Arts of University. Certificates, Teaching Arts, Credential in Interdisciplinary Creative : Bachelor Arts of Certified. and CBEST Development), /Project Management /Instructor (Marketing UCLA (Performance), : Berklee

HONORS &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES BURGUNDY MORGAN, Endowment &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES AARON MEZA, ROBERT MERRIFIELD, KARL LOUIS, &EDUCATION HONORS Nominee) busbee, (Grammy Gamson David Baptiste, Jean Barry, Gagel, Xandy CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES KO &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES DAN KIMPEL, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES THORNELL JR., JONES, CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES in Media Cum Graduated Laude) Studies, Hunter College (B.S. &EDUCATION: –CUNY HONORS Ç , SUZAN : Grammy-winning artists, songwriters & producers. Performs with Riddle Sphinx. the with &producers. Performs songwriters : Grammy-winning artists, : Warren Entner Mgmt (Rage Against The Machine, Deftones, Faith No More), Flip Records (Limp Bizkit, Staind) Bizkit, (Limp Flip Records No More), Faith Machine, The Against Deftones, Mgmt (Rage Entner : Warren What?” ASong, Now So “You’ve of Guild author American &Composers, Director Written : Former Authors of Shelly Peiken Wally Nominee), songwriters Taxi (Grammy BMG, Music, with worked : Worked Warner at Chappell &Run Hit NY&LA, France, EXPO ASCAP Musical (Tokyo), Academy ESP (UK), Arts Performing for Institute Liverpool at : Lecturer Series TV Mint Condition, RML Sounds Blackness, Diana Ross, of : Jill Scott, : Companies : Music Law 1,: Music Law Owning and Operating AMusic Business : Personal Management/Personal Management & The Artist’s Team, Media Music Social Management Artist’s Distribution, Management &Fan &The Management/Personal : Personal : Music Publishing, Music Licensing Composing Business and of Supervision, The Music 1and 2, Publishing &Licensing 1, 3and 4 : Music Publishing, Music Publishing &Licensing 2 Identity Business Writing, Leadership, Management and Business Skills Strategies, 1-4, Artist : Networking Media Music &Social Marketing, Independent Business Marketing 1-5 Marketing, : Digital Artist : Music Licensing and Supervision

: Music Law, Music Contracts, Music Business, Litigation. Former Professional Musician. Professional Former Music Litigation. Business, : Music Law, Music Contracts, Synch TV/Film Promotions, Distribution, Development, Marketing, Artist A&R, Management, : Personal : Owner of Amazon Ear Productions, Meza Music Publishing (ASCAP), Voice Meza Productions, Talent Music Publishing Ear Amazon and Narrator of : Owner (ASCAP), : Music Publishing, Music Publishing, International Song Plugger Coach, Songwriting Editor Interviewer, books, Music six of Journalist, : Author Development: Product Development Branding and Marketing, and Artist : Digital Music/Media Consultant (Music Rights, Licensing and Rights, Distribution) (Music Consultant Music/Media : Digital

: NBC Universal, the Orchard, eMusic Orchard, the Universal, Artists: : NBC : J.D., Pepperdine Univiversity. Member of State Bar of CA & U.S. District Court. B.A., B.A., Court. District &U.S. CA of Pepperdine: J.D., Bar Member Univiversity. State of : Bachelor of Arts, UCLA; Certificates, USC Law Center & UCLA Extension. Cindy, Extension. Aurora & WebbUCLA & Center Law TellyClifton USC Awards. Certificates, UCLA; : Bachelor Arts, of : Bachelor in de Genève Law, Université (SCL) Musicians Composers &Lyricists of The Foundation, Special Friend, Society Board: the of : Chairman Economics : Voting Wesleyan University MemberB.A. Recording The of Academy, 13 Grammy Certificates,

Jackie Jackson (Jackson 5, the Jacksons)

William Paterson University. FACULTY BIOS

251 GENERAL 252 GENERAL FACULTY BIOS ADDITIONS AND CHANGES TO THE CATALOG OCCUR FREQUENTLY. PLEASE VISIT WWW.MI.EDU/CATALOG FOR UPDATES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS JANG, ISAAC &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES Finishing Guitar Acoustic Fixtures, Guitar Acoustic Fabrication, Design, Guitar Guitar Acoustic COURSES JAIME SANDOVAL, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES DAVID MADDUX, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES Repair COURSES RAFAEL BARAJAS, &EDUCATION HONORS SPECIALTIES COURSES LANCE ALONZO, &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES CHAIR PROGRAM CRAFT GUITAR PAUL ROBERTS, GUITAR CRAFT &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES Accounting and Finance 1 Basics, MusicPlan, Law COURSES ROBERT NATHAN, HONORS &EDUCATION HONORS CREDITS SPECIALTIES COURSES

: Matchless Amplifiers : Matchless History” Illustrated An Fender Bass, : Worked on “The Shop, Yamaha Custom Tyler USA Schecter James Guitars, Guitars, : Carruthers Ben Harper, Mac, Cooder, Billy Ry Gibbons, Fleetwood Summers, Andy Browne Jackson : Joe Bonamassa, Productions Bud Grant Records, SBK Gang, Asia, &The Kool Trick, Cheap Crue, Cats, : Motley Temptations, Stray : Tommy Emmanuel, Crosby, David Doobie The Brothers : Instrument Design 1 & 2, Instrument Fabrication 1 & 2, Fretwork and Setup 1 & 2, Electronics 1 & 2, Instrument Repair, Instrument 1&2, Electronics 1&2, Acoustic and Setup Fretwork 1&2, Design Fabrication : Instrument Instrument 1&2, Finishwork 1&2, and Setup Fretwork 1&2, Design Fabrication : Instrument Instrument 1&2, Finish Instrument 1&2, Electronics Work, 1&2, and Setup Fretwork 1&2, Design Fabrication : Instrument Instrument 1&2, FinishWork 1&2, Electronics 1&2, and Setup Fretwork 1&2, Design Fabrication : Instrument Instrument 1&2, 1, Owning 2and 3, &Operating and Contracts, aMusic Preparing Business, Law Your Business : Music Law/Music Professional : Acoustic Guitar Design, Acoustic Guitar Fabrication, Acoustic Guitar Fixtures, Acoustic Guitar Finishing Guitar Acoustic Fixtures, Guitar Acoustic Fabrication, Design, Guitar Guitar Acoustic : Acoustic : Luthier, Technician Guitar : Fender Design American Specialist Painter,: Guitar Luthier : Luthier, Technician Guitar Luthier, Program, Technician Guitar Craft Guitar Chair: Program of law &contract publicity rights, copyrights, focusing music the of industry on trademarks, aspects : Legal : Luthier, Technician Guitar THIS CATALOG APPLIES TO ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017: OCTOBER 1, 2016 - SEPTEMBER 30, 2017. 30, 1, - SEPTEMBER 2016 OCTOBER 2016/2017: YEAR TOACADEMIC APPLIES CATALOG THIS

: Certificate of Guitar Craft Musicians Institute, Machining Program L.A. Machining L.A. Trade Musicians Program Institute, Craft Tech of Guitar : Certificate Shop: Fender Supervisor, Custom Fender Insurance Senior Inspector Quality bourneand water solvent certified paint PPG Musicians Institute, Craft of Guitar : Certificate Musicians Institute Craft, in Guitar : Certificate builder &guitar luthier John Tyler master James Carruthers : Worked with : Bachelor Science, of Fellowship. Columbia Research College. UCLA : Kathy Wingert Guitars, Bryan Galloup School Lutherie of Bryan Guitars, Wingert : Kathy

253 GENERAL